UCSB LIBRARY THE BUSINESS MAN'S AND TINMAN'S MANUAL, AND BUILDER'S AND Mechanic's Handbook. BY I. R. BUTTS, Authorof the " United States Business Man's Law Cabinet," " Business Man's Law Library ;" " Merchant's and Shipmaster's Manual and Shipbuild- er's and Sailmaker's Assistant," &c., 4c. BOSTON: PUBLISHED BY I. R. BUTTS & CO. CORNER OF SCHOOL AND WASHINGTON STREET, Over IMckiior s tenth day of October, 1856, by and between Jl. B. and C. D." in which case the close should read, ' In witness whereof, they have hereunto interchangeably set their hands and sea's [if settled] on the day and year first above written." Or the date may be omitted at the commencement and ii.seried at the close, as fol- lows: ' Witness our hands and seals t-ie .... day of . . . . , 1857 " In all sealed instrument*, or written contracts, it is well to have two subscribing witnesses to the signatures, who will write their names under ei- ther of the following terms '' Signer/, sealed, and delivered in frresenceof"or, " Executed in presence of" 1 or, '' In presence of" or simply, ' Attest." The repetiiions which abound in the written and printed forms, such as " cov- enant and agree,'' *' give, grant, bargain, sell, and convey* and do grant, &c., and have granted," &c., may always be orniited ; so may the words "executors, and adminis'raton:," [see page 29); so, also, "assigns" usunlly need not be named; if a covenant relate to anything in being the assignee is bound, though not named; if to any thing personnl to the contracting party he is not bound, though named ; but in a contract relating to something not then in existence, but to be done on land leased, as to build a wall, a house, or the like, upon the premises, the assignee will be bound, it named, but not otherwise. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the 3 r ear 1852, BY I. R. BUTTS, in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts. CONTENTS OF THE BUSINESS MAN'S ASSISTANT & READY RECKONER. AGENTS. AGENT. Lnws relating to \\ciw should Agent sign sealed Instruments? 12 The effect of Agent's negligence 12 Page Agent's Liabilities, 12 What constitutes an Agent, 12 When Principal can call his Agent to account, 12 AGREEMENTS AND CONTRACTS. AGREEMENTS, Forms of Agreement of Creditors, to take a For Selling, Bartering, Maim- per centage in cash or notes,. . 35 faciurmg, or oiher purposes, .. 13 Of Indenture of Apprentice, 22 For the Sale of Wood, 13 i CONTRACTS, Lawsregulating- For making Shoes, 1 W hat renders a Contract Void ? 7 To Sell a Horse, Ox, kc 13 Supp( , 8e j a?ree for a t . OIlsidera . To Submit to Arbitration, 14 For the Sale of Real Estate,. . 14 To Sell Flour, Wheat, &c., 14 . not to carry <-n my business in a certain place ? 7 What/orwz/f/y doe* a Contract With a Clerk, or Workman, ... 15 r ire fo rende - h Valk , ,_ K Lease, (Landlords') 15 p ,, H , e j agree to pay, or be respoA- Of Lease, (Tenants') .......... 15 Agreement, Builders', Nos. 1 A. 2, Builders', and Form of Specifica- 16 for building a house,. . . . 16-20 Of .Marriage, 21 Of Copartnership, 33 To Continue the Copartnership, 34 sible for the Debt of another: or, bargain for Land orGoods : or Let a House, or Store : or agree to Work I'or another a year or more ? 7,3 Contracts made on Sunday, 9 Construction, Performance, and Rescinding of a Contract, .. ..9,10 To Dissolve the Copartnership, 34 i Can a Contract be Apportioned ? 10 DAMAGES. DAMAGES, Laws regulating For Non-performance to Deliver Goods according to Contract,.... 11 For Breach of Contract, without actual loss, 11 For Failure to Employ a person for the time contracted, 11 Damages for failure to convey Land, 11 For Failure to Deliver Property according to contract, 12 For Loss of Goods by Common Carriers 12 The difference between a Penal- ty and Liquidated Damagts? 12,38 ASSIGNMENTS. ASSIGNMENTS, Forms of To be written on the back of any instrument, with Rules of Law, 23 Of a Lease, 23 Of Mortgage. &c., 23,24 Of Bond, or Bill 24 Of a Bond, where Assignor is liable, and where not liable,.. 24 Of Wnges now due and to be- come due 24 '25 Assignment of Fire Policy, 24 Ol Interest in Land fur a term of Years, 25 Of Claims against Debtor, 25 Of Debtor for benefit of Creditors Of Land Warrants, with Forms of Acknowledgment, and cer- tificate of Clerk of ,'ourt, 45 Of Right in a Patent, 74 Before obtaining Letters Patent, 74 GUARANTEES. GUARANTEE, Forms of How should be written, 46 For the Payment of Goods, .... 46 Of certain Amount, 46 For Debts due, 46 To stop proceedings, 46 For payment of rent, 47 To pay Note, 47 GUARANTEE, Lairs regulating, Character of a Guarantee, 8 Piiman meaning of, 8 When should be wiitten, 8 When nee'l not be written, .... 8 Must be founded on some con- sideration, 9 Cautions to be observed, 8 CONTENTS OF THE NEW BUSINESS MAN S ASSISTANT. AWARDS, Forms of Of Referees, Fire Insurance Fur Valuation of Land, AWARDS. Page j j AWARDS, Tlte Duty nf Referees, , .. 27 How Referees ? houkl make out . .. 27 and render their Award, Pag 28 BILLS OP SALE AND BONDS. BILLS OF SALE. Forms of For Goods, under Seal, 28 By two Men-hams, (Partners,) 23 Of Hnrse, &c., with Warranty,. 28 BILL OF SALE, Laws regulating. What is Delivery? what Accept- ance? Where should lie the De- livery? What is a Warranty? When should Warranty be made ? What is the effect of a Bill of Sale? 28 BOND, Forms of, General Form of, 30 Bond of two Obligors 30 To pay Money by Instalments, 30 To Indemnify, 30 Of Arbitration 30 Of Indemnity for losl Note, 31 To convey Heal Estate 31 With two Sureties 31 Of Treasurerfor Tru>tee], 31 BOND, Laws regulating What is a Bond, and what Par- ties are bound ? can the whole Pen- alty be recovered ? 29 DEEDS, Forms o f Warranty, Quit-claim, Mortgage Of Right of Way, 42 J it be stated in the Deed Chancellor Kent's Form, 44 Right of Way is granted! 36-38 LEASES. LEASE, Forms of and Registered, or Recorded, in Of House, or Store, 48,49 different Stales, 47 When to be Sealed, Witnessed | Directions to Tenant, 47 MORTGAGES. MORTGAGE, Forms of i _ Where _should a Mortgage of Of Personal Property, 52 Of Tools, Machinery, Goods, or Household Furniture, 52 Chattel, with Power of Sale, 52 Of Personal Properly to Secure Endorser, 53 Of Real Estate, 54 Of Real Estate with power of sale 55 Extension of, 55 Redemption of, Discharge of,. . 57 Satisfaction of, 57 Deed of Release of, 63 MORTGAGES, / aios regulating the Recording, Witnessing, and Personal Property be recorded ? If the mortgagor resides in "lie town and does business in another? Re- demption of Mortgage. Slates which require that Mortgage be renewed? H"w does mortgagor render himself liable for misde- meanor?. ............... ....... 50,51 What constitutes a Mortgage of Real Property? How are Fixtures affected after mortgage i.* m-ide? How are mortgages affected by Statute of Limitations ? What are the Rights of Mortgagor? What the Rights of Mortgagee ? Who i sing Renewal of Mortgages of 'Per- sonal Property in all the States,50, 51 | can redeem Mortgaged Estate?. . 56,57 CERTIFICATES. CERTIFICATE, Forms of Of MH rnage Ceremony, 21 Of Clerk of Court, 45 Of Entry of Mortgagee 07 Of Witnesses to Entry of Mort- gagee, 67 CONTENTS OF THE NEW BUSINESS MAN*S ASSISTANT. 5 NOTICES, NOTES, PARTNERSHIP, PETITIONS. Page NOTICE, Forms of- Of Intention to Build, 21 Of Dissolution of Copartnership, 35 To Quit, from Landlord, 49 To Quit, from Tenant, 49 To Quit, for Nonpayment of Rent, 49 To Di-icontinue an Easement of Right o*\Vay, &c To Discontinue Light, Passage- way, Sic., (another farm) GO NOTES, Due Bills, Receipts, Bills of Exchange, Drafts, Orders, Checks, and Judgment Note, with Laws relating to, 53-60 PARTNERSHIP, Form of, .... 33 PETITIONS, Forms of For Change of Highway ; Lay- ing Out a Road ; to the Leg- islature ; to Authorities of a City or Town, 64 PATENT LAWS -FORMS AND DIRECTIONS. NEW PATENT LAW, and Patent Forms, consisting of Petition, Specification, Oath, Surrender, Assignment, Dis- claimer, Caveat, Assignment before obtaining Letters Pa- tent, New Fees of Putent Of- fice, with Information to per- sons having Business to trans- act with the Patent Office,... .68-74 POWERS OP ATTORNEY. POWER of Attorney, Forms of Rules of Law relating to,.... 61 Form of, to collect Debts, 61 To effect Insurance, 61 To sell Stock, 61 To sell and Lease Real Estate, and collect Rents, 62 To receive Dividends, 62 To vote for Directors, &c.. .... 62 Revocation of, 62 RELEASES, TENDERS, WILLS. RELEASE, Forms of A General Release, 63 Of a Bond, Note. Contract, Cov- enant, Lease, &c., 63 Of Dower, by Widow, 63 Of all Demands, 63 Of Mortgaged Premises 63 TENDERS for Work, Forms of, 20 Tender of Money, how should be made? what does a Tender bar? if Tender is not accepted what is Debtor's duty ? what must Tender include besides the debt ? 10 What Amounts, in Copper coin, Three Cent pieces, or Silver coin, are Legal Tender ? WILL and Codicil, Forms of, What Precautions are necessary in making a Will ? How should a Will be Executed? How many Witnesses are Required ? Who should not Witness ? 04, 65 111 65 PRACTICAL RULES AND TABLES. ARITHMETICAL Signs, 75 DECIMAL Arithmetic, 75 Rules, with Diagrams, to find the SQUARE, or SUPERFICIAL. Feet in Boards, Planks, Marble, Brick Wall, Land, &c., 76 Rule to find the area of a Circle, 77 Rules to find the SOLID CONTENTS in Trees, Timber, Stones, Box- es, Coal Bins, Frustums, Cyl- inders, Grindstones. Planks, ic. 78 Rules to find the Capacity, in Gal- lons, of Tanks, Cisterns, Reser- voirs, Wells, Vats, Cans, &c.,.. 78 MEASURES of Weight, 78 MEASURES of Surface, 78 MEASURES of Capacity (Dry), 78 MEASURKS of Length, 79 MEASURES of Capacity (Liquid), 79 BMA 1* FRENCH MEASURES of fre- quent reference compared with United States Measures, 79 WEIGHT of a Bushel of Wheat, Corn, Rye, and other articles,.. 79 WEIGHT of a bushel of Bitumi- nous and Hard Coal 79 GALLONS. Weight of Water, OiU, Spirits, and other articles, 79 MEASURES of Solidity, or Cubic Measure, 79 NUMBER OF CUBIC FEET in a Ton of various Bodies, 79 WEIGHT of a Cubic Foot, in Pounds, of various articles, .... 79 WEIGHT of a Cubic Inch in Pounds, of various articles, .... 79 DECIMAL Approximations for Facilitating Calculations, 80 CONTENTS OF THE NEW BUSINESS MAN S ASSISTANT. Page Waste in Matching Boards,. . 8J II. Square or Superficial Measure 81 III Cubic Feet in Logs and Trees, 82 IV. Giving ihe No. of Solid Feel in Hewn Timber, 83 V. Giving the Square Feet in Plank and Scantling, 86 LUMBER TABLES. Page V. Giving the Square Feet in Scantling and Timber, 68 VI. Giving the Feet in Boards,. 90 VII. Giving the Feel in any Log, reduced to Board Measure, 91 VIII. Giving the Feel in Round or Equal sided Timber, 92 READY RECKONERS. Giving the Price of any NUM- BER of Pounds, from 25 cents to $50 per ton of 2000 Ibs. 114 Giving the Price of any NUM- BER of Pounds, from 25 rents to $60 per ton of 22-10 Iba. 115 III. Giving the Price of any NUM- BERof Pounds, Yards, Bush- II. els of Wheat, Corn, Ac., at any pricu less than $3 each. 117 IV. Giving the NUMBER of r-olid Feet in any Pile ot Wood or Bark, 94 V. Giving the price per Foot of any NUMBER of Feet of WOOD or BARK, 93 MECHANICS' TABLES. I. Areas of Circles, 100 II. Weigh! of a Foot in Length of Flat (Tire) Bar Iron, 95 III. Weigh! of Square Foot of Sheet Iron, Copper, & Brass, 95 IV. Weight of a Square Foot of Boiler Plate Iron, and of Copper, Brass, and Lead, 96 V. Weight of a Foot of Square and Round Bar Iron, 96 VI. Dimensions of Columns of Cast Iron to sustain a given Pressure with Safety, 97 VII. Breaillhs for hexagonal Six- sided Nuts for IronBolts,. . . 98 VIII. Molder's Table, giving the Weight of Metals proportion- ed to the Weight of Pattern, 97 IX. Giving ihe No. ol Threads to an Inch in V thread Screws, 98 X. Weight of Lead Pipe per foot 98 XI. Weight of Cast,Iron Pipes, 99 XII. Weight of Copper Pipe, 101 XIII. Weight and Thickness of Copper Plates & Sheet Lead, 101 XIV. Decimals equivalent to the fractional parts of a Pound, 101 XV. Decimals equivalent to the fractional parts of a Foot and Inch, 102 INTEREST TABLES AND MERCANTILE TABLES. I. Interest Table at 6 per cent,. 104 II. Interest Tables at 7, 8, and 9 per cent, ........ 105, 106, 107 III. Inlerest Table at 10 per cent, 108 IV. Table of Compound Interest, 113 V. For Finding the No. of Days from one Date to another, 109 VI. Rules for Equating, or Aver- aging Payments, .......... 109 VII. American and Foreign Gold Coins Weight & Value, 1 10 VIII. Value of Silver Coins and Foreign Currencies, Ill IX. Weight and Value of United States Silver Coin Ill X. Value of a Pound Sterling at various Rates of Exchange, 105 XI. English Sterling, French Francs German Thalers and Bremen Dollars, reduc- ed to U. Stales currency, . . 112 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES. I. II. III. Weight of Hard Coal propor- tioned in Slownge, Cisterns, TankSj Reservoirs, their Contents in Gallons for each 10 inches in Deplh, . . . Fr finding ihe Number of Square Feel, and Yards, in Pavement, Plastering, Paint- ing, Flooring, Marble, &c. 81, 82 IV. RATES OF POSTAGE,... 125 V. BOOK KEEPING, with Di- reclions for Double and Sin- gle Enlry and Examples of Day Book, Leger, &c., . .126-132 SCALES OF WAGES. For Manufaciurers, Mechanics, Farmers, &c., for Days and Months, 121-124 THE BUSINESS MAN'S ASSISTANT. LAWS REGULATING CONTRACTS. Contracts ace either express or implied. Express when the terms are openly uttered at the time of making. Implied are such as reason and justice dictate, and which the law presumes every man undertakes to perform. For instance, if there is no stipulation as to the price, when one sells goods, or performs labor for another at his request, the law implies a promise to pay for such goods, or labor, so much as they are reasonably worth. It is also an implied condition of work and labor, that it be done in a suitable and workmanlike manner. But the law will never imply a promise against a party's express declaration made at the time. A simple contract or agreement, whether verbal or in tenting, without a tv.ffi.cimt consideration, is totally void in law, and the parlies cannot be compelled to perform it. There is but one exception to this rule, and that applies to negotiable instruments in the hands of an innocent indorsee. But if a contract is deliberately made, without fraud, and with a full knowledge of the circumstances, any damage, suspension, or forbearance of a right, will be sufficient consideration. When promises are mutual, and the one the consideration of the other, they are valid. A guaranty for the payment of a note, like any other promise, without any considera- tion, is void, 4 Pick. 389 ; unless the undertaking is contemporaneous with Ihe original debt. The consideration is not always the governing prin- ciple on which the validity of contracts depends, for contracts which are contrary to public policy, or the principles of morality, or in contravention of express statutes, or principles of law, cannot be enforced, although founded on a legal consideration. If any part of the entire consideration of a contract is illegal, as against morals or public policy, the whole is void. Among contracts contrary to public policy, is that of a man binding himself not to exercise his trade or business ; but if, for a i-aluable consid- eration, he engages not to exercise his trade in a particular place, he may exercise it elsewhere. Thus, an agreement not to run a stage coach on a particular road or with a mechanic or tradesman, to give the purchaser all his custom or not to carry on his business within a cerlain distance, for instance, ten miles, is good, and the contract will not be impeached, either in law or equity. A bond that the obligor shall never carry on, or be concerned in, the iron business, is void. 19 Pick. 51. A Contract may also be void for want of some formality required by law. The English Statute of Frauds has been substantially copied in ucarly all the States. It provides that in the following cases, every agreement shall be void unless the same, or some note or memorandum thereof, be in writing* and subscribed by the party to be charged therewith. 1. Every agreement that, by its terms, is not to be performed within one year, from the making thereof. 2. Every special promise to answer the debt, default, or misdoings of another. 3. Every contract for the sale of any lands, or any interest in lands. Every contract for the sale of any goods, chattels, or things, for the price of ten pounds \, or more, is void, unless * In New York the Contract is void if the cons deration be not expressed in the instru- ment. In Maine, Massachusetts, Vermont, Indiana, and other States, it is not required. t In the following States the amount has been fixed by Stitute : Maine and New Jersey, .S-"/) ; N r >-w Hampshire, J-B : V.rmont, $40; Connecticut, $35 j Missouri, $30 1 New York, .Massachusetts, Wisconsin, and Indiana, goO. LAWS REGULATING CONTRACTS. 1. A note or memorandum of such contract be made in writing, and be subscribed by the parties to be charged thereby, or their agents ; or 2. Unless the buyer shall accept and receive part of such goods ; or 3. Unless the buyer shall, at the time, pay some part of the purchase money ; or give something in earnest to bind the bargain. If after a verbal contract for the delivery of goods, the vendor deliver to the vendee a bill of parcels, it will be a sufficient memorandum in wri- ting. 11. Mass. 6. So a broker being the agent of both buyer and seller his signature binds both parties; and so of ail auctioneer. The letting of a house, store, &c., for more than one year is void, unless the same is in writing ; so is an agreement for a years' service, to com- mence at a subsequent day; so is a contract to sell goods, exceed- ing a certain sum ; so is an agreement for the sale of land, f j > Referees. 3. Award by Referees. [Direction.] To the Court of for the County of State of , for, To the Insurance Company and A B., of , in the State of ] : The within is the Award of D. E. F.,G. H. I. & K. L., Referees to Assess the Loss or damage by fire on Mr. A. B.'s house, No. 1 street. Agreement. t ss. B , Nov. 3, 185 . We the subscribers individu- ally agree to open the within Award, and to abide by the decision of it, the same as if opened in Court. C. D., Pres't of Ins. Co. Witness, A. B., Party Insured. Award. WE THE UNDERSIGNED, Referees, appointed by the within agreement of Submission, having notified and met the parties, and heard their several allegations, proofs and arguments, and duly considered the same, do award and determine, that the within named A. B. shall recover of the said Fire [or Marine] Insur- ance Company, the sum of dollars, in full of all demands, un- der the annexed Policy of Insurance, together with the costs of this reference, which amount to dollars. Dated at , and signed as in No. 1. 28 BILLS OF SALE. BILLS OF SALE. A Bill of Sale is a contract, by which one person, for a valuable consider- ation, transfers tlie right and interest which he has in goods or chattels. Delivery must be accompanied by acctptance on the part of the purchaser ; so, where one ordered several articles in a shop, some of which he marked with a pencil, while others were measured in his presence, and in pursuance of his directions were sent to his house, but he refused to receive them, ii was no sale. 4 M. & S 262. Delivery to an agent, or carrier, if with the purcha- ser's consent, is sufficient. Earnest will also bind the bargain, but it must consist of the giving away of something valuable ; and not a mere ceremony. On a contract of sale of goods the general rule is. that the delivery is to lie at the place where the vendor has the article ; but in a contract to py a debt at another lime, in such articles, they must be delivered at the creditor's place of residence. 2 Kent, 505, 5 erf. It is a general rule that the employer will be bound by the warranty of his elerk or shopman, if acting within the scope of his authority. If the vendor of goods make any assertion respecting the kind, quality, or condition of the article upon which he intends the vendee should rely as a fact, and upon which he does rely, that is a warranty. (9 N. H. Ill ) Warranty must be upon the sale; if it be made after, it is void for want of consideration In some States a voluntary sale of goods, the seller retaining possession of the arooils after the sale, is evidence of fraud, in others only prima facie. Where possession is to be retained by the seller, he should take a lease of the goods from the buyer. The readir will find the laws relating to SALES and WARRANTIES given more fully m" The Trader's Guide," pages 53 to 53. Bill of Sale of Goods, under Seal. KNOW ALL. MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That I, A. B. of G., in the county of G, in consideration of dollars, to me paid by E. F. of G.,do hereby grant, sell, and deliver to said E. F., the following personal property, viz: [here insert a schedule of the article*]; warranted free of any incumbrance, and against any adverse claims. Witness my hand and seal, this day of , 185. Executed, in presence of A. B. [L. s.] A Bill of Sale by two Merchants, partners, to a third of their whole interest in a Store. [Insert in the above form the following description,'] " All the stock in trade, goods, wares, merchandise, book-accounts, notes, bills, drafts, choses-in-actions, and other property of said firm." Bill of Sale of a Horse, with Warranty. KNOW ALL, MEN BY THESE PRESENT.", That I, A. B of E., in the county of E., in consideration of dollars, to me paid by C. D., of E., do hereby sell and convejfto said C. D. one dark bay horse, with grey fore- fetlocks. And I do hereby warrant said fiorse to be of the Ulack Hawk breed of horses, eight years old, sound in every respect, free from vice, well-broken, kind and gentle in single and in double harness, and under the saddle, and to be free from incumbrance and against any adverse claims. Witness my hand and seal, this day of &c. Executed in presence of A. B. [L. 8.] LAWS REGULATING BONDS. 29 Bill of Sale, not under Seal. BOSTON, March 1, 1858. MESSRS. F. W. LINCOLN, JR , & Co. Bought of ISAAC R. BUTTS & Co. 4 Law Libraries, a 2.00 8 00 2 Business Man's Law Cabinets, (enlarged) - a 2.25 4.50 10 Art of Sailmaking, a .75 7.50 8 Merchant's, Shipmaster's and Mechanic's Assistant, a 2.00 16.00 Charged in acct, $ 36.00 BONDS. A Bond, or obligation, is a deed whereby the obligor binds himself, his heirs, executors, and administrator!, to pay a certain sum of money to another, at a day appointed, ( Blackstone Com. ii 340), or to perform some act. At com- mon law a Bond is presumed to be paid after the lapse of twenty years. If in a bondthe obligor bind himself and hisAetrsto do anything whatsoever, his heirs are bound ; therefore, if it is intended to bind the heirs the term heirs must be named in the bond If a man covenant for himself only to pay money, build a house, or the like, and do not say in the covenant "his executors and administrators," yet his executors and administrators are bound, and shall be charged. Sheppard's Touchstone, 177, 178, 369. Executors and administrators need not be named in any legal instrument ; they are bound by every covenant, unless it is such a covenant as is to be Eerformed personally by the covenanter, and there has been no breach before is death. Cro. E/iz. 553. A Bond without a Condition is called a single one ; but a Condition is gen- erally added which makes the obligation void if the act be performed, other- wise it remains in full force In case this condition is not performed, the Bond becomes forfeited, or absolute at law, and charges the obligor. A pen- alty fir non-fulfilment of the condition is annexed, in double the principal sum If a bond be sealed and delivered, though it bear no date, it is valid. If a bond be interlined, or words are erased, in important parts, it -will render it void. Bonds and all penal obligations, in whatever form, to do an act for- bidden by law, or to forego any privileges secured to a man by law, are void. The same is true of agreements, or obligations to divide the profits or gains, to be derived from illegal speculations or business. Thus a bond or note to pay illegal imerest, a sum of money won at gaming, or to commit a trespass on the property, or an assault on the person ot another is void ; as is likewise an obligation not to plead usury, infancy or any other legal defence to a suit, or not to prosecute a man for a crime, or for cheating, or taking an illegal ad- vantage of another. A bond requires no particular form, provided it distinctly set forth an obliga- tion to pay money, or duty to be performed, and be sealed and delivered. In a suit on a bond, judgment may be rendered for the amount of the pen- alty expressed, but execution will be issued only for the amount due in equity and good conscience, the amount to be determined by the court, or on motion of either parly, by a jury. The penalty named in the Bond may be any sum that the parties agree up- on. It is usually double the amount mentioned in the obligation. It should always be sufficient to cover the loss and damage that may arise from the non- performance of the condition. In the following case the penalty, though double the amount, did not prove sufficient " A. B. was bound in a bond, to convey to C D. on his paying a certain sum of money, a deed of a lot of land. C. D. proceeded to erect a building on the premises exceeding the amount of the penally, whereupon A. B. refused to convey, and paid the full amount of the penalty in the bond." BMA 3* 30 FORMS OF BONDS. General Form of Bond. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That I, A. B. ofG., in the county of G., am held and firmly bound to C. D., of J, in the county of J., in the sum of dollars, [this amount shfuld be double the sum named in the condition, to cover costs and contin- gencies] to be paid to said C. D. ; to which payment I bind myselt and my heirs firmly by these presents, sealed with my seal. Dated the day of , A. D. 185. The condition of this obligation is such, That if I, the said A. B. shall pay to said C. D. the sum of dollars and interest, on or before the day of 185 -, then this obligation shall be void, Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of A. B. (L. s.) Bond of Two Obligors. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, A. B. and E. F., of, &c., are held and firmly bound to G. H., of, &c., in the sum of dollars, to be paid to said G. H. ; to the payment where- of we jointly and severally bind ourselves and our respective heirs firmly by these presents, sealed with our seals. Dated the day of , A. D. 185. The condition of this obligation is, That if the said A. B. and E. F., or either of them, shall pay to said G. H. dollars and interest, on or before the day of 1857, then this obligation shall be void. A. B. (L. s.) Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of E. F. (L. S.) Condition to pay Money by Instalments. The condition of this obligation is, That if I, the said A. B., shall pay to said E. F. one thousand dollars and interest, in manner following, to wit : dollars and interest thereon on the Hrst day of June next; dollars and interest thereon on the first day of December next; and dollars and interest thereon on the first day of June, 185 ; then this obligation shall be void. Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of A B. (L. s.) Condition to Indemnify. The condition of this obligation is, That if I, the said A. B., shall indemnify said E. F. against all loss, cost, damage and expense to which he may be subjected by reason of his signing a bond, (or endorsing a note, &.c., or paying the sum of dollars for ,) at my request; then this obligation shall be void. Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of A. B. (L. s.) Condition of a Bond of Arbitration. The condition of this obligation is such, That if said A. B. shall perform and keep thi award of E. F.,G. H.,andl. J., all of , or any two ot them, arbitrators, mutually chosen to award, and determine concerning [here state the dispute}, and all demands whatsoever, depending by or between the said parties, so as the said award be made in writing, and ready to be delivered to the said parlies, on or before the day of next, then this obligation shall be void. Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of A. B. (L. s.) [A similar Bond should be executed by each part; to the other.] FORMS OF BONDS. 31 Condition of a Bond of Indemnity on paying Lost Note. The condition of this obligation is, That whereas the said E. F., on the 14th day of March last, by his note in writing by him signed, of that date, for value received, promised the said A. B. to pay him or order, the sum of dollars in months from date; which said note is alleged to be lost out of his possession, and cantiot be found ; and whereas the said E. F. hath this day paid the said sum according to the tenor thereof: Now, therefore, if the above bound A. B. shall save the said E. F. his executors, administrators and as- signs forever harmless, for having so paid said sum of money, and from all liability under and by virtue of said note, and from all loss, cost, damage and expense, that shall or may arise therefrom ; then this obligation shall be void. Signed, sealed and delivered in presenet of A. B. (L. 8.) Condition of a Bond to Convey Land. The condition of this obligation is such, that if said A. B., upon the payment of dollars and interest, by said E. F., within one year from this date, shall convey to said E. F. and his heirs for- ever, a certain parcel of land, with the buildings thereon, situate in L., bounded and described as follows: [here insert boundaries and description} ; by a warranty deed in common form, duly executed and acknowledged; the premises being then in as good condition as they now are, necessary decay and deterioration excepted ; then this obligation shall be void. Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of A. B. (L. s.) Bond with two Sureties. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we A. B. as principal, and C. D., and E. F., as sureties, all of B , in the county of S , are holden and stand firmly bound unto H. G., of said B , in the sum of dollars, to be paid to the said H. G. ; to the pay- ment whereof we jointly and severally bind ourselves and our re- spective heirs, firmly by these presents sealed with our seals. Dated the day of , A. D. 18. The condition of this, &c. A. B. [L. s.] C. D. [L. s.] Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of E. F. [L. s.J Bond of a Treasurer, or Trustee of an Association. KNOW &c. [same as preceding bond] to be paid unto the said L. and B., or their successors in office, or their certain attorneys. To which payment well and truly to be made, we jointly and severally bind ourselves, and our respec ive heirs, firmly by these presents, sealed with our seals, and dated the day of , 18 . The condition of this obligation is, That whereas the above named A. B , has been chosen by an Association, known as , Treasurer, [or, one of the Trustee?] of said Association, by reason whereof, and as such Treasurer [or, Trustee,] he will receive into his hands and possession divers sums of money, goods and chattels 32 LAW REGULATING COPARTNERSHIP. and other things, the property of said Association ; and is bound to keep true and accurate accounts of said property, and of his receipts and disbursements for and on account of said Association. Now, therefore, if the said A. B. shall well and truly perform all and singular the duties of Treasurer [or, Trustee] of said Associa- tion, for and during his official term, and until he shall deliver all the property which he may receive as such Treasurer [or, Trustee] to his successor in said office, or to such other person as the said Association or its authorized officers may direct, according to the provisions of the Constitution, By-Laws, Rules and Regulations of said Association now existing, or which may be by said Association adopted ; then this obligation shall be void. In presence of Signatures and Seals as in preceding Bond. NOTE. See Bottomry, Respondentia, and Warehouse Bonds, Custom- House Power of Attorney, and many other valuable Forms, in " The Mer- chant's Assistant and Common Carrier's ami Insurer's GwiWe." LAWS REGULATING COPARTNERSHIP. [See Forms for Special Partners, and the Laws relating to the Duties and Liabilities of both General and Special Partners more fully stated in '' Se- quel to tke Business Man's Law Library: Conveyancers' 1 , Executors', Ad- ministrators^, and Copartners' Guide."] Any two or more persons may enter into a contract to become partners in any business, where each contributes something of value to the busi- ness, whether of money, labor, skill or credit; and is entitled to part of the profits and subjected to a portion of the loss. Partnerships may be general or special. General partnerships extend to the whole of the mutual dealings of the parties. Special partnerships are formed for a particular concern, or for a single dealing or adventure. As to the control of partners over the partnership property, it depends on the articles of copartnership. The various provisions relating to the manner in which the partnership business is to be conducted, the space of time it is to endure, the capital each is to bring into the trade, the propor- tions in which the profits and loss are to be divided, the mode agreed on for settling the accounts, together with the various covenants adapted to each particular case, are entirely the subject of personal and private agreement. Each member of the firm becomes responsible for the acts and contracts of his copartners, in the way of sale, purchase promise, pledge, loan, guar- antee, or agreement, where performed in the course of the pnrtnership concern. For the same reason, if a partner draws, accepts, or endorses a bill or note, he thereby renders his firm liable. So, one partner may re- lease actions, debts, &c. But this liability may be avoided, as where there is collusion between the party with whom the sale, purchase, &c. and the contracting partner takes place ; or where one of the firm dis- claims all liability, and gives notice to the party wjth whom the partner is about to contract; or, where the party taking the partnership security is aware that it is not given in behalf of the partnership transactions. A man becomes a partner by allowing the world in general to presume that he is one ; as, by having his name on the sign of a shop, or in the bills of parcels, invoices, &c. Persons agreeing for a share, or specific interest, in the profits as a remuneration of labor, generally involve themselves in the liability of a partner. But not if the}' receive a given sum for their labor, which is in proportion to a given quantum of the profits. in Massachusetts, New York and many of the States, acts have been passed providing for limited partnerships, by virtue of which a person, or persons, may become interested in a business, by furnishing funds to carry AGREEMENT OF COPARTNERSHIP. 33 it on, and are not liable for the debts of the firm beyond the amount of the fund so contributed. In the limited partnership the general partners are only allowed to conduct the business, and use their own names. Special partners have no right to interfere; but they may advise as to its manage- ment, &c. The notice of the partnership must be published in some news- paper, anil be recorded. A dissolution of partnership may take place under express stipulation in the articles, by mutual consent, by the death or insanity of one of the tirm, bv award of arbitrators, or by a court of equity in cases of miscon- duct of some member of the firm. Agreement of Copartnership. ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT made the day of , A. D. one thousand eight hundred and fifty , between J. D. of , of the one part, and R. R., of , of the other part. The said J. D. and R. R. have agreed, and by these presents do agree, to become copartners together in the art or trade of , and do hereby promise to be governed by the following articles, namely : First, The said business shall be carried on under the name of D. anil R. Second. Each of said partners shall furnish in cash a capital of dollars, of which the sum of dollars shall be advanced by each partner immediately, and the remainder by three equal month- ly in*lnljnents of dollars. Third. Each of said parties shall give his personal attention and devote his time, during reasonable hours of business, wholly to the nterests of the firm, and shall use his best skill, judgment and dis- cretion in promoting the profits of the business; and during the continuance of this agreement neither of said partners shall engage in any speculations on his own separate account, to, or be in any way interested in any other business than that of the copartnership hereby established. Fourth The accounts of the said parties shall be kept in regu- lar hooks, by double entry, [or single entry,] so long as either party shall desire it, and every transaction shall be duly entered, and the said books shall at all times be open to the inspection and free use of either party. Fifth. Neither of said parties shall assume any pecuniary lia- bility, either in his own name or that of the firm, for the accommo- dation of any other person without the written consent of the other party. Sixth. All purchases of goods exceeding the value of dol- lars, shall be the subject of consultation and mutual agreement by the partners. Seventh. Neither party shall withdraw from the business of the concern more than his share of the profits, which may have accrued, nor more than dollars monthly. Eighth. An account of the joint stock and the joint liabilities shall be taken at the expiration of each year from the date of this instrument, and at any other time when either of the parties shall in writing request it. Ninth. This copartnership shall continue for the term of five years from this date, subject, however, to be terminated by the death of either partner, or the mutual agreement of the parties, or a violation of either of the foregoing agreements. 34 DISSOLUTION OF COPARTNERSHIP. Tenth- The division of the profits or losses in the business shall be equal. Eleventh. For the purpose of securing the performance of the aforesaid agreements, it is agreed that either party, in case of any violation of them, or either of them, by the other, shall have the right to dissolve the copartnership foithwith ; and, if the fact of such vi- olation having taken place, be disputed by the party accused, it shall be left to the decision of three disinterested persons, of whom each party is to choose one person, and these two a third one, and the decision of the majority of these three shall be conclusive. In witness whereof, we have hereunto interchangeably set our hands and seals the day and year first above written. J. D. [L. s.] Executed in presence of R R- [! S.] Substitute fat the Second and Tenth Articles. Second. The said J. D. hall invest in tliu business aforesaid, a capital of five thousand dollar*, to be advanced immediately, nod the said R. R a capital of three thousand dollars, in three equal monthly instalments, the first of which shall be advanced within ten days from the dale of this instrument. Tenth. Any losses which at the dissolution of the partnership may be found to have accrued, shall be shared in proportion to the capital invented by the said par- ties respectively. And whereas the said R. R. has been for many years engaged in the business aforesaid, and the said J. D. has had no experience, the following rule ball be adopted for the division of the profits which may be made, to wit: To the capital stock of the said R. R. shall be added the sum of ten thou- sand dollars, and to the capital stock of the said J. I), shall be added the sum of six thousand dollars, the said sums thus added being the respective amount, which at a profit of fifteen per cent, per annum, would produce the estimated value of their personal services, and the profits which may accrue in the businoss shall be shared in the proportion of the aggregates of the sums produced by the aforesaid additions respectively . Agreement to continue the Copartnership : to be endorsed on the back of the Articles. IT is AGREED, That the partnership which has expired this day [or, mention the day when it will expire,] by limitation, contained in the within written articles, shall be continued on the same terms, for the further term of - years from this date, [or from the day of next] with all the provisions and restrictions herein contained. In witness whereof, we have hereto set our hands, &c. J. D. (L.S.) R. R. (L. s.) in presence of * Dissolution of Copartnership. Whereas by articles of agreement made the - day of - , A. D. one thousand eight hundred and - , between A. B. and C. D. both of the city of - , the said A. B. and C. D. did enter into partnership, for the purpose of carrying on the trade of - , for the term of - years, and whereas the said C. D. has proposed to A. B. a dissolution of the partner- ship. to which proposition A. B. has assented ; the parties therefore mutually agree, that the partnership heretofore existing between them be this day dissolved, and it is accordingjy dissolved. And it is further *A dissolution of copartnership, should be published immediately after it takea place, and a special notice sent to those who have dealings with the cooipauy. COMPOSITION WITH CREDITORS. 36 Stipulated and agreed mutually between them, that the said A. B. shall take the entire stock of ,now on hand belonging to the partnership, at a valuation to be set upon the same, by two skilful persons mutually appointed to value the same, and that the said A. B. also have power to collect the debts now due to the partnership, and recover the same, or any part of the same, in the name of the firm, by suits at law or in equi- ty"; and that finally the said A. B. do pay over to the said C. D. the full share and proportion of stock and profits which shall appear to be du9 to the said C. D. in months from the date hereof, &c. Witness our hands and seals, &c. A. B. (L. s. t C. D. (L. s.) Executed in presence of Notice of Dissolution of Partnership. Notice is hereby given, that the partnership lately subsisting between A. B. and C. D. of , under the firm of B. & D. expired on the day of , [or, was dissolved on the day of , by mutual consent.] A. B. is authorized to settle all debts due to and by the company. c. D! COMPOSITION WITH CREDITORS. WE the undersigned, creditors of A. B. of , in consideration of One Dollar, and other good and sufficient considerations, to us several- ly paid by said B., (the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged,) do severally promise and agree with said B., that we will receive in full satisfaction and discharge of our respective claims against him, the amount of per cent, thereof, in promissory notes for our respective per cent- ages, payable on demand in three equal instalments, in three, six, and nine months from this date : said notes to be dated this day, (and lecured by a good endorser.) Provided, that such notes endorsed as aforesaid, .shall be tendered or delivered to us respectively within days from this date. In testimony whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and seals, this day of , A. D. eighteen hundred and fifty . AMOUNTS. | | NAMES OF CREDITORS^ j SEALS. Composition with Creditors, (another.) THIS AGREEMENT of two parts, made and concluded this day of in the year eighteen hundred and fifty, by and between John Doe and Richard Roe. of , merchants, and copartners under the name and style of Doe & Roe, and John Stock, of , in the county of . merchant, of the first part, and H. G., and the other persons, copartners and corporations, whose names are in the schedule hereto annexed, (being creditors of the said firm of D &- R.) of the second part, WITNKSSETH, That, Whereas, the said firm of Doe & Roe are indebted to the parties of the second part in divers sums of money, which they are unable punc- tually to pay and discharge, and have transferred and conveyed their pro- perty to the said John Stock in trust, for the benefit of the creditors' of the said firm, Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises, and of the discharge from all their debts hereinafter set forth and granted to the said firm of D. &R. bv their said creditors, the said D. &, R. do hereby covenant and 36 CATTTIONS IN SELLING AND BUYING ESTATES. agree, 10 and with their several and respective creditors, that they will give to each and every of them their promissory notes, bearing date the tenth day of October, A. D., 1850, payable to the order of themselves and by themselves respectively endorsed, and subsequently endorsed by the said John Stock, payable in equal sums in six, nine, and twelve months, with interest, for fifty per centum of the amount which shall be found to be due on all their bills and notes payable to each and every of said creditors. All notes and accounts to be made equal to cash on the tenth day of October as aforesaid. And the said John Stock hereby covenants and agrees to and with the several and respective creditors of said D. & R , that he will endorse the several and respective promissory notes of said D. & R. for fifty per centum of the amounts found to be due and payable as aforesaid. And the said H. G. and others, creditors of the said firm of D. & R., for themselves . 1. For value received, 1, E. F. J., to whom the within Warrant, No. was issued, do hereby sell and assign unto [this blank should not bejUled until the Warrant is located,] and to his heirs and assigns forever, the said Warrant, and authorize to locate the same, and receive a patent therelbr. Witness my hand and seal, this day of 185 Attest: E. F. J. [L. s.] Two Witn-sses. $ *? Form of Acknowledgment where the Vendor is known to the Officer taking tht Acknowledgment. STATE OF , COUNTY OF . On this day of , in the year , personally appeared (here ins-rt the name of the Warrantee) to me well known, and acknowledged the foregoing Assignment to be his act and deed ; and I certify, that the said (here insert the name of the Warrantee) is '.he identical person to whom the within Warrant issued, and who executed the foregoing Assign- ment thereof. (Officer's Signature.) The assignment and acknowledgment must be endorsed upon the warrant. Form of Acknowledgment where the Vendor is not known to the Officer, and his identity has to be proved. STATE OF , COUNTY OF . On this day of , in the year , personally came before me, (here insert the name of the Warrantee) and (here insert the name and residence of a witness) and the said (here insert the name of the witness,) being well known to me as a credible and disinterested person, was duly sworn by me, and on his oath declared and said, that he well knows the said (here insert the name of the Warrantee.) and that he is the same per- son to whom the within Warrant issued, and who executed the foregoing Assignment, and his testimony being satisfactory evidence to me of that fact, the said (here insert the name of the Warrantee.) thereupon acknowl- edged the said Assignment to be his act and deed. ( Officer's Signature.) Certificate of the Clerk of the Court, Judge, or other person who is avthorized to certify, under seal, to the official cliarqcter of the Officer who takes Acknowledgments of Assignments. STATE OF , COUNTY OF . I, E. A. J., Clerk of the Court of , in the County and State afore- said, hereby certify that , whose genuine signature is affixed to the above acknowledgment, was at the time of signing the same, a Justice of the Peace [notary public or other officer] duly authorized by law to take such acknowledgment, and that full faith and credit are clue to all his offi- cial acts as such. Given under my hand and the seal of said Court, this day of ,18 [L. s.] E. A. J., Clerk of the Court of When the acknowledgment is taken by a Clerk of a Court, or a Judge using a seal, no certificate of his official character is required. In legal instruments the names of the parties should be given in full. 46 FORMS OF GUARANTEES. GUARANTEES, FORMS OF. Continuing Guarantee for Goods to be delivered. [A Guarantee should be founded on some consideration.'] " I HEREBY guarantee the payment to Messrs. E. F. and G. H., for all goods which they may from time to time supply to John Williams, of &c. not exceeding the amount / $ . [This would be sufficient ,- but it might, in order to prevent ail ques- tions, be as well to add the words, ' this is to be a continuing guarantee.'] Dated &c. A. B. [ The supplying the goods is the consideration implied.] Other Examples of Guarantees. " I HEREBY guarantee the payment to Messrs. &c., for such goods as they may supply to J. W., of &c., not exceeding the amount of $ ; but this is not intended as a continuing guarantee, hut only for the once supplying goods to the above amount. Dated &c." " I hereby guarantee the debt oi $100 due to you by B, in con- sideration of your giving him a farther credit of $200." [This applies only to a single transaction, and is confined to the single debt of $100.] " I hereby guarantee the debt of $100, due to you by B, on your giving him a farther credit ; as also what he may contract with you from this date up to the 29th of October next." {This applies to the debt of $100, and exiends lo all transactions of what- ever amount, of B with the party to whom the guarantee is given, wproo pit-en day.} " I hereby guarantee the debt of $100, due to you by B. on your giving him a farther credit ; and also any debt he may contract with you, not exceeding $500, for goods supplied to him after this date/ [Is a guarantee for the debt of $100, and extending tc any debt not exceed- ing $500, which may at any lime become due forgoods delivered to B, until the credit shall be recalled by him who gives the guarantee, and applies to debt* successively renewed.] " I hereby guarantee the payment for any goods which you may deliver to B after this date." [Extends to all transactions for goods sold to B at any future time, and lo any amount, and continues in force until the credit is recalled.] For Debts already Due, to prevent Proceedings. *' MESSRS. E. F. and G. H. having, at my request, agreed to forego proceedings which they were about to take against Mr. J. W., of &c., to enforce the payment of $ due from him to them, I hereby, in consideration thereof, guarantee the payment to them of that sum. Dated &c." To stop Proceedings when commenced. MESSRS. E. F. and G. H. having at my request, agreed to dis- continue the proceedings taken by them against, &c. to enforce payment of &.c. due from him to them, I hereby, in consideration thereof, guarantee the payment of that sum and of $ costs." GUARANTEE FOE PAYMENT OF KENT. 47 Guarantee for payment of Negotiable Note. " Pay to the bearer, and for value received, I guarantee the pay- ment of the within. Dated, &c. E. F." Guarantee for Payment of Rent. " In consideration of the execution of the within written lease, at our request, we do hereby guarantee to the said A. A. the true and punctual payment of the rent reserved at the times and in the manner therein mentioned, and in default thereof, promise to pay the same on demand. Witness our hands and seals, this day of, &c. E. G. [L.S ] Executed in presence of F. F. [L..S.]" FORMS OF LEASES. Directions. A Lease is a conveyance of lands or tenements in consideration of rent, or other annual recompense, for life, years, or at will. The contract for a Lease maybe expressed verbally or \mprittng. If verbally it usually has only the force and effect of a tenancy at will. II in writing, it roust be subscribed by the party ranking it, or his authorized agent. The statute law, in some States, requires that Leases for one or more years be in writing, signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of one or more subscribing witnesses, and be registered or recorded. In Maine, Massachu- setts, New Hampshire, and Maryland, the term is seven years; in New York, Pennsylvania, Ohio and Indiana, three ; in Vermont, Connecticut, Rhode Is- land and South Carolina, one ; in Kentucky and Virginia, five. The following cautions are necessary to be observed on taking the Lease of a house. 1. Whether ihere are any symptoms of dampness? 2. Whether the chimneys are smoky ? 3. Whether the house is subject to unpleasant smells? 4. Whether the lower part of the house is well ventilated, and there is a good drainage to the cellar? 5 Whether the house is infesied with bugs, cockroaches, moths, or any other vermin? 6. Whether it is supplied with good drinking and washing water? 7. Who is to keep the pumps, cisterns, Ac. in good repair? 8. If the water fails or becomes impure, or the water fix- lures get out ot repair, how shall the tenant supply himself? 9. Whether the house leaks? 10. Whether ihe landlord or tenant is 10 keep the privy, water courses, Jtc., clean and in gobd condition ? 11. Whether the house is in good repair; and the landlord will keep it so during the ierm? 12. Whether the landlord is to pay the taxes ? If so, a covenant to that effect should be insert- ed among the agreements. If the tenant, the like among his. A Lease is a written contract, and every thing agreed upon or contracted for by the Land- lord or Tenant, should he staled in the Lease. In taking a house on Lease, the tenant should carefully examine the Cove- nants of the Lease, or he may, when too late, discover that he is so lied down by the terms of the lease, as to render the house unfit for his purposes, or that the restrictions may involve him in difficulties, a>id subject him to perpetual annoyance ; lie mHy by ihe terms of the lease, be restrained from making ne- cessary or convenient alterations ; he may be compelled to rebuild or pay rent if the premises be burnt down, or rendered uninhabitable by fire, or o'her ac- cident ; he may be liable to forfeit his lease, or be subject to a penalty, if he assign over his interest, carry on a trade, or the like ; or he may be subject to pay the taxes, or be assessed for the water tax, or be otherwise annoyed. " The law does not protect men from their ovrn carelessness or ignorance. NOTE. For further information on this important subject gee " LandlimTs and Tenant'* Assistant.'' one of this series, where can be found Forms of Leases of Houses, Stores, Farm on Shares, Furniture, Tools, Assignments, Surrenders, Guarantees, Special Covenants, and the Laws rcgu'ating the Hiring and Letting of Houses, and Ejectment for Non-payment ol Rent, 4tc. 48 FORM OF LEASE. Form of Lease of Store or House. THIS INDENTURE, made this day of , in the year eighteen hundred and fifty , between A. B. of , and C. D. of , witnesses, that, in consideration of the covenants herein contained on the part of the said C. D. to be kept and per- formed, the said A. B. does hereby leae to the said C. D. the store, with the appurtenances, numbered 22 B. street, in the city of B. [or describe the premises as is usual in dteds ] To have and to hold the same to the said lessee, for the term of years from the date hereof, the said lessee paying therefor the yearly rent of dollars, during the said term. And the lessee covenants with the lessor to pay the said rent in quarterly payments of dollars each, at the expiration of each and every quarter during the said term ; the first payment thereof to be made on the day of , now next ensuing ; and to make no unlawful, improper, or offensive use of the premises, to quit and deliver up the same, and all future erections and additions, to the lessor, peaceably and quietly, at the end of the term, in as good order and condition, (reasonable use and wearing thereof, fire and other unavoidable casualties, excepted) as the same now are, or may be put into, by the lessor, or those having his estate in the premises ; to pay all taxes and assessments whatsoever ; whether in the nature of taxes now in being or not, and all charges for cleansing, whicli may be payable for or in respect of the prem- ises or any part thereof during the said term, together with the rent, taxes, assessments and charges as above stated, for such fur- ther time as the lessee, or those claiming under him may hold the premises; not to make or suffer any waste thereof, nor make nor suffer to be made, any alteration therein, nor lease, nor un- derlet, nor permit any other person or persons to occupy the same, except such as the lessor, or those having his estate in the prem- ises, shitll in writing approve; and that the lessor, or those having his estate in the premises, with his and their agents, at season- able times may enter to view the premises, and make repairs. Provided always, and these presents are upon this condition : That in case the said rent or laxes shall be in arrear for the space of one week, and the same shall have been duly demanded, in writ- ing, on or after the day when the same shall have become payable or, if the lessee, in case of his insolvency, shall lail to give rea- sonable security for the payment of all sums then due, and there- after to grow due, under this lease ; or if any of the covenants herein contained, to be observed on the part of the lessee or those claiming under him shall be broken, the lessor or those havin< his estate Hi the premises, whilst such neglect or default continues, may, without further notice or demand, enter upon the premises and ex- pel the lessee or those claiming under him, or may otherwise le- gally evict him or them without prejudice to any remedies which might otherwise be used for arrears of rent, or preceding breach of covenant. - Provided, also, that, in case the premises, or any part thereof, shall, during said term, be destroyed or damaged by fire or other unavoidable casualty, so that the same shall be thereby rendered unfit for use and habitation, then, and in such case, the rent here- NOTICE TO DETERMINE TENANCY. 49 inbefore reserved, or a just and proportionate part thereof, accord- ing to the nature and extent of the injury sustained, shall be sus- pended, or abated until the premises shall have been put by the lessor, or those having his estate in the premises, in proper condi- tion for use and habitation. In witness whereof, the parties have hereunto interchangeably set their hands and seals, the day and year first above written. A. B. [L.S.] C. D. [L. s.] Executed in presence of Lease of House or Store. A. B. and C. D., both of W., agree as follows : A. B. leases to C. D. his house [store] with the appurtenances, numbered 22 D. Street, in W., for two years from the date hereof. C. D. agrees to pay four hundred dollars a year rent, payable in equal quarter-yearly payments, the first payment to be made on the day of , now next ensuing, and not to assign or lease the premises or any part thereof, nor make alterations therein, with- out B.'s written consent ; and at the termination of this lease, to quit and deliver up the premises in good condition and repair, unavoida- ble casualties excepted. In case said premises shall be rendered unfit for their accustom- ed uses by any unavoidable casualty, thereupon this lease shall be ended. This lease shall be void if C. D. fails to perform this agreement. Witness our hands and seals this day of , 1856. A. B. [L. s.] Executed in presence of C. D. [L. S.] Notice from Landlord to Tenant to Quit. SIR, For the purpose of determining your tenancy in the es- tate No. 5 B. Street, in the city [town] of B., now in your pos- session, you are hereby notified to quit and deliver up tome the premises aforesaid, on the day of next, according to law. C. D.,' Landlord. To Mr. A. B., Tenant. Dated, , Oct. 1, 185. Notice from Tenant to Landlord of intention to Quit. SIR, For the purpose of determining my tenancy in the estate, which I now hold of you, known as No. 5 B Street, in the town of B., you are hereby notified that I shall quit and deliver up to you the premises aforesaid, on the day of next, accord- ing to law. A. B., Tenant. To Mr. C. D. Landlord. Dated, , Oct. 1, 185. Notice to Quit for Non-payment of Rent. SIR, You are hereby notified to quit, and deliver up to me, the house and appurtenances, known as No. 5 B. Street, in the city [town] of B.,now occupied by you, according to law, your rent being due and unpaid. C. D. Landlord. To A. B. Tenant. Dated, , Oct. 1. 185. DMA 5 50 CHATTEL MORTGAGES. MORTGAGE OF PERSONAL PROPERTY. A mortgage is a conveyance, or sale of goods, to become an absolute interest, if not redeemed at a certain time. The execution and registra- tion is a substitute for a delivery of the articles, when they can be speci- "d and identified by a written description. See Laws at pp. 55, 36. Jit Alabama, mortgage must be recorded in the county in which Ihe grantor resides, also where the property is at the date of the mortgage ; and if remov- ed to another county must be recorded in the county to which it is removed within six months from such removal. In Arkansas, mortgage must be acknowledged, and recorded in the county in which the mortgagor resides. If the property be removed beyond the county, without consent of mortgagee, the person so removing shall be liable to imprisonment for not less than one nor more than two years. In California, \he mortgagor and mortgagee shall make affidavit that ihe mortgage is bona fide, and made without any design to defraud or delay cred- itors ; which affidavit shall be attached to the mortgage. Mortgage must be recorded by the county recorder where mortgagor resides, and also in the county where the properly is located. Jit Connecticut, machinery used in a manufacturing or mechanical establish- ment, household furniiure, and hay, or other personal property, may be mort- gaged. If the mortgagor retain possession, the mortgage must be described, executed and recorded in all respects as mortgages of land. In Florida, mortgage must be acknowledged, and recorded in the county where the property shall be at the time of the execution of the mortgage. In Georgia, mortgage must be proved by the affidavit of the subscribing witness, and recorded within three months, by the clerk of the superior court, in the county where the mortgagor resided at the time of execution of the mortgage. In Illinois, mortgages must be acknowledged, and recorded in the office of the recorder of the county in which mortgagor resides, and is valid for only two years. Immediately upon default of the last payment mentioned in the mortgage, the mortgagee must lake possession, or such mortgage is void as to judgment creditors. In Indiana, mortgages must be proved or acknowledged as provided in cases of deeds of conveyance, and recorded in the recorder's office of the county where the mortgagor resides, within ten days after execution. In Iowa, mortgages must be executed and acknowledged like conveyances of real estate, and filed for record in the recorder's office. In Kentucky; mortgage must be acknowledged, and recorded in the county where the mortgagor resides ; same as deeds of real estate. In Louisiana, all mortgages must be recorded with the register of mortga- ges, within six days (when executed in N. Orleans) from the date, and a day more for every two leagues from the place of execution, as to mortgages exe- cuted in other parishes. In Maine, if the debt secured exceeds thirty dollars, the Mortgage must be recorded in the town where the mortgagor resides. Property may be re- deemed by mortgagor within sixty days after condition broken, unless it h.is been sold in pursuance of contract between the parties. In Maryland, mortgage must be acknowledged before a justice of the county where the mortgagor resides, and the affidavit of the mortgagor or mortgagee must be endorsed on the mortgage, stating that the con side ration is true and bona fide. To be recorded within twenty days, with the records of the county. In Massachusetts, Mortgage must be recorded by the clerk of the town where the mortgagor resides, and also by the clerk of the city or town in which he principally transacts his business, or follows his trade or calling. If the prop- erty is not sold in pursuance of a contract between the parties, the right of the mortgagor, or his assigns, to the property, shall not be forfeited until sixty days after the mortgagee, or his assigns, shall have given written notice to the mort- gagor, or the person in possession of said property, claiming the same, of his CHATTEL MORTGAGES'. 51 or their intention to foreclose said mortgage for a breach of the conditions thereof, and caused a copy of the same notice to be recorded in the clerk's offices where the morigages are recorded. Mortgages of personal property are discharged in like manner as real estate see page 57. If the mortgagor sell the properly, or part thereof, without the written consent of the mortgagee, and without informing the person to whom he sell<, that the same is mort- gaged, he sliull be punished by a fine not exceeding $100, or by imprisonment in jail or house of correction not exceeding one year. In Michigan, mortgage must be filed \vith the town clerk, and is valid for one year only, unless within thirty days before expiration, the mortgagee an- nex to the instrument on file an affidavit, setting forth the interest he has in the property. In Minnesota, a mortgage, or a copy thereof, must be filed in the office of the register of deeds of the county where the mortgagor resides, and in the case of ft non-resident where the property may be at the time of the execution of the mortgage. In Mississippi, mortgage must be acknowledged, and recorded in the court of the county within three months ; and if removed to another county must be again recorded in that county within twelve months after such removal. In Missouri, mortgage must be acknowledged, and recorded in the county where the mortgagor resides, the same as deeds of real property. In Nfw Hampshire Mortgages of real estate must be recorded in the office of register of deeds. Mortgages of personal property must be recorded in the office of the town clerk where the mortgagor resides, and the mortgagor and mortgagee must swear that the mortgage is made for securing the debt specified in the condition thereof, and for no other purpose, and that it is a just debt, honestly due from the mortgagor to the mortgagee. A second mortgage cannot be executed on the same property, without setting fortli in the subse- quent mortgage the existence of the previous one. Property cannot be sold without the written consent of the mortgagee. In Nfio York, mortgage must be filed, in the city of New York, in the office of the register ; if in any other city or county town, in the clerk's office there- in ; and in all other towns, in town clerk's office. It becomes void after the expiration of one year, unless within thirty days before the expiration of the year, a copy with a statement of the interest of the mortgagee in the property, be again filed in the office of the clerk or register. In North Carolina, mortgage must be proved, and registered within six months after execution, in the county where the mortgagor resides. Mort- gage can be redeemed wilhintwo years after forfeiture. In Ohio, mortgage must be deposited with the clerk of the township where the mortgagor resides ; or if a county seat with the register of deeds of the county, 'if not a resident, it must be deposited with the clerk of the township where the property shall be at the time of the execution of the mortgage. It becomes void after the expiration of one year, unless within thirty days before the expiration of the year, a copy with a statement of the interest of the mort- gagee in the properly, be again filed in the office of the clerk or register. In Rliode Island, the mortgage must be recorded by the clerk of the town where the mortgagor shall reside at the time of making the same. Mortgagor can redeem the premises \yithin sixty days, after condition broken, unless the property, in the mean time, shall have been sold in pursuance of the con- tract between the parties. In South Carolina, mortgage must be recorded in the office of the register of mesne conveyances for the district where mortgagor resides. In Tennessee, mortgage must be acknowledged and recorded the same as mortgages of real estate. In Texas, mortgage must be proved by two or more witnesses, or acknowl- edged, and recorded in the county where mortgagor resides. In Vermont, mortgages of machinery used in factory, shop or mill, are not valid, unless possession be delivered to and retained by the mortgagee. In Virginia, mortgages conveying real estate, or goods and chattels, must be recorded in the county or corporation where the property may be. In Wisconsin, a mortgage must be filed with the town clerk, and is valid for one year only, unless within thirty days before expiration, the mortgagee annex to the instrument or copy on file, an affidavit setting forth the interest he has in the property. 52 CHATTEL MORTGAGE. 1. Chattel Mortgage of Goods, Tools, Machinery, Household Furniture, ffc. BE IT KNOWX, That I, A. B., of , in consideration of dollars, to me paid by C. D. of -", do sell and convey to said C. D., the following goods and chattels, to wit : [or, if numerous, say, mentioned in the schedule hereto annexed] ; warranted free of incumbrance, and against any adverse claims; upon con- dition that if I shall pay my certain promissory note, bearing even date herewith, given to the said C. D., or order, for the sum of dollars, according to the tenor of said note, then this mort- gage shall be void. And it is agreed that the mortgagor shall remain in possession of said property till condition broken. Witness my hand and seal, this day of , 1858. A. B. [L. s.] Executed in presence of Must be recorded. 2. Another Mortgage of Personal Property. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That I, A. B., of , in consideration of the sum of dollars, to me paid by C. D., of , do grant, bargain, sell and convey unto the said C. D., the following articles of personal property, to wit: [or, if the goods are too numerous to be recited, say, all and singular the goods and chattels, wares and merchandize, mentioned and contained in the schedule hereunto annexed:] and now in the , in the town of , [city] aforesaid. To hold the afore-granted goods and chattels to the said C. D., and his assigns, forever. And I, the said A. B., do avouch myself to be the lawful owner of said goods and chattels, and have good right to sell and dispose of the same in manner aforesaid. Provided, nevertheless, that if the said A. B., pay to the said C. D., or his assigns, the sum of dollars, in years from date, with interest on said sum at the rate of per cent, per annum, payable semi-annually, then this deed, as also a certain note, bearing even date with these presents, given by the said A. B. to the said C. D., or order, to pay the said sum and interest, and at the times aforesaid, shall both be void. In witness whereof, I, the said A. B. have hereunto set my hand and seal, this day of in the year of our Lord eighteen hundred and . A. B. [L. s.] Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of [Must be recorded.] 3. Chattel Mortgage Power of Sale. The following, or other conditions, may be added, if desired. But if default shall be made in payment of the principal or in- terest above mentioned, or any part thereof, then the said C. U. and his assigns, are hereby authorized to take possession of the above described goods, chattels, and property, [or, mentioned in the schedule hereto annexed,] and advertise and sell the same MORTGAGE TO SECURE ENDORSER. 53 at public sale, or so much thereof as will be necessary to pay and satisfy the principal sum whether then or thereafter payable, with the interest thereon which shall be due at the time of such sale, and all costs, charges, and expenses attending said sale; paying the surplus, if any there be, to said A. B., or his representatives, on demand. And it is agreed that said A. B. shall remain in possession of said property till condition broken ; but said C. D. may at his pleasure take and remove the same, and may enter into any buildings or premises of said A. B. for that purpose. Witness my hand and seal, this day of , 1858. A. B. (L. s.) Executed in presence of [Must be recorded.] 4 Mortgage of Personal Properly to secure Endorser. THIS INDENTURE of two parts, made this day of A. D. one thousand eight hundred and fifty , by and between C. D., of , of the first part, and C. G., of , of the second part, Witnesseth, That the said G., at the request of the said D., has agreed to endorse certain notes of hand for his accommodation, and the said D. has agreed to give the said G. security against any loss or damage that may bei'all him by reason of such endorsements. Wherefore, in pursuance of such engagements, the said C. D. in consideration of the premises, hereby bargains, sells, assigns, trans- fers and sets over unto the said C. G., all the goods, chattels, tools, machinery and effects, in the annexed schedule or bill of particulars mentioned, whereof the said D. does avouch himself to be the true and lawful owner. To hold the said premises unto the said G. and his executors, administrators and assigns. Provided nevertheless, that if the said C. D., shall from time to time pay and discharge all the promissory notes which the said G. may endorse for his accommodation, as they shall respectively, become due and payable, and shall finally secure and indemnify the said G. and his personal representatives, from all costs and dam- age, by reason or on account of the liabilities that have been or may be assumed by him in pursuance of the agreement aforesaid, then this instrument shall be void. Provided also, and it is hereby further agreed, that until default by the said D., of or in the payment of any of the said notes, it shall be lawful for the said D., to retain possession of the said chattels, and effects, and to use and enjoy the same without any denial or molestation by the said G., or his representatives. And the said G., for himself, and his representatives, does hereby covenant to and with the said D., and his representatives, that in case of his taking possession of the said property, for a breach of the condition aforesaid, he will advertise and sell the same et public vendue, to the highest bidder, and after indemnifying himself fully from the proceeds of such sale for all the liabilities assumed by him as aforesaid, whether the notes are then payable or not, will account BMA 5* 54 MORTGAGE OF REAL ESTATE. for and pay over the balance of the said proceeds to the said D., or his representatives or assigns on demand. In witness whereof the said parties have set their hands and seals to this and another instrument of like tenor and date. C. D. (L. s.) Executed in presence of C. G. (L. s.) [Must be recorded. See pages 50, 51.] 5. Mortgage Deed of Real Estate. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That I, A. B., of , in the county of , and State of , merchant, in consideration of dollars, to me paid by C. D., of , in the county of , and State of physician, (the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged,) do hereby give, grant, bargain, sell, and convey unto the said C. D., his heirs and assigns, a certain parcel of land &c., situate in , described and bounded as follows, to wit: [here state how bounded], with all the privileges and appurtenan- ces thereto belonging. To have and to hold the aforegranted premises, to the said C. D., his heirs and assigns, to his and their use and behoof forever. And I, the said A. B., for myself, my heirs, executors and admin- istrators, do covenant with the said C. D., his heirs and assigns, that I am lawfully seized in fee simple of the aforegranted premises, that they are free from all incumbrances, that I have good right to sell and convey the same to the said C. D., his heirs and assigns forever as aforesaid; and that I will, and my heirs, execu- tors and administrators shall, warrant and defend the same to the said C. D., his heirs and assigns forever, against the lawful claims and demands of all persons. Provided nevertheless, That if the said A. B., his heirs, execu- tors, or administrators, shall pay unto the said C. D., his execu- tors, administrators, or assigns, the sum of dollars in years from the day of the date of these presents, with interest on said sum, at the rate of per centum per annum, payable semi- annually," then this deed, as also a certain promissory note, t bearing even date witli these presents, signed by the said A. B., whereby for value received he promises to pay the said C. D. or order, the said sum and interest at the times aforesaid, shall both be absolutely void. And provided also, that, until default of the payment of the said sum, or interest, or other default as herein provided, the mortgagee shall have no right to enter and take possession of the premises. In witness whereof, I, the said A. B.,have hereunto set my band and seal this day of , in the year of our Lord eighteen hun- dred and fifty A. B. [L. s.j Signed, sealed and delivered inprcsenceof [Must be acknowledged and recorded.] * To he inserted if required: - and, until such payment, keep the buildings standing on the land aforesaid insured against fire, in a sum not less than dollars, for the benefit of the said mortgagee and his executors, administra- tors, and assigns, at such insurance office in , as the said C. D. shall ap- prove, and also pay all taxes levied or assessed upon the said premises. t If the mortgage be given to secure the payment of a bond, then say instead of" a certain promissory note," "o certain obligation or frond." POWER OF SALE. EXTENSION OF MORTGAGE. 55 6. Mortgage Power of Sale. [After the close of the fourth paragraph in No. 5, add: ] And provided also, that at any time after [here slate the lime, if weeks or months'} continuance of any breach of the foregoing condition, the grantee-, or [his or their, as the case may be] Executors, Administrators, or Assigns, may sell and dispose of the granted premises, with all improvements that may be thereon, at public auction ; such sale to be in said of , without further notice or demand, except giving notice of the time and. place of sale. in each of three successive weeks, in newspaper printed in the aforesaid : And in his or their own names, or as the attorney of the grantor , for that purpose by these presents duly au- thorized, convey the same, absolutely and in fee simple, to the purchaser or purchasers accordingly ; And shall hold and apply the proceeds of such sale first, to pay and reimburse to said grantee all sums of money then secured by this Deed (whether then or thereafter payable), together with interest, ;md all costs and expenses, including all sums paid by said grantee for insurance of the premises; and, secondly, \.o pay the surplus, if any, to the grantor or assigns; or in case such sale shall be made under any decree of or proceeding in any court, then to the court by which such sale shall have been decreed ; And such sale shall forever bar the grantor , and all persons claiming under , from all right and interest in the premises, at law or in equity. It being mutually agreed, that the said grantee , or Assigns may bid and be the purchaser at said sale, and that no other purchaser shall be answerable for the appli- cation of the purchase money. Andprovided also, that until some breach of the condition of this deed, the grantee shall haveno>ight to enter and take possession of the premises. In witness whereof, I the said A. B. and Sarah my wife, in token of her release of all right of dower and homestead in the granted premises, have hereunto set our hands and seals this day of , in the year &.c. A. B. [L. s.] Signed, sealed and delivered in presenceof S. B. [L. S.] [Must be acknowledged and recorded.] NOTE. Incumbrances, &c. must be staled as on page 40, and if grantor be married the wife should join her husband in the conveyance of ihe estate, and therein releasing her claim to dower, and also to homestead, if there be one. Extension of Mortgage. THIS AGREEMENT made between A. B. of , and C. D. of , witnesseth That, whereas, the said B is the holder of D's note, whereby he promises to [recite the note], which note is secured by said D's mortgage deed, dated , recorded in , vol. page , on which said note and mortgage there remains unpaid the sum of dollars, with interest at per cent from . Now, the said D agrees with the said B, that the interest on the afore- said sum of dollars shall, at all times hereafter, be punctually paid to said B, or his assigns, on the day of .in every year, till the pay- ment of the principal ; and that the said principal sum of dollars shall be paid to said B, or his assigns, in years from the date hereof and not sooner ; and the said B agrees to extend the time of payment accordingly. It is also agreed that this instrument shall not invalidate or impair the efficacy of said note and mortgnge. In witness &c. Note. If the mortgagor has sold the estate, his grantee should join to show his assent. 56 RIGHTS OF MORTGAGOR AND RIGHTS OF MORTGAGEE. LAW OP MORTGAGE. Conveyance of real estate by mortgage. Every contract for securing a debt by a conveyance of lands and tenements, is deemed a mortgage as between the parties 5 and the borrower will be entitled to redeem his property, although the conveyance is, on the face of it, absolute. In order, however, to protect both mortgagor and mortgagee against subsequent purchasers and mortgagees, it is necessary, that the fact that the convey- ance is intended as a mortgage, be recorded with the deed of conveyance. To constitute a Mortgage, a particular form is not necessary, though customary. The common form is a warranty deed [see form of deed at page 40], containing and subject to, the proposed condition. Where a deed, absolute in its terms, was duly executed, and on the back of it was endorsed a writing in the form of a condition to a mort- gage, without date, seal or signature, it Was held that the deed was a mortgage. 5 Pick. 181. In a Court of Chancery, whenever it appears from written evidence, that the land is conveyed to secure the payment of money, the convey- ance will be treated as a mortgage. An absolute deed of land, and a bond, made at the same time, to re- convey, upon the payment of a sum of money, though unaccompanied by any collateral personal security for such payment, constitutes a mortgage. Fixtures, and additions in the nature of fixtures, which are placed in a building by a mortgagor, after he has mortgaged it, become part of the realty, as between him and the mortgagee, and cannot be removed or otherwise disposed of by him while the mortgage is in force. 4 Met 306. The Statute of Limitations does not affect Collateral Security Where the note is barred by the Statute of Limitations, yet, if it has not been paid, the mortgagee has his remedy on the mortgage. 19 Pick. 535. So where negotiable notes are secured by a mortgage, and the mort- gagee assigns the notes without the mortgage, this does not cancel the mortgage ; hut the mortgagee will hold it as trustee for the holders of the notes. 4 Pick. 131. Rights of the Mortgagor. Upon the execution of a mortgage, the legal estate vests in the mort- gagee, subject to be defeated upon performance of the conditions of the mortgage. But, as between mortgagor and mortgagee, and so far as it is necessary to give full effect to the mortgage as a security for the per- formance of the condition, a mortgage is considered an absolute conveyance in fee ; yet, for all other purposes, it is considered, especially until entry for condition broken, as a mere charge or incumbrance, which does not alienate the estate of the mortgagor. The mortgagor is not, therefore, liable for rent while he remains in possession ; and he has the right to lease, sell, make a second mortgage, and in short to deal in every respect with the properly as owner, so long as he does not in any way affect or impair the rights of the mortgagee. So the property may be attached and taken for the mortgagor's debts, subject to the rights of the mortgagee. The mortgagor, until failure of payment of principal or interest, is to pos- sess and enjoy the property mortgaged ; and though failure be made, he and his representatives have a right to redeem the mortgage, which in law is termed the equity of redemption. In some Slates a reasonable period is allowed, in which to redeem, or regain the estate, in others, the time varies from one to twenty years from the breach of the condition of the mortgage. The person entitled to redeem shall pay or tender to the mort- gagee the whole sum then due, and payable on the mortgage, and shall perform, or tender performance of every other condition contained therein, and all costs which may have been incurred in any suit for recovering the DISCHARGE AND RELEASE OF MORTGAGE. 57 premises ; and if the mortgagee shall not accept the same, and discharge the mortgage, the mortgagor may recover possession by a bill in equity. JVot only the mortgagor himself, but his heirs, personal representatives, and assigns, may redeem the mortgage. So also may a widow entitled to dower, a jointress, a tenant by the curtesy, a remainder man and rever- sioner, a judgment creditor, a purchaser of the equity at an execution sale, a second mortgagee, and, in short, every person who has an interest in or lien upon the land. Redemption of Estate. Most of the States regulate, by statute, the time within which a mortgaged estate may be redeemed or foreclosed. In Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Maine, the mortgagor has three years in which to redeem the properly. In New York one year by pay- ing the sum bid, with interest on that sum from the time of sale at the rale of ten per cent a year. In Ohio, a mortgagor has a reasonable period, {before foreclosure.) to redeem the estate, on payment of the debt and all equitable charges, &c. It has become the practice, of late years, to insert in a mortgage an ab- solutepower of sale; by which the mortgagee, in case of breach of condi- tion, is enabled to sell, and thus destroy the right to redeem in the mort- gagor, and all claiming under him. [See Form at page 55.] Rights of the Mortgagee. In the absence of any statute, or of any agreement in the mortgage, the mortgagee is entitled to immediate possession of the mortgaged prop- erty. It is usual, however, to insert a clause in the mortgage, "providing that it shall be laicftdfor the mortgagor to retain possession until breach of comlition ;" in which case, the mortgagee is not entitled to take possession, until after breach of condition. If a mortgage is given to secure the payment of several notes, the non- payment of the first note when it becomes due, is a breach of the condition. The mortgagee, if he take possession of the property, is bound to take reasonable care of it, account for the actual receipts of rents and profits, and apply them to the reduction of the principal and interest due on the mortgage. He is allowed for necessary expenditures in keeping the es- tate in repair; and in most of the States, he is entitled to a reasonable compensation for his services. Discharge of Mortgage to be entered on the Record. In many Slates, mortgages may be^ discharged by the mortgagee ac- knowledging payment thereof by an entry on the mortgage, signed and sealed in the presence of one or two witnesses, which entry must be also recorded in the margin of the record in the registry of deeds, or wherever the mortgage is recorded. The following Form of Discharge is used in Massachusetts, Ohio, Illinois, Michigan, and several other States. B , MAY 1, 1859. I acknowledge to have received full satisfaction for the debt secured by this mortgage, and do therefore hereby cancel and discharge the same. C. D. The Mortgage can also be discharged by a Deed of Release. See p. 63. Satisfaction of Mortgage in New York. I, A. B., of the town of , and county of , do hereby certify, That a certain mortgage, bearing date the day of , in the year , made and executed by C. D. to me, A. B., and recorded in the office of the Clerk of the county of , in Lib. of Mortgages, upon page , on the day of , in the year , is paid, satisfied, and discharged. Dated the day of , 185 . A. B. In presence of [Should be acknowledged and Recorded.] 58 NOTES. NOTES, DUE BILLS, RECEIPTS, ORDERS, &c. Judgment Note. $ B , July 1 , 1S5-. Sixty days after date, I promise to pay C. D. or bearer, Three Hundred and Ten Dollars, value received. And in case of default of payment of the same when due, I hereby empower C. D. or any attorney appointed by him, to appear for me, and to confess judg- ment before any Court of competent jurisdiction in the State of * for the above sum and costs, with release of errors, waiving the right of appeal. Witness my hand and seal, this day of , A. D., 1855. In presence of A. B. [L. S.] * The words, "before any justice of the peace" can be substituted for the above expression in italics, where the statute admits of it. See below. Any person who is by law capable of binding: himself by a common bond, may enter into a recognizance, (that is, make an acknowledgment, or con- fession) of any debt, and thereby subject his person, goods, and estate to be taken for such debt An agent has precisely the power of his principal, in all things prescribed by the power of attorney. In Massachusetts the Statute requires that an acknowledgment of debt be taken before the Court of Common Pleas in term time, or before the Clerk of the Court during vacation, or before any Justice of the Peace with like effect, if the execution is not to be levied on land If the execution is to be levied on land the acknowledgment must be recorded with the Clerk of the Court within ninety days of the dale. The person making the acknowledgment must be known to the judge, clerk, or justice, or his identity proved. Fees of the Clerk for acknowledging and recording 50 cents, for recording only, 25. In New York, a confession of judgment may be given as security for an exist- ing debt or for future advances, or to secure an endorser. The acknowledg- ment must be sworn to before a Justice of the Peace, and filed with the coun- ty clerk, who will enter a judgment of the Supreme Court for the amount. In Pennsylvania, judgment may be confessed without the filing of a decla- ration, the prothonotary being empowered to enter judgment on the presenta- tion of a bond, bill, or note containing a power of attorney. In this Slate the words " without defalcation" are required in notes; and the residences of the promisor and endorsers. A confession of judgment prevents the expenses and delays growingout of an action at law ; and if goods are levied on, they may probably be held by the creditor, though the debtor subsequently avail himself of the insolvent law. The above form of note prevails extensively in some of the Southern and Western States, where great delay and expense occurs in obtaining judgment. NEGOTIABLE NOTE. B , MARCH , 18 . For value received I promise to pay A- B.,or order, dollars in months [or days]. S C. D. No. Due . Joint and several Note. g D , APRIL ,18 . months [or days] afterdate, we jointly and severally promise to pay G. H.,or order, dollars, value received. A. B. C. D. Note with Witness. 5 E ,MAY , 18 . For value received I promise to pay A. B., or order, dollars, in months [or days] from date, with interest, at the rate of per centum per annum. In presence of A. B. FOREIGN AND INLAND BILLS. 59 Note on demand with Interest. 8 F , JUNE , 18. For value received I promise to pay A. B., or order, dollars on demand, with interest, C. D. NOTES A negotiable note taken in payment of a debt is a discharge of the debt. To be negotiable, it mint be made payable to payee or order, or to bearer. If muilc payable to several persona, not co-partners, it must be en- dorsed by each person. A note may be endorsed so as to preclude all recourse to the endorser, a- follows : B. B. icit/tout recourse. Any person may be au- thorized to make a demand for payment. It the maker of a note be absent, the demand m-iy be presented to his agent, or left at his place ofbusiness, or house. If he is absent from the state, and has left no agent, and no known place of business, and cannot, by diligent inquiry be found, notice need not be proved All notes on time are allowed three days grace, (if a note is made payable thre months from Jan. I, it is due April 4th,) and if not paid before the expiration of th it time, the endorsers, if they reside in the vicinity, must be immediately notified of the fuct,'>ut if they reside at a distance, the notification may be sent by the quickest mode of conveyance, or the earliest post, or the endorsers will not be held liable. If a letter be sent to the endorser by post, and it miscarry, anil the endorser not receive it, still the notice is sufficient. Every person receiv- inj notice should immediately give a fresh one to the persons preceding him, if he wishes to make them liable. Eich endorser becomes liable to all subsequent holders. If the note be paid and taken ujtbythe last endorser, he may again transfer it to a new endorsee, who rnny maintain an action upon it in his own name against any prior party. But if paid byany other endorser than the last, the note is no longer negotiable. No pirticiilar form of words are essential to be used in the notice ; but it must contain an intim ition that payment of the note has been refused by the maker. Notes on demand. In .Massachusetts a demand for payment must he made within sixty days, without grace, and if not paid, the endorser must be immedi- ately notified, or the holder of the note loses his claimon the endorser. In other state* a demand for payment must be made within a reasonable time, in order to subject the en-lor-ier. To hold the endorser he should have received notice immediately after the first demand, and refusal of payment. NOTK. See other Forms of Notes and Indorsements, and the whole Law in relation to Notes, Indorsements, Bills of Exchange ; Presentment for Ac- ceptance ; when not Accepted ; Liability of Acceptor ; Effect of an Indorse- ment : Presentment for Payment; Notice to Endorsers ; when want of Notice is excused; Form of Notice &c.. in li Trader's Guide, and Business Man's Lts^al Companion a book which should be in the hands of every man who transacts any kind of business. FORM OF AN ORDINARY INLAND BILL OF EXCHANGE, OR DRAFT. S B , Nor. , 18. Three months* afterdate, pay to the order of G. W., One Hundred Dollars, vHlue received, and charge the same to our account. ToE. F. Merchant, N/Y C. D. it Co. FORM OF A FOREIGN BILL, OR SET OF EXCHANGE. $ D , MAY , 18. Sixty days* after si^ht of this FIRST of Exchange, (Second and Third of the same tenor and date, not paid.) pay to the order of (\ D.&, Co., in Liverpool, the sum of Dollars, value received, and charge the same to account of To Mr. E F.ofC . A. B. *This admits of the following variations, according to circumstances: In- stead of 'i three months," or "sixty days," it may be "at sight," oral such a time "after st glit," or at such a specified time, or on "demand." 60 RECEIPTS, ORDERS, DUE BILLS, &C. The various parties upon a bill, besides the acceptor, indorsers, drawers, and others, become liable for its payment on failure of the acceptor. The acceptor's failure to pay is commonly said to be an act of dishonour. If the drawee refuse acceptance, this likewise is dishonour, and is held to be such a prospective refusal of payment as entitles the holder to claim immediately from the drawer, or, if there be an indorser, on that indorser, who has re- course on the drawer ; but to entitle him thus to recur on the original parties, there are obligations on the holder, without performing which he is held not to have duly negotiated. He must present the bill for acceptance and for pay- ment on the proper occasion. The holder must, where a lull is payable within a certain period after sight, present it for acceptance within a reasonable time. Thedrawee mayreiain the billtwentyfourhours, after which time if he refuse to return it, or has destroyed it. he shall be deemed to have accepted it. The holder must give immediatehotice of the non-acceptance or non-payment of the bill to the drawer, and to every person who would be entitled to bring an action on it after paying it. If he fail to do this, such parties are discharged. He should also in most cases protest it. A Check is a written order, and it is the duty of the person receiving it, whether from the drawer or an indorser, to present it for payment on the day on which he receives it, if it come to his hands early in the day, and otherwise on the day following ; if he be at a distance, he should despatch it within the same time, if the Post Office arrangements admit of his doing so, otherwise the holder may not (in caseof the Bank becoming insolvent) recover of the drawer. Legal rules on these points cannot, however, be strictly laid down, and the above statements must be held as of a merely precautionary nature. RECEIPT. G - , JULY , 18. Received of A. B. - dollars, in full o f all demands. C. D. Receipt for Money received of a third Person. H - , AUG. , 18 . Received of A. B., by the hand of C. D., - dollars, on account. 8 - E. P. Receipt for Interest due on a Bond. B - ,SEPT. , 18. Received of W. R.,the sum of - dol- lars, in full for one year's interest of - dollars due to me the - day of - last, on bond by the said W. R., which sum is endorsed [or, shall be] on said bond. $ - -- E. W. Receiptfor Money due on a Bond. B - , Nov. 18 . Received of A. B., the sum of - dol- lars, clue to me the - day of - last, on bond by the said A. B., to be endorsed thereon. 8 - c. D. BORROWED MONEY DUE BILLS, OR MEMORANDUM CHECK. S -- I -- , SEPT. , 18- Borrowcd and received of A. B., - dollars, which I promise to pay on demand with interest. O. D. Due Bill. Due, on demand, to A. B., or bearer, for - dollars, [to be paid in merchandize,] value received. M -- , OCT. ,18. N. O. ORDER. Mr. A. B. will please pay to X. Y. or bearer, - dollars [in mer- chandize,] and charge the same to our account. M - -,OCT. , 18 N. O. POWERS OF ATTORNEY. 61 POWERS OF ATTORNEY.* General [or common] Form of Letter of Attorney. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That I, A. B., of ', county of , and state of , do hereby make, constitute and appoint C. D., of , my true and lawful attorney, for me, and in my name, tot [here describe the things to be done,] hereby ratify- ing and confirming whatsoever my said attorney shall lawfully do, or cause to be done in the premises. Witness my hand and seal, this day of , A. D. 18 . A. B. [L. s.] Executed in pretence of Power of Attorney to Sell Stock. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That for value receiv- ed, I, A. B., of , do hereby make, constitute, and appoint irrevocably, C. D.,my true and lawful attorney, with power of substitution, for me and in my name, to sell, assign, and transfer, unto any person or persons whatsoever, sixteen shares now stand- ing in my name, in the Capital or Joint Stock of the Railroad. And my said attorney is hereby fully empowered to make and pass all necessary acts for the said assignment and transfer. Witness my hand and seal, &c. A. B. [L.S.] Executed in presence of Substitution. For value received, I appoint irrevocably, E. F. as my substi- tute, with all the powers above given to C. D. Witness my hand and seal, &c. C. D. [L. s.] Executed in presence of * 1. If a letter of Attorney is to be used in another State than that where the principal resides, it should be acknowledged before a Commissioner, No- tary Public, Judge of a Court, or justice of Peace, &c. If in a foreign country, it should be acknowledged before a minister or consul. 2. A principal is bound by every act of his agent or Attorney done within the scope of the authority given him. 3. Powers of Attorney are taken to be in force till notice of revocation, or the death of the party giving the same. 4. A married woman may lawfully act as her husband's attorney, if dulj empowered by a letter of attorney from him. 5. Where a conveyance is made by an attorney, he should grant it in the name of the principal, and put the principal's name, and seal to the deed, and acknowledge it before the magistrate to be the deed of the principal. t If the Power is given to collect Debts, say f" ask, demand, sue for, col- lect, and receive, all such sum and sums of money, debts, rents, dues, ac- counts, and other demands whatsoever; which are or shall be due, owing, payable and belonging to me, or detained from me, in any manner whatso- ever, by C. C., of , county of , state of , his heirs, executors, and administrators, or any of them ; (or by any person or persons residing or being in the state of ;) "] If the Power relates to Insurance, say [" effect insurance on , with the Fire [or, Marine] Insurance Company, in , on such terms as he shall deem fit ; and I hereby empower him to sign any application for said Insurance, representation of the condition and value of said property, articles of agreement, promissory note , and all other papers that may be necessary for that purpose; and also to cancel and surrender any policy he may obtain, and on such cancelling, or the expiration thereof, to receive any dividend, re- turn premium or deposit that may be due, and on such receipt full discharge to give therefor,"] BMA 6 62 POWERS OF ATTORNEY. Power of Attorney to Sell and Lease Lands. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE &c. [in common form] to [grant, bargain, sell and convey, to any person or persons, who may desire to purchase the same, the quarter of section number , in township number north of the base line, in range number east of the principal meridian in the State of ,] and for me and in my name to make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver, good and sufficient deeds and convey- ances for the same, either with or without covenants and war- ranty ;* giving and granting to my said attorney full power and authority to do all acts necessary and proper to be done in the premises, in as full and ample a manner, as I might or could do, if personally present. And I do hereby ratify and confirm all the acts of my said attorney lawfully done in the premises. Witness my hand &c. A. B. (L. s.) Executed in presence of [To be acknowledged.] Power of Attorney [or Proxy] to Vote for Directors. BE IT KNOWN, that I, A. B., of do appoint C. D., of , to be my proxy, for me and in my name, to vote at any election of directors [or trustees, &c.,] of the [describe the Company or Society by its corporate title] and on all other matters which at any regular meeting of the stockholders may properly come before them. Witness my hand and seal, this &c. A. B. [L. s.] Signed in presence of Power to receive Dividends. Please pay A. B. all dividends due on all Shares in your Corpo- ration standing in my name. To CASHIER OF BANK. C. D. B , Jan. I, 185. By inserting after the word "due" in the above, the words "or to become due," the Order becomes a standing one. Ifto Railroad, direct " To Treasurer of B Railroad." Revocation of a Power of Attorney, t KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That I, A. B., ofB., in and by my letter of attorney, bearing date the day of , 1856, did appoint C. D., of B. my attorney, to [here copy the language of the letter of attorney,'] as by the said letter of attorney will appear: Now, know ye, that I, the said A. B., do by these presents revoke, countermand, annul, and make void the said letter of attorney, and all power and authority thereby given, or intended to be given, to the said C. D. In witness whereof, I have &c. A. B. (L. s.) Executed in presence of * If the land is to Released, say, ["And until the sale thereof to sign, sea] and inter- change to, and with any person with whom said C. D. may contract, and for and upon such terms as said C. D. may agree, leases of the whole or any pint of the Aforesaid land: hereby authorizing my said attorney to receive the rents, which may become due on said leases, and to receipt for the same in my name, he ac- counting to me therefor;" t A Power of Attorney is revocable at pleasure, and all persons interested should have notice of the revocation. But if the authority is coupled with an interest it it not revocable, though it be not so stated in the letter. RELEASES. 63 RELEASES. A General Release. ' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That I, A. B., of B., in the county of D., in consideration of dollars, to me paid by C. D., of E., do hereby for myself, my heirs, executors, administra- tors, and assigns, release, and forever discharge the said C. D., his heirs, executors, and administrators, of and from all debts, demands, covenants, actions and causes of action, which I now have, in law or equity, or which may result from the existing state of things from any and all contracts, liabilities, doings and omissions, from the beginning of the world to this day. In witness whereof, &c. Executed in presence of A. B. [L. s.] Release of a Lease, Contract, Note, Bond, Sfc. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That, I, A. B., ofG., in consideration of dollars, to me paid by C. D. of G.,do for myself and my heirs, release and forever discharge the said C. D. and his heirs, from all claims and demands, which now exist, or which may hereafter accrue in my favor, from or concerning a lease made between me and the said C. D. on , wherein I leased to the said C. D. an estate situated in , for the term of years, on certain terms and conditions, in said lease provided. [or if it be a note of hand, bond, contract, or other covenant, de- scribe it particularly, instead of the above description of Lease .] In witness whereof, I have hereunto set &c. A. B. [L. s.] Executed in presence of Deed of Release of Dower. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That I, A. B. of B., in consideration of one dollar to me paid by C. D. of B., do here- by release and forever quit-claim to the said C. D., his heirs and assigns, all my right of dower in and to the following described real estate, situate in [here describe the estate,] [of which my late husband E. B. was heretofore seized]. To have and to hold the same to the said C. D., his heirs and assigns forever. In witness whereof, I have hereunto &c. A. B. [L. s.] Executed in presence of [Should be acknowledged and recorded.] Quit Claim Deed, Releasing Mortgaged Premises. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That I,* A. B., the mortgagee named in a certain mortgage deed given by C. D. to A. B., to secure the payment of dollars; dated , recorded in vol. page , in consideration of dollars, to me paid by C. D., the mortgagor, do hereby release, and forever quit claim to the said C. D.,his heirs and assigns, all my claim and title in and to the mortgaged estate therein mentioned ; [having received full satisfaction for the debt thereby secured.] t Witness my hand and seal, this day of &c. A. B. (L. s.) Executed and delivered in presence of * If discharged by the assignee, " say, E. F., assignee of." t If ihe debt has been actually paid, and not merely the security changed. Acknowledged, if Real Estate, and Recorded. 64 FORMS OF PETITIONS. LAWS REGULATING WILLS. FORMS OF PETITIONS. Petition for Change of Highway. To the County Commissioners for the County of W. The undersigned respectfully represent, that the public highway from the house of A. B., in G., passing the house of C. D. to the house of E. F., in (., is narrow, crooked, in- direct and inconvenient ; wherefore your petitioners request your hom>r:ible Hoard to view the premises, and widen, straighten, or new locate said road, and discontinue such ports of the highway as may be useless ; or make such alterations and improvements as lhall appear to your honors necessary. And your petitioners as in duty bound will ever pray. [Signatures.] Petition for laying out a Road. To the County Commissioners for the County of W. : Your petitioners, inhabitants of the town of G., would respectfully represent, that the public convenience and wants require that a road and highway should lie luicl out and constructed, beginning at B, in the town of C., and leading in a - direction through C. to the town of D. Your petitioners would therefore ask that your Ilonois would view the premises, and locate and construct said road and highway, according tu the hiwx in uch cases made and provided. And as in duty &c. [Signatures.] NOTE. The termini!, or places where the road commences and ends, should be partic- ularly described, but not the lots of land through which the road it to pass, as this would online, the commissioners to that particular route. To TUB LEGISLATURE. To the Honorable the General Assembly of the State of M. [or General Court] or [ Senate] or [House of Representatives] or [the Congress of the U.S.] the undersigned respect- fully represents, That, &c. To THE AUTHORITIES OF A CITY [OR TOWN]. To the Honorable the Mayor, Aldermen, and Common Council of the City of B. or [the Selectmen of the Town of B.] the undersigned respectfully represents &c. DIRECTIONS FOR MAKING A WILL. WHO MAY MAKE A "WILL. All persons of sound mind, except infanta and married women, may dispose of their EKAI. property by will. A married woman may ao so with the assent of her husband j and if she possess a deed of settlement of her estate, prior to her marriage, she may retain this power and execute it after marriage In some States the may dispose of property by will, which has been left to her sole use be- yond the control of her husband. A person making a will should be careful to give his Christian and surname, his place Of abode, trade, tc. Legatees should also be properly described. THE NATURE AND EXECUTION OF WILLS. Willa arc of two kinds WRITTEN and y K WRITTEN. The latter have now become very unusual, being liable to grea"m. position. In some States, as in Massachusetts and New York on I'NWKITTKN will be- queathing personal estate, is only valid when made by a soldier in actual service or by mariner while at sea. A will of any kind of property must be in writing. The will, or codicil, should be signed at the foot or end thereof by the testator. If he floe not sign, it must be signed by some person in his presence, and by his direction. The signature must be made, or acknowledged, by the testator, in the presence of witnesses present at the same time. In Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Maine, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Sou h Carolina, Georgia, and all the other States, the attestation Is good if signed by three witnesses. In Delaware, Virginia, Ohio Illinois Indian" Missouri, Tennessee, North Carolina, two witncssc* onl r are required I New York' r^oTn^cT/Jsi) mU8 ' Wr ' te PP08ite thcir names ^ir place of residence, - penal- Lastly, the LEGAL number of witnesses must attest and subscribe the will, or codicil, 1 the wm was eigncd ' or Ws ignature ^ WITNESSES TO A WILL. They should not be persons who, on account of having been convicted of any infamous crime, are disqualified from giving evidence in a court of makinir V o"v.Mi U 'r 7 e fc?" tcc> " nder thc wi . >- codicil ; nor any way interested in making the v, ill. Ihey should also be persons of sufficient intelligence and understand- in^ 1>e f f T 3 an i atte j tln ? witness, or his wife, or her husband, are void. But creditors and executors can be attesting witnesses. Alterations in wills must be made in the same way as a will is made, that is, the will must be again witnessed and signed. CODICIL. A codicil is a supplement or addition made to a will by the testator, adding Mm" c 1 ' 1 ^' V iT 8 TfVi"/ f ''!" f(jrnicr . u ' 8 P sl . ti n- may be written on the WILT.. 65 TVoogkaaMa eaa property make oaly o>e vfn, he may make u many eodicilj ai h* U*,tf j . A bpey > b^^^oc gm rf-o^-good..* efc-tte^byyffl, ft. pecwn to whom U b giro b called the legatee ; aad if the rift U of the reiid-e of L_ ettale, after the payment of dekta aad other lepeiec, he is called the raidoary legatee. IB ea*e of a deieieBey of aete to pay the debt*. aD the general leaeieBuut abate pto- Ortfoaany. So, if tlie legate*, hare btem paid, they are b, shall be com- puted from the day on which such notice is deposited in the post-office at Washington, with the regular lime for the transmission of the same added thereto, which time shall be indorsed on the notice ; and that so much of the 13th section of the act of Congress, approved July 4th, 1836, as authorizes the annexing to letters patent of the description and specification of additional improvements is hereby repealed, and in all cases where additional improve- ments would now be admissible independent patents must be applied for. SEC. 10 provides that alj laws now in force fixing the rates of the Patent Office fees to be paid, and discriminating between the inhabitants of the United Stales and those of other countries which shall not discriminate against the inhabitants of the United States, are hereby repealed,* and in their stead the following rates are established: On filing each caveat $10 00 On filing eacli original application for a patent, except for a design .. . 15 00 On issuing each original patent 20 00 On every appeal from the examiners-in-chief to the Commissioner. ... 20 00 On every application for the re-issue of a patent 30 00 On every application for the extension of a patent 50 00 In addition, on the granting of every extension 60 00 On filing each disclaimer 10 00 For certified copies of patents, and other papers, per 100 -words 10 For recording every assignment, power of attorney, and other papers, of 300 words or under 1 00 For recording every assignment, and other papers, over 300 and under 1000 words 2 00 For recording every assignment or other writing:, if over 1000 words. . 3 00 For copies of drawings, the reasonable cost of making the same. SEC. 11 provides that any citizen or citizens, or alien or aliens having resid- ed one year in the United Stales, and taken the oalh of his, her or iheir intention to become a citizen or citizens, who by his, her, or their own industry, genius, efforts, and expense, may have invented or produced any new and original design for a manufacture whether of metal or other material or materials, or an original design for a bust, statue, or bas-relief, or composition in alto or basso relievo, or any new and original impression or ornament, or to be placed on any article of manufacture, the same being formed in marble or other material, or any new and useful pattern, or print, or picture, to be either worked into or worked on, or primed, or painted^ or cast, or otherwise fixed on, any article of manufacture, or any new and original shape or configuration of any article of manufacture, not known or used by olhers before his, her, or their inven- tion or production thereof, and prior to the time of his, her, or their application for a patent therefor, and who shall desire to obtain an exclusive properly or * NOTE TO SEC. 10. All persons, without distinction of nationality, (except Canadi- an!,) may now file applications for full patents, on payment of the fee of THE NEW PATENT LAW. 69 right therein to make, use, and sell, and vend the same, or copies of the same, lo others, by them to be made, used, and sold, may make application, in writ- ing, to the Commissioner of Patents, expressing such desire ;* and the Com- missioner, on due proceedings had, may grant a patent therefor, as in the case now of application for a patent, for the term of 3 years, or for ihe term of 7 years, or for the term of 14 years, as the said applicant may elect in his ap- plication : Provided, that the fee to be paid in such application shall be, for the term of 3 years and 6 months S10, for 7 years $15, and for 14 years 830: And provided, that the patentees of designs under thi* act shall be entitled lo the extension of their respective patents, for the term of 7 years from the day on which said patents shall expire, upon the same terms and restrictions as are now provided for ihe extension of letters patent. SEC. 12 provides that all applications for patents shall be completed and prepared for examination within two years after the filing of the petition, and in default thereof, they shall be regarded as abandoned by the parties thereto, unless it be shown to the satisfaction of the Commissioner of Patents that such delay was unavoidable, and all applications now pending shall be treated as if filed after the passage of this act; and all applications for the extension of patents shall be filed at least 90 days before the expiration thereof; and notice of the day set for the hearing'of the case shall be published, as now required by law, for at least 60 days. SEC. 13 provides that in all cases where an article is made or vended by any person under ihe protection of letters patent, it shall be the duty of such person to give sufficient notice to the public that said article is so patented, either by fixing thereon the word patented, together with the day and year the patent was granted ; or when, from the character of the article patented, that may be impracticable, by enveloping one or more of the said articles, ana affixing a label lo the package, or otherwise attaching thereto a label on which the notice, with the date, is printed ; on failure of which, in any suit for the in- fringement of letters patent by the parly failing so to mark the article the right to which is infringed upon, no damage shall be recovered by ihe plaintiff, ex- cept on proof lhat the defendant was duly notified of the infringement, and continued after such notice to make or vend the article patented. SEC. 14 authorizes the Commissioner of Patents to print ten copies of the description and claims of all patents, which may hereafter be granted, and ten copies of the drawings. SEC. 15 provides that printed copies of the letters patent of the United Stales with the seal of the Patent Office affixed thereto, and certified and slewed by the Commissioner of Patents, shall be legal evidence of the contents of said letters patent in all cases. SEC. 16 provides that all patents hereafter granted shall remain in force for the term of seventeen years from the date of issue ; and all extensions of such patents are hereby prohibited. cut?, envelops for goods ; designs tor hardware, tin-ware, or any otner metal, musical in ments, toys, canes, umbrellas, and like articles ; pictures, paintings, patterns, ornaments or designs for any article, including all kinds of wearing apparel, bonnets, dresses, ribbons, ornaments for the person, embroidery, laces, edgings, ic., Sc. PATENT FORMS AND RULES OP OFFICE. There are six requisiies, uniformly insisted upon, before an application is considered ready for examination. These are: I. The petition; 2. The specification ; 3. The oath ; 4. The drawings ; 5. The model, or specimens, where the case admits of them ; 6. The payment of the fee. Until these are all complete, no application will be set down for examination in i:s order. 70 PATENT FORMS AND RULES OF OFFICE. Patents are granted to citizens of the United States, to aliens who have re- sided in the United States one year, and made oath of their intention to become citizens, and also to foreigners who are inventors or discoverers. The following are the usual forms, to be varied according to circumstances. I. THE PETITION. This must be addressed to the Commissioner, and signed by the inventor, even though it is intended that the patent shall issue to an assignee. If the inventor is dead, his executor or administrator may sign it. Form of Petition. To THE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS : The petition of A. B., of , in the County of , and State of , res- pectfully represents : That your petitioner lias invented a new and improved mode of preventing steam-boilers from bursting, which he verily believes has not been known or used prior to the invention thereof by your petitioner. He therefore prays that letters patent of the United States may be granted to him therefor, vesting in him and his legal representatives the exclusive right to the same, upon the terms and conditions expressed in the act of Congress in that case made and provided ; he having paid fifteen dollars into the treasury, and complied with the other provisions of the said act. A. B. II. THE SPECIFICATION. The importance of this document is not easily overrated. It is of vital con- sequence that it be drawn up with skill and care. Besides describing the thing to be patented, it should contain full references to the drawings, if the case is E roper for them ; and some description of them may prove useful. It should e signed by the inventor, (his executor or administrator,) and be attested by two witnesses. No great aid is to be expected, in drawing up the substance of the specification, from any forms. There is hardly any class of documents in preparing which so little aid is to be derived from precedents ; none where more depends on skill, experience and ingenuity. The specification must be made in such full, clear and exact terms, that the public may know how to avail themselves of it wild reasonable facility after the patent has expired. It is enough if, to adopt the expressions of the statute, " it will enable any per- son skilled in the art or science to which it appertains, or wilh which it is most nearly connected, to make, construct, compound and use the same." (Act of Congress, 1836, Sec. 6.) The applicant must set forth in his specification the precise invention for which he claims a patent. If a machine, he shall fully explain the principle, modes, applcatiion, and character, by which it may be distinguished from other inventions ; and shall particularly point out the part, improvement, or combination, which he claims as his own invention or discovery. Ibid. Form of Specification. To ALL WHOM IT MAY CONCERN : Be it known that I, A. B., of , in the County of , in the State of , have invented a new and improved mode of preventing steam-boilers from bursting ; and I do hereby declare that the following is a full mid exact description thereof, reference being had to the accompanying drawings, and to the letters of reference marked thereon : The iviture of my invention consists in [here describe the invention with great particularity and exactness]. What I claim as my invention, and desire to secure by letters patent, is.the application to steam-boilers of a fusible alloy, which will melt at a given tem- perature, and allow the steam to escape, as herein described, using for that purpose the aforesaid metallic compound, or any other substantially the same, and which will produce the intended effect. A. B. CD Witnesses : ii' i;' hi. Jb [When the application is for a machine, the specification should commence thus :] Be it known, that 1, A. B., of , in the County of , and State of , have invented a new and useful machine for [stating the use and title nf the machine; and if the application is for an improvement, it should read thus : a new and useful improvement on a, (or, on the,) machine, &c.,j and I do here- PATENT FORMS AND RULES OF OFFICE. 71 by declare that the following is a full, clear, and exact description of the con- struction and operation of the same ; reference being had to the annexed drawings, making a part of iliis specification, in which figure 1 is a perspec- tive view; figure 2 a longitudinal elevation; figure 3 a transverse section, &c. ; [than describing all the sections of the drawings, and then referring to the parts by letters. Then follows the description of the construction and operation of the machine; and lastly the claim, which should express the nature and character of the invention, and identify the parts claimed separately or in com- bination. If the specification is for an improvement, the original invention should be disclaimed, and the claim confined to the improvement] To the specification shouWbe annexed the oath of the inventor. Where an executor or administrator applies, the law requires a variation in the form. III. OATH. STATE OF , COUNTY OF , M: On this day of , 18, before me, the subscriber, a , personally appeared the within named A. B., and made solemn oath (or affirmation) that he verily believes himself to be the original and first invenlor of the mode herein described for preventing steam-boilers from bursting; and lhat he does not know or believe the same was ever before known or used ;* [and that he 19 a citizen of the United States.] (Signed) C. D., Justice of the Peace. * In case of an alien, insert in place of what is in brackets, [and that he is a native of the ; that he has resided within the United Stales for the whole of the past year, and has taken the oath prescribed by law for becoming natu- ralized m this country.] IV. THE DRAWINGS AND MODEL. Duplicate drawings will be required in every case. They should be on sheets separate from the other papers, from eighteen to nineteen inches in length from top to bottom, and not less than thirteen inches across nor more than twenty-five, unless more space is necessary to exhibit the device or ma- chine with clearness. One of them, which is to be kept in the Office for ref- erence, should be on stiff drawing paper. The other, which is intended to be attached to the patent, should have a margin of one inch, at least, for that purpose on the riglit hand side, and should be on some material that will bear folding and transportation. They should be executed in artistic style ; and such parts as cannot be otherwise made to appear, must be represented in detail, by plans and sections, which should be numbered and described in Ihe specification. Each part should be distinguished by some one number or letter having the same shape wherever that part is delineated in the drawings, and should be referred to in the specification by such letter or number. It is always safe, and may be found essential, to have them signed by the invenlor, and attested by two witnesses, like the specification. The model should be made of durable materials, and be firmly constructed, so as to bear the frequent handling to which it is necessarily exposed. If of any soft wood, it should be painted, stained, or varnished. Its external di- mensions should not, if practicable, exceed one cubic foot in measure. The name of the inventor, and that of the assignee, if the patent issue to him, should be permanently affixed to it, either by engraving or otherwise. Where the invention consists of a composition of matter, samples of the in- eredients, sufficient for the purposes of experiment, and also of the composition itself, must be furnished j also specimens of any article of manufacture for which a patent is sought. No model can be withdrawn, except when the Office requires some defect to be corrected in it, or new drawings to be prepared from it. t Models and specimens may be sent to the Office by express, prepaid. V. DESIGNS. In making an application to patent a design, the same course is to be pur- sued as in case of an application for patenting a machine. Form of Petition for a Design. To THX COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS : The petition of A. B., of , and State of , respectfully represents : That your petitioner has invented or produced [a new and original design for 72 PATENT FORMS AND RULES OF OFFICE. a composition in alto-relievo] which he verily believes has not been known prior to the production thereof by your petitioner. He therefore prays that letters patent of the United States may be granted to him therefor, vesting in him and his legal representatives the exclusive right to the same, upon the terms and conditions expressed in the Act of Congress in that case made and provided, he having paid dollars into the Treasury, and complied with the other provisions of the said Act. A. B. Form of Specification for a Design, tft. To ALL WHOM IT M A? CONCERN : Be it known, that I, A. B., of , in the County of , and State of , have invented or produced a new and original design for a composiiion in alto-relievo, and I do hereby declare that the following is a full and exact de- scription of the same : [Here follows a description of the design, with reference to the specimen or drawing, the specification to conclude with declaring what the inventor claims, in terms characteristic of the design, &c.] A. B. C D Witnesses : g p Form of Oath same as No. 3, inserting in place of the italics, [or producer of the design for a composition in alio- relievo.] VI. CAVEATS. Any person entitled to take out a patent, who shall desire further time to perfect the invention he has made, may, by paying ten dollars, file a Caveat in the confidential archives of the office, setting forth the design and purpose of his invention, its principal and distinguishing characteristics, tic., praying protection of his right till he shall have matured his invention. If application shall be made by any other person, within one year from the time of filing such caveat, for a patent of any invention with which it may in any respect interfere, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner to deposit the description, specifications, drawings and model, in the confidential archive! of the office, and give notice (by mail) to the person films the caveat, of such application, who shall, within three months after, file his description, specifica- tion, drawings and model, if he would avail himself of the benefit of his caveat. Form of Caveat. To THK COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS : The petition of A. B.,of , in the County of , and Stale of , res- pectfully represents : That he has made certain improvements in the mode of constructing the boilers for steam-engines, and that he is now engaged in making experiments for the purpose of perfecting the same, preparatory to his applying for letters patent therefor. He therefore prays that the subjoined description of his invention may be filed as a caveat in the confidential ar- chives of the Patent Office, agreeably to the provisions of the Act of Congress in that case made and provided ; he having paid ten dollars into the Treas- ury of the United Slates, and otherwise complied with the requirements of the said Act. A. B. Here should follow a description of the general principles of the invention o far as it has been completed. It is desirable that caveats should be explicit as to the character and feature of the invention embrace suitable drawings or sketches; and a model if con- venient. The caveat fails of its purpose, when the invention is not explained. VII. RE-ISSUES. A re-issue is granted to the original patentee, his heirs, or assigns, when by reason of an insufficient or defective specification the patent is invalid, pro- vided the error has arisen from inadvertency, accident, or mistake, without any fraudulent or deceptive intention. (Act of 1S36, sec. 13.) The general rule is, that whatever is really embraced in the original inven- tion, and so described or shown that it might have been embraced in the ori- ginal patent, may be the subject of a re-issue. PATENT FORMS AND RULES OF OFFICE. 73 Form of Surrender of a Patent for a Re-issue. To THE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS : The petition of A. B., of , in the County of . and State of , res- pectfully represents : That he did obtain letters patent of the United States for an improvement in the boilers of steam-engines, which letters patent are dated on the first day of March, 1S55 ; that he now believes that the same is inoperative and invalid by reason of a defective specification, which defect has arisen from inadvertence and mistake. He therefore prays that he may be allowed to surrender the same, and requests that new letters patent may issue to him, fur the same invention, for the residue of the period /or which the original patent was granted under the amended specification herewith, presented, he having paid thirty dollars into the Treasury of the United States, agreeably to the requirements of the Act of Congress in that case made and provided. A. B. Form of Oath to be appended to applications for Re-issues. CITT AND COUNTY OF , STATE OF , ss : On this day of , 18 , before the subscriber, a , personally ap- peared the above named A. B , and made solemn oath (or affirmation) that he verily believes that, by reason of an insufficient or defective specification, his aforesaid patent is not fully valid and available to him ; and that the said error lias arisen from inadvertence, accident, or mistake, and without any fraudu- lent or deceptive intention, to the best of his knowledge or belief. C. D. VIII. DISCLAIMER. Where by inadvertence, accident, or mistake, the original patent is too broad, a disclaimer may be filed either by the original patentee or by his as- signees. ( Act of 1S37, section 7.) Form of a Disclaimer. To THE COMMISSIONER OF PATENTS : The petition of A. B., of , in the County of , and State of , res- pectfully represents : That he has, by assignment, duly recorded in the Pa- tent Office, hecome the owner of a right for the several States of , to cer- tain improvements in the steam engine, for which letters patent of the United States were granted to of , in the State of , dated on the day of , 18 ; that he has reason to believe that, through inadvertence and mistake, the claim made in the specification of said letters patent is too broad, including that of which the said patentee was not the first inventor. Your petitioner therefore hereby enters his disclaimer to that part of the claim in the aforenamed specification which is in the following words, to wit : " I also claim the particular manner in which the piston of the above described engine is constructed so as to insure close fitting of the packing thereof to the cylin- der, as set forth ;" which disclaimer is to operate to the extent of the interest in said letters patent vested in your petitioner, who has paid ten dollars into the Treasury of the United Stales, agreeably to the requirements of the Act of Congress in that case made and provided. A. B. When the disclaimer is made by the original patentee, it must, of course, be so worded as to express that fact. IX. ASSIGNMENTS. An inventor can assign his entire right before a patent is obtained, so as to enable the assignee to lake out a patent in his own name, but the assignment must first be recorded and the specifications sworn to by the inventor. (Act of 1837, sec. G.) Every assignment should be recorded within three months from its date ; but if recorded after that time, it will protect the assignee against any one purchasing after the assignment is placed on record. The assignee of any invention may have the patent issue to him directly, (Act of 1&37, sec. 6 j) but this is held to apply only to assignees of entire inter- ests ; so that, although when the inventor assigns his entire interest to two or more, a patent will issue to them jointly, still, if he yet retains a portion ill himself, a joint patent will not be issued to him and them. DMA 7 74 PATENT FORMS AND RULES OF OFFICE. Form of Assignment of a partial Right in a Patent. Whereas I, A. B., of , in the County of , and State of , did ob- tain letters patent of the United States for certain improvements in , which letters patent bear date the 1st day of May, 1861 ; and whereas, J D., of , aforesaid, is desirous of acquiring an interest therein ; Now this indenture witnesseth, that for and in consideration of the sum of , to me in hand paid, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, I have assigned, sold, and set over, and do hereby assign, sell, and set over unto the said J. D., all the right, title, and interest which I have in the said invention, as secured to me by said letters patent, for, to, and in. the several States of , and in no oth- er place or places. The same to be held and enjoyed by the said J. D., for his own use and behoof, and for the use and behoof of his legal representatives, to the full end of the term for which said letters patent are or may be granted, as fully and entirely as the same would have been held and enjoyed by me had this assignment and sale not been made. In testimony whereof, I hereunto set my hand and affix my seal, this 1st day of July, 186. A. B. [L. s.] Witnesses: C D , E F . Form of Assignment of entire Interest before obtaining Letters Paten!, and to be recorded preparatory thereto. Whereas I, A. B., of , in the County of , and Slate of , have invented certain new and useful improvements in , for which I am about to make application for letters patent of the United States; and whereas, J. D. of , aforesaid, has agreed to purchase from me all the right, title, and interest, which I have, or may have, in and to the said invention in conse- quence of the grant of letters patent therefor, and has paid to me, the said A. B.. the sum of , the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged : Now this indenture wilnesseth,that for and in consideration of the said sum to me paid, I have assigned and transferred, and do hereby assign and transfer to the said J. D., the full and exclusive right to all the improvements made by me, as {ally set forth and described in the specification which I have prepared nnd executed preparatory to the obtaining of letters paient therefor. And I do hereby authorize and request the Commissioner of Patents to issue the said letters patent to the said J. D., as the assignee of my whole right and title thereto, for the sole use and behoof of the said J. D., and his legal represen- tatives. In testimony whereof, &c. A. B. [L s.] Witnesses : C D , E F . X. PROCEEDINGS OF THE OFFICE UPON AN APPLICATION. The leading principle is, that applications shall he taken up by the exam- iner within whose province they fall in the order in which they have been rendered complete, by a compliance with all the requisites. He may, not- withstanding, take up one out of its turn, if it belongs to a class upon which he is engeged, and he finds that it will facilitate his labors. If the specification, drawings, or model, are found to be defective, they will be returned with instructions how to correct them. If, however, they are al- tered at any stage of the proceedings, they are not entitled to the con*idera- tion of the examiner anew, until all the cases are disposed of which have been filed before the amended documents were received back. Should the applicant, instead of amending his papers, have new ones pre- pared, he must return the originals to the Office. Until that is done, the case will receive no further consideration. If the character of the invention is changed by any alteration or addition af- ter the application is filed, the original application must be withdrawn, and a new one filed with appropriate drawings, &c., and the fees must be paid anew. If the examiner finds that the claims advanced are not patcntable, the appli- cant will be notified of their rejection and of the reasons. If the objection rests upon the particular invention having been previously known, he will be furnished with a reference to the patent, the book, or other work in which he has been anticipated, or with other sufficient information. He may examine tlie references in the Office, if he is here ; or, if at a distance, he will be fur- nished with copies or extracts, for the legal fee. . After a second rejection the case is not entitled to any further examination, and will not hereafter receive one, unless under peculiar circumstances. EPITOME OF MENSURATION. 75 EPITOME OF MENSURATION. EXPLANATION OF THE SIGNS USED IN THIS WORK. = Equal to, as 12 inches = 1 foot, or 6 X 6 = 4 X 9 = 36. -f- Plus, or more, signifies addition ; thus, 4+2 denotes that 2 is to be added to 4. Minus, or less, denotes subtraction ; thus, 8 2 = 6. X Multiplied by, or into, signifies multiplication ; as 7 X 9 =63. -f- Divided by, signifies division, as 117 -5- 9 = 13. : : : : signifies Proportion; thus 4 : 6 : : 8: 12; and is read, as 4 is to 6 so is 8 to 12. -J indicates the square root ; as V25 = 5, because 5 X 5 = 25. DECIMAL ARITHMETIC. A Decimal Fraction is a fraction whose denominator is 10, or 100, or 1000. kc. The denominator of a decimal is never written ; the numerator is written with a point (.) prefixed to it, and the denominator is understood to be a unit. wilh as many ciphers annexed as the numerator has places of figures. Thus, .5 is T 5 gallons. Or, if the diameter of a Tank is 62 inches, and its depth 100 inches, then 62 X 62 X 100 X '0034 = 1306-96 gallons. CUBIC, OR SOLID MEASURE. To find the Cubical Content in a Stick of Timber, Block of Stone, Sox, Sin, &c. If all the Dimensions are in Feet, multiply the Length by the Breadth, and this product by the Depth to obtain the number of Cubic Feet. If the Length is in Feet and the width and depth in Inches, multiply the length by the width and this Product by the depth in inches, then divide the last Product by 144 for the Cubic Feet. If all the Dimensions are in Feet and Inches reduce the whole to Inches, then multiply the Length, Breadth and Depth together, and divide the Product by 1728 to obtain the Cubic Feet. Required the number of cubic feet in a.box, stone, &c., 4] feet long, 2| feet wide and 2 feet deep ? 45 X 2-5 X 2 = 22J cubic feet. To find the capacity of a bin, cistern, tanner's vat, &c., find its (interior) cu- bic contents in inches by the preceding rules, then if the capacity be required in gallons, divide the whole number of inches by 231 ; if in bushels, by 2150-42, or, if in heaped bushels, by 2747-70. Or, if the interior of a coal bin be 4 feet in length, 41 inches in breadth, and 32 inches in depth ; then, 4X 41 X 32 X '00694 = 36J cubic feet, = 2000 Ibs., or 1 ton of Beaver Meadow or Lehigh Coal. 1 Cubic Foot of Peach Mountain Coal, broken and screened for Stoves, weighs 54 pounds, and requires 37 cubic feet of space to stow one ton of 2000 pounds. Coal is bought at wholesale at the rate of 2240 pounds to the ton, and sold at retail at the rate of 2000 pounds to the ton, screened. Or, if the interior of a crib be 6 feet in length, 3J feet in breadth, and 3i feet in depth ; then, 6-5 X 3-75 X 3'25 X '80356 = 63-6522 (or 63 bushels and J peck.) The Solid Contents of all bodies, which are of uniform bigness throughout, whatever may be the form of the ends is found by multiplying the area of one end into its height or length. 144 inches equal ( = ) 1 square foot, (or, area.) 1728 inches equal ( = ) 1 cubic foot, (or, solid contents.) MEASURES OF CAPACITY AND WEIGHT. MEASURES OF WEIGHT. Avoirdupois: 16 drams equal 1 ounce ; 16 ounces 1 pound ; 112 pounds one hundred weight ; 20 hundred weight 1 ton. Troy : 4 grams equal 1 carat ; 24 grains 1 pennyweight ; 20 pen- nyweights 1 ounce ; 12 ounces 1 pound. Apothecaries: 20 grains equal 1 scruple O); 3 scruples 1 dram (3); 8 drams lounce(3) ; 12 oz. 1 (ft.) Ib. MEASURES OF SURFACE, OR SQUARE MEXSURE. 144 square inches = 1 square foot; 9 square feet = 1 square yard; 301 square yards = 1 square rod, or pole; 40 square rods = 1 square rood: 4 square roods = 1 square acre, (or 43.560 feet ;) 640 square acres= 1 square 'mile. MEASURES OF CAPACITY (DRY.) 215042 cubic inches = 1 United States __ . al (British) bnshef = 2218.192 cubic inches, and contains 80 )bs. of distilled water; the same in Ohio, 1 quarter of wheat = 8 bushels English, 8| U. States. MEASURES OF CAPACITY AND WEIGHT. 79 MEASURES OF LENGTH : 16 J feet equal 1 rod or pole ; 40 rods, 1 furlong ; 8 furlongs, (or 5280 feetj) 1 mile; 60 geo. miles = 1 degree ROPES AND CABLES : 6 feet are equal to 1 fathom ; 120 fathoms, to 1 cable's length. FRENCH MEASURES OF FREQUENT REFERENCE, COMPARED WITH U. S. MEASURES Toise, 76-755 inches ; League, 2280 toises (common) 2000(post); Fathom, 5 feet ; Metre, 3-28 feet ; Decimetre (l-10ih metre), 3-94 inches : Veil, 2 gallons; Hectolitre, 26-42 do. ; Decalitre, 2-64 do. ; Litre, 2-11 pints; Kilo- litre, 35 32 feet ; Hectolitre, 2-S4 bushels ; Decalitre, 9-08 quarts ; Millier., 2-205 pounds ; Quintal, 220-54 do.; Kilogramme. 2-21 do.; 100 pounds 107-93 do.; 100 feet, 1C6 60 feet ; Ton (of wine) 240 gallons. STANDARD WEIGHT OF GRAIN AND OTHKR ARTICLES. Legal Weight of a Bushel of various Articles in Massachusettf, Salt, 70 Ibs. ; Wheat, 60 ; Corn, or Rye, 56 ; Oats, 32 ; Barley, or Buckwheat. 48 ; Corn, or Rye Meal, 50 ; a Ton, 2000 Ibs. ; cwt., 100 Ibs. In Indiana, Wheat, 60 Ibs. ; Shelled Corn, 56 ; Corn on the Cob, 68 ; Buckwheat, 50 ; Beans, 60 ; Potatoes, 60; Clover Seed, 60; Hemp Seed, 44 ; Blue Grass Seed, 14 ; Castor Beans, 46 ; Dried Peaches, 33 ; Dried Apples, 25 ; Onions, 48 ; Salt, 50 ; Mineral Coal, 70; Timothy Seed, 45; Rye, 56; Oats, 32: Flax Seed, 56; Barley, 4; Corn Meal, 50 ; a Ton of Hay, 2000 Ibs. One Bushel of Bituminous Coal in the Western States = 2C8S cubic inches = 76 pounds. Stone Coal, in Illinois, 80 lb?. tome bushel. MEASURES OF CAPACITIY (LIQUIDS.) 231 cubic inches equal 1 United States standard gallon ; 282 cubic inches =1 ale gallon ; 277-274 cubic inches = I Imperial (British) gallon, for dry, beer and wine ; 31$ U. S. gallons = 1 barrel ; 42 galls. = 1 tierce ; 63 galls. = 1 hogshead ; 84 galls. = 1 puncheon ; 126 galls. = 1 pipe ; 252 = 1 tun. Gallons. The U. S. standard gallon contains 8-3389 avoirdupois pounds, or 58372.1754 troy grains of distilled water, at 39-83^ Fahrenheit, the barometer at 30 inches ; 1 gallon of ale weighs 10-5 Ibs.; 1 Imperial (British) gallon weighs 10 Ibs. ; 1 gallon of Sperm Oil weighs 7^ Ibs. ; 1 do. of Linseed 7 j Ibs. ; 1 do. of Olive 7Mb?.; 1 do. of Whale 7 Ibs. 11 ozs. ; 1 do. of Proof Spirits 7 Ibs. 15 ozs. ; 1 do.- Spirits of Turpentine 7 Ibs. 5 ozs. MEASURES OF SOLIDITY, OR CUBIC MEASURE. 1728 inches = 1 cubic foot ; 27 cubic feet = 1 cubic yard; 40 cubic feet of round timber = lton; 50 cubic feet of hewn timber = 1 ton ; 16 cubic feet of wood = 1 foot of wood; 8 feet of wood (or 128 cubic feet,) = 1 cord; 1 chaldron of Newcastle coal = 5936 Ibs. ; 1 perch of stone = 24-75 cubic feet. NUMBER OF CUBIC FEET IN A TON (2240 Ibs.) OF VARIOUS BODIES : Mar- ble, 15-07 ; Granite, 16 ; Common Stone, 14-22 ; Paving Stone, 14-83 ; Sand, 23 5 ; Tallow, 38 ; English Oak, 37 ; American Oak, 41 ; Ash, 47 ; Elm, 64-5 ; Beech, 50-5; Teak, 48; Spanish Mahogany, 45 ; Honduras Do. 55; Ala- pie, and Riga Fir, 47-8 ; Larch. 65-8; Pitch Pine, 53-6 ; Oil, 39; Proof Spirits, 38-6; Distilled Water, 35-6; Sea Water, 34-7 ; Grindstones, 17; Brick 17. WEIGHT OF VARIOUS SUBSTANCES: Ibs. Avoirdupois. 1 cubic foot of bricks weighs 124 pounds ; 1 do. of clay, 130 ; 1 do. of sand, or loose earth, 95 ; Ido. of common soil, 124 ; 1 do. of cork, 15 ; 1 do. of clay and stones, 160 ; 1 do. of Marble, 171; 1 do. of Granite, 165; 1 do. of Cast Iron, 450-55; 1 do. of Wrought Iron, 486-65; Ido. of Steel, 489-8; Ido. Copper, 555; 1 do. Lead, 708-75 ; 1 do. Brass, 534-75 ; 1 do. Tin, 436 ; 1 do. White Pine, 29-56 ; 1 do, Pitch Pine, 41-8 ; Ido. Red Pine, 41-5; Ido. Elm, 34-9 ; 1 do. English Oak. 60-4; do. do. 5S-6; 1 do. Canadian, 54 8 ; Ido. New England Fir, 34-9 ; 1 do. Sea Water, 64-3; 1 do. Fresh, 62-5.; Ido. Air, -07529; Ido. Steam, 03689. Weight of a Cubic Inch in Pounds. Of Lead -410 Ib. ; Sheet Copper -323 ; Sheet Brass -304 ; Sheet Iron -279 ; Cast Iron -263 ; Cast Tin -264 ; Cast ; Zinc -245; Platinum, rolled, -797 ; do. wire, -762: do. hammered, -735; do. put ified, -70-5: do. crude, grains, -566 ; Gold, hammered, -701 ; .do. pure cast, 698; do. 20 carats fine, -567; Silrer, hammered, -382; do. pure, -378; Cast Steel, -287 ; do. common soft, -284 ; do. hard and tempered, -2S2 ; Iron, bar, -281 ; do. cast, -261 ; do hammered, -281 80 DECIMALS FOR FACILITATING CALCULATIONS. MULTIPLIERS FOR FACILITATING CALCULATIONS! The product multiplied by the Decimals in (he Table, is an approxima- tion to the Capacity in Gallons, Weight in Pounds, Bushels, Square Feet, Cubic Feet, Miles, and Yards. Lineal feet multiplied by .00019 equal miles. " yards Square inches " yards Circular inches CylindricaUnches " feet Cubic inches " feet Cubic feet " inches Cylindrical feet " inches Cubic feet " inches Cylindrical feet " 'inches Cubic feet " inches it i 5 " 1-10 " 3 9 " " 5 " 6-10 " TABLE OF SUPERFICIAL, OR, FLAT MEASURE, By which the Content in SUPERFICIAL FEET, of Boards, Plank, Paring, Jj-c., of any LENGTH and BREADTH can be obtained, by mul- tiplying the decimal expressed in the table by the length of the board, SfC. Breadth Area of a| Breadth |Arca of a' Breadth Area of a Breadth Area of a in inches lineal foot. in inches. 1 lineal foot, in inches, lineal foot- in inches, lineal foot. 4 .0208 i .0417 \ .0625 1 .0834 34 .2708 3 .2916 3| .3125 4 .3334 64 .5208 6| .5416 6| -5625 7 .5833 94 .7708 9 .7917 9| .8125 10 .8334 14 .1042 l| .125 1| .1459 2 .1667 44 .3542 4 .375 4| .3958 5 .4167 74 .6042 7 .625 7| .6458 8 .6667 104 .8542 104 .875 10| .8959 11 .9167 2} .1875 2i .2084 25 ,2292 3 .25 54, .4375 5| .45S3 5| .4792 6 .5 84 .6875 8 .7084 8| .7292 9 .75 114 .9375 114 .9583 ]1| .9792 12 1.0000 Example 1. Required the number of square feet in a strip of board 10 feet long by 2 inches wide ? Opposite 2 is 16'37 which multiplied by(X) 10 equals (=) 1 foot 8 inches. EtampleQ. Required the number of square feet in a board or plank, 41 feet long by 212 inches wide ? Opposite | is -0625, to which add 2 to the left of the decimal for feet (when the width nf the board exceeds 113 inches, add 1 to the left of the decimal for each foot) ; then 2-0625 x 41 reel = 84 feet 7 inches. 16G7 ...Multiplicand 10 ...Multiplier. 1-6670 ...Product. __ 201325" 82500 ~8T5G25] Ans. $5 feet. NOTE. The last two figures of the Decimals, (when the length of the article consists of but a few feet) may be dropped, and those remaining multiplied. ROUND TIMBER MEASUREMENT. Example 3. The pavement of a side-walk is 40 feel long- by 6 feet 6 inches wide ; re- quired the number of square feet. Opposite 6^ is -5416, to which add 6 for feet : then, 6-5416 X 40 = 261 feet 8 inches. Example 4. A room measures 16 feet by 15 feet 3^ inches, how many square feet of floor- ing does it contain. Opposite 3J is -2916, to which add 15 for feet ; then, 15-2916 X 16 244 feet 8 inches. If yards are required divide the Product by 9. Example 5. Required the number of square feet in a board 14 feel long 15 inches wide at one end and 9 at the other? (add logelher ihe _widlh of ihe two ends and divide by 2 = 12 inches, mean width.) Opposite 12 is 1- X 14 = 14 feet. It is customary, in measuring boards, &c.. to count as nothing all fractions under 6 inches, and to count as one foot 6 inches and all fractions over. ROUND AND EQUAL-SIDED TIMBER MEASURE. Table for ascertaining the number of Cubical Feet, or Solid Contents, in a Stick of Round or Equal-sided Timber, Tree, tye. [6-5416 40 261-6640 Ans. 262 feet. 15-2916 16 917496 152916 244-6G56 Ans. 215 feet. 14- Ans. 14 feet. 1 Girt Area 1 Girt Area 1 Girt Area 1 Girt Area 1 Girt' Area Inches. Feet. Inches. Feet. Inches. Ftet. Inches. Feet. Feet. 6 -25 10j -803 151 1-668 20! 2 'S9S 25 4-34 61 -272 11 -84 15| 1-722 20i 2-917 2:51 4-42S 61 -294 111 -878 16 1-777 20 J 2-99 254 4-516 63 -317 Hi -918 161 1-833 21 3-062 25| 4-605 7 -34 111 -959 161 1-89 211 3-136 26 4-694 7| -364 12 1- 16f 1-948 211 3-209 261 4 ' 785 71 -39 121 1-042 17 2-006 2l| 3-2S5 26 A 4-S76 7J -417 12i 1-OS5 171 2-066 22 3-362 26J 4-969 8 -444 12? 1-129 174 2-126 22.1 3-438 27 5-062 81 -472 13 1-174 17| 2-187 221 3-516 271 5 ' 158 81 -501 131 1-219 18 2-25 22f 3-508 271 5-253 8| -531 131 1-265 IS! 2 ' 313 23 3-673 27 1 5-348 9 -562 13J 1-313 184 2-376 23! 3-754 28 5-444 91 -594 14 1-361 184 2-442 23| 3-835 281 5 - 542 91 -626 141 1-41 19 2-506 23| 3-917 28i ^-64 9? -659 141 1-46 191 2.574 24 4- 28 1 T^74 10 -694 14| 1-511 191 2-64 241 4 ' 084 29 W84 101 -73 15 1-562 19| 2-709 241 4-168 29! 5-911 10J -766 151 1'615 20 2-777 24| 4-254 294. 6.044 RULE. Multiply the area in Feet, corresponding to the! th Girt, by the length ofthe stick of Timber, and iheproduct is ihe solidity in feet and deci- mal parts of afoot. 1-361 Example 1. A stick of Timber is 18 feet 18 long and 56 inches girt, how many cubic feet 10888 does it contain ? Opposite 14 is 1-361 which X 18 = 24 feet 6 inches. L^liL 24-498 Ans. 24^ feet. RULE. If a tree, or timber, is tapering, girt it about one-third of the way from the butt to the top; or add together the area at the two ends, and divide the sum by 2. to obtain the mean girth ; or lake the girth of the tree at equal distances from each other, add all the girths together, and divide the sum by this number, for the mean girth. It is usual to allow, on account of the bark, in oak l-10th or l-12th part of the circumference, beech, ash, &c., should be less. TIMBER AND STONE MEASUREMENT. TABLE, SHOWING THE SOLID CONTENTS IN TIMBER, BOXES, PACKAGES, &c. RCLK TO FIND SOLID (OK CUBIC) FKET. If all the dimensions are in feet multi- ply the length by the width and this product by the depth. If all ihe Dimensions are in feet and inches, reduce the whole to inches, and multiply the Itngth, breadth and depth together, and divide the product by 1728, to obtain cubic feet. The Width and Thickness of the Timber or Package is given in the top lines of the Tables. The column on the left contains, first, the length in feet, and below the length in inches. If the length of the Timber or Package is in Feet and Inches, add the Feet and Inches together. If a Timber or Package be of larger Thickness or Breadth than is contained in the Tables, add two numbers together, or double a number. If the Length of the Timber is not contained in the Table, take twice some length, or aid two lengths together. Suppose a Timber is 5 by 6 inches, and 22 feet long, take twice 11, and you have 4 feet 8 inches. L'ng 5 Indus Thick by 6 Inches Thick by * 6 B 7 B 8 B 9 B 10 B 11 B 12 B 6 B 7 B 8 B! 9 B 10 B 11 B12B i 030 3' 0304 4 5 5 3 4 0405 5 6 6 i 050607 8 8 9 010 6 7 0809 010 Oil 1 3 0309 010 Oil 1 1 1 2 1 3 9 Oil 1 1 2 1 3 1 5 1 6 4 10 1 1 1 1 3 1 5 1 6 1 8 1 1 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 110 2 5 1113 1 5 1 7 1 9 111 2 1 1 3 1 6 1 8 111 2 1 2 4 2 6 G 1 3 1 6 1 8 111 2 1 2 4 2 6 1 6 1 9 2 2 3 2 6 2 9 3 7 1 6 1 8 1 11 2 2 2 5 2 8 211 1 9 2 1 2 4 2 8 211 3 3 3 6 5 1 S 111 2 3 2 6 2 9 3 1 3 4 2 2 4 2 8 3 3 4 3 8 4 9 111 2 2 2 6 210 3 2 3 5 3 9 2 3 2 8 3 3 5 3 9 4 2 4 6 10 2 1 2 5 2 9 3 2 3 6 310 4 2 2 6 211 3 4 3 9 4 2 4 7 5 11 2 4 2 8! 3 1 3 5 310 4 2 4 7 2 9 3 3 3 8 4 2 4 7 5 1 5 6 12 2 6 2 11 3 4 3 9 4 2 4 7 5 3 3 6 4 4 6 5 5 6 6 13 293237 4 1 4 6 5 5 5 3 3 310 4 4 411 5 5 6 6 6 M 211 3 5 311 4 5 410 5 4 510 3 6 4 1 4 8 5 3 510 6 5 7 15 3238 4 2 4 8 5 3 5 9 6 3 3 9 4 5 5 5 8 6 3 611 7 6 20 4 2 4 10 5 7 6 3 611 7 8 8 4 5 510 6 8 7 6 8 4 9 2 10 as 5361 611 710 8 8 9 710 5 6 3 7 4 8 4 9 510 511 6 12 6 30 __ 6374 8 4 9 5 10 511 6 12 6 7689 10 11 3 12 613 915 36 7 6 8 9 10 11 3 12 6 13 9 15 9 010 6 12 13 615 016 618 11 "I oooo "o~b 0000 T~b 0000 1 2 0000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0101 1 3010101 1 010101 0101 1 1 0101 2 GO 1 1! 2 2 020203 02020 3 1 0303 L'ng 7 Inches Thick by 8 Inches Thick by ft. in 7 B 8 B 9 B 10 B 11 B 12 B 13 B 8 B 9 B 10 B 1 1 B 12 B 13 B 14 B \ 4 0505 6 6 7 8 5 6 0707 8 9 9 2 8 9 Oil 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 Oil 1 1113 1 4 1 5 1 7 3 1 1214 1 6 1 7 1 9 111 1 4 1 6 1 8 1 10 2 2 2 2 4 4 1 4 1 7 1 9 111 2 2 2 4 2 6 1 9 2 232528 211 3 1 5 1 8 111 2 2 2 5 2 8 211 3 2 2 3 2 6 293134 3 7 311 2 1 2 4 2 8 211 3 3 3 6 310 2 8 3 343840 4 4 4 8 7 2 5 2 9 3 1 3 5 3 9 4 1 4 5 3 1 3 6 3 ll! 4 3 4 8 5 1 5 5 8 2 9 3 1 3 6 311 4 3 4 8 5 1 3 7 4 4 5 411 5 4 5 9 6 3 9 3 1 3 6 311 4 5 410 5 3 5 8 4 4 6 5056 6 6 6 7 in 3 5 3 11 4 5 410 5 4 510 6 4 4 5 5 5 7 6 1 6 8 7 3 7 9 11 3 9 4 3 410 5 4 511 6 5 611 411 5 6 6169 7 4 711 3 7 13 4 1 4853 510 6 5 7 7 7 5 4 6 6874 8 8894 13 4 5 5158 6 4 611 7 7 8 3 5 9 6 6 7 3 711 8 8 9 SlO 1 14 4 9 5562 610 7 6 8 2 810 6 3 7 7987 9 4 10 110 11 15 5 1 5 10 6 7 7 4 8 8 9 9 6 6 8 768492 10 10 lOUl 8 90 6 10 7 9 8 9 9 910 811 812 8 3 11 10 11 1'12 313 414 515 7 95 8699 1011'12 213 414 71510 11 ] 12 6131115 310 819 1 19 5 30 10 311 8 13 2 14 7 16 1 17 619 13 415 016 818 420 021 8'2? 4 3t Jia 314 015 917 619 321 023 9 16 019 020 022 0,24 026 0,28 _ "I 00000000 010101 o oj o il e i ~b~~i TT1 1 -1 201010101 l! 1 1 (i i o r o i o i o i 0102 , 3010101010202 2 1 2 2 2 :> 0202 602020303030404 030 303040 4' 0405 84 TIMBER AND STONE MEASUREMENT. If a Timber be LONGER than is contained in the Tables, take twice some I.ES oxn, or a'ld two LENGTHS together. If the Timber is 26 feet long, add the feet opposite 20 and 6 together. Ung 9 Inches Thick by 10 Inches Thick by ft. 'n 9 BIO fill B 2 B 13 B 4 B L5 B LO B 11 B 12 B 13 B 14 B 15 B 16 B I ~ 0~~7; 0808 "0~9 "olo Oil "oTi "0~~8 "0 9 010 Oil I ~0 1 1 "i i 2 1 2 1 3! 1 5 1 6 1 8 1 9 111 1 5 1 6 1 8 110 111 2 1 2 3 3 1 8 111 2 1 2 3 2 5 2 8 210 2 1 2 4 2 6 2 9 211 3 2 3 4 4 2 3 2 6 2 9 3 3 3 3 6 3 9 2 9 3 1 3 4 3 7 311 4 2 4 5 5 210 3 2 3 5 3 9 4 1 4 5 4 8 3 6 310 4 2 4 6 410 5 3 5 7 6 3 5 3 9 4 2 4 6 411 5 3 5 8 4 2 4 7 5 5 5 510 6 3 6 8 7 311 4 5 410 5 3 5 8 6 2 6 7 410 5 4 510 6 4 610 7 4 7 9 8 _ 4 6 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 6 5 7 6 1 6 8 7 3 7 9 8 4 811 9 5 1 5 8 6 2 6 9 7 4 711 8 5 6 3 611 7 6 8 2 8 9 9 5 10 (I 10 5 8 6 3 611 7 6 8 2 8 9 9 5 611 7 8 8 4 9 9 9 10 5 11 1 15 8 5 9 5 10 4 11 3 12 2, 13 2 14 1 10 5 11 6 12 6 13 7 14 7 15 8 16 8 20 11 3 12 613 9 15 16 3 17 6 18 9 1311 15 3 16 8 18 1 19 5 201022 3 25 14 1 15 8 17 2 18 920 4 2111 23 5 17 4 19 1 2010 22 7 24 4 26 127 9 30- 16 11 18 9 20 8 22 624 5 26 3 28 2 2010 2211 25 27 1 29 2 31 3 33 4 36 20 3 22 6 24 9 27 29 3 31 6 33 9 25 27 6 30 32 6 35 37 6 40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 6 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 4 5 5 5 6 6 7 L'ng 11 Inches Thick by 12 Inches Thick by ft. in 11 B 12 B 13 B 14 B 15 B 16 B 17 B 12 B 13 B 14 B 15 B 16 B 17 B 19 B 1 010 Oil 1 I 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 2 1 8 110 2 2 2 2 4 2 5 2 7 2 2 2 2 4 2 6 2 8 2 10 3 3 2 6 2 9 3 3 3 3 5 3 8 311 3 3 3 3 6 3 9 4 4 3 4 6 4 , 3 4 3 8 4 4 3 4 7 411 5 2 4 4 4 4 8 5 5 4 5 8 6 5 4 2 4 7 5 5 4 5 9 6 1 6 6 5 6 5 510 6 3 6 8 7 1 7 6 G 5 1 5 6 6 6 5 611 7 4 710 6 6 6 7 7 6 8 8 G 9 7 511 6 5 611 7 6 8 8 7 9 1 7 7 7 8 2 8 9 9 4 911J10 6 3 6 9 7 4 711 8 7 9 2 9 9 10 5 8 8 8 9 4 10 10 8 11 4 12 9 7 7 8 3 811 9 8 10 4 11 11 8 9 9 9 10 6 11 3 12 12 9 13 6 ]( 8 5 9 2 911 10 8 11 6 12 3 13 10 1010 11 8 12 6 13 4 14 2 15 15 12 7 13 9 1411 16 1 17 2 18 4 19 6 15 16 3 17 6 18 9 20 21 3 22 G 2( 16 10 18 4 19 10 21 5 2211 24 5 26 20 21 8 23 4 25 26 8 28 4 30 I) 2.5 21 22 11>24 10J26 9 28 8 30 7 32 6 25 027 1 29 2 31 3 33 4 35 5 37 6 V 25 3 27 6 29 10 32 1 34 5 36 8 39 30 032 635 37 6 40 42 6 15 36 30 3 33 35 9 38 6 41 3 44 46 9 36 39 42 45 49 51 51 1 01 1 m m ~o~i 1 m 01 1 i m 1 01 TT2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 _ 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 6 5 6 0606 7 7 8 G 7 7 8 8 9 9 Vng 13 Inches Thick by 14 Inches Thick by ft. in 13 B 14 B 15 B 16 B 17 B 18 B 19 B 14 B 15 B 16 B 17 B 18 B 19 B 20 B | 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 8 1 9 1 4 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 110 1 11 . 2 4 2 6 2 9 211 3 1 3 3 3 5 2 9 211 3 1 3 4 3 6 3 8 311 3 3 6 310 4 1 4 4 4 7 411 5 2 4 1 4 5 4 8 5 5 3 5 7 510 4 4 8 5 1 5 5 5 9 6 2 6 6 610 5 5 510 6 3 6 7 7 7 5 7 9 5 5 10 6 4 6 9 7 3 7 8 8 2 8 7 610 7 4 7 9 8 3 8 9 9 3 9 9 G 7 1 7 7 8 2 8 8 9 3 9 9 10 4 8 2 8 9 9 4 911 10 6 11 1 11 8 7 8 3 810 9 6 10 1 10 9 11 5 12 9 6 10 3 1011 11 7 12 3 1211 13 7 a 9 5 10 1 1010 11 7 12 3 13 13 9 1011 11 8 12 5 13 3 14 14 9 15 7 9 10 7 11 5 12 2 13 1310 14 8 15 5 12 3 13 2 14 1411 15 9 16 8 17 6 10 11 9 12 813 7 14 5 15 4 16 3 17 2 13 7 14 7 15 7 16 6 17 6 18 6 19 5 15 17 7 19 020 4 21 8 23 24 5 25 9 20 5 2111 23 4 2410 26 3 27 9 29 2 20 23 625 327 1 2811 30 6 32 6 34 4 27 329 2 31 1 33 1 35 3611 3811 25 29 431 73310 36 1 38 4 40 8 4211 34 036 6 3811 41 4 43 9 46 2 48 7 30 - 35 3371l!40 843 4 46 1 48 9 51 6 4010 43 9 46 8 49 7 52 6 55 5 58 4 30 42 3 45 6 48 9 52 55 3 58 6 61 9 49 52 6 56 59 6 63 66 6 70 ^ 1 01 01 1 1 ~0~2 "0~2 ~0~2 1 m 2 T~2 1T~2 0~2 ~0~2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 4 5 6 5 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 7 Si 8 9 9 10 10 8 9 9 010 oir on 1 TIMBER AND STONE MEASUREMENT. L'n? 15 Inches Thick fry 16 Inches Thick by ft. 'n 15 B 16 13 17 B 18 B1 9 B 20 B 21 B 16 B 17 B18 B 19 B 20 B 21 B ( 22 B 1 1 7 1 8 1 9 111 2 2 1 2 2 1 9 111 2 2 1 2 3 2 i J 2 5 2 3234 3 7 3 9 4 4 2 4 5 3 7 3 9 4 4 3 454- \ 411 3 4 81 5 5 4 5 8 511 6 3 6 7 5 4 5 8 6 4 6 8 7 i 3 7 4 4 6368 7 1 7 6 711 S 4 8 9 7 1 7 7 8 S 5 311 9 I ) 9 9 5 710 8 4 810 9 5 911 10 IE 1011 811 9 5 10 10 7 1L 111 ' 112 3 C 9 510 10 8 LI 3 1 111 12 6 13 2 10 8 11 4 12 12 8 13 414 ! 314 8 7 1011 11 S 12 5 13 21 3 10 14 7115 4 12 5il3 3 14 14 9 15 7 J6 17 1 5 12 6 13 4 14 2 15 15 10 16 8 17 6 14 3 15 1 L6 1611 17 9 19 4 1!) 7 9 14 1 1.5 1.5 11 16 11 1 71018 9 19 8 16 17 18 19 20 021 822 n 15 8 16 8! 17 9 18 9 19 10 20 10 21 11 17 9 19 11 i JO 021 122 323 02) 5 i 23 5 2.5 '26 7 23 2 29 8 31 33210 26 828 4! !0 31 8 33 4 35 4 36 8 31 333 43.5 537 639 741 843 9 35 7 37 940 42 3 44 546 0'4311 95J_| 39 141 6 44 346 11;49 652 154 8 44 5 47 3 50 52 9 55 7 58 8:61 1 30 461150 053 256 359 562 665 8 53 4J56 860 063 466 870 473 4 36 56 360 Oi63 967 6|71 3 7B 073 9 64 068 072 76 SO 084 ( J88 1 0202 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0201 ) 2 S 0303 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 040! J 5 '-; r. 0505 n 7 V V V u AU \f XX V XX X V X A A V 11 " 11 1 V li I? 17 Inches Thick by 18 Inches Thick by ft- M 17 B 13 3,19 B 20 B 21 B.22 B23 B 18 B 19 B 20 13 21 B 22 B 23 B \ _ 2 2223 2 4 2 6 2 7 2 9 23252 G 2 8 2 9 211 2 4 4 3 4 6 4 9 5 5 a 5 5 46495 a 5 6 5 9 3 6 6 5 6 9 7 1 7 5 710 8 2 69727 G 711 8 3 8 8 4 8 8 6 9 9 5 9 II 10 -> 1010 90 9 6 10 It G 11 11 6 5 10 10 8 11 3 11 10 12 5 13 ( 13 7 11 3 1111 12 G 13 2 13 9 14 5 (i 12 1 12 9 13 6 14 2 14 11 1.5 - 16 4 13 6 14 3 15 15 9 16 6 17 8 7 14 1 1411 15 8 16 6 17 4 18 2 19 15 9 16 8 17 G 16 B 19 3 20 2 B 16 1 17 1711 1811 19 10 20 921 9 18 19 20 21 22 23 9 18 1 19 220 2 21 3 23 4 23 524 5 20 3 21 5 22 G 23 t- 24 9 2511 JO 20 1 21 322 5 23 7 24 10 26 027 2 22 6 23 9:25 2( 3 27 6 23 9 15 30 1 31 11 33 S 35 537 239 040 9 33 9 35 8 37 39 5 41 3 43 2 20 40 2 42 6 44 10 47 340 751 11 54 4 45 47 6J50 52 6 55 57 6 '2-3 .50 2 53 256 1 59 062 064 11 67 11 56 3 59 5j62 G 6C 868 9 7111 30 60 3 63 967 4 70 10 74 5 77 11 81 6 67 6 71 3 75 78 9 82 6 S6 3 3G 72 3 76 680 9 85 89 3 93 e 97 9 81 85 6 90 94 6 99 103 6 1 2 0202 2 2 3 3 02020 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 (1 -> 5 5 5 o B 5 6 6 3 6 6 7 7 7 G 8 07070 8 t B 8 9 e 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 14 12 121 31 1 4 1 5 15 n? 19 Inches Thick fry 20 Inches Thick fry ft in ~ 19 B 20 B 21 B 22 B 23 B 24 B 20 B 21 E 22 I! 23 B 24 B 25 B I 2 6 2 g 2 9 21 3 3 2 2 9 2 11 3 1 ~T~2 a 4 3 6 a 5 5 3 5 7 51( ) 6 1 6 4 5 7 5 11 ) 6 1 e 5 6 8 611 7 6 711 8 4 8 ! ) 9 1 9 6 8 4 8 9 2 7 10 10 5 4 10 10 7 11 1 11 ' r 12 2 12 8 11 1 11 S 12 3 12 9 13 4 1311 B 12 6 13 2 13 10 14 ( 15 2 1510 1311 14 15 3 16 16 8 17 4 6 15 1 15 1016 8 17 i i 18 3 19 16 S 17 e 18 4 19 2 20 2010 7 17 713 619 5 20 i 21 3 22 2 19 5 20 21 5 22 4 23 4 24 4 B 20 1 21 1 22 2 23 .' \ 24 3 25 4 22 3 23 4 24 5 25 26 8 27 9 1 22 7 23 9 24 11 26 5 > 27 4 23 6 25 26 2 27 G 28 9 30 31 3 10 25 126 527 9 29 ( ) 30 4 31 8 27 9 29 30 7 31 11 33 4 34 3 15 37 739 7 41 7 43 ' 45 6 47 6 41 8 43 4510 47 11 50 52 1 2( 50 252 9 55 5 53 ] 60 8 63 4 55 7 53 4 61 1 63 11 66 f- 69 5 2.5 62 Si 66 69 3 72 " 7510 79 2 69 5 72 11 76 .5 79 10| 83 4 6610 3( _ 75 3 79 2 S3 2 87 ] 91 1 95 S3 4 87 91 S 95 10 ; 100 104 2 30 '90 3 95 ( 9C 9 104 ( >109 3 114 100 105 C 110 (1 15 0120 125 1 0303 3 o r 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 o a 2 5 5 6 ( i 6 6 6 6 G B 7 7 3 8; 8 8 ! ) 9 10 8 S 9 10 010 10 6 1 3l 1 4 1 5 1 i i 1 6 1 7 15161 6 1 71619 86 PLANK MEASURE. PLANK AND SCANTLING MEASURE. If a Plank be longer than is represented in the Tables, then take gome length. If shorter take $ or j of some length. ~''~ 2 Inches Thick, by 10 to 28 Inches Wide. **" 10 11 12 13 14 15 16.1 7 18|19 20 21) 22 23 24 25 20 27! 28 13 22 24 2(5 23 30 33 35 3 ? 39 41 43 46 4s 50 52 54 66 59 61 14 23 26 28 30 3335 37 .4 J 42 44 47 49 51 64 5(1 68 (11 63 65 15 25 28 30 33 35 33 1(1 -1 3 45 48 50 53 55 58 (10 63 66 68 70 16 27 29 32 35 37 40 43 4 5 4S 51 63 56 59 (51 04 67 69 72 75 17 23 31134 37 40 43 45 4 - 51 51 57 60 62 66 68 71 74 77 79 IS 30 ):j ; il 39 4- ! 45! 48 5 1 -> 57 60 63 66 (59 72 75 7H 81 84 19 32 35 33 41 41 [8|5l|54|5; 110 63 67 70 73 7(5 79 H2 86 89 20 33 37: 40 43 \~ ' 50 53 5 7 61 63 (17 70 73 77 HO 83 H7 90 93 21 35 39 4 2 46 4< ) 53 56 6 i (>: 67 70 74 77 83 84 88 91 9.3 98 22 n 40 44 43 51 55! 59 6 2 61 70 7:! 77 Bl 84 86 99 95 i 99 103 23 38 42^4 (i 50 5 1 53; 61 6 3 (i! 73 77 81 84 88 99 96 100 104 107 24 40 44 48 52 56 60i 64 6 - 7'. 7(1 80 S-l 86 99 96 100 104 108 112 25 42 46 5 54 5- 3! 63 67 7 1 7.- 79 83 88 92 9(1 100 101 106 113 117 26 43 43 52 56 61 05 69 7 1 7- 89 87 91 95 100 104 ioe 113 117 121 27 45 50 54 1 59 63' 63 72 7 7 s S'li 90 95 99 104 108 113 117 122 126 23 47 51 5 li 61 6, i 70! 75 7 ) H H!) 93 98 103 !07 112 li- 121 126 131 29 18 53 58 63 6Sl73 77 8 2 H- 92 97 102 106 111 ne 121 126 131 135 30 50 55 60 65 70 75 SO 8 5 91 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 *"~ 2 1-2 Inches Thick vg 10 to 27 Inches H ide. ^ 10 11112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 93 94 25| 26 27 IF 27 30 33 35 33 41 ~43~ 46 49 61 ~54 57 (10 ~U2 66 ~6S 70 ~73 14 29 32 35 38 41J44 47 50 63 5.3 58 (11 111 (17 70 73 7(1 79 15 31 34 30 41 44 4"> 50 63 56 69 63 (1(1 11!) 72 75 78 81 84 16 S3 37 A 43 i ; si 53 57 60 63 67 70 73 77 HO 83 87 90 17 35 39' 43 4( > 50 53 57 10 84 (17 71 74 7s 81 85 89 92 96 18 38 41 45 4 ) 53 56 60 (11 68 71 75 79 S3 86 90 94 98 101 19 40 44 48 5 55 59 63 (17 71 75 79 83 S7 91 95 99 103 107 20 42 40 50 54 5S 63 67 71 75 79 83 H- 92 9(1 100 104 10s 113 21 44 H ; 3 57 6 i IK; 70 74 79 83 88 99 96 101 KG 109 114 118 22 46 50 55 60 64 69 73 7s 83 87 99 96 101 105 110 115 119 124 23 48 .3;; ; 6 62 6 7 72 77 HI 86 91 96 101 105 110 115 120 125 129 2! 50 55 ( 6. > 7 i 7.3 80 H5 90 96 100 105 110 115 120 12.3 130 135 25 52 57 63 (1 3 73' 78 83 89 94 99 104 109 115 120 125 130 135 141 26 54 60 65 7 J 76 81 87 99 !>S 10'i 108 114 119 125 130 135 141 146 27 56 62 68 7 ? 79 84 90 96 101 107 113 118 124 129 135 141 14(1 152 28 58 64 ' (I ~ 5 82' 88 93 99 105 111 117 123 12s 134 110 146 152 158 29 60 ti'i ' 3 ~ ) 8 5; 91 97 10:i 109 115 121 127 133 139 1 1.3 1.31 157 163 30 63! C9 ' 5 6 s S 94 100 IOC, 113 119 125:131 138 144 150 156 163 169 s?~ 3 Inches Thick by 10 to 27 Inches Wit/e. ^ 10 11 12 13 14 15 1C, 17 IS 19 20 21 2-2 23| 24 25 26 "l3~ 33 36 39 12 "4(3 49 .32 5.3 59 (52 (15 (is 72 75 7S g] so 14 35 39 49 1(1 49 53 66 60 63 07 70 71 77 81 84 88 91 15 38 41 4 3 1') 53 56 60 64 68 71 75 7!) 83 86 90 91 98 16 10 44 48 59 66 60 64 66 72 7(1 80 64 88| 92 96 100 104 17 48 47 5 1 65 60 64 68 72 77 81 H5 H9 94 98 102 IOC, 111 18 4.3 50 54 59 69 68 72 77 81 86 90 95 99 1041 108 113 117 19 4s 52 .37 69 67 71 76 H1 88 90 95 100 105 109 114 11!) 124 20 50 65 6 65 70 75 80 86 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 J25 130 21 S3 56 ft} 68 74 79 84 89 95 100 105 110 116 121 120 131 137 22 .3.3 61 66 72 77 83 86 94 99 105 110 11(5 121 127 132 13H 143 23 58 63 69 75 81 HI 92 98 104 109 115 121 127 132 138 ]J.J 150 24 60 66 7 o 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120 126 132 138 144 150 156 25 63 69 - 5 81 HS 94 100 106 113 119 125 131 138 I 14 150 156 163 26 65 72 78 86 91 98 104 111 117 124 130 137 143 150 1.5(1 163 169 27 68 74 HI HS 95 101 108 115 122 126 135 142 149 155 162 169 176 2 70 77 8 4 91 98 105 112 119 12(5 133 140 147 154 161 168 175 188 29 30 73 80 75 83 87 90 91 98 102 109; 116 123 131 138 145 152 105 113 120 125 135 143 150 15- 160 167 174 181 105 173 ISO 183 1-9 195 PLANK MEASURE. 87 PLANK AND SCANTLING MEASURE. ff a Plank, or Scanlling, be longer than is represented in the Tables, take twice some length given in the Tables, or add two lengths together; if wider, lake two widths ; if both longer and wider, double the. contents of such num- ber in the Tables as will give the same length and width required. K- 3 1-2 Inches Thick by 10 to 26 Inches Wide. ^ 10 11| 12 18 14 15 10 1T| 18) 19 20| 21 22 23 24' 25l 26 13 38 42 46 49 53 57 01 64 68 72 76 80 83j 87 91 95 99 14 41 45 4!) 53 57 01 05 89 74 73 82 80 tj 94 98 102 100 15 44 48 53 57 81 60 70 74 79 83 68 92 96 101 105 109 114 10 47 51 50 01 65 70 75 79 84 89 93 98 103 107 112 117 121 17 50 55 00 01 69 74 79 84 89 94 99 101 109 114 119 124 129 IS 53 58 89 88 71 79 81 89 95 100 105 110 no 121 126 131 137 19 55 C.l 07 72 7s S3 89 94 100 105 1111 116 129 127 133 139 144 20 58 84 70 70 82 88 93 99 105 111 117 123 128 134 140 146 152 at 01 07 74 80 80 92 9- 104 110 110 193 199 135 141 147 153 150 22 04 71 77 83 90 90 103 109 110 122 12- 135 141 148 154 160 167 23 07 74 81 87 94 101 107 114 121 127 134 141 148 154 161 163 174 24 70 77 81 91 9- 105 112 119 120 140 147 154 101 168 175 182 25 73 80 88 Bfl 102 109 117 194 131 139 146 153 160 168 175 182 190 26 76 83 91 99 100 114 121 129 137 111 152 159 107 174 182 190 197 27 79 87 95 102 110 118 126 134 112 150 158 165 173 181 169 197 205 28 82 90 93 106 114 123 131 130 147 155 163 172 180 18S 196 204 212 29 85 98 102 110 llfi 127 135 111 152 101 169 178 1-0 195 203 211 220 30 88 96 105 114 193 131 140 149 158 100 175 164 193 201 210 219 226 i r '~ 4 Inches Thick by 10 'o 26 Inches. Wide. C^ 10 11 12| 13 14) 15' 16 17 18 19 90 21| 22 1 231 24 1 25 26 13 43 48 52 50 61 65 69 74 7> 82 87 91! 95 100 104 j 108 113 14 47 51 56 01 85 70 75 79 84 89 99 98 103 107 112,117 121 15 60 55 80 05 70 75 ! 80 83 90 95 1(10 105 110 115 120! 125 130 16 53 59 84 80 75 80 85 91 96 101 107 112 117 123 128 '133 139 17 57 02 68 74 79 85 91 90 102 10- 113 119 125 130 136 142 147 13 00 00 72 7f- 81 90; 96 102 108 114 120 126 132 138 144 150 156 19 03 70 70 82 89 95 101 103 114 120 127 133 139 140 152 158 165 20 07 73 80 87 93 100 107 113 120 127 133 140 147 153 160 167 173 21 70 77 84 91 93 105; 112 119 120 133 140 147 151 101 108 175 162 22 73 81 68 95 103 110 117 125 132 139 147 154 161 169 170 183 191 23 77 84 92 100 107 115 123 130 138 146 153 101 109 170 184 192 199 24 80 88 96:104 112 120 128 136 144 152 160 168 170 184 192 200 20* 25 83 92 1001108 117 125 133 142 150 158 107 175 1-3 192 200 208 217 26 87 95 104lll3 121 130 139 147 150 105 173 182 191 199 208 217 225 27 90 99 10- 117 126 135 144 153 162 171 1-0 1-9 198 207 216 225 234 28 93 103! 112 121 131 140 149 159 108 177 187 196; 205 215 224 233 243 29 97 106 116 126 135 145 155 164 174 184 193 203 213 222 232 242 251 30 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 200 IV 5 Inches Thick by 10 to 26 Inches Wide. 2'^ 10 ll| 12 13 11 15| 16 17 18 19 201 21 22 23! 24| 25 20 IS 54 60 05 70 70 61 87 99 93 103 lOSi 114 1)9 125 130 135 141 14 58 64 70 70 82 8- 93 99 105 111 117 123 128 131 140 146 152 15 63 09 75 81 S8 94 100 106 113 119 125 131 138 111 150! 156 1C3 16 07 73 80 87 93 100 107' 113 120 127 133 140 147 153 100 167 173 17 7! 78 65 92 99 106 113 120 128 135 142 149 156 163 170 177 184 18 75 83 90 98 105 113 120 12* 135 143 150 155 165 173 180 183 195 19 79 87 95 103 111 119 127 135 143 1 150 158 166 174 188 190 HIS 206 20 83 92 100! 108 117 125 133 142 150 158 167 175 1-3 192 200 208 217 21 88 90 105 114 123 131 ; 140 149 158 166 175 184 193 201 210 219 228 22 92 101 110 119 12- 138 147 156 165 : 174 163 193 202 211 220 229 238 23 06 105 115 125 134 144 153 163 173 1-2 192 201 211 220 230 240 249 24 100 110 120 130 140| 150 160 170 1-0 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 25 104 115 125 135 146 156 167 177 188 198 208 219 229 240 250 260 271 26 108 119 130 141 152 103 173 184 195 206 217 228 238 259 260 271 282 27 113 124 135: 140 153 169 180; 191 203 214 225 230 248 259 270 2-1 293 28 117 12* 140 152 103 175 187 193 210 222 233 245 257 268 2-0 292 303 29 121 133 145 167 169, 181 193 205 213 230 242 254 266 278 290 302 314 30 125 133 150 163 175 168 200 213 225 238 250 263 275 288 300,313 323 88 SCANTLING REDUCED TO ONE INCH BOARD MEASURE. SCANTLING AND TIMBER MEASURE REDUCED TO ONE INCH BOARD MEASURE. EXPLANATION". To ascertain the number of Feet of Scantling or Timber, say 13 Feet Long and 2 by 3 Inches. Find 2 by 3 in the top columns, and 18 in the .eft hand column, and under 2 by 3 and against 18 is 9 feet. If the Scanihngis ongerthan contained in the Table, add two lengths together. If shorter take part of some length. The preceding pages also contain Scantling and Plank Measure. [ Thickness and Width in Inches. 1 2.22.32.4 2 .5 2.6 g. 7 2.82.93.3 3.43.53.6 3.73.83.94.44.5 (, 2. 3. 1. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 4.1, 6. 7.6 9. 10.6 12. 3.6 6. 10. 7 2.4 3.6 l.p 5 .in 7. 8 2 9.4 10.6 5.3 7. 8. 910.6 12.3 14. 5.9 9.411.6 8 4. 5*4 6 8. 9. 1 10.8 12. 6. 8. 10. 12. 14. 16. 8. 10.813.4 9 3. 4.6 6 7.6 9. 10.6 12. !l3.6 B.fl 9. 11.3 13.6 15.9 18. 103 12. J5. 10 3.4 5. 6.8 84 10. 118 13.4 15. 7.6 10. 12.6 15. 17.6 20. .'2.6 13.4 16.8 11 3JB 5.6 7.4 S .2 11. 12. in 14.8 16.6 f.:; 11. 13. 9 16.6 19.3 22. M.9 14.8 18.4 19 4. 6. 8. 10. 12. 14 16. 18. y. 12. 15 18. 21. 24. >7. 16. 20. 13 11 6.6 8.8 11 .10 13. 15. J 17.4 19.6 9.9 13. 16. 3 1 9.6 22.9 26. 29.3 17.421.8 14 4.8 7. 9.4 11.8 14. 16.4 18.8 21. 1(1. 6 14. 17.621. 24.698. 31 618.823.4 15 7.6 10. |12.6 15. 17.6 (20. 22.6 11.3 15. 18.9 22.6 26.330. 33.920. 25. 16 6.4 8. 10.8 13.4 16. 18.8 21.424. 12. 16. 20. 84. 28. 32. . J6. 21.426.8 17 5,8 8.6 11.4 1 2 17 19 10 22.8 25.6 12.9 17. 21 325.6 29.934. . .8 28.4 18 6. 9. 12 u 18. 21. 24. 27. 13.6 18. 22. 627. 31.636. (1.62-4. 30. 19 6.4 9.6 12.8 15.10 19. 22.2 25.428.6 14.3 19. 23.9 28.6 33.3 38. .2.925.431.8 20 6.8 10. Hi .4 16.8 20. 23.4 26.830. 15. 20. 25. 30. |35. |40. 1"' 20.6 33.4 21 7. J10.6 14. i" .6 21. 24. 28. 31 6 15.!) 21. 26 331.63b.942. . 35. 2 7.4! 11. 14.818.4 22. 25.8 29.4 33. 16.622. 27. 633. 38.0 44. 1.4 36.8 23 7.611.6 15.4 19.2 23. 26.1030.c34.6 17.323. 28.9 34.6 40.346. . ,i i) :-,u> 3^.4 24 25 8. 8.4 12. 12.6 16 16.8 20. 24. 20.1025. 28. 32. 36. 29.2 33.437.6 18. 24. 18.925. 30. 36. 31.337.6 42. 48. 43.9 50. >4. 32. 40. 16.333.441.8 30 10. 15. {20. 25. 30. 35 40. 45. 22.6 30. 37.6 45. 52.6 60. . 50. 34 11.4 17 122.8 2( 14 34. 39 45.4 51. 25.6 34. 42. 651. 5it.fi 18. 6.6 4 o.4 56.8 40 13.420. '26.833.4 40. 468 53.460. 30.040. |50. 60. 70. 80. 90. 53.4 66.8 Thickness and Width in Inches. 4.64.7 4 3 4.9 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.J 3 5.9 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.96-10 6 iaT IT" 16 18. 12.6 15."" 176 2u 22.6 isT 21. 24. 27. 30. 7 )4. 16.4 18 .8 21 14.7 1 7.6 20.5 93 4 26.3 21. 24.6 28. 31.8 35. 7 16. 16.8 21 .4 21 16.8 2 I. 23.4 26 & 30. 24. 28. 32. 36. 40. 9 18. 21. 24 27 18.9 22.6 26.3 30. 33.9 27. 31.6 36. 40.6 45 10 20. '234 26 .8 3i . 20.10 2 5. 29.2 33 4 37.6 30. 35. 40 50. 11 22. 25.8 29.4 33 22.11 27.6 32.1 36.8 41.3 33. 38.6 44. 49.6 55. 12 24. ;28. 32 36. 25. 30. 35. 40. 45. 36. 42. 48. 54. 60. 13 26. 30.4 34.8 39 27.1 32.6 37.11 43.4 48.9 39. 45.G 52. 58.6 66. 14 28. 32.8 37 .4 41 29.2 3 5. 40.10 46 8 52.6 42. 49. 56. 63. 70. 15 30. 35 40. 45 31.3 3 7.6 43.9 50. 56.3 45. 52.6 60. 75. 16 32. ,37 * 42.8 43. 33.4 40. 46.8 53.4 60. 48. 56. 64. 80. 17 34. 39.fc 45.4 51 35.5 42.6 49.7 56.8 63.9 51. 59.6 68. 85. 18 36. 42. 48. 54. 37.6 45. 52.6 60. 67.6 54. 63. 72. 81. 90. 19 38. 44.' 50 .8 57 39.7 4 7.6 55.5 63 4 71.3 57. 66.6 76. 85.6 95. 20 40. 40.> 53.4 60. 41.8 50. 58.4 66.8 75. 60. 70. 80. 90. 100. 21 42. ,49. 56. G3. 43.9 52.6 61.3 70. 78.9 63. 73.6 84. 94.6 105. 22 44. 51.. K > 6(3 45.10 f ->. 642 73 1 82.0 66. 77. 88. 99. 110. 23 46. 53.S ! 61.4 69. 47.11 57.6 67.1 76.8 86.3 69. 80.6 92. 103.6 115. 24 48. 56. 64. 72. 50. 60. 70. 80. 90. 7-2. '84. 96. 108. 120. 25 50. 53.' 1 6C .8 7: 52.1 6 2.6 72.11 83 4 93.9 75. 87.6 300. 112.6 125. 30 60. 70. 80. iii 626 75. 87.6 100 112.6 90. 105. 120. 135. 150. 34 68. 70.1 in s in- . 70.10 6 5. 99.2 113 4 127.6 102. 119. 136. 153. 170. 40 80 '93.4 106.8 120. '63.4 100. 1168 133.4 15(1. 120. MO. 160. ]!). 200. SCANTLING REDUCED TO ONE INCH BOARD MEASURE. 89 J Thickness and Width in Inches. 1 6-11 6-12 7.7 7.8 ?.'-> 7.107.11 7-12 8.8 8.9 8-10 8.11 8.12 6 33. 36. 24.6 2b. 31.( ;$5. 38.6 42. 32. 36. 40. 44. 48. 7 38.6 42. 23.7 32.8 31 .i 40.lt 44.11 49. 37.4 42. 46.S 51.' 1 56. 8 44. 48. 3 J.S 37.4 42. 4H.8 51.4 56. 42.8 48. 53.4 58. 3 64. e 496 54. 36.9 42. 47.:: 52.6 57.9 63. 48. 54. 60. 66. 72. IS 55. 60. 40. H 46.3 52.1 58.4 64.2 70. 53.4 60. 66.8 73. I 80. H 60.6 06. 44.1 51.4 57.i 64.2 70.7 77. 58.8 66. .73.4 80.) 3 88. 13 66. 72. 4 ). 56. 63. 70. 77. 84. 64. 72 80. 88. 96. 13 71.6 78. 53.1 60.8 68. C 75. 1C 83.5 91. 69.4 78. 86.8 95.' 1 104. 14 77. 84. 57.2 65.4 73.f 81.3 89-10 98. 74.8 84. 93.4 102.i i 112. 15 82.6 90. 61.3 70. 78.1 87.6 96.3 105. 80. 90. 100. 110. 120. 16 88. 96. 6, 5.4 74.8 84. 93.4 102.8 112. 85.4 96. 106.8 117. I 128. 17 93.6 102. 69.5 79.4 89.2 99.2 109.1 119. 90.8 102. 113.4 124. 3 136. J8 99. 108. 7 i.ti 84. 94 i 105. 115.6 126. 96. 108. 120. 132. 144. 19 104.6 114. 77.7 8S.8 99.1 110.1C 121.11 133. 101.4 114. 126.8 139.' \ 152. 20 110. 120. 81.8 93.4 105. 116.8 1-28.4 140. 106.8 120. 133.4 146.f 3 IbO. '21 115.6 126. 85.9 98. 110.C 122.6 134.9 147. 112. 126. 140. 154. 16?. i!'2 121. 132. 89. 1C 102.8 115.f 128.4 141.2 154. 117.4 132. 146.8 161.' 1 176. 2:i 126.6 138. 9. ! 1 107.4 180.5 134.2 147.7 161. 122.8 133. 153.4 168.{ i 184. 24 132. 144.- 98. 112. 1 126. 140. 154. 168. 1-28. 144. 160.' 176. 192. Thickness and Width in Inches. "i 9.9 ( U09.1H ).12 10-1010.11,10.1211.11 11-12 12- 1212.13 12.14 i; 40.6 45. 49.6 54. 50. 55. (0. to.o Mi. 7-2. e. 84. 7 47.3 52.6 57.9 63. 58.4 64.2 70. 70.7 77. 84. 81. 98. s 54. 60. 66 !>. 66.8 73.4 80. 80.8 88. 96. 104. 112. 9 60.9 67.6 74 ~3 81. 75. 82.6 90. 90.9 99. 108 . 1 7. 126. Id 67.6 75. 82.6 ft). 83.4 91.8 100. 100.10 110. 120. 13d. 140. 11 74.3 82.6 90 .9 (19. ai.8 100.10 110. 110.11 121. 13-3 1^ B. 154. 1-2 81. 90. 99 . 1 OS. 100. 110. 120. 121. 13-2. 144. ise. 168. 13 87.9i 97.6,107.3 | 117. 108.4 119.2 130. 131.1 143. 156. 169. 182. 14 94.6105. 1115 .6 98, 1 16.8 128.4 140. 141.2 154. lee . If 2. 196. 15 201.3 112.6 123.9 J 35, 125. 137.6 150. 151.3 165. 180. 195. 210. i<; 108. 120. 132. 1 44. 133.4 146.8 160. 161.4 176. 192. 208. 224. 17 114.9127.6 140 .3 53. 1 41.8 lf>5.10 170. 171.5 187. 204 25 1. 238. 18 121.6 135. 148.6 62. I r )0. 165. 180. 181.6 198. 216. 234. 252. 19 128.3142.6156 .9 J 71. 1 58.4 174.2 190. 191.7 209. 228 2' 7. 266. 20 135. 150. J165 . 1 80. 166.8 183.4 200. 201.8 220. 240. 260. 280. 21 141.9;157.6 173 .3 B9. 1 75. 192.6 210. 211.9 231. 252 2" 3. 294. 22 148.6:165. 181 .6 98. 1 83.4 201.8 220. '221.10 242. 264 2t P. 3C8. 23 155.3172.6 189 9-: 07. 1 91.8 210.10 230. 231.11 253. 276 2 352. 24 162. 1180. 198. 5 16. 200. 220. 240. 242. ' 2fi4. 288. 312. 336. ^- Thickness and Width in Inches. 1 12.U 12.16 13.13 13-1413-15 13-16 I4-14|14.H 14-16 151515.16 6 90. 96. 8 1.6 97.6 Ili4 M 105. 112 11 26 HO. 7 105 112. 98.7 1062 113.9 121 A 114.4 122.6 130.8 131.3 140. B 120. 128. 112.8 121.4 130. 138.8 130.8 140. 149.4 150. 160. 135. 144. 12 6.9 1. 16.6 146.3 156. 147. 157.6 168 16 8.9 180. lo 150. 160. 140.10 151.8 162.6 173.4 163.4 175. 186.8 187.6 200. 11 165. 176 15 4.11 If 6.10 178.9 190.8 179.8 192.6 205 4 20 6.3 220. .12 180. 192. 169. 182. 195. 208. 196. 210. 224 225. 240. 33 195. 208. 183.1 197.2 211.3 225.4 212.4 227.6 242.8 243.9 2CO. 11 210. 224. 19 7.2 21 2.4 227.6 242.8 228.8 245. 261 4 26 2.6 280. 15 225. 240. 21 1.3 0. 7.6 243.9 260. 245. 262.6 280 28 1.3 300. 16 240. 256. 225.4 242.8 260. 27T.4 261.4 280.' 298.8 300. 120. 17' 255. 272. 23 ).5 2 7.10 276.3 294.8 277.8 297.6 317 4 31 3.9 340. 18 270. 288. 243.6 273. 292.6 312. 290. 314. 336. 337.6 360. IS 285. 304. 25 7.7 2S 8.2 308.9 329.4 310.4 332.6 354 8 35 1.3 380. '21) 300. 320. 2.71.8 . 303.4 325. 346.8 326.8 350. 373.4 375. 100. 21 315. 33!i. 28 "i !) 318.6 341.3 364. 343. 367.6 392. 393.9 J20. 20 :{(). 352. 29 JJO ai 3.8 357.6 381.4 359.4 385. 410. 8 41- >.6 440. 23 315. 368. 31 34 8.10 373.9 39&.-S 375.8 "402.6 429. 4 43 L.3 ;460.. 24 360. 384. 338. 364. 416. 392. 420. 448. 450. i 480. BMA 8* 90 BOARD AND PLANK MEASUREMENT. BOARD AND PLANK MEASUREMENT AT SIGHT. This Table gives the Square Feet and Inches in Boards from 6 to 25 inches wide and from 8 to 30 feet long. If a board be longer than ;!t) feet, unite two numbers. For instance, if a Board is 40 feet long and 16 inches wide add ) and 10 and you have 53 ft. 4 in. For -2 inch Plank double the PRODUCT. See also Board Table, p. 84. g-J . o 6inW7in\V BinW 9inW IDinW.llinW 12inW 13inW Ifoff ibinW Sj ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. //. in. ~~ 8 4043 5 4 6 6 8 7 4 b 8 8 9 4 10 9 4653 6 6 9 7 6 S 3 9 9 9 10 6 11 3 10 5 5 10 6 8 7 6 8 4 9 2 10 10 10 11 S 12 6 11 5 3 6 5 7 4 8 3 9 2 10 1 11 11 11 12 10 13 9 lil 6 7 8 ' 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 i3 6 6 7 7 8 S 9 i) 10 10i 11 11 13 14 1 15 2 16 3 14 7 8 2 9 4 10 6 11 8 12 10 14 15 2 16 4 17 6 15 7 6 8 9 10 11 3 12 6 13 9 15 1C 3 17 6 18 9 16 8 9 4 10 8 12 13 4 14 8 16 17 4 13 8 20 17 8 6 9 11 11 4 12 9 14 2 15 7 17 IS 5 19 10 21 3 18 9 10 6 12 13 6 15 16 6 18 19 6 21 22 6 19 9 6 11 1 12 8 14 3 15 10 17 5 19 20 7 22 2 23 9 20 10 11 8 13 4 15 16 8 13 4 20 21 8 23 4 25 21 10 6 12 3 14 15 9 17 6 19 3 21 22 9 24 6 26 3 22 1.1 12 10 14 8 16 6 IS 4 20 2 22 23 10 25 8 27 6 83 11 6 13 5 15 4 17 3 19 2 21 1 23 24 11 2> 10 23 9 24 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 23 30 25 12 6 14 7 16. 8 18 9 20 10 22 11 25 27 1 29 2 31 3 20 13 15 2 17 4 19 6 21. 8 23 10 28 28 2 30 4 32 6 27 13 6 15 9 18 20 3 22 6 24 9 27 29 3 31 6 33 9 23 14 16 4 18 8 21 23 4 25 8 23 30 4 32 8) 35 29 14 6 16 11 19 4 21 9 21 2 26 7 29 31 5 33 10 36 3 30 15 17 6 20 22 6 25 27 6 30 32 6 35 37 6 31 15 6 IS 1 20 8 23 3 25 10 28 5 31 33 7 36 2 38 9 3-2 16 18 8 21 4 24 26 8 29 4 32 34 8 37 4 40 33 16 6 19 3 2'2 24 9 27 6 30 3 33 35 9 33 6 41 3 34 17 19 10 22 8 25 6 23 4 31 2 34 36 10 39 8 42 6 33 17 6 20 5 23 4 26 3 29 2 32 1 35 37 11 40 10 43 9 36 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 BOARD TABLE MEASUREMENT CONTINUED. 4* ! 16inW 17inW 18inW 19inW fflinW 21inW fflinW 23inW 2M|25inW Pi ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. ft. in. " 10 8 11 4 12 12 8 13 4 14 14 8 15 4 16.0 16 8 9 12 12 9 13 6 14 3 15 15 9 1C> 6 17 3 18 18 9 10 13 4 14 2 15 15 10 16 8 17 6 18 4 19 2 20 20 10 11 14 8 15 7 16 6 17 5 18 4 19 3 20 2 21 1 22 2-2 11 12 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 13 17 1 18 5 19 6 20 7 21 8 22 9 23 10 24 11 26 27 1 14 18 8 19 10 21 22 2 23 4 24 6 25 8 26 10 23 29 2 15 20- 21 3 22 6 23 9 25 26 3 27 6 23 9 30 31 3 16 21 4 22 8 24 25 4 26 8 23 29 4 30 8 32 33 4 17 22 8 24 1 25 6 26 11 28 4 29 9 31 2 32 7 34 35 5 18 21 25 6 27 23 6 30 31 6 33 34 6 36 37 6 19 25 4 26 11 28 6 30 1 31 8 33 3 34 10 36 5 33 39 7 20 26 8 28 4 30 31 8 33 4 35 36 8 38 4 40 41 9 21 28 29 9 31 6 33 3 35 36 9 38 6 40 3 42 43 9 2-2 29 4 31 2 33 01 34 10 36- 8 33 6 40 4 42 2 44 45 10 23 30 8 32 7 34 6 36 5 38 4 40 3 42 2 44 1 46 47 11 24 32 34 36 Ol 38 40 42 44 46 43 50 25 33 4 35 5 37 6 39 7 41 8 43 9 45 10 47 11 50 52 1 26 34 8 36 10 39 41 2 43 4 45 6 47 8 49 10 52 54 2 27 36 38 3 40 6 42 9 45 u 47 3 49 6 51 9 54 56 3 es 37 4 39 8 42 44 4 46 8 49 51 4 53 8 56 53 4 29 38 8 41 1 43 6 45 11 43 4 50 9 53 2 55 7! 58 60 5 80 40 (1 42 6 45 47 6 50 5'2 6 55 57 6 60 62 6 LOGS REDUCED TO RUNNING BOARD MEASURE. 91 LOGS REDUCED TO ONE INCH BOARD MEASURE. If the log is longer than is contained in the table, take any two lengths. The first column on the left gives the length of the Log in feet. The figures under D deuoie the diameters of the Logs in inches. Fractional parts of inches are not given. The diameter of timber is usually taken 211 feet from the butt. All logs short of 20 feet, take the diameter at the top, or small end. To find the number of feet of boards which a log will produce when sawed, take ihe length of feet in the first column on the left hand, and the diameter at the top of ihe page in inches Suppose a log 12 feel long and 24 inches diameter. In the left hand column is the leiuih, and opposite 12 and under 24 is 300, the number of feet of boards in a log of that lengih and diameter. c^ D. 13. D. D. D. D. D. : D. D. D. D. D. D. 4^ 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 10 54 66 76 93 104 170 137 154 179 194 210 237 256 11 59 72 83 102 114 131 151 169 196 213 231 261 270 12 G4 78 93 111 124 143 164 184 214 232 253 285 300 13 69 84 97 120 134 154 177 199 231 251 273 308 327 14 74 90 104 129 144 166 191 214 249 270 293 332 350 15 79 96 111 138 151 177 204 229 266 289 314 355 376 16 84 102 us 146 164 189 217 244 284 308 335 379 401 17 89 1U3 126 155 173 200 231 259 301 327 356 402 426 13 94 114 133 164 183 212 244 274 319 346 377 426 451 19 99 121 140 173 193 223 257 289 336 365 398 449 477 2" 104 127 147 182 203 236 271 304 354 384 419 473 501 21 109 133 154 191 213 247 284 319 371 403 440 497 527 22 114 139 161 200 223 259 297 334 389 422 461 520 552 23 119 J45 163 209 233 270 311 349 407 441 481 542 568 24 124 151 176 218 243 282 324 364 424 460 502 508 613 25 129 157 183 227 253 293 337 379 442 479 523 591 628 26 134 163 190 233 263 305 350 394 459 493 544 615 653 27 139 169 197 245 273 316 363 409 477 517 565 639 678 23 144 175 204 254 283 328 376 424 494 536 586 663 703 29 149 IS I 211 263 293 339 389 439 512 555 607 687 728 30 lot 187 213 272 303 351 402 454 529 574 623 711 753 31 159 193 225 281 313 362 415 469 547 593 649 735 773 b *-^ D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. 3^ 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 10 233 309 339 359 377 407 440 456 486 496 513 573 11 311 340 374 396 415 447 4S4 502 535 546 593 -630 I" 340 371 403 432 453 489 523 548 584 596 653 638 13 369 401 442 469 491 530 572 594 633 610 708 746 14 397 435 476 505 529 571 618 640 682 696 762 803 15 420 465 511 541 567 612 662 686 731 7-10 817 861 16 4.".5 496 545 578 605 653 706 732 780 796 872 919 17 483 527 579 614 643 6H4 751 778 829 846 927 976 18 512 558 613 650 631 735 795 824 873 896 981 1034 19 541 590 647 683 719 776 839 870 927 946 1036 1092 20 5f>9 621 631 724 757 817 884 916 976 996 1091 1148 21 598 632 716 760 796 859 928 962 1025 1016 1146 1206 22 627 634 750 796 SJ4 900 972 1003 1074 1096 1200 1204 23 655 715 784 833 872 941 1017 1054 1123 1146 1255 1313 24 684 746 818 869 910 982 1061 1100 1172 1196 1310 1376 25 713 777 853 906 943 10-23 1105 1146 1221 1246 1365 1434 20 742 803 887 942 9813 1064 1149 1192 1270 1290 1420 1492 27 771 830 921 979 1024 1105 1193 123S 1319 1346 1475 1550 23 800 870 955 1015 1062 1146 1237 1234 1368 1396 1530 1603 29 829 901 939 1052 1100 1187 1231 1330 1417 1446 1585 1666 30 858 932 1023 1083 1138 1228 1325 1376 1466 1496 1040 1724 31 837 903 IDS' 7 1125 1176 1269 1309 1422 1515 1546 1695 1782 92 EQUAL SIDED TIMBER MEASTTRE. COAL MEASURE. SOLID CONTENTS OF EQUAL SIDED TIMBER. If the Log U shorter than is contained in the Table, take half or quarter of *ome length, iflonger double some length. The length of the Log is given on the top of the columns, the diameter in the left hand column. To obtain the Cubical Contents of Masts, Spars, Round Logs, &c., subtract one-fourth from Ihe Contents. . L. L. If. L T< P 9 10 11 12 13 14 15. 16 17 18 . 19 20 1 2 3 2 6 2 9 3 3 3 3 6 3 9 4 4 3 4 6 4 9 5 7 3 3 4 3 7 4 1 4 5 4 9 5 1 5 5 5 9 6 2 6 6 6 10 S 4 1 4 4 4 10 5 4 5 9 6 2 6 7 8 8 5 8 10 9 3 9 8 8 5 2 5 9 6 2 6 9 7 4 7 11 8 6 9 1 9 8 10 3 10 10 11 5 10 6 2 6 10 7 8 8 4 9 9 8 10 4 11 11 8 12 4 13 13 8 11 7 C 8 4 9 3 10 1 10 11 11 9 12 7 13 5 14 3 15 1 15 11 16 9 19 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 IS 19 20 l:i 10 4 11 7 12 10 14 1 15 3 16 5 17 9 18 9 19 11 21 1 22 3 23 5 n 12 2 13 7 14 11 16 4 17 8 18 11 20 3 21 7 22 11 24 3 25 7 26 11 is 14 2 15 9 17 2 18 9 20 4 21 10 23 5 25 26 7 23 2 29 9 31 4 16 16 17 10 19 6 21 4 23 1 24 1026 7 23 4 30 1 31 10 33 7 35 4 17 IS 20 J2 24 1 26 1 28 1 30 1 32 1 34 1 36 1 33 1 4C 1 f8 20 3 22 6 24 9 27 29 3 31 633 9 36 33 3 40 6 42 9 45 i;i 2-2 6 25 027 6 30 1 32 7 35 137 7 41 1 43 7 46 1 48 7 52 20 25 27 1030 10 33 4 36 1 38 10 ! 41 7 44 4 47 2 50 52 9 55 9 21 27 7|30 8i33 9 36 9 39 10 42 11 46 49 1 52 2i 55 3 53 4 61 5 99 30 233 6,36 10 40 4 43 8 47 50 4 53 8 57 60 4 63 8 67 23 33 33 840 4 44 1 47 951 555 1 58 9 63 5 66 I 69 9 73 5 21 36 40 044 48 52 56 60 64 63 72 76 80 25 39 43 4 ! 4S 1 52 1 56 5 60 965 1 69 5 73 9 78 I 82 5 86 9 86 42 2 46 li;51 7J56 4 61 65 8 70 4 75 79 8 84 4 S9 93 8 27 45 7150 855 9*60 9 65 10 70 11 76 81 1 86 2 91 7 06 8 101 11 88 49 54 5 59 10 65 4 70 9 76 2 81 7 85 92 5 97 10 103 3 108 8 X) 52 6 53 4164 2 70 1 75 11 81 9,87 7 93 5 99 3 106 1 112 11 117 9 30 55 9 62 0|tJS 375 081 387 693 9 100 0103 3 112 6 113 9 125 WEIGHT OF HARD COAL PROPORTIONED IN STOWAGE, I*. a " 2 ftl a * "J3 g* C (D B B. '? 'o 1 8! O' 13 i8| tA 3 B CD Is <- ^ t- ^ C- e DESIGNATION. 1 1= wO S a o c * S c SJ < " S c. *- rt < o o go ib- "1 a Jj<2 5 3 '3 >< * Wo< 0& b Beaver Meadow, 1.610 54.925 40.780 36.41 88.042 Forest Improvement, Peach Mountain, 1.477 1.464 53.658 53.794 41.740 41.640 37.27 37.20 90.751 80.020 Lehigh, 1.500 55.316 40.500 36 15 80.153 Lackawana, 1.421 43.8SG 45.820 40.91 87.741 * Walter Johnson's Report to the Navy Department of the U. States. To obtain the Cubic feet of a COAL BIN, take the dimensions by measuring the inside reduce the feet to inches, and multiply the length, breadth nnd depth together, and the product multiplied by .00058 gives the number of cubic feet. VALUE OF WOOD AND BARK. 93 5 O 3 x = - - =-. ,- ..- ^ o r, o s - =. C70 =-. = r-0 coo 7, g c- o s c.' TI i (NS coco COTO oo ,., l^GO I = ' i t~- T 71 O r- m 71 r. I- -r Ci X CO X gg T" 23 - s TCO i o ^: ~ ^= A >. ~ i l^T .Xin7>C:OC7OCO O 71 71 CO T T 7J SO 1- T I 71 xco O 7) O 5.5 SI? to -o !S J P 4J -= B 1 71 S3 CJCO ii x m CO ~. CJ CO COT S5 !S JJ a | r" H = 3 X - 2s ""- sgs ;;?j ss 01 CO CO 1C = C7 -r I, = 77 ss o 70 i X '2 i -j I* 25ggg553g3GSS s wcoeo Eg r* co oo ! c; 9S 1- -3 a c p "= l -O '^"USScoSToKS -S~ c3 1" O) 7) C70 CO OOT 3 COT ino J s t- =~ | ~5 = 1- C ' O '.C 71 t^ CO 00 T O [g 33 55 ^ "5 J y. 1 e^Ci o 11 CO CO C7 TJ at co c; 7t O K5 8 - s E o B 1 ^ "sssassssBzsss OT 7J Ci rj O O O O OJ wcoco 10--= CO-* (- ). UO O g 43 5 ^: ^. -5 ti W 5-2i538STTS2TS oo C. CO 5S2 T no ST 7! ^ e i! "r. ^ o ssaasasegssg oo m 001* T O CO 0,0 IN71CO coco Cl O 71 O r C; O TO i S -r 'r. o *SU5;g5s5sgS ss in x in O T t- CO CO COT O ^H CO 00 1' T i -s e 5 - S t-3s55coco-T ijiico Sr ca 233 SBS cico coco sg TT s : > r. - i 'ssssaswSftSKsa -- Cl COO l~ 71 o t~ coco OCO COT X i " c: T "-S32SSSSSSSS2 T 71 71 rras 71 71 5S CD CO con eon s -r ? tr, 5 S 1 il ^S;27;7i7ic7c?i3 c z 5 Si !-- 7) 71 o 71 CO 71 7> CO I*- C7CO a 71 S .i; 523S8SSS8Sg f! in xo 7) 71 71 CO nn 1 r. 10 coi n ^222?}7lS5!3S2 / O CO X -r O CO -^ 1 - 52 11 CICO 9 C7 ~ i- C. = S r: S322SSa;Sg3 S8 7) O m co I-O ?' HI 717) ev 3 o O o g C7 S32 = 5S:S5gS S2 0000 -1. to x> 171 y s n CO ta | ,9 ^Tt200 = 7J-TXO-i OC.CO XT t~Ui r~ o ? = 3 71 __ O) = ^ g ctTOc^cA'-<74Tot~ao one CO OCO CO CC 3i o ~ g E. 7J Ut) TV r. 3 "5 2 " 8 COTO 3S s -r o i^ CS O s - i->O T O o = h C 71 B i -.cinTOtor-oocsoo oo O 11 33 ?.s s s s C 'C C fc- & t!ie Stnt 1 I ? CO t fc. o 1 T I- x- 94 WOOD AND BARK MEASUREMENT. 5 - ^ ej ^ EC * "5 C 3 "" 35 1<- <1 o "S-9 i ',3 .C u y "^ -5 W o- " = > S 1 ^ K .a i & 3 , . T3,r> 5 , s 3 = 2 ^ w T3 O 03 "- 2 O'- O ~ o. *^ = ; Q .5^^- o D -S - "" ?! 8^3 ~~: ^"S 'l-H > O tcyS T3 = -H to e ^ o (^ r: 'X -r o ^: ? cr^ co c: o i* c^ X 1 T -^ o Jj cc ^i 10 OJ TT w >--i o --C i~ 1- OD CO O => O Tl -) ^ -r *r m to -c o 1^ c; T o> -r c-. r o m o OOOO OOO OO -rO c;c-T>f> o oo ci r -r> c? co -^ J> T< O O O> f o r~ - o -. ==<= >C CO O CC O T: O C? i.-J CD C TO O 00 C TO IS 00 O 00 5 ?> ?4 ?> ?> Si c? n r: c- n ttc? v T T v Eramplf: How many cords of wood in a pile CO feet long, 6 feet high and 4 feet wide? 60 360 4 128)1440 eon**. TABLES FOR ENGINEERS AND MACHINISTS. 95 "WEIGHT OF ONE FOOT OF FLAT BAR IRON, If a Bar of Iron be thicker than contained in the table add together the weight of two numbers, or treble the weight of one number. Wanted the weight of 1 loot of Bai Iron, 4 inches broad and 'i 1-4 inches thick. Opposite 4 and -m.ler 1 U '" which doubted is -JH-TM, add the weight ofl-ith, (3-341,) cijual 3r<*<:t .!> _B 5 - 11 P) THICKNESS DC PAHTS OF AX INCH. i A 1 A * I 1 i 1 in. 1 .835 1.044 1.253 1.461 1.670 2.088 2.506 2.923 3.340 1J .939 1.174 1.409 1-644 1.878 2.348 2.818 3.287 3.756 1.044 1.305 1.566 1.826 2.088 2.609 3.132 3.653 4.176 l| 1.148 1.435 1.722 2.009 2.296 2.870 3.444 4.018 4.592 l| 1.252 1.566 1.879 2.192 2.504 3.131 3.758 4.384 5.008 If 1.358 1.696 2.035 2.374 2.716 3.392 4.070 4.749 5.432 l| 1.462 1.827 2.192 2.557 2.924 3.653 4.384 5.114 5.848 il 1.566 1.957 2.348 2.740 3.132 3.914 4.696 5.479 6.264 2 1.671 2.088 2.505 2.922 3.342 4.175 5.010 5.845 6.684 2J 1.775 2.218 2.062 3.105 3.550 4.435 5.324 6.210 7.100 2f 1.880 2.348 2.818 3.288 3.760 4.696 5.636 6.575 7.520 2} 1.984 2.479 2.975 3.470 3.968 4.957 5.950 6.941 7-936 2A 2.088 2.609 3.131 3.653 4.176 5.218 6.262 7.306 8.352 2? 2.193 2.740 3.288 3.836 4.386 5.479 6.576 7.671 8.772 2 5 2.297 2.870 3.444 4.018 4.594 5.740 6.888 8.036 9.188 2J 2.402 3.001 3.601 4.201 4.804 6.001 7.202 8.402 9.608 3 2.506 3.131 3.758 4.384 5.012 6.262 7.516 8.767 10.024 3J 2J15 3.392 4.071 4.749 5.430 6.784 8.142 9.498 10.860 34 2923 3.653 4.384 5.114 5.846 7.306 8.768 10.228 11.692 3| 3.132 3.914 4.697 5.479 6.264 7.828 9.394 10.959 12.528 4 3.341 4.175 5.010 5.845 6.682 8.3-50 10.020 11.690 13.364 44 3.549 4.436 5.323 6.210 7.098 8.871 10.646 12.421 14.196 4A 3.758 4.697 5.636 6.575 7.516 9.393 11.272 13.151 15.032 4? 3.966 4.958 5.949 6.941 7.932 9.915 11.898 13.881 15.864 5 4.175 5.219 6.263 7.306 8.350 10.437 12.526 14.612 16.700 J 4.384 5.479 6.576 7.671 8.768 10.958 13.152 15.343 17.536 5 4.593 5.741 6.889 8.037 9.186 11.480 13.778 16.073 18.372 51 4.801 6.001 7.202 8.402 9.602 12.002 14.404 16.804 19.204 6 5.010 6.262 7.515 8.767 10.020 12.524 15.030 17.535 20.042 WEIGHT OF ONE SQUARE FOOT OF SHEET IRON, &c. z p g P Cop. linu Thickness by the Birmingham (Eng.) Wire Gauge. 1 12.50 14.5',' 1375 J_ 13.00 13.90 13.20 3 11.00 12.75 12.10 4 10.00 1 1.60 I'.OO 5 8.74 10.10 9.61 6 8.12 9.40 8.9:t _L 7.50 8.70 8.2.-, 8 6.86 7.90 7.54 9 (-.24 7.21) o.di; 10 5.62 6L50 6.18 11 5.00 5.80 5.50 12 4.38 5.08 4.81 13 3.75 4.34 4.12 14 3.12 3.ro 3.43 15 2.82 3.27 3.10 Thickness by the Wire Gauge. Op. tarn 16 2.50 2.90 2.75 17 2.18 2.5-2 2.40 :s 1.86 2.15 2.04 19 1.70 1.97 1.87 20 1.54 1.78 1.69 21 1.40 1.02 1.54 22 1.25 1-45 1.37 23 1.12 L30 1.23 24 l.O'i US 1.10 25 .90 1.04 .99 26 .80 .92 .88 27 .72 !83 79 28 .64 .74 .70 29 M .64 .Cl 30 .50 .58 .55 No. 1 Wire Guage is 5-lfiths of an inch ! No. 4 Is 1-tth i No. 11 it 1-3'h ; No. 13 U l-12th | No. 15 is l-14th ; No. 16 is l-16th i No. 17 is l-18th j No. 13 is 1-23 i No. '1 U 1-32. 96 WEIGHT OF BAR IRON AND OTHER METALS. RUSSIA SHEET IRON Measures 56 by 28 Inches, and is rated by the weight per sheet. The numbers run from 8 to 18 Russian Ibs. per sheet. 8 Russian uountls equal 7-2 English pounds ; 9 = 8-1 Ibs. ; 10 = 9 Ibs. ; 11 = 10 Ibs. ; 12 = 11-2 Ibs. &,c. 100 Russian Ibs. equal 90 Ibs. English. WEIGHT OF ONE SQUARE FOOT OF PLATE IRON, &c. <*-> c n c ""S | = 1 I i o. rt i = s "* M M H = a "" O K TV 2.5 2.9 2.7 3.7 TV 17-5 20.3 19.0 2-5.9 ^ 5.0 5.8 5.5 7.4 20.0 23.2 21.8 29.6 A 7.5 8.7 8.2 11.1 f 25.0 28.9 27.1 37.0 i 10.0 11.6 10.9 14.8 f 30.0 34.7 32.5 44.4 TV 12.5 14.5 13.6 18.5 35.0 40.4 37.9 57.8 1 15.0 17-4. 16.3 22.2 I 40.0 46.2 43.3 59.2 WEIGHT ONE FOOT IN LENGTH OF SQUARE AND ROUND BAR IRON. || ^ c 2? S Square Iron ill U)S. 1 - 5" r o 1" * e o $ e o "J -z~ C s o 6 Side and dinm- ettir in inches. C J5 S B "" I| M i .209 .164 14 8.820 6.928 3f 46.969 36.895 .326 .256 't 10.229 8.043 37- 50.153 39.390 / 470 .369 4 11.743 9.224 4 53.440 41.984 TV .640 .503 2^ 13.360 10.496 4 i 56.833 44.637' .835 .656 2* 15.083 11.846 4 60.329 47.385 T 9 5 1.057 .831 2} 16.909 13.283 4| 63.930 50.211 5 1.305 1.02-5 23- 18.840 14.797 ^i 67.637 53.132 1.579 1.241 21 20.875 16.396 4 I 71.445 56.113 1.879 1.476 2? 23.115 18.146 4J 7.5.3,59 59.187 if 2.205 1.732 2* 2-5.259 19.842 4 |- 7 ( ,)..';:s 62.344 2.558 2.011 27.608 21.684 5 83.510 6-5.585 it 2.936 2.306 3 30.070 23.653 5 i 92.4.59 72.618 1 3.340 2.624 3j 32.618 25.620 5^ 101.036 79.370 14 4.228 3.321 3| 35.279 27.709 5f 110.429 86.731 5.219 4.099 38.045 29.881 6 120.243 94.610 lg 6.315 4.961 3^. 40.916 32.170 The weight of E:ir Iron being 1 ; 1 7.516 5.913 3| 43.890 34.472 " .. .. s el, TO "~ T.03 " " " Copper, l.lf CAST IRON COLUMNS. HOLDER'S TABLE. 97 DIMENSIONS OF CYLINDRICAL COLUMNS OF CAST IRON TO SUSTAIN A PRESSURE WITH SAFETY. S3 LENGTH OR HEIGHT Ilf FEET. ii 4 | 6 | 8 | 10 | 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 5.5 WEIGHT OR LOAD IK CWTS. 2 72 60 49 40 32 26 22 18 15 13 11 21 119 105 91 77 65 55 47 40 34 29 25 3 178 163 145 128 111 97 84 73 64 56 49 3* 247 232 214 191 172 156 135 119 106 94 83 4 326 310 288 266 242 9.->0 198 178 160 144 130 9 9 1716 1697 1672 1640 1603 1561 1515 1467 1416 1364 1311 10 2119 2100 2077 2045 2007 1904 1916 1865 1811 1755 1097 11 2570 2550 2520 2-190 2450 2410 2358 2305 2248 2189 2127 12 3050 3040 3020 2970 2930 2900 2830 2780 2730 2670 2600 Practical utility of the Table. JVote. Wanting to support the front of a building with cast iron columns 18 feet in length, 8 inches in diameter, and the metal 1 inch in thickness ; what weight may I confidently expect each column capable of supporting without ten- dency to deflection ? Opposite 8 inches diameter and under 18 feet = 1097 * Also opposite 6 in. diameter and under 18 feet = 440 * This deduction is on account of the core. MOLDER'S TABLE. = 657 cwt. Bar Iron being 1, Cast Iron equal .95 Steel " 1 02 Copper " 1.16 Brass 1 09 Lead " 1.48 Cast Iron being 1, Bar Iron equal 1.07 Steel " 1 OS Brass " 1.16 Copper " 1.21 Lead " 1.56 Yellow Pine being 1 , Cast Iron equal 12. Brass " 12.7 Copper " 13 3 Lead 18.1 Zinc " 11.5 1. Suppose I have an article of plate iron, the weight of which is 72$ Ibs., but want the same of copper, and of similar dimensions, what will be its weight ? 728 X 1.16 = 844.48 Ibs. 2. A model of Dry Pine weighing 3 Ibs., and in which the iron for its construction forms no material portion of the weight, what mav I anticipate its weight to be in cast iron. 3 X 12 = 36 pounds. It frequently occurs, in the construction of models, that neither he quality or condition of the wood can be properly estimated ; an'i in such cases, it may be a near enough approximation to reckon 13 Ibs. ot cast iron to each pound of model. BMA 98 BOLTS CISTERNS SCREWS LEAD PIPE. HEXAGONAL NUTS FOR WROUGHT IRON BOLTS. Diameter of bolts,'f | | 1 l 1 If l 1| If Breadth of nuts, 1J 1-ft 1 1 lj| 2^ 2| 2-^ 2 3 CAPACITY OF CISTERNS AND RESERVOIRS IN GALLONS. Depth, 10 Indies : Diameter from 2 to 25 Feet. 9 ? ? *i feet 19-5 30-6 44-06 59-97 78-33 99-14 74 feet 122-40 " 148-10 " 176-25 " 206-85 " 23988 " 2/5-40 8 8jJ 9 94 10 11 feet 313-33 53-72 396-56 461-40 489-20 592-40 feet 705- 827-4 959-6 1101-6 1958-4 3059.9 NUMBER OF THREADS IN V-THREAD SCREWS. Diam. in inches, . . No. of threads, . . ! 20 ft 16 14 12 11 f t 1 10 9 8 I* 5* J 3 Diam. in inches, . . No. of threads, . . : J 4 y ? J 5 4| 2 2i 44 4 24 2| 4 3, i 3 1 34 1 1 Diam. in inches, . . No. of threads, . . :? 4 3 3 4 71- 108-2 126 146- 165 185 227 269 314 73-4 112-3 130 151- 170 192 234 277 324 75-8 115-7 135 156- 176 193 242 286 334 73 1 119- 139 161- 181 204 250 295 344 807 123- 143 166 187 211 257 303 355 83-1 126-5 147 170-1 192 217 264 312 363 85-5 130- 152 17S.5 198 223 271 322 376 9,')5 137- 161 185- 209 235 285 338 393 95-5 1448 169 195- 222 247 300 354 412 100- 152- 178 205 233 259 315 372 432 100 AREAS OP CIRCLES. AREAS OF CIKCLES. gg^^ScSSbiQs 00 *^^ aorr-t-t-r-t^-co i cj o r? o r < * io o tfi o irf o in j o '.f ~ " c^ ci o o ' ' ^7* C( T* ri r7 ~f T i ^~ *o t^- r- oo oc ar"-i Ci C"3 t iC O T Cl jr. g5~ = 5o = t^ 7J OO O 00 -V (71 ci*nr*oroiood PS^PO^'^t'^'TiC """ ^ c ~ ; s t ^i 5; ci oi c! 4) i> O iO '^ O O ? O -T v 3> tc -^ --~ ri .5 i-: =5 = ~ = i^-' .7: H B 5 x r- -3 ; ci ^; = <-. ci => -. -: ,j _; ?< H -rin in 15 f-' 06 j m o t^ r- oo oo USE OF THE TABLE: To find the Capacity of any Cylindrical Measure, from 1 Inch Diameter to 30 Inches, take the inside Diameter of the Measure in Inches, and Multiply the Area in the Table, which corresponds to the Diameter, by the depth in Inches, and divide the Products, if Gill* are required, by 7-2170, if Pints by 23.875, if Quarts by 57.75, and if Gallons by 231. If bushelt are required, (say in a Tierce or Barrel, alter the mean diameter is obtained), multiply as above, and divide the product by i'150.42, the quotient is the num- ber of bushels. Calling the Diameters Feet the Areas are Feet. ilien, if a Ship's Water Tank, Steam Boiler, &c., is5J, or any number of Feet aud parts of Feet in Diameter, find the Area in the Table which correspond* in Inches, multiply it by the length in Feet, and multiply this result by a Cubio Foot, (7.4805). and the product U the answer in Gallons. If, in any case, then re more figures in the divisor than in the dividend, add ciphers. DECIMAL PARTS OF POUNDS. 101 WEIGHT OF ONE FOOT OF CQPPER PIPES. Diameter Weight Diameter Weight Diameter Weight Diameter Weight of bore. in Llis. of bore. in Lbs. of bore. in Lbs. of bore. in Lbi. Kin. 94 IX in. 208 iy t \n. 303 2^i. 3-97 % 1-33 1% 2-23 2 3-21 2% 4-12 % 1-51 1> 2-42 8* 3-39 *X 4-34 1-69 I'A 2-67 2# 3-58 VA 4-56 IX 189 1% 2-87 2% 3-78 3 4-78 WEIGHT OF PLATE COPPER. The great variety of thicknesses into which copper is manufactured, cnuse the weight to be named whereby to determine the thickness required, the unit being that of a common sheet, so designated , viz., 4 feet by 2 feet, in Ibs., th us : A 70 lb. plate is f\ths of an inch in thickness ; 46 do. I do. ; 23 do. T ' 5 do. ; 11 do. -fa do - '> 6 do. -fo do. WEIGHT OF SHEET LEAD. The thickness of lead is also in common determined or understood bjr Use weight ; the unit being that of a square or superficial foot ; thus: 4 Ibs. lead is T J B th of an inch in thickness ; 6 do. -^ do. ; 74 do. do. ; 1 1 do. ft do.; 15 do. do. DECIMAL TABLES. Decimals equivalent to the fractional parts of a Pound. See Tablet of Metals, Weights and Measures, 4*C. .03125 4 oz. .28125 lAo/,, .53125 S^oz. .78125 12oz .0625 1 .3125 5 .5625 9 .8125 13 .09375 14 ! .34375 54 .59375 94 .84375 134 .125 2 .375 6 .625 10 .875 14 .15625 24 .40625 64 .65625 104 .90625 144 .1875 3 .4375 7 .6875 11 .9375 15 .21875 34 .46375 74 .71875 1H .96875 154 .25 4 ; .5 3 .75 12 1.000 16 APPLICATION. Required the weight of one foot of Flat Bar Iron, 3-4 I hs of an inch in thickness, and 1 7-8 ths inches breadth. Refer to the Table of Flat Bar Iron, and you will find the weight of 1 foot of the above dimensions, to be 4-696, that is, 4 pounds and 696 thousandth parts of a pound ; and to ascertain this decimal in ounces, refer to the above Table for the decimal that is nearest, and 3*ou will find it to be '6875, opposite to which is 11 ounces, the weight of the decimal required, consequently the weight of 1 foot length of the flat bar in question, will be 4 pounds 11 ounces APPLICATION. Required the weight of Tire Bar Iron, 1-2 an inch thick, and 15-8 ths of an inch broad, 16 feet long. See Table of Bar Iron, where 1 foot length is 2-716 Ibs., then 2-716 X 1<5 = 43-450, (or 43 Ibs. 7j oz. being the mean between -437 * -468). BMA 9* 102 DECIMAL PARTS OF FEET AND INCHES. APPLICATION. Required the weight of 35 Bars, Round Iron, 1 1-4 inch diameter, 12 feet loflg, each. See Table of Round Iron, where 1 foot in length is 4-09 Ibs., then 4-09 X 12 X 35 = 1717-80 (or 1717 Ibs. 13 oz. being the nearest equivalent). APPLICATION. Required the weight of 64 Square Feet of Boiler Plate Iron, 3-16 ths of an inch thick. See Tables of weight and thickness of Plate Iron, Copper, Brass and Lead. As 1 Square Foot weighs 7-5 Ibs., then 7-5 X 64 = 480-0 Ibs. APPLICATION. Required the weight of 22 Square, or superficial, Feet of Sheet Iron, No. 9 Wire Gauge thickness. See Tables Sheet Iron, Copper, and Brass, from No. 1 to No. 30 Wire Gauge thickness. As 1 square foot weighs 6-24 Ibs., then 6-24 X 22 = 137-28 (137 Ibs. 4 oz.) Decimals equivalent to the fractional parts of an Inch ichen divided into tliirtii-tico parts ; likewise the Decimals equivalent to the fractional parts of a Foot. Decimals. Parts of an Inch. Decimals. Parts of an Inch. Decimals. Parts of a Foot. .03125 1-32 .53125 i & 1-32 | .01041 i .0625 1-16 .5625 & 1-16 I .02083 i .09375 3-32 .59375 I&3-32 .03125 .125 1 .625 I .04166 | .15625 J & 1-32 .65625 I&132 .05208 | .1875 i & 1-16 .6875 | & 1-16 .0625 I .21875 i & 3-32 .71875 I & 3-32 .07291 I .25 I .75 i .0833 1 .28125 i & 1-32 .78125 | & 1-32 .1666 2 .3125 i& 1-16 .8125 \ & 1-16 .25 3 .34375 1 & 3-32 .84375 1 & 3-32 .3333 4 .375 1 .875 g .4166 5 40625 i & 1-32 .90625 1 & 1-32 K 6 .4375 f &. 1-16 .9375 1 & 1-16 .5833 7 .46875 f & 3-32 .96875 | & 3-32 .6666 8 .5 i 1.000 1 inch. .75 9 .8333 10 .9166 11 APPLICATION. 1. Required the number of Square Yards in a floor whose length is 13, and breadth 9| feet. 13-5 X 9-75 = 131 625 -7- 9 = 14 625 square yards. 2. Required the Area of a Fire Grate, under the boiler of a Steam Engine, whose length is 4 feet 7 inches, and width 3 feet 6 inches. 7 inches equal -5833 and 6 inches equal -5 (see table), then 4-5833 X 3-5 = 16 04155 square feet. 3. Required the Area of the side of a square piece of Board, 8 3-16 in- ches in length. 1-8 &. 1-16 = 3-16 equal -1875 (see table), 8-1875 X 8-1875 = 67-03515625 square inches. 4. Required the Cubic Contents in Inches of a Plate 30 inches in length, 8 7-8 inches in breadth, and 5-8 inches thick. 30 50 X 8-875 = 270-68750 X '625 = 169-17 + cubic inches. 5. Required the Register Tonnage of a single decked vessel, length 101 feet and 9 inches, breadth 26 feet 3 inches, and depth 9 feet 2 inches. Opposite 9 and inch, is -75 and -04166, which added together equal -79166: Then, 101-79166 3-5 of 26-25 X 2625 X 9-1666 -r- 95 = 21T88-95ths tons. INTEREST TABLES. 103 INTEREST TABLES AT 6, 7, 8, 9 AND 1O PER CENT. EXPLANATION OF THE TABLES. In the following Tables the interest on any sum of money and for any length of lime, may be. obtained, by adding to or doubling any certain sum, or length of time, in the Tables, viz: If the interest of $44 is required, double the amount opposite $22. If the interest of $300 is required, take three times the amount opposite $100 ; and so for any larger amount. If the interest of $94 is required, add the amount opposite $4 to the amount opposite $90, and so for any other amount. If the time is 54 days, double the sum under 27 days. If 3 months and 3 days, add the sum under 3 days to the sum under 3 months. EXAMPLES. Required the interest of $107 for 4 months and 7 days at 8 per cent. Interest of $100 for 4 months equal 267 " 7 " " .19 " 100 7 days " .15 " 7 " " .(H_ Interest of $107 for 4 months and 7 days equal $3.02 Required the interest of $42 for 29 days at 8 per cent. Interest of $21 for 29 days equal $0.13 Multiplied by 2 Interest of $42 for 29 days equal $0.26 Required the interest of $94 for 27 days at 7 per cent. Interest of $90 for 27 days equal $0.46 " 4 " " .02 Interest of $94 for 27 days equal $0.48 Required the interest of $350 for 54 days at 6 per cent. Interest of $100 for 27 days equal $0 45 Multiplied by 3 Interest of S300 for 27 days equal $1.35 " 50 " " .23 Interest of $350 for 27 days equal $1.58 Multiplied by 2 Interest of $350 for 54 days equal $3.16 These Tables are computed on the principle, that there are only 360 days in a year; a rule adopted by banks and all mercantile houses, in this country. If a note be written for calendar months, calendar months are understood, whether the months have 2S or 31 days ; so that 30 days is one month ; 60 days two months ; 90 days three months, &c. FRACTION OF INTEREST. When the fraction of interest is half a cent, or more, a whole cent is taken ; but when it is less than half a cent, nothing is charged. The same rule is ob- served, with respect to cents forming a part of the principal ; if they amount to half a dollar, or upwards, the discount is taken as for a whole dollar; when they do not amount to half a dollar, ihey are disregarded. This is the rule generally pursued by banks and mercantile nouses. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year I860, by I. R. BUTTS, in the Clerk'i Office of the District Cuur; of the District of Massachusetts. 104 SIX PER CENT INTEREST. TABLES OF INTEREST AT SIX PER CENT. Days-1 I 3 4 i 6 7 8 9 1011 121314 15 16 17 18jl9 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 U I) 000 000 ( 1 1 3 4 D ) 1 1 1 1 1 i i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 i i 1 1 2 1 2 le [) ) 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 s 9 in u ) ) I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 10 .) 2 2 .) 9 2 2 fc) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 a 2 2 8 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 1U 11 12 ) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 a a 2 2 I O 3 3 3 3 3 a 3 4 3 4 3 4 4 4 5 5 13 1 01 1 1 1 2 2 19 O 2 o 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 15 L 1 1 1 1 222 i 2 3 i a 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 (i 6 16 1 1 1 1 222 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 8 6 6 G 6 17 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 a 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 18 1 1 1 2 222 3 3 g 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 G 6 6 7 7 7 19 1 1 1 2 2| 2 3 a 3 a 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 G 6 7 7 7 8 20 (J 1 1 1 2 223 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 (i 6 G 7 7 7 8 8 21 1 1 1 2 223 a 4 4 4 5 5 5 G 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 22 1 1 1 2 233 3 4 : 4 5 5 6 G G 7 7 7 8 8 8 9 25 1 1 2 2 333 4 4 t 5 5 8 6 7 7 8 8 8 9 9 10 10 30 1 1 2 2 3 344 5 5 ( 6 7 7 S 8 9 9 10 1C 11 11 12 12 40 1 1 2 3 a 455 6 7 ", 8 9 9 10 11 11 12 13 13 14 15 15 10 50 1 2 3 3 4 567 8 8; 9 10|ll 12 13 13 14 15 1G 17 18 18 19 20 60 I 2 3 4 5 678 9 10 11 '.12' 13 14 15 Ui 17 18 19 2( 21 22 2:5 24 70 t 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 11,1213 14 15 16 18 20 21 22 23 25 20 27 28 80 90 1 2 3 4 3 5 5 7 G 8 8911 12 13 15' 16 17] 19 9U 12 14 1517182021 20 23 21 24 23 2G 24 27 25 29 27 3C 28 32 90 33 31 35 32 36 100 2 3 .3 71 8 10 12 13 15 17 18202223 25 27 28 30 32 33 35 37 38 40 Diri-25 26 27 28 29 llo. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 SI " ~~Q 1 i 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 y 2 1 1 i 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 1 1 i 1 1 2 3 5 8 9 11 12 14 15 17 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 6 8 in 12 14 16 IS 20 22 I 5 2 2 2 2 2 3 5 S 10 13 15 18 20 23 25 28 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 9 12 15 Id 21 24 27 30 33 Q7 3 3 3 3 3 4 7 11 14 IS 21 25 28 32 35 39 8 3 3 4 4 4 4 8 12 16 2( 24 28 32 36 40 44 9 4 4 4 4 4 5 9 14 18 99 27 32 36 41 45 50 10 4 4 5 5 5 5 10 15 20 M 30 35 40 45 50 55 11 5 5 5 5 5 S 11 17 22 28 33 39 44 50 5.3 61 12 5 5 5 G 6 6 12 IS 24 3( 36 42 48 54 60 6G 13 5 6 6 G 6 7 13 20 26 33 39 4G 52 59 65 72 14 G G G 7 7 7 14 21 28 33 4*2 49 56 63 70 77 15 G 7 7 7 7 S 15 23 30 3S 45 53 60 63 75 83 16 7 7 7 7 8 8 16 24 32 40 48 5G 64 72 80 88 17 7 7 8 8 & 9 17 2G 34 43 5! 60 68 77 85 94 18 8 8 8 8 9 9 18 27 36 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 19 8 8 9 9 9 1 ) 19 29 33 48 57 G7 76 86 95 1.05 20 8 9 9 9 10 10 20 30 40 5( 60 70 80 90 1.00 1.10 21 9 9 9 10 10 11 21 32 42 53 63 74 84 95 1.05 1.16 22 9 10 10 10 11 11 22 33 44 55 66 77 88 99 1.10 1.21 25 10 11 11 12 2 1 3 25 38 50 63 75 88 1.00 1.13 125 1.38 30 13 13 14 14 15 15 30 45 60 75 90 1.05 1.20 1.35 1.50 1.65 40 17 17 18 19 19 20 40 GO 80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.00 1.80 '2.00 2.20 50 21 2-2 23 23 24 2 5 50 75 1.00 1.25 150 175 200 2.25 2.50 2.75 60 25 26 27 2^ 29 3 60 90 1.20 1.00 1 80 2.10 2.40 2.70 3.00 330 70 29 30 32 33 34 35 70 1 0.5 1.40 1 75 2.10 2.45 280 3.15 3.50 3.85 80 33 35 30 37 39 40 80 1.20 1.60 200 2.40 2.80 3.20 3.60 4.00 4.40 90 38 39 41 42 44 45 90 1.35 1.80 2.25 270 3.15 360 4.05 4.50 4.95 100 42 43 45 47 48 50 1.00 1.50 2.00 250 300 350 4.00 4.50 5.00 5.50 SEVEN PER CENT INTEREST. 105 TABLES OF INTEREST AT SEVEN PER CENT. Days-1 2 3 4 5 6 I 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 11 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 il Ti (1 u 2 U n ( o 1 j J 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 4 (1 1 1 1 1 1 1 j 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 i 5 I) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 'J 2 "5 1 1 1 1 1 J 2 2 2 I 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 C|7 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 9 10 (J o 1 1 1 1 ] 1 1 1 1 O 1 2 o 2 2 > 2 2 o a 2 a 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 11 13 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 m 2 3 3 3 3 3 a 3 3 4 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 5 13 o 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 14 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 (i 6 7 15 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 5 5 6 a G 7 7 16 (1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 fi a 7 7 7 7 17 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 18 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 a fi 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 19 II 1 1 * 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 9 BO (1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 I 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 9 9 9 21 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 8 B <) 1 9 10 22 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 -, 1 5 5 6 a 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 25 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 30 1 J 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 7 8 S 9 9 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 40 1 2 Si 3 4 5 5 6 - 9 9 10 11 12 12 13 14 15 16 16 17 IS 19 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 18 19 2(1 21 22 23 60 1 2 4 5 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 M 27 26 70 1 3 4 5 S 1 Oil 12 14 15 16 18 19 20 22 23 25 26 27 29 30 31 33 80 2 3 5 B 9 1 1 12 14 16! 17 192022 23 25 26 28 30 31 33 34 36 37 90 2 4 5 7 9 11 1 2 14 16 18 1921 2325 26 23 30 32 33 35 37 39 40 42 JOO 2 4 6 8 12 1 4 16.1s 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 Days-25 26 27 28 29 IMo 2 3 4 5 6 7 | 8 9 10 11 $ i 1 i 1 i 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 2 1 i i 1 l 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 3 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 5 7 9 11 12 14 15 18 19 4 1 2 2 2 2 2 5 7 9 12 14 16 19 21 S3 26 is 2 3 3 3 3 3 6 9 12 15 18 20 23 20 29 32 fa 3 3 3 3 3 4 7 11 14 18 21 25 88 32 35 39 =57 3 4 4 4 4 4 8 12 16 20 25 29 33 36 41 44 8 4 4 4 4 5 5 9 14 19 23 28 33 37 42 47 51 9 4 5 5 5 5 5 11 16 21 26 32 37 42 47 53 57 10 5 5 5 5 6 6 12 18 23 29 35 41 47 53 58 64 11 5 6 6 6 G 6 13 19 26 32 39 45 51 57 64 70 12 6 6 6 7 7 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70 77 13 (i 7 7 7 7 8 15 23 30 38 46 53 61 88 76 83 14 7 7 7 8 S 8 16 25 33 41 49 57 65 71 82 90 15 7 8 8 8 8 9 18 26 35 44 53 61 70 78 88 96 16 8 8 B 9 9 9 19 28 37 47 56 05 75 84 93 1.03 17 8 9 9 9 10 10 20 30 40 50 60 69 79 89 99 1.09 18 9 9 9 10 10 11 21 32 42 53 63 74 i 84 95 1.05 1.16 19 9 1( 10 H) 11 11 22 33 44 55 67 78 89 99 1 11 1.21 20 10 II 11 11 H 12 23 35 47 58 70 821 93 1.05 1.17 1.28 21 10 11 11 11 12 12 25 37 49 61 74 6! 93 1.10 1.23 1.34 2-2 11 11 12 12 12 13 26 39 51 64 77 90 1.03 1.16 1.28 1.41 25 12 13 13 H 14 15 29 44 58 73 83 1 02 1.17 131 1.46 1.60 30 15 15 16 Hi 17 IS 35 53 70 88 1.05 1.23 1.40 1.58 1.75 1.93 40 19 2< 21 22 23 23 47 70 93 1 17 1.40 1.63 1.87 2.10 2.33 2.57 50 21 25 26 27 28 29 58 88 1.17 146 1.75 2 04 2.33 2.62 2.92 3.21 60 29 3< 32 33 34 35 70 1-05 1.40 1.75 2.10 2.45 2 80 3.15 3.50 385 70 34 35 3 38 39 41 82 123 ] 63 204 2.45 2.86 3.27 3.68 4.08|4.49 80 '59 40 42 44 45 47 93 1-40 1.87 233 280 3 27 3.73 4.20 4 67 5.13 90 44 4( 47 49 51 53 1.05 1.58 2.10 2.63 3.15 3.C8 4.20 4.72 5.25 5.77 100 49 51 53 54 56' 58 1.17 1.75 2.33 2.92 3.50 4. OS 4.67 5.25 5 83 6.42 106 EIGHT PER CENT INTEREST. TABLES OF INTEREST AT EIGHT PER CENT. Davs-1 2 3 4 5 1 7 8 9 10 1 12 13 11 15 II 17 IS 19 20 21 22 2:! 24 $ i II 0| c ~u" ~o i 2 l t i 1 1 1 1 l 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 3 ( (I (I ( 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 l 2 a 2 a 2 2 2 o ~ } 1 1 1 i 1 1 i 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 1 6 (I 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 2 a 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3? 8 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 l 1 2 a 2 1 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 3 4 4 4 9 10 II 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 I 2 t ! 2 2 !g 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 i 1 2 4 2 2 S S - 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 a G (i 6 13 1 1 1 2 2 2 c 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 a G 7 7 14 1 1 1 2 2 2 c 3 3 4 4 4 5 3 5 a 6 G 7 7 7 7 15 1 1 2 2 2 3 5 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 a 6 7 7 7 8 8 16 1 1 2 2 1 3 C 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 G G 7 7 7 8 8 9 17 1 1 2 2 3 3 S 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 a 7 7 7 8 8 9 9 18 1 1 2 a 2 a 3 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 8 8 8 9 9 10 19 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 8 a 9 10 10 20 1 1 2 2 3 : 3 4 4 5 5 G 7 7 7 8 8 a 9 10 10 11 21 1 1 2 2 3 ! 4 4 5 5 6 a 7 7 7 8 8 9 10 10 II 11 22 1 1 2 2 8 a 4 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 25 1 1 2 2 3 a 4 4 5 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 30 1 1 3 3 4 a 5 f 7 7 S a 9 10 11 11 12 13 13 14 15 U 16 40 1 2 3 3 4 . r > ( 7 6 a 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 19 90 21 50 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 11 11 2 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 2.3 27 60 1 3 4 5 7 8 S 11 U 13 15 16 17 19 90 21 23 24 25 27 28 ,'9 31 32 70 1 :S 5 8 9 II 12 1 15 ? 19 22 23 25 26 28 29 31 33 34 36 37 60 2 3 5 7 9 11 H 14 1C IS 19 21 -'3 2.3 27 98 30 32 34 35 37 39 11 43 90 2 4 6 8 10 12 14J16 1820 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 30 38 40 42 44 40 48 100 2 4 7 9 11 13 15J1S 20 22 24 27 29 31 33 35 38 10 42 44 47 49 51 1 53 Days-25 26 21 28 29 Ho. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 !) 10 11 $1 1 i l l i 1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 5 7 7 2 1 i 1 i 1 1 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 12 13 15 3 2 2 a 2 2 2 4 6 Q 10 12 14 16 17 30 21 4 2 2 2 2 3 3 5 8 10 13 16 19 21 24 27 29 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 7 10 13 17 20 23 27 29 33 3G |6 ; i 3 4 4 4 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 0-T 32 36 4 1 40 44 8 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 11 16 21 27 32 *>*> 37 43 11 48 47 53 51 59 9 a 5 5 G C G 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 53 60 05 10 5 6 6 G 6 7 13 20 27 33 40 47 53 no 67 73 11 G 7 7 7 7 15 22 29 37 44 51 59 65 73 80 12 7 7 7 7 8 8 1G 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 -l) 88 13 7 7 8 8 S 9 17 96 35 43 52 61 69 77 87 95 14 8 8 8 9 9 9 19 28 37 47 50 65 75 84 93 1.03 15 8 9 9 9 10 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 89 1.00 1.09 10 9 9 10 10 10 U 21 32 43 53 04 75 85 96 1.07 1.17 17 9 10 10 It 11 11 23 34 45 57 08 79 91 1.01 1.13 1 24 18 10 10 11 11 12 12 24 30 43 60 72 84 96 1.0s 1.20 1 32 19 11 11 11 12 12 13 2.3 38 51 03 70 69 l.i'l 13 1.27 1.39 20 It 11 12 12 13 13 27 40 53 67 80 93 1 07 .20 1.33 1.47 21 12 12 13 13 13 14 2& !2 50 70 84 98 1.12 .25; 1.40 153 22 12 13 13 11 14 15 29 44 59 73 88 1.03 1.17 .32.1.47 1.61 2.3 14 14 15 15 16 17 33 50 67 83 1.00 1.1* 1.33 .19 1.07 1.83 30 17 17 ia 19 19 20 40 00 80 1.00 120 1.40 1.00 .80 2 00 2.20 40 22 23 24 2.5 26 27 53 80 1.07 1.33 1.60 1.87 2.13 2 40 2.07 2.93 50 i 28 29 30 31 32 33 07 1 00 1.33 1.67 2.00 2.33 2.07 3.00 3.33 3.67 GO 33 35 36 37 39 40 80. 1.20 1 GO 2.00 2.40 2.80 3.20 3.00 4.00 4.40 70 39 40 42 43 1.5 47 93 1.40 1.87 2.33 2.80 3.27 3.73 4.20 4 07 ;5.13 80 44 46 48 50 51 53 1 .07 1.60 2.13 267 3.20 3.73 4 27 4.80 533 587 90 50 52 51 .30 58 00 1 20 1.80 2.40 3.00 3.60 4.20 4 60 5.40 G 00 0.00 100 55^53 GO : 62 64 67 1.33 2.00 2.07 1 3.33 4.00 4.67 5.33 G.IXJ 6.07 7.33 NINE PER CENT INTEREST. 107 TABLES OF INTEREST AT NINE PER CENT. Days-1 1 J 4!5 6 7 8 111! 11 1213 11 15 16 11 18 19 20] 21 (22 23 24 $1 '0 i (i ) U ~o^ I i U i In i. ) i 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 i ( v U 1 ] 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 i 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 < 5 5 So i 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 =| t> o i 1 I 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 J 4 i 1 1 1 L 1 n 2 2 2 2 512 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 - 4 9 li i i i i i L & I 2 2 2 > 3 3 3 4 *> 4 4 4 5 5 5 1 10 i i i 2 ; \ 2 2 2 3j 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 ( 6 11 i i i 2 i ! 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 G 6 e 7 12 i 2 2 S J 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 G 6 7 7 13 i 2 2 i I 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 G 7 7 8 14 1 2 2 -. \ 3 3 3 4 4 5 ,<5 5 G 7 7 7 8 6 8 15 2 2 2 ; I 3 3 4 4 5 5 r 6 C, 7 7 8 8 8 { 1 9 16 2 2 2 .' ) 3 4 4 4 5 5 G 6 6 7 7 8 8 8 9 i > 10 17 2 2 3 ; t 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 8 8 8 9 9 11 10 IS 2 2 3 i t 4 4 5 g 5 G G 7 7 8 8 9 9 9 10 II 1 11 19 i 2 2 3 ' 1 4 4 5 5 7 7 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 11 11 LO 2 2 2 3 '. 1 4 5 5 5 6 6 7 8 8 8 9 9 10 11 11 11 12 21 2 2 3 3 i 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 1 9 10 11 11 12 U 13 22 1 2 2 3 3 - 4 5 5 G 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 12 12 li 13 25 1 1 2 2 3 4 t 5 6 6 7 t 8 9 9 10 11 11 12 12 13 11 14 15 30 1 2 2 3 4 5 t i 6 7 8 S 9 1011 11 12 13 14 14 15 16 17 17 18 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 ' 8 ) 10 11 12 13 14 15 10 17 18 19 20 21 22 2: 24 50 1 2 4 5 6 - 9 10 1 1 12 14 15 1617 19 i 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 GO 2 3 5 6 8 9 11 12 1 415|17,182021 23 i 24 i 26 27 29 30 32 33 35 36 70 2 3 5 7 9 11 12 14 1 i 17 19 21 23 24 26 28 30 32 33 35 37 3s 40 42 80 2 4 8 10 12,14 16 1 i 20 22 24 20 2s 30 32 34 30 38 40 42 44 46 48 Ml 2 ', 7 9 11 14 10 18 20 2325 27 29 32 34 30 38 41 43 45 47 50 S2 54 1 00 2 5 8 10 12 15 17 20 23 25 27 30 32 35 i 38 40 ! 42 45 47 i 50 53 55 57 60 Days-25 M L>7 28 29 Ho. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 10 11 $ l 1 1 1 i 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 ( 6 8 8 2 1 1 1 i 1 2 3 5 G 8 9 n 12 14 15 17 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 7 9 11 14 if 18 20 23 24 . 4 2 3 3 3 3 3 6 9 12 15 IS 21 24 27 30 33 c-5 3 3 3 y 4 4 8 11 15 Ifl 23 M 30 33 38 41 Ifl 4 4 4 4 4 5 9 It 18 23 27 M 36 41 45 50 47 4 5 5 5 5 5 11 10 21 2G 32 i)7 42 47 53 57 g 5 5 5 6 6 12 18 21 31, 36 4-, 48 51 60 66 9 G 6 G 7 14 20 27 34 41 47 54 00 88 74 10 6 6 7 7 7 8 13 23 30 3S 45 K 60 ae 75 83 11 7 7 7 S 8 8 17 25 33 41 50 5~ 66 74 83 90 12 S 8 8 8 9 9 18 27 30 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 13 8 8 9 9 i| 10 20 9 39 4!J 39 H 78 87 98 1.07 14 9 9 9 10 10 11 21 32 42 53 63 74 81 95 .05 1 16 15 9 10 10 11 11 11 23 34 45 56 68 n 90 .01 .13 1 23 16 10 10 11 U 12 12 24 30 48 6G 72 84 .as .20 1.32 17 11 11 11 12 12 13 26 3- 51 64 77 89 1 02 .14 .28 1.40 18 11 12 12 13 13 14 27 41 54 6t 81 95 1.08 .22 .35 1 49 19 12 12 13 13 14 14 -29 43 .57 71 86 1.00 1.14 .28 .43 1.56 20 12 13 14 14 1 1 15 30 45 00 75 90 1.05 1.20 .35 50 1 (i5 21 13 14 14 15 15 16 32 47 03 7! 95 1 10 1 20 .41 1 58 1.73 22 14 14 15 15 16 17 33 50 00 83 99 1.16 1.32 1.49 1.05 1.82 25 10 16 17 17 18 19 38 56 75 94 1.13 1 31 1 50 1.68 ).8 2.06 30 19 20 20 21 22 *J 45 6^ 90 1.13:1.35 1.58 1.60 2.03 2.25 i.48 40 25 20 27 2- 29 30 60 90 1-20 1.50 1.80 2.10 240 2.70 3.00 K30 50 31 32 34 35 30 38 75 1 .13 15011.88 2.25 2.03 300 1.13 tiO 38 39 41 42 i 44 45 90! 1 .35 1 80,225 2.70 3.15 3.60 4.05 4.50 .95 70 44 45 47 49 51 53 1.05 1 .5- 2 10 2.03 3.15 3.08 4.20 4.735.25 , >7S Ml .->! 52 54 5r, :,- 00 1 20 1 80 240 3.00 3.00 4.20 4 80 5.40 0.00 ; .oo 90 56 59 01 03 05 08 135i2 .03 2 70,3.38 405 4.73 5.406.08:6.75 -.43 100 02:05 68,70;72 75 1.50 2.25 1 3.00 3.75 4.50 5.25 6.00.6.757.50 -.25 108 TEN PER CENT INTEREST. TABLES OF INTEREST AT TEN PER CENT. Days-1 5 J 4 5 6 7 S 9 Kill 12 1314 15 16 17 18,19 20|21 22|23 21 1 It U ) 000 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 i 2 3 U 1 1 1 (I 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 i 9 1 9 i 9 4 1! U ) ) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2| 2 2 2 ; 2 2 2 3 2 z 2 2 3 3 31 3 2 3 3 A 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 3 4 5 8 9 ) 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 122 222 2 9 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 ,5 6 10 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 G 6 6 7 11 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 S 5 5 6 6 B 6 7 7 7 12 1 I 1 2 2 2 3 a 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 G G G 7 7 7 8 8 13 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 9 14 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 4j 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 g 8 1 9 15 1 1 2 2 333 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 g 9 9 U 10 16 1 1 2 2 334 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 S t 9 10 10 11 17 (1 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 C 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 S 10 10 11 11 18 1 1 2 2 3 344 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 1C 11 11 12 12 19 1 1223 344 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 20 1 1223 344 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 11 11 12 19 13 13 21 1 1 3J 2 3 4455 6 6 7 8 8 9! 9 10 11 11 12 13 13 14 2i 1 1223 4456 6 7 7 8 9 9 10 10 11 12 13 13 14 15 25 1 1233 4 5 G G 7 8! 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 13 14 15 1.5 1C 17 30 1 2334 5J 6; 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 j 14 15 16 17 18 18 1!) 20 40 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 IS) 20 21 22 '23 24| 26 27 50 1 3 4 6 7 8 10 11 13 14 15 17 18 19 21 22 24 25 26 '28 29 31 3-2 33 60 2 3578 10 12 13 15 17 18 20! 22 23 25 27 28 30 32.33 35 37 3- 40 70 > 468 1012 14 16 IS 1921 232527 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 8" 9 4 7 !) 11 13 16 18 20 -2-2 24 '27 '29 31 33 36 38 40 4-2 44 17 49 .51 53 9i 100 3 3 5 8 10 13 15 IS 20 23 25 23 30 33 35 j 38 40 43 45 48 50 53 6 8 11 14 17 19 22 25 28 31 33 36 39 142 44 47 ! 50 53 -56 58 55 61 64 60 67 Days-2") 2'i 11 23,29 IHo. 2 3 . 1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 $1 1 i 1 i 1 i 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 S 2 1 i 2 L> 2 2 3 5 7 8 10 1-2 13 15 17 18 3 2 2 2 9 2 3 5 8 10 13 15 18 20 22 25 27 4 3 3 3 3 3; 3 7 10 13 17 20 23 27 30 33 37 o5 3 4 4 1 4 4 8 13 17 "21 25 29 33 37 4-2 45 fe 4 4 5 B 5 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 q7 5 5 5 .5 6 6 12 18 23 29 35 41 47 5-2 58 63 8 6 6 (i 6 6 7 13 20 27 33 40 47 53 60 67 73 9 G 7 7 7 7 8 15 23 30 38 45 53 60 67 75 82 10 7 7 8 8 8 8 17 25 33 42 50 58 67 75 83 92 11 8 8 8 9 9 9 IS 28 37 46 55 G4 73 82 92 1.00 12 8 9 !) 9 10 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 90 90 1.00 1 10 13 9 9 10 10 10 U 22 33 43 54 65 76 87 97 1.0? 1 18 14 10 10 11 11 11 l-i 23 35 47 58 70 82 93 1.05 1.17 1 '2^ 15 10 11 11 12 n 13 25 38 50 fi3 75 88 1.00 1.12 125 137 16 n U 12 19 13 13 27 40 53 67 80 93 1.07 1 -20 1.31 1.47 17 W ia 13 13 14 14 23 43 57 71 85 i 99 i.n 1.27 1.48 1.55 IS I-' 1 n 14 It 15 15 30 45 iO 75 90 1 05 120 1.35 1.50 1 65 19 13 14 14 IS 15 16 32 43 63 79! 95 111 127 142 1 58 1.73 20 11 14 1.5 ir 16 17 33 50 >>7 83 1 00 117 1.33 1 50 167 1.83 21 15 15 16 11 17 18 35 53 70 8S 1.05 1.23 140 157 1 75 1.92 22 1.5 16 17 17 IS IS 37 55 73 92 1 10 , 1.28 i 1.47 1.65 1 P3 2.02 25 17 18 19 1(1 20 21 42 63 -13 1.04 1.25 1 46<1 67 187 2.0? 228 30 21 2-2 2! 23 24 25 50 75 I- 1)0 1.25 1.50 1.751200 225 2.5(1 275 40 2-i 2i> 30 31 3-2 33 67 1 00 '1-33 1-67 2 00 2 33 "2 67 3.00 3-33 167 50 3.5 36 33 39 40 4-2 83 1 25 1 67 2.08 2 50 2.92 3 33 3.75 4.17 4.5S 60 |42 n I') 47 43 50 1.00 1 50 2 00 2 50 3.00 3 50 4.00 4 50 5.00 i 5.50 70 49 51 53 54 56 5S 1.17 1.75 2. 33 2 9-2 3 50 4 0* 4 67 5.25 5.83 64'2 60 56 59 60 62 61 67 1.33 200 2 67 3.33 4 00 4 67 5.33 6.00 G.G7 7.33 90 61 65 (i- 7C 73 75 1.50 2.25 3 00 3.75 4.50 5 '25 6 00 6 75 7.5'i 825 100 69 72 75 n 81 ' i S3 1.67 2.50 3. 33 4.17 5.00 5.8316.67 : 7.50 S.a3 9.17 EQUATING, OR AVERAGING PAYMENTS. 109 a t 8 .* 5. B^O 2 TABLE lay, 1 any o | the 2.1 at the 1355. for Ranlii.ig in.l Equation, showing UK nun Lei cl rorn any Dale In one Month, to the stime Date in her Month. Example. How many clay, from ol February to the 2d ot August I Look for February lelt hand, and Auguat at, the lop, in ll.e angle b 18 1. Example. A Bill drawn March 29, al 3 months, is due June 29, but nddiiiLr 2 days' frrnce, it is not payable till July 2. Find the number of days by the Table, 4 J 1 1 1 J; 1 = i 273304 242 273 214 245 183214 153184 122 153 92123 61 92 30 61 365 31 334365 304335 C Jin. Mar'. April. May. June. July. Aug. .Sop Oct.- Nov. j Dee. 3iio 31 59 90 120 33-1305 2-* 5.) f'j 30U337365 31 61 275 30(3 334 3C,5 30 M5-J7ii3'4 335 3C5 211245273304334 184215243274'3!)4 153 184 212243273 122 153 181 212242 92 123 151 182-212 Gl 92 120 151 HI 31 1 62 9) 12J 151 151 120 9-> 61 31 3!;5 335 :i04 273 243 212 182 181212243 150 181 21-2 122 153 184 91 122 153 611 92 123 30 61 92 365 31 62 334365 31 303334 :'.(', 273 304 335 242 273 304 212243274 :34 ?03 -.'75 2-1-1 214 1W loll 122 f Mexico, 8 reals, (varying from 95 to 100,) - - - - 1.00 of New Grenada, (usual wl.) 1.02 PODXD Sterling of Or. Britain, 4.84 HALF CROWN of do. - - 54 SHILLING of do. - - 22 FOURPESCE of do. - - 7 FRANC of France and Belgium, IS 5 F8 1932 35| 24 15 42 2898 49 33 81 BREMEN R1X DOLLARS REDUCED TO DOLLARS AND CENTS. A* fixed by Lau. r.d. $ e. r-.d. $e. r. d. $ c. r. d. & c - r.d. S e. r.d. $ c. 1 78| 9 709 17 1339 25 1969 33 2599 41 3229 2 153 10 788 18 1418 26 2048 34 JO 78 42 3303 3 236 11 866 19 1496 27 2126 25 27 50 43 3386 4 315 12 945 20 1375 as 22 05 'M 2835 44 3165 5 391 13 1024 21 1654 29 2284 37 2914 45 35 14 6 473 14 1103 2-J 17*3 30 23 63 33 29 93 46 3623 7 551 15 1181 23 1811 31 2441 39 3071 47 3701 8 630 16 il24 davs. 17 years 240 days. 15 years 27.'! iln> *. 5 9 10 20 years. 16 years 8 months. 14 years 104 days. 12 1-2 years. 11 years 40 days. 10 vcars. 14 years 75 days. 11 years 327 days. 10 years 89 days. 9 years 2 days. 8 years 16 days. 7 vcars IWdavg. 10* 114 READY RECKONER, 2000 LBS. TO THE TON. PRODUCE AND MERCHANDISE READY RECKONERS HAY, BUTTER, CHEESE, LARD, AND OTHER PRODUCE. rtj cts cts $ ct $ ct $ c t $ ct $ ct S ct S ct S ct 8 ct 8 cts $ cts S cts Lbs. as 50 75 1-00 8-00 3-0 ) 4-00,5-00 6-00 7-00 8-00 , 9-OC 10-00 11-00 12-00 3 i 1 l 1 1 ] s 2 2 7 1 i i 2 2 2 3 4 4 4 10 , 'i 1 '. > 2 3 3 4 4 S 6 6 20 "l 'l i -2 1 4 5 6 7 8 1C 11 12 30 1 1 2 3 t 6 8 9 11 12 1 15 17 18 40 "i 1 2 2 4 ( 8 10 12 14 16 U 2C 22 24 50 i 1 2 3 5 . c 10 13 15 18 20 flj 25 23 30 60 i 2 2 3 6 I 12 15 18 21 24 a 30 a? 36 70 i 2 3 4 7 1 14 18 21 25 28 a 35 39 49 80 i '2 3 4 8 IS 16 20 24 23 32 31 41 44 48 90 i 2 3 5 9 1-1 IS 23 27 32 36 4 45 50 54 100 i 3 4 5 10 K 20 25 30 35 40 41 50 55 60 200 3 5 8 10 90 31 40 50 60 70 60 a 1-00 1-10 1-20 300 4 8 11 15 30 4: 60 75 90 1-05 1-20 1-3; 1-50 1 65 1-SO 400 5 10 15 20 40 61 80 1-00 1-20 1-40 1-60 !&( 2-00 2-20 2-40 500 6 13 19 25 50 7;" 1-00 1-25 1-50 1-75 2-00 2-2.3 2-50 2-75 3-00 600 3 i.) 93 30 60 91 1-20 1-50 1-80 2-10 2-40 2-71 3'00 3-31 3-60 700 9 18 90 35 70 i-o; 1-40 1-75 2-10 2-45 2-80 3-ia 3-50 3-85 4-20 800 10 90 -.')() 40 80 l-2( 1-60 2-00 2-40 2-80 3-20 3-tit 4-(0 4-40 4-80 900 11 93 34 45 90 !:{" 1-80 2-25 2-70 3-15 3-60 4-00 4-50 4-95 5-40 1000 13 35 38 '50 00 151 2-00 2-50 3-00 3-50 4-00 4-51 5-00 550 6-00 1100 11 88 41 55 l-io 1-6.: 2-20 2-75 3-30 3-85 4-40 !!>.) 550 G-05 6-60 12(K) 13 30 45 60 1-20 !( 2-40 3-00 3-60 4-20 4 -SO 5-4< 6-00 6-60 7-20 1300 Hi 33 4') 65 .30 !!!.' 260 325 390 4-55 5-20 5->j 6-50 7-15 7-SO 1400 18 35 63 70 40 2-11 2-80 350 4-20 4-90 5-60 (): 7-00 7-70 840 1500 1!) 88 06 75 1-50 >"2:i 3-00 3-75 450 5-25 6-00 6-75 7-50 8-25 9-00 1600 30 40 60 80 1-60 2-l( 320 4-00 480 5-60 6-40 7-31 800 S-80 9-60 1700 .21 43 64 85 70 2-55 13-40 4-25 5-10 5-95 6-80 7-65 8-50 935 10 20 1800 23 45 68 90 L-80 2-70 3 60 4-50 5-40 5-30 7-20 6-K 9-00 9-90 1080 1900 21 1 -48 71 95 [-90 2-S5 3-80 4-75 5-70 7-60 "55 0-50 10-45! 11-40 Lbs. 13-00 14-00 15-00 16-00 17-00 18-00 19-OC 20-00 25-00 j 30-00 40-00 50-00 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 i 3 4 5 6 8 7 5 5 5 6 6 C 7 7 9 It 14 18 10 7 7 8 8 9 9 1C 10 13 15 20 25 20 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 20 25 30 40 50 30 20 21 23 24 26 27 2S 30 38 45 60 75 40 26 23 30 32 34 36 38 40 50 60 80 1-00 50 33 35 38 40 43 45 48 50 63 75 1-00 t-35 60 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 75 90 1-20 1-50 70 46 49 53 56 60 63 67 70 ss 105 1-40 1-75 80 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 100 1-20 1-60 2-00 90 59 63 68 72 77 SI 86 90 1-13 1-35 ISO 2-25 100 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 1-00 1-25 1-50 2-00 2-50 200 1-30 1-40 1-50 1-60 1-70 160 190 2-00 250 3-00 4-00 5-00 300 1-95 2-10 2-25 2-40 2-55 2-70 2-85 3-00 375 4-50 6-00 7-50 400 2-60 2-80 3-00 3-20 340 3-60 3-80 4-00 5-00 6-00 8-00 1000 500 3-25 3-50 3-75 4-00 4-25 4-50 4-75 5-00 6-25 7-50 10-00 12-50 600 3-90 4-20 4-50 4-80 5-10 5-40 5-70 6-00 7-50 9-00 1-JOfl 1500 700 4-55 4-90 5"25 5-60 5-95 6-30 6-65 7-00 8-75 0-50 1 14-00 17-50 600 5-20 500 6-00 6-40 6-SO 7-20 7-60 8-00 10-00 1 2-00 16-00 JO 00 900 5-85 6-30 6-75 7-20 7-65 8-10 8-55 9-00 11-25 1 3-50 8-00 >>-50 loo:t 6-50 7-00 7-50 8-00 8-50 9-00 9-50 10-00 12-50 1 5-00 ' .'ii-oo ->5 00 1100 7-15 7-70 S-25 8-80 9-35 9-90 10-45 11 00 13-75 1 6-50 ' 82-00 27-50 1200 7-80 8-40 900 960 10-20 10-80 11-40 12-00 15-00 ] 3-00 ' M-00 , JO-00 1300 8-45 9-10 9-75 10-40 1-05 11-70 1235 1300 16-25 1 9-50 ' JO-00 . J2-50 1400 9-10 980 10-50 11-20 11-90 12-60 13-30 14-00 1750 21-00 ! '-00 35-00 1.500 9-75 10-50 11-25 1200 12-75 13-50 14-25 15-00 1S-75 2 2-50 .' 10-00 | 37-50 1600 10-40 11-20 12-00 12-SO 13-60 1440 15-20 16-00 20-00 - 4-00 ; (2-00 i 40-00 1700 11-05 11-90 12-75 13-60 14-15 15-30 16-15 17-00 21-25 25-50 .' 1-00:42-50 1800 11-70 1260 J3'30 14-40 5-30 16-20 17-10 18-00 22-50 27.00 36-00 ! 45-00 1900 l->35 13-30 14-25 15-20 16-15 i 17-10 18-05 1000 2375 2850 38-00 47-50 READY RECKONER, 2240 LES. TO THE TON. 115 If the Xo. required is not in the Tables, add the amounts of two numbers together. ct; ct* cts 8 ct S ct g ct Set Set Set S ct -S ct S ct S cts 9 cts S cts Lb*. 25 SO 75 1-00 2-00 ,3-00, 4-00 5'00 6-00 7-00 8-00 9-OC 10-00 11-00 1 12-00 10 1 -2 2 """3 ~^3 4 4 7 4 !g 5 15 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 20 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 f- 9 10 11 25 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 11 12 13 30 '1 1 3 4 5 7 8 9 11 r: 13 15 16 40 1 2 4 5 7 9 11 13 14 18 20 21 50 'i > 2 4 9 11 13 16 13 21 22 25 27 60 1 2 3 5 - 11 13 16 19 21 21 27 29 32 70 a 2 3 6 9 12 15 19 22 38 2- 31 34 37 SO 2 3 4 7 11 14 18 21 25 28 3S 36 39 43 90 2 a 4 8 1 2 16 20 24 28 SB 3f 40 44 48 too '1 2 3 4 9 13 18 22 27 31 38 41 45 49 54 200 2 4 6 9 1- 27 36 45 54 63 71 3( 89 98 1-07 300 3 7 10 13 27 4 54 67 80 94 1-07 1-21 1-34 1-47 1-61 400 4 9 13 18 36 54 -71 89 1-07 1-25 1-43 Mil 1-79 1-96 2-14 500 (i 11 17 22 45 c 7 -89 1-12 1-34 1-56 1-79 2-01 2-23 2-46 2-68 GOO 7 13 20 27 51 S 1-07 1-34 1-61 1-68 2-14 2-11 2-68 2-95 321 700 8 16 23 31 <;:; 94 1-25 1-56 1-37 2-19 2-50J 2-81 3-12 3-44 3-75 BOO 9 18 27 36 71 1-07 1-43 1-79 2-14 2-50 2-30 3-21 3-57 3-93 4-29 900 10 SO -.'{0 40 80 1-2 1 1-01 2-01 2-41 2-81 3-21 3-C2 4-02 4-42 4-S2 1000 11 22 33 45 89 i-g 4 1-79 2-23 2-i)3 3-13 -57 4-02 4-40 4-91 5-36 1100 12 25 37 49 1-47 1-90 2-46 2-95 3-44 3-93 4-42 4-91 5-40 589 1200 13 27 40 54 1-07 1.C 1 2-14 2-68 [3-21 3-75 4-29 4-2 5-36 5-89 6-43 13IM) M 29 41 5~ 1-10 1-7 1 2-32 2-90 3-48 4-06 4-64 5-22 5-80 6-33 6-96 1400 16 31 47 02 1-25 1-6 7 2-50 3.12 3 75 4-33 5-00 5-63 6-25 6-87 7-50 1500 17 33 fie 07 1-34 2-01 2-68 3-35 4-02 4-69 5-36 6-03 6-70 7-37 8-04 1000 la 36 51 71 1-43 2-14 2-80 3.57 4-23 5-00 5-71 0- 13 7-14 7-86 8-57 1700 19 38 57 70 1-52 2-2 - 3-03 3-79 4-56 I 5-31 i'07 (>-.'{ 7-59 8-35 9-11 1600 20 40 GO 30 l-(il 2-4 1 3-21 4-02 4-62 5-63 M3 7-2.J 8-04 8-84 9-64 1900 21 42 -64 -65 1-70 2-54 3-39 4-24 i 5-09 1 5-94 J-78 7-03 8-48 9-J3 10-18 2000 22 45 -67 -69 1-78 2-0 3 3-57 4-40 5-30 -0-25 "11 8-03 8-93 9-S2!10-71 2100 23 -47 -70 <)! 1-7 2\SI 13-75 : 4-09 ! 5-02 10-50 7-508-44 9-37 10-31 11-25 Lbs. 13-00 14-00 15-00 9 cts 16-00 S cts 17-00 $ cts 18-00 $eu 19-00 S cts 9 cts \ 20-00 21-00 8 cts 22-00 9 cts 23-00 24-00 10 6 6 7 7 8 8 8 ( > 9 10 10 11 15 9 9 10 11 11 12 13 1C 14 15 15 16 20 12 13 13 11 15 16 17 K 19 20 21 21 25 15 16 17 13 19 20 21 25 23 25 26 27 30 17 19 20 21 23 24 25 2' 28 29 31 32 40 23 25 27 29 30 32 31 3( 3- 39 41 43 50 29 31 33 36 l>8 40 42 4 47 49 51 54 60 35 38 40 {3 40 48 51 54 5$. 25-00 26-00 27-00 23-00 29-00 30-00 31-00 32-00 33-00 34-00 35-00 36-00 10 11 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 15 17 17 IS 19 19 20 21 21 22 23 23 24 20 22 23 84 25 26 27 28 29 29 30 31 32 25 28 29 50 31 32 33 35 36 37 38 39 40 30 33 35 36 38 39 40 41 43 44 46 47 48 40 45 46 43 50 52 54 55 57 59 61 63 64 50 56 58 60 .63 65 67 69 71 74 76 78 80 60 67 70 72 75 78 80 83 86 88 91 94 96 70 73 81 94 88 91 94 97 1-00 1-03 1-06 109 1-12 80 89 93 96 1-00 1-04 1-07 Ml M4 MB 1-21 1-25 1-29 90 roe 1-04 1-03 1-13 1-16 1-21 1-25 1-29 1-33 1-37 1-41 1-45 100 1-12 1-16 1-21 1-25 1-29 1-34 1-38 1-43 1-47 1-52 1-56 1-61 200 2-23 2-32 2-41 2-50 2-59 2-68 2-77 2-86 2-94 3-04 3-12 3-21 300 3-35 3-48 3-62 3-75 3-88 4-02 4-15 4-29 4-41 4-55 4-69 4-88 400 446 4-64 4-82 5-00 5-18 5-36 5-54 5-71 5-89 6-07 6-25 S-43 500 5-58 5-80 6-03 6-25 6-47 6-70 6-92 7-14 7-37 7-59 7-81 8-04 600 670 6-96 7-23 7-50 7-77 8-04 8-30 8-57 8-84 9-11 9-33 9-04 700 7-81 8-12 8-44 8-75 9-06 J-37 9-69 10-00 10-31 10-62 10-94 11 25 800 8-93 9-29 964 10-00 10-36 10-71 11-07 11-43 11-79 12-14 12-50 12- S6 900 10-04 10-45 10-85 11-25 11-65 12-05 12-46 12-86 13-26 13-66 14-06 11-46 1000 11-16 11-61 12-05 12-50 12-95 13-39 13-84 14-29 14-73 15-13 15-63 16-07 1100 12-28 12-77 13-26 13-75 14-24 14-73 15-22 15-71 16-21 16-70 17-19 17-68 1200 13-39 13-93 14-46 15-00 15-54 16-07 16-61 17-14 17-68 18-21 1375 1929 1300 14-51 15-09 15-67 16-25 16-83 17-41 17-99 18-57 19-15 19-73 20-31 2089 1400 16-62 16-25 16-87 17-50 18-12 13-75 19-37 20-00 20-62 21-25 21-88 22-50 1500 16-74 17-41 18-03 18-75 19-42 20-09 20-76 21-43 22-10 2-2-77 2344 24-11 1600 17-86 18-57 19-23 20-00 20-71 21 43 1 22-14 22-86 23-57 21-2-i 2500 25-71 1700 1897 19-73 20-49 21-25 22-00 22-77 23-53 24-23 25-04 25-80 26-56 273-, 1800 20-03 20-89 21-70 22-50 23-30 24-11 24-91 25-71 26-52 27-32 23-13 2S-93 1900 21-20 22-05 22-90 23-75 24-60 25-44 26-29 27-14 27-99 ! 28-84 2969 30-53 2000 22-32 123-21 21-10 25-00 25-9 26-78 ; 27-67 : 28-57 j 29-46 30-36 31-25 3214 2100 23-44 24-37 1 25-31 26-25 27-19 28-12 29-06 30-00 30-93 31-87 3-2-81 33-75 8 cts $ cts $ cts 9 cts $ cts $ ctt $ cts | $ cts $ cts S cts S cts S cts Lbs. 37-00 38-UO 39-00 40-00 41-00 42-00 43-00 44-00 45-00 SO'OO 5500 60-00 10 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 22 25 ~2~7 15 25 25 26 27 27 28 29 29 30 33 37 40 20 33 34 35 36 37 38 38 39 40 45 49 54 25 41 42 44 45 48 47 48 49 50 56 61 67 30 50 51 52 54 55 56 57 59 60 67 74 80 40 66 68 70 71 73 75 77 79 80 89 98 1-07 50 83 85 87 89 92 94 96 98 1-00 1-12 1-23 1-34 60 99 1-02 1-04 1-07 1-10 1-13 MS 1-18 1-20 1-34 1-47 1-61 70 116 1-19 1-21 1-25 1-28 1-31 1-34 1-37 1-41 1-56 1-72 1-87 80 1-32 1-36 1-39 1-43 1-46 1-50 1-54 1-57 1-61 1-79 1-96 2-14 90 1-49 1-53 1-57 1-61 1-65 1-69 1-73 1-77 1-81 2-01 2-21 2-41 100 1-65 1-70 1-74 1-79 1-33 1-88 1-92 1-96 2-01 2-23 2-46 2-63 200 330 339 3-43 3-57 3-66 3-75 3-84 3-93 4-02 4-46 491 5-36 300 4-96 5-09 5-22 5-36 5-49 5-63 576 5-89 6-03 6-70 7-37 8-04 100 6-61 6-79 6-96 7-14 7-32 7-50 7-63 7-86 8-04 8-93 9-8-2 10-71 500 826 8-48 8-71 8-93 9-15 9-38 9-60 9-82 10-04 11-16 1223 13-39 600 9-91 10-18 10-45 10-71 10-98 11-25 11-52 11-79 12-05 13-39 14-73 16-07 700 11-56 11-87 12-19 12-50 12-81 13-13 13-44 13-75 14-06 15-62 17-19 18-75 800 13-21 13-57 13-93 14-29 14-64 15-00 15-36 15-71 1607 17-6611964 21-43 900 14-87 1527 15-67 16-07 16-47 16-88 17-28 17-68 18-08 20-09 22-10 2-1-11 1000 16-52 16-96 17-41 17-86 18-30 1875 1920 19-64 2009 2232 24-55 26-79 IKK) 1200 18-17 19-82 18-66 20-36 19-15 20-8!) 19-64 20-13 20-63 21-43 21-96 22-50 21-12 23-04 21-61 2357 22-10 24-11 24-55 26-79 27-01 2946 29-46 32-14 1300 21-47 2205 22-63 23-21 23-79 124-33 24-95 25-53 26-12 29-02 3192 34 2 1400 23-12 23-75 24-37 25-00 25-02 126 -25 '26-87 27-50 28-12 31-25 34-37 37-50 1500 2478 25-45 26-12 26-79 27-45 28-13 28-79 29-46 30-13 33-48 3683 40-18 1600 26-43 27-14 27-86 28-57 29-23 30-00 30-71 31-43 32-14 35-71 39-28 42-86 170(1 1800 28-08 29-73 28-84 29-60 130-36 |31-12 31-88 30-54 31-31 32-14 32-95 33-75 32-63 34-55 33-39 34-15 35-36 36-16 37-95 40-18 41-74 44-20 45-53 48-21 1000 31-38 3-2-23 33-08 33-93 31-73 35-63 30-47 i 37-32 3S-17 4-2-41 40-65 50-89 21100 33-03 33-93 31-82 .15-71 36 -61 37-50 38-39 39-28 40-18 44-iil 49-11 53-57 21(10 34-63! 35-03 36-56 37-50.3- 14 39 33 -10-31 41-25 42-19146-87 5156:56-25 READY RECKONER, BY THE PIECE, BUSHEL, &C. 117 READY RECKONER, to find the Price of any Number of Pounds, Yards, Pieces, or Bushels, from 2 cents to $3-00. The first column contain* the NUMBER, the top columns the PRICES. Nos2ct.3ct |4 ct. 5 c.|6 ct. 61 c. let. Set. : 9ct. \lOct. llct. 2cM24cM3ct. 14 ct. ~2 4 6l 8 -1C ) -12 "124 "HI 16 IS 20 22 24 25 26 ~S 3 6 91 12 -11 . -18 133 21 24 27 30 33 36 374 39 42 4 8 12 16 -2< ) -24 25 28 32 36 40 44 48 50 52 56 5 10 15 -20 -2; 30 3]i 35 40 45 50 55 60 624 65 70 6 12 18 21 -3( 36 37i 42 48 54 60 66 72 75 78 84 7 11 21 -23 42 43| 49 56 03 70 -77 84 87J 91 98 8 l(i 24 32 -4( 48 50 56 64 72 60 88 96 1-00 1-04 i-I2 9 18 27 -36 -4i 54 561 03 72 81 90 99 1-08 1-124 1-17 1-26 10 20 30 10 -5( 60 624 70 80 1)0 1-00 1-10 1-20 1-25 1-30 1-40 11 22 33 14 -5, 66 68' 77 88 99 MO 1-21 1-32 1-374 1-43 1-54 12 24 36 -48 -6( 72 75 84 96 03 1-20 1-32 1-44 1-50 1-56 1-68 13 26 -3!) -52 -C; 78 811 91 1-04 17 1-30 1-43 1-56 1-624 1-69 1-82 14 28 -42 36 -71 .84 874 98 M2 20 1-40 1-54 1-68 1-75 1-82 1-96 15 30 45 SO! -7 90 93| 1-05 1-20 35 1-50 1-65 1-80 1-874 1-95 2-10 1G 32 48 -64 j -8( 96 1-00 1-12 1-28 44 160 1-70 1-92 2-00 208 2-24 17 34 51 58 -Si 1-02 1-061 1-19 1-36 1-53 1-70 1-87 2-04 2-124 2-21 2-38 13 3fl 54 72 -9( 1-OS 1-12J 1-26 1-44 1 1-62 1-80 1-98 216 2-25 2-34 2-52 19 38 57 76 -K 1-14 1-183 1-33 1-52 1-71 1-90 2-09 2-28 2-374 2-47 2-66 21) 40 60 30 1-0( 11-20 1-25 1-40 1-60 j 1-80 2-00 2-20 240 2-50 2.60 2-80 21 42 63 -84 1-K >l-26 1-311 1-47 1-68 1-89 2-10 2-31 2-52 2-624 2-73 2-94 2-2 41 66 B81-H ) 1-32 l-37i 1-54 1-76 1-98 2-20 2-42 264 2-75 2-86 3-08 S3 48 69 -92 1-K )1-3S 1-43 f 1-61 1-84 2-07 2-30 2-53 2-76 2-874 2-99 3-22 24 48 72 90 l-2( ) 1-44 1-50 1-68 1-92 2-16 2-40 2-04 2-88 3-00 3-12 3.36 25 50 751- 00 1-2, il-50 1-561 1-75 2-00,2:25 2-50 2-75 3-00 3-124 3-25 3-50 30 GO 90' 1-20 !l-5( 11-80 1-S7| 2-10 2-40 2-70 3-00 3-30 360 3-75 3-90 4-20 40 SO 1-20 1- (HV2-002-40 2-50 2-80 3-20 !3-60 4-00 4-40 480 5-00 5-20 5-60 50 1.00 1-50 2-00 2-5( 3-00 3-124 3-50 4-00 :4-50 5-00 5-50 6-00 6-25 6-50 7-00 GO 1-20 1-80 2- 40 3- 3-60 3-75 4-20 4-80 5-40 6-00 6-60 7-20 7-50 7-80 8-40 70 1-40 2-10 2-80 3-5(1 4-20 4-374 4-90 5-60 6-30 7-00 7-70 8'40 8-75 9-10 9-80 SO 1-60 2-40 3- 20 4-00 4 -SO 5-00 5-60 6-40 7-20 8-00 8-80 9-60 10-00 10-40 11-20 90 1. SO 2-70 3-00 4'50 5-40 5-621 6-30 7'20!S-10 9-00 9-90 LO-80I1-25 11-70 12-60 100 2-00 3-0(1 4-0(1 5-00 (i-00 G-25" 7-00 8-00 9.00 10-00 ! 11-00 2-00 12-50 13-00 14-00 Jfoi 15 ct. Wet. 17 ct. IS ct. 18J ct. 19 ct.Wct. 21 ct. 22 ct. 23 ct 24 ct. 25 ct. 26 ct. 27 ct. 2 30 -32 34 36 374 38 -41 42 -4 I -4( > -48 50 52 54 3 4 5 48 51 54 so 5' C( 63 -fi 5 -61 > -TS 75 78 81 4 00 -64 68 72 75 70 -8C 84 -Si 3 -95 ' -9C 1-00 1-04 1-08 5 75 -SO 85 90 93| 05j 1-OC 1-05 1-K ) 1-1 1-2C 123 1-30 1-35 6 90 -90 1-02 1-08 1-123 1-14 1-2C 1-26; 1-3! 1-35 1-44 1-50 1-56 1-69 7 1-05 1-12 1-19 1-26 1-31J 1-33! 1-4C 1-47 l-# 1-61 1-QS 1-75 1-88 1-89 8 1-20 1-28 1-3G 1-44 1-50 1-52 1-6C 1-68 l-7( , 1-S4 19S 2-00 2-08 2-16 9 1-35 1-44 1-53 1-62 1-68? 1-71 1-8C 1-89 1-9J ! 2-07 2-Ifi 2-25 2-34 2-43 10 1-50 1-00 1-70 1-80 1-87J 1-9C 2-OC 2-10 2'2( ) 2-3C 2-4C 2-50 a-oo 2-70 11 1-65 1-76 1-87 198 2-OOj 2-0 2-2(1 2-31 2-4'< 2-53 2-64 2-75 2 SO 2-97 12 1--H 1-92 2-04 9-16 2-35 2-2S 2-4C 2-52 2-04 2-76 2-8S 3-00 3-12 3-24 13 1-95 2-08 231 2-34 2-433 2-47 2-60 2-73 2-8( 9-91 3-12 3-25 3-38 3-51 14 2-10 2-24 2-38 2-52 2-624 2-6C 2-80 2-94 3-Of S-i'2 3-30 3-50 3-64 3-78 15 2-25 2-40 2-55 2-70 2-811 2-85 3-00 3-15 3-3( 3-45 3-6( 3-75 3-90 4-05 Ifi 2-40 2-56 2-72 2-88 3-00 3-04 3-20 3-36 3-51 3-OS 3-S4 4-00 4-16 4-32 17 2-5, i 2-72 2-89 306 3-183 3-23 3-40 3-57 3-74 3-91 4-09 4-25 4-42 4-59 IS 2-71 ) 2-88 300 3-24 3-3/4 3-42 3-60 3-78 3-9C 4-14 4-32 4-50 4-68 4-86 19 2-K i 3-04 3-23 3-42 3-561 3-61 3-80 3-99 4-15 4-37 4-56 4-751 4-94 5-13 90 3-00 3-20 3-40 3-60 3-75 3-80 4-00 4-90 4-4C 4-Gf 4-80 5-00! 5-20 5-40 21 3-15 3-36 3-57 3-78 3-933 3-99 4-80 4-41 ! 4-6i 4-83 5-04 5-25 5-46 5 67 23 3-30! 3-52 3-74 3-96 4-12i 4-18 4-40 4-62 4-84 s-oe 5-1S 5-50 5-72 5-94 23 3-45 3-GS 3-91 4-14 4-31J 4-37 4-60 4-S3 1 5-00 5-20 5-521 5-75 5-98 6-21 24 3'GO 3-84 4-08 4-32 4-50 4-56! 4-80 5-04. 5 23 5-5-, 5-76 0-00 6-24! 6-49 25 3-75; 4-00 425 4-50 4-683 4-75! 5-00 5-25 5-50i 5-75 6-00 6'25 6-50 6-75 3(1 4-50! 4-80 5-10 5-40 5-624 5-70 6-00 6-30 6.00! (i.OOl 7.20, 7-50 7-80 8-10 4(1 6-00 6-40 6-80 7-20 7-50 7-60, 8-1 8-40! 8.30! 9.20 9.60 10-00 10-40 10-80 50 7-50 8-00 8-50 9-00 9-37i 9-50 10-00 10-50 11-00 11-50 12-00 12-50 13 00 13-50 GO 9-00 9-60 10 20 10-80 11-25' 11-40 12-00 12-60 13-20 13-80 14-40 15-00 13 60 10-20 70 10-50 11-20 11-90 12 60 13-124 13-30 14-00 14-70 15-40 1G-10 16-80 17-50 18 20 18-90 80 12-00 12-80 13'00 14-40 15 00 15-20 Ifl-Oil 10-SO 17-60 13-40 lfl-20 20-00 20-80 21-60 90 13-50 14-40 15-30 10-20 10-874 17-10 18-00' 18-90 19-80 20-70 21-6(1 22-5(1 23-40 24-30 100 15-00 10-00 17 00 IS'OO 1S-75 19-00 20-00 21-00 22-00 23-00 24-00 25-00 20-00 27-00 118 READY RECKONER, BY THE PIECE, BUSHEL, &C. The first column on ihe left contains the NUMBER of the Article, and the column on the tops of the Tables, the PRICE. A'o* 2.9 ct. 29 ct 30 ct. 31 ct 311 ct.3-2 ct. 33 ct. 33ct.j34c*. 35 ct. 36 ct. 37 ct. 37J ct. 2 56 58 .60 62 624 64 66 66} 68 70 72 74 75 3 -84 87 90 93 93] 96 99 1.00 1-02 1-05 1-03 Ml 1-124 4 1-12 1-16 1-20 1-24 1-25 1-28 1-32 1-3 4 1-36 1 -10 1-44 1-48 1-50 5 140 1-45 1-50 1-55 1-561 1-60 1-65 1-66| 1-70 1-75 1-&0 1-35 1-S74 6 1-68 1-74 1-60 1-86 1874 1-92 1-98 2-0 ) 2-04 a 10 2-16 2-22 2-25 7 1-96 2-03 2-10 2-17 2-lsf 2-24 2-31 2-33J 2-33 2-45 2-52 2-59 2-624 8 2-24 2-32 2-40 2-48 2-50 2-56 2-64 2-6 81 2-72 2 SO 2-88 2-96 3-00 9 252 2-61 2-70 2-79 2-8H 2-88 2-97 3-00" 3-06 3-15 3-24 333 3-374 10 2-80 2-90 3-00 3-10 3-12J 320 3-30 3-3 ii 3-40 3 -.30 3-60 3-70 3-75 11 3-03 3-19 3-30 3-41 3-43J 3-52 3-63 3-66J 3-74 3-85 3-96 4-07 4-124 12 336 3-48 3-60 1 3-72 3-75 3-84 3-96 4-0 4-08 4 2(1 4-32 4-44 4-50 13 3-64 3-77 3-90 403 4-06J 4-16 4-29 4-33J 4-42 4-55 4-63 4-S1 4-87} 14 3-92 4-06 4-20 434 4-37.4 4-48 4-62 4-66| 4-76 4-90 5-04 5-1S 5-25 15 4-20! 4-35 4-50 4-65 4-683 4-80 4-95 5-0 5-10 i 25 5-40 5-, 3-3 5-624 U 4-48! 4-64 4-SO 4-96 5-00 5-12 5-2S 5-3 3* 5-44 I 00 5-76 5-92 6-00 17 4-76 4-93 5-10 5-27 5-3U 5-44 5-01 5-66| 5-73 5-95 612 6-29 6-374 IS 504; 5-22 5-40 5-58 5-624 5-76 5-94 6-e i) 6-12 ( 30 6-43 6-66 6-75 19 5 32 551 5-70 5-89 5-933 6-08 6-27 6-331 6-46 6-65 6-84 7-03 7-124 20 5- HO 5-80 6-00 6-20 6-25 6-40 660 6-C 88 6-80 ' oo 7-20 7-40 7-50 21 5-83 6-09 6-30 6-51 6-561 6-72 6-93 7-t 7-14 ' "35 7-56 7-77 7-87J 22 6-16 638 6-60 6-82 6-67^ 704 72C 7-3 31 7-43 ' -70 7-92 8-U 8-25 2:t 6-44 667 6-90 7-13 7-183 7-36 7-511 7-66| 7-82 8-oa 8-28 8-51 8-624 24 6-72 6-96 7-20 7-44 7-50 7-68 7-9S 8-( 8-16 i -10 8-64 8-SS 9-00 25 7-00 7-25 7-50] 7-75 7-81J 8-00 8-25 . S-33J 8-50 8-75 9-00 9-25 9-374 30 8-40 8-70 9-00 9-30 9-37J 9-60 9-9C 10-( (i 10-20 ;l i-a 10-SO 11-10 H-25 40 11-20 11-60 12-00 12-40 12-50 12-80 13-2C 13-331 13-60 14-00 14-40 ll-o 1500 50 14-001450 15-0015-50 15-624 16-00 16-5C 16-66| 17-00 1 50 13-00 1-50 1-7.3 60 70 10-SO 17-40 18-00 19-60 20-30 21-00 1S-60 21-70 1-75 19-20 21->7' i 22-4() 19-8C 23-1C 20-00 23-331 20-40 21-00 21-00 22-20 2:3-80 24-50 25-20 25 -MI 22-50 26-25 SO 22-4023-20 24-0021 M> 25-00 25-60 26-4C 26-66J 27-20 23 00 23-80 29-60 30-00 90 25 20 26-10 27-00 27-90 33- 12} 28-80 29-7C 1 30-( HI i30-60 3 51 32-40 33-30 :-75 100 .>b-00 29-00 30-00 31 00 31-25 32-00 3:3-00 33-33J 34-00 35-0036-00 37-01 37-50 tiot 38 ct. 39 ct. 40 ct. 41 ct. 42 c/. 43 rf. 4 4 ct. 45 ct. 46 ci.,47 ct.^8 ct. 49 ct. 50 ct. 01 rt. 2 76 78 SO 82 64 86 88 90 -92 -94 06, -98 1-00 J-02 3 1-14 1-17 1-20 1-23 1-26 1-29 1-32 1-35 1-38 1-41 1-41 1-47 1-50 1-.5--3 4 152 1-56 1-60 1-64 1-68 1-72 1-76 1-60 I 84 1-68 1- 1-96 2-0(1 2-01 5 1-90 1-95 2-00 2-05 2-10 2-15 2-20 2-25 2 30 2-35 2- 10' 2-45 2 .50 -j-,5.3 6 2-28 2-34 2-40 2-46 2-52 2-53 2-64 2-70 2-76 2-S2 2-88] 2-94 3-01 I 3-o(i 7 2-66 2-73 2-80 2-87 2-04 3-01 3-08 3-15 3 22 3-29 3- 36, 3-43 3-5 ) 3-57 8 3-04 3-12 3-20 3-28 3-30 3-44 3-52 3-60 3 68 376 3- -4 3-92 4-0 I 1-0- 9 3-42 3 ; 51 3-60 3-69 3-78 3-87 3-96 4-05 4 14 4-23 4-32i 4-41 4-fX ) 4-59 10 3-80 3-90 4-00 4-10 4-20 4-30 4-40 4-50 4 GO 4-70 4- 0, 4-90 5-W ) 5-10 11 4-18 4-29 4-40 4-51 4-62 4-73 4-64 4-95 5 06 5-17 5 >S 5-3t> 5-5 1 5-61 12 4-53 4-68 4-80 4-92 5-041 5-16 5-28 5-40 5 52 5-64 5- Ct> 5-88 6-0( 1 G-12 13 4-94 5-07 5-20 5-33 5-46 5-59 5-72 5-85 5-98 6-11 6-24| 6-37 6-5 I (i-63 14 5-32 5-40 5-60 5-74 5-83 6-02 6-16 6-30 6 44 G-5S 6- -2 C-SO 7-0 I 7-11 15 5-70 5-85 G-00 6-15 6-30 6-45 6-60 6-75 6-90 7-05 7-20 7-3.5 7-5 i 7-(i.5 16 603 6-24 6-40 6-56 6-72 6-SS 7-04 7-20 736 7-52 7-63' 7-81 S'OO 8-16 17 6-46 6-63 6-80 6-97 7-14 7-31 7-48 7-65 7 82 7-99 8- 6 8-3:3 8-J 18 6-64 7-02 7-20 7-38 7-56 7-74 7-92 8-10 8-28! 8-46 8-64J 8-82 9-00 9- 1 s 19 7-22 7-41 7-60 7-79 7-98 8-17 8-36 ^ .5.5 8 74 8-93 9- 2 9-31 9-.50 9-(i!> 20 7-60 7-80 8-00 8-21 8-40 8-60 8-80 9-00 9 20 9-40 9-( ,0 9-30 10-00 10-20 21 7-98 8-19 8-40 8-61 8-S2 9-03 g-ei 9-45 9 66! 0-87 lo- (S 10-29.10-.30 10-71 22 836 8-58 8-60 '9-02 9-24. 9-46 9-69 9-90 10-12 10-34 10-56 10-78 11-00 11-22 23 S-74 8-97 9-20 9-43 9.66' 9-s9 ld-12 0-35 10 58 10-81 ll ( 14 11-27 11 -50 11 -73 24 9-12 9-36 9-60 9-S4 10-03 10-32 10-56 0-80 11 04 11-28 in )2 11-76 12-00 12-21 25 9-50 9-7.5 10-00 10-25 10-50 10-75 11-00 1-25 11-50 11-75 12-00 12-25 12-50 12-75 30 11-40 11-70 12-00 12-30 12-60 12-90 13-20 3-50 13-60 14-10 14-40 14-70 1.5 00 15-30 40 15-20 15-60 16-00 16-40 10-SO 17-20 17-60 -in, [8 40i 18-60 19" !0 196020 0020-ld 50 19-00 19-50 20 00 20-5021-00 21-50 22-00 -. B-50 2--! 00 23-50 2|-( (0 24-50 25-IKl 25-5(1 60 22-SO 23-40 24-00 24-60 25-20 25-SO 26-40 27-00 27-60 2*20 23-80 29-40 30 00 30-GO 70 80 2ii-(;o 27-30 2S-00'2S-70 29-40 90-10|30---o!3i -50 32-20 32-90 33-60 34-30 3.3-00 :;.3-7o 30-40 31-20 32 00 32-80X3-60 34-40 35-20 36-00 36-SO 37-60 3*40 39-20 40-00 -10-Mi 90 100 34-20 35-10 36-00 36 9037-SO 33-70 3'J-OO 40-:>0 41-40 42-30 43-20 41-10 45 01 45-i'O 33-00 39-001 40-00 41-00 42-00 43-00 44-00:45-00 46-00 47-00 4*00 49-00 50-do 51-00 READY RECKONER, BY THE PIECE, BUSHEL, &C. 119 The first column on the left contains the NUMBER of the Article, and the column on the tops of the Tables, the PRICE. Kos 52 ct. 53 ct. ; 54 ct. 55 ct. 56 ct. 57 ct. 53 ct. 59 ct. 60 ct. 61 ct 62ct. i 62jct. 63 ct. 2 1-04 l-i6 1-08 1-10 1-12 1-14 1-16 1-18 1-20 1-22 1-24 1-25 1-26 3 1-56 1-59 1-62 165 1-68 1-71 1-74 1-77 1-30 1-83 1-86 1-871 1-69 4 2-08 2-12 2-16 220 224 2-28 2-32 2-36 2-40 2-44 2-48 2-50 2-52 5 2 60 2-65 270 2-75 280 2-85 2-90 2-95 3-00 3-05 3-10 3-12J 3-15 6 3-12 3-18 324 3-30 3-36 3-42 3-48 3-54 3-60 3-66 3-72 3-75 3-78 7 3-64 3-71 3-73 3-85 392 3-99 4-06 4-13 4-20 4-27 4-34 4-37J 4-41 S 4-16 4-24 432 4-40 4-48 4-56 4-64 4-72 4-80 4-88 4-96 5-00 5-04 9 4-68 4-77 4-36 4-95 504 5-13 5-22 5-31 5-40 5-49 5-58 5-62i 5-67 10 5-20 5-30 540 550 560 5-70 5-80 5-90 6-00 6-10 6-20 6-25" 6-30 11 5-72 5-83 594 605 6-16 6-27 6-38 6-49 6-60 6-71 632 6-S7J 6-93 12 6-24 6-36 6-43 6-60 6-72 6-84 6-96 7-08 7-20 7-32 7-44 7-50 7-56 13 6-76 6-89 7-02 7 15 7-28 7-41 7-54 7-67 7-80 7-93 8-06 8-121. 8-19 14 7-28 7-42 7-56 7-70 7-84 7-98 812 8-26 8-40 8-54 8-68 8-75 8-82 15 7-80 7-95 8-10 825 8-40 8-55 8-70 8-85 9-00 9-15 930 9-371 9-45 16 8-32 8-48 8-64 8-SO 8-96 9-12 9-28 9-44 9-60 9-76 9-92 10-00 10-08 17 8-84 9-01 9-18 9-35 9-52 9-69 9-86 10-03 10-20 10-37 10-54 10-621; 10-71 13 19 9-36 9-54 9-88 10-07 9 72 9-90 10-08 10-26 10-45 1064 10-26 10-83 10-44 10-62 11-02 11-21 10-80 11-40 10-98 11-59 11-1611-25 11-34 11-78 11-871 11-97 20 0-40 10-60 10-60 ! 11-00 11-20 11-40 11-00 11-30 12-00 12-20 12-4012-50 12-00 21 10-92 11-13 11-34 11-55 11-70 11-97 12-18 : 12-39 12-60 12-8i 13-02 13-12|,13-23 22 1144 11-66 1188 12-10 12-32 12-54 12-76 12-98 13-20 13-42 13-6413-75 13.30 23 11-96 12-19 12 42 12-65 1288 13-11 13-34 13-57 13-30 14-03 142614-37114-49 24 2-48 12-72 1296 13-20 13-44 13-68 13-92 14 16 1440 14-64 14-88 15-00 15-12 25 13-00 13-25 13-50 13 75 14-00 14-25 14-50 14 75 15-00 15-25 15-50 15-624 15-75 30 15-60 15-90 16-20 1650 16-80 17-10 17-40 1770 18-00 18-30 18-60 18-75 18-90 40 20-80 21-20 21-60 ,22 00 22-40 22-80 23 20 23-60 24-00 24-40 24-30 25-00 25-20 50 26-00 26-50 27 00 27-50 28-00 28-50 129-00 2950 30-00 30-50 31-0031-25 31-50 00 31-20 31 SO 32-40 33-00 33 60 34-20 34 80 :35 40 36-00 36-60 37-20 37-50 37-80 70 36 40 37-10 37-80 38-50 139-20 39-90 40-60 41-30 42-00 42-70 43-40 43 75 44-10 80 41-60 42-40 43-20 44-00 44-80 45-60 46-40 47-20 48-00 43-80 49-60 50-00 50-40 90 680 47-70 48-60 49-50 !50 40 51-30 52-20 53-10 54-00 54-90 55-80 56-25 56-70 100 32-00 53-00 54-00 55 00 56-00 57-00 53-00 59-00 60-00 61-00 62-0062-50 63-00 tfos 64 ct. 65 . 66 ct. 66| ct. 67 ct. 68 ct. 69 ct. ;70 ct. 71 ct. 72 ct. 73 ci. 74 ct 75 ct- 2 1-23 1-30 1-32 1-33| 1-34 1-36 1-38 1-40 1-42 1-44 1-46 1-48 1-50 3 1-92 1-95 1-98 2-00 2-01 2-04 2-07 2-10 2-13 2-16 2-19 2-22 2-25 4 2-56 2-60 2-64 2-66^ 2-68 2-72 2-76 2-80 2-84 2-88 2-92 2-96 3-00 5 3-20 3-25 3-30 3-33J 3-35 3-40 3-45 3-50 3-55 3-60 3-65 3-70 3-75 6 3-84 3-90 3-96 4-00 4-02 4-08 4-14 4-20 4-26 4-32 4-38 4-44 4-50 7 4-48 4-55 4-62 4-661 4-69 4-76 4-83 4-90 4-97 5-04 5-11 5-18 5-25 8 5-12 5-20 5-28 5-33] 5-36 5-44 5-52 5-60 5-T58 5-76 5 : S4 5 ; 92 6-00 9 576 5-35 5-94 6-00 6-03 6-12 6-21 6-30 6-39 6-48 6-57 6-66 6-75 10 6-40 6-50 6-60 6-661 6-70 6-80 6-90 7-00 7-10 7-20 7-30 7-40 7-50 11 7-04 7-15 7-26 7-33; 7-37 7-48 7-59 7-70 7-31 7-92 8-03 8-14 8-25 12 7-63 7-80 7-92 8-00 8-04 8-16 8-28 8-40 8-52 8-64 8-76 8-88 900 13 8-32 8-45 8-58 8-661 8-71 884 8-97 9-10 9-23 9-36 9-49 9-62 9-75 14 8-96 9-10 9-24 9-33J 9-38 9-52 9-66 9-80 9-94 10-08 10-22 10-36 10-50 15 9-60 9-75 9-90 10-00 10-05 10-20 10-35 110-50 10-65 10-80 10-95 11-1011-25 16 10-24 10-40 10-56 10-66i 10-72 10-88 11-04 11-20 11-36 11-52 11-68 11-84 12-00 17 10-88 11-05 11-22 ll-33i 11-39 11-56 11-73 11-90 12-07 12-24 12-41 12-53 12-75 18 11-52 11-70 11-88 12-00 12-06 12-24 12-42 12-60 12-78 12-96 13-14 13-32 13-50 19 12-16 12-35 12-54 12-661 12-73 12-92 13-11 13-30 13-49 f-'JS 13-87 14-06 14-25 20 12-80 13-00 13-20 13-33i 13-40 13-60 13-60 14-00 14-20 14--.0 14-60 14-60 1500 21 13-44 13-65 13-86 14-00 14-07 14-28 14-49 J14-70 14-91 15-12 15-33 15-54 15-75 22 14-08 14-30 14-52 14-66f 14-74 14-96 15-18 15-40 15-62 15-84 16-06 16-28 16-50 23 14-72 14-95 15-18 15-33} 15-41 15-64 15-87 16-10 16-33 16-56 1679 17-02 17-25 24 15-36 15-60 15-84 16-00 16-08 16-32 16-56 16-80 ; 17-04 17-28 1752 17-76 18-00 25 16-00 16-25 16-50 16-663 10-75 17-00 17-25 17-50 17-75 18-00 18-25 18-5018-75 30 19-20 19-50 19-80 20-00" 20-10 20-40 20-70 21-00 21-30 21-60 21-90 22-2022-50 40 25-60 26-00 26-40 <26-66| 26-80 27-20 27-60 28-00 28-40 28-30 29-20 29-60 30-00 50 32-00 32-50 33-00 33-33} a3-50 34-00 34-50 35-00 35-50 36-00 36-50 37-00 37-50 60 38-40 J39-00 39-60 40-00 40-20 40-80 41-40 42-00 |42-60 43-20 43-30 44-40 45-00 70 44-80 145-50 46-20 46-66| 46-90 47-60 43-30 49-00 411-70 50-JO 51-10 51-f-O 52 50 80 90 51-20 52-00 52-80 53-33f 53-00 54-40 55-20 56-00 56-PO 57-60 58-40 '59-20 60-00 57-60 58-50 59-40 60-00 60-30 61-20 62-10 63-00 63-90 64-SO 15-70 06-6067-50 100 64-00 65-00 00-00 00-663 07-00 63-00 69-00 70-00 71-00 72-00 /3-00 7-1-00 75-OUJ 120 READY RECKONER, BY THE PIECE, BUSHEL, &C. If the Number required is not found in the Tables, add two Numbers together; for instance, if 35 bushels are required, add the prices opposite 30 and 5 together ; and so for 305 bushels treble the value of 100, and add 00 and 5 together. 76 ct. 77 ct. 78 ct. 79 ct. 80 ct. SI rt. 82c/.'S3cl.84et. 85 ef. 8 Get. 67 . 87$ ct. Ssct. 2 1-5-2 1-54 1-50 1-58 1-60 1-02 1-64' 1-00 1-63 1-70 1-72! 1-74 1-7:3 1-76 3 2-28 2-31 2-34 2-37 2-40! 2-43 2-46 1 2-49 2-52 2-55 2-53 2-61 2-024 2-04 4 3-04 3-03, 3-12 3-10 3-20 3-24 3-23 3-32 3-30 3-40 344; 3-46 3-50 3-52 5 3-80 3-85 3-90 3-95 4-00 4-05 4-10 4-15 4-20 4-25 4-30 4-35! 4 -37 A 4-40 6 4-50 4-62 4-08 4-74 4-60 4-86 4-92 4-98 5-04 5-10 5-10 5-22 5-25* 5-2- r 5-32 539 5-40 5-53 5-60 5-67 5-74 5-81 5-88 5-95 0-02 6-09: 6-12$ 6-16 8 6-08 6-16 6-24 6-32 6-40 6-48 6-56 0-01 0-7-2 0--0 5-83 6-96 7.00 7-04 9 G-84 0-93 7-02 7-11 7-20 7-29 7-38 7-47 7-50 7-05 7-71 7-83 7-7\ 7-02 10 7-00 7-70 7-80 7-90 8-00 810 8-20 8-30 8-40 8-50 3-60 8-70, 8-75 11 8-30 8-47 8-53 8-09 6-80 8-91 9-0-2! 9-13 9-24 9-35 1 9-40 9-57! 9-02$ 9'OS 12 912 9-24 9-36 9-48 9-60 9-72 9-84| 9-90 10-03 10-20 1 0-32 1(1-44 10-50 10-50 13 9-88 10-01 10-14 10-27 10-40 10-53 10-66 10- 79 10-92 11-05 11-18 11-31 11 -37 A 11-44 14 10-01 10-78 10-S)2 11-06 1 1-20 1 1-34 11-48,11-62 11-76 11-90 12-04 12-18 12-25 12-32 15 10 11-40 11 -55 11 -70 11 -85 12-10 1-2-32 12-43 12 04 12-00 12-15 12-30 12-45 12-60 12-75 12-90 13-05 13-12$ 13-20 12-80 12-96 13-1-2 13-2- 13-44 13-00 13-70 13-92 14-00 14-08 17 12-92 13-0913-20 13-4:3 13-00 13-77 13-94 14-11 14-28 14-4.3 14-02 14-79 14-.-7} 14-96 18 1:3-68 13-SO 14-04 14-22 14-40 14-58 14-70 14-9415-12 15-30 1 3-!- 15-06 15-75 15-84 19 1 1-44 1 1-03 14-82 15-01 15-20 1.3-39:15-53 15-77:15-90 16'15 16-34 10-5:3 10-02$ 10-72 20 15-20 15-40 15-60 15-80 10-00 10-20 16-40 16-60 10-80 17-00 1 7-20 17-40 17-50 17-00 21 2-2 15-90 10-17 10-33 16-59 10-72 10-94 17-16 17-38 llr-0 17-01 17-2-2 17-43 17-04 17-8.3 18'00 18-27 18-37A 18-48 17-OOI17-8-2 1-01 1-20 18-43 18-70 1S-92 19-1 1 19-25 19-36 23 24 25 17-48 18-24 19-00 17-71 17-94 18-17 18-48. 18-72 18-96 19-2.3 19-50 19-75 18-40 18-03 18-80 19-09 19-32 19-55 19-7820-01 20-12$ 20-24 19-20(19-44 19-GS, 19-92 20- 10 20-40 20-04 20-88 21-00 21-12 20-00 20-25 20-50 20-75 21-00 21-25 21-50 21-75 21-87$ 22-00 30 22-80 23-10 23-40 23-70 24-00 24-30 24-60 24-90)25-20 25-50 2 5-50 26- 10 26-25 26-40 40 30-40 30-80 31-20 31-60 32-00 32-40 32-80 3:3-20 33-00 34-00 3 1-40 34-80 35-00 35-20 50 :-ini 38-50.39-00 39-50 40-00 40-50 41-00 41-5042-00 42-50 43-00 '-I3-50 43-75 44-00 GO 70 45-60 46-20 46-80 47-40 53-20 53-90 54-60 55-30 48-00 48-00 49-20 49-8050-40 51-00 51-00 52-20 52-50 52-80 56-00 56-70 57-10 58-1053-80 59-50 60-20 60-90 61-25 61-00 SO 60-80 01-00 02-40 03-20 04-00 04-80 65-60 30- 40 67-20 68-00 6 -8069-6070-00 7(1-4(1 90 68-40 69-30 70-20 71-10 72-00 72-90 73-30 M-70 75-60 76-50 77-40 78-30 78-75 79-20 100 76- no 77-00 s-IIO 79-00 80-00 81 -00 82-00 8-3-00 84-00 85-00 86-00 87-00 87-50 88-00 ffos 39 ct. 90 ct. 91 ct. 92 ct. 93 ct. 94c*..95et. 96 ct. 97 ct. 98 ct. 99 ct. 81- $2. S3. 2 1-78 1-SO 1-82 1-84 1-86 1-88 1-90 1-92 1-94 1-96 1-98 2 4- 6- 3 2-67 2-70 2-73 2-76 2-79 2-82 2-85 2-88 2-91 2-94 2-97 3- 6- 9- 4 3-56 3-60 3-64 3-68 3-72 3-76 3-80 3-84 3-88 3-92 3-96 4- 8- IS- 5 4-45 4-50 4-55 4-60 4-65 4-70 4-75 4-80 4-85 4-90 4-95 5- 10- IS- 6 5-34 5-40 5-40 5-5-2 5-5S 5-04 5-70 5-76 5-32 5-88 5-94 6- 12- 18- 7 6-23 6-30 6-37 6-44 6-51 6-59 6-6.3 6-72 6-79 6-86 6-93 7- 14- 21- 8 7-12 7-20 7-28 7-36, 7-44 7-52 7-60 7-68 7-76 7-84 7-92 8- 16- 24- 9 8-01 8-10 8-19 8-23 8-37 8-46 3-5,5 8-64 8-73 8-82 8-91 9- 18- 27- 10 8-90 9-00 9-10 9-20 9-30 9-40 9-50 9-60 9-70 9-80 9-90 10- 20- 30- 11 9-79 9-90 10-01 10-12 10-23 10-34 10-45 10-56 10-67 10-78 10-89 Il- 22- 33- 12 10-68 10-80 10-92 11-04 11-16 11-88 11-40 11-52 11-64 11-76 11-88 ia- 24- 36- 13 11-57 11-70 11-83 11-G6 12-09 12-2-2 12-35 12-4* 12-61 12-74 12-87 13- 20- 39- 14 12-46 12-60 12-74 12-88 13-02 13-16 13-30 13-44 13-53 13-72 13-86 14- 28- 42- 15 13-35 13-50 13-05 13-80 13-95 14-10 14-25 14-40 14-55 14-70 14-85 15- 30- 45 16 14-24 14-40 14-56 14-72 14-88' 15-04 15-20 15-36 15-52 15-68 15-84 16- 32- 43- 17 15-13 15-30 15-47 15-64 15-81 15-98 16-15 16-32 16-49 16-66 16-, S3 17- 34- 51 18 16-02 16-20 16-38 16-56 16-74 16-92 17.10 17-23 17-46 17-64 17-82 18- 36- 54 19 16-91 17-10 17-29 17-43 17-67 17-80 18-05 121 18-43 18-62 18-81 19- 38- 57 20 17-80 18-00 18-20 18-40 18-60 13-80 19-00 19-20 19-40 19-60 19-80 20- 40- GO 21 18-69 18-90 19-11 19-32 19-53 19-74 19-95 20-16 20-37 20-53 20-79 21- 42- 63 22 19-58 19-80 20-02 20-24 20-40 20-68 20-90 21-1-2 21-3421-56 21-78 22- 44- 66 23 20-47 20-70 20-93 21-16 21-39 21-62 21-85 22-08 22-31 22-54 22-77 23- 46- 69- 24 21-36 21-60 21-84 22-03 22-32 22-50 22-80 23-04 23-23 23-52 23-76 24- 48- 72 25 22-25 22-50 22-75 23-00 23-25 23-50 23-75 *!4-00 24-25 24-50 24-75 25- 50- 75 30 26-70 27-00 27-30 27-60 27-90 23-20 23-50 28-80 29-10 29-40 29-70 30- 60- 90 40 35-60 36-00 36-40 36-80 37-20 37-60 38-00 38-40 38-80 39-20 39-60 40- 80- 120 50 44-50 45-00 45-50 46-00 46-50 47-00 47-50 43-00 48-50 49-00 49-50 50- 100- 150- 60 53-40 54-00 54-60 55-20 55-80 56-40 57-00 57-60 58-20 58-80 59-40 60' 120- 180- 70 82-30 63-00 03-70 64-40 65-10 65-80 06-50 67-20 67-90 03-00 69-30 70- 140- 210- 80 71-20 72-00 72-80 73-60 74-40 75-20 70-00 76-0 77-00 78-40 79-20 80- 160- 240- 90 30-10 81-00 81-90 82-80 83-70 84-60 85-50 86-40 '87-30 88-20 89-10 90- 180- 270- too ^9-00 90-00 91-00 192-00 93-00 94-00 95-00 96-00 97-00 98-00 99.00 100- 200- 300- WAGES TABLE, BY THE DAY AND MONTH. 121 i^!X)ocf}-rht"--Ci Ci^'iQbc) 'C'jiftod OOOOOOOOOOOOOO '' oocooooc^oooocp i c*Su5< ' JL "Z* i !: .. I ? 55 < oooooooooooooo ooooooooooooooocooooooo -- ooooooooooooo -^Tr-ofO ocMOQO'-^rr- SSo ooooooooooooooooooo Sif^QOOC'jTr^ooocj'r^aoocM^'coX' 12 ?? oooooooooooooooo ' D OO O r* ? T 7* 9?? S -^SS8rt^^55i88Sr*r^S*8S8o-^S5lS I ton a * (AiM^inir^ciimo " r-3 f^ -rf 'lir^/^.rrici * Ai ^ ^ nt?5i^. I G^^h 1 ^c. I OOOOOOCOOOOOOOOOO~OOOOOOOO oooooooooooooooooooooooooo I CTT ^t- 2Z^ .!-: .-^^c^cjcjQi!7jSo* 5^000000000000000000000000 I ioot > -too^ < coC'<-HociQOi^- iO"/)5i-obdbdso- ; '(f! rt O 23 JSS 3 J^ Is 3 ll BMA 11 122 WAGES BY DAY AND WEEK FROM 50 CTS. TO $3 '25. Days. 50 cts. 60 rt.'62J cM70 cts. 75 cts. 80 cts. fc7iel. SO cts. Sl-00 SM2*S125 \ 2 4 64 '11 1 3 -5} 83 3 64 9} 3; 6, 9; 71 102 a 11} 4 81 12* % 14 51 10* 15* 1 2 3 4 5 6 81 16} 25 334 50 10 20 30 40 50 60 10, 20- 31. 41, 52 62* 111 23} 35 461 58} 70 12* 25 37* 50 62* 75 131 26* 40 531 66l 60 14* 29 433 58} 73 87* 15 30 45 60 75 90 16* 33} 50 66* -83} 1-00 182 374 56} 75 932 1-12* 2(J| 41* 62* S3} 1-04 1-25 7 8 9 1C 11 12 534 661 75 |34 i-oo 4 70 80 90 1-00 1-10 1-20 73 834 .932 1-04 1-14* 1-25 : 8 4 1-05 1-164 1-281 1-40 37* 1-00 1-12* 1-25 1-37* 1-50 931 1-06* 1-20 1-331 1-60 102 1-3U 1-452 1-75 1-05 1-20 1-35 1-50 1-65 1.80 1.16* 133} 1-50 1-66* 1-83} 200 1-311 1-50 1-682 1-874 2-Ofi} 2-25 1 45} 1-66* 2-084 2-29 2-50 13 14 15 16 17 13 1-084 1-16* 125 1-331 1-411 1-50 1-30 140 1-50 1-60 1-70 1-80 1-351 145J 1-56 1-66* 177 1.87J 1-51* 1-631 175 1-96* 198} 2-10 1-02* 1-75 1-87* 2-00 2-12* 2-25 1.731 1-86* 2-00 2-131 2-40 1-S9J 2-04 2-182 2331 2-48 262* 1-95 2-10 225 240 255 2-70 216* 233} 2-50 266* 2-83} 3-00 2-432 2-62] 2-81 } 3-00 3-1S3 3-37* 2-703 2-91* 3-12* 3-33} 3-54 3-75 19 20 21 22 23 24 1-581 1-66* 175 1-831 1-91* 200 190 200 2-10 2-20 230 240 1.972 2084 2 ISA 229 2-39* 2-50 2-214 2-33} 2-45 2-56* 268} 280 2-37* 250 2-62* 275 2 87* 3-00 2-531 2-66* 280 2931 3-06* 3-20 277 2-91* 3C6} 3-2C| 3-35} 3-50 2-85 3-00 3-15 330 345 3-60 3-161 3-33} 3-50 3-66* 3-83} 4-00 3-561 3-75 3-933 4-12* 4-31} 4-50 3-952 4-164 4-371 4-58} 4-79 5-00 25 26 27 28 2081 2-16* 2-25 2-331 250 2.60 270 2-80 2601 270| 2-81 291* 291* 303} 3-15 326* 3-12* 325 3-37* 3-50 3331 346* 3-60 3-731 3-64* 3-79 4-08} 3-75 3-90 4-05 4-20 4-16* 4-331 4-50 4-66* 4-6S2 4-874 5-06J 5-25 5-203 5-42 5-621 5-63} Days. SI -37* 81-50 $1-62* 81-75 $l-S7*i$2-00 IS2-25 S2-50 $2-75 .*3-dO $3-25 27 40* 11; /64 &' 13 201 14' 21; .75 15, 233 81 25 2S" 10* 20| 31} 11* 23 341 12* 25 37* 1 2 3 4 5 6 23 46 682 91* 1-14* 1-37* 25 50 75 1-00 1-25 1-50 27 54 814 I-08J V35J 1-62J 29 581 87* 1-161 1-453 1-75 314 62J 93J 1-25 1-564 1-87* 664 1-00 1-334 1-661 2-00" 37j 75 1-12* 1-50 1-87* 2-25 414 83} 1-25 1-66* 2-08} 2-50 453 914 1-37J 1-83} 2-29 2-75 50 1-00 1-50 2-00 2-50 3-00 54 1-081 1-624 2-16* 2-703 325 7 8 9 10 11 12 1-60, l-83i 2-06; 2-29 2-52 2-75 1-75 2-00 2-25 2-50 2-75 3-00 1-89* 2-l<>; 2-70: 2-98 3-25 2-04 2-331 2-62* 2-91* 3-202 3-50 2-182 2-50 2-811 3-124 3-432 3-75 2-331 2-66* 3-00 3-334 3-66* 4-00 2-62* 3-00 3-37* 3-75 4-12* 4-50 2-91* 3-334 3-75 4-16J 4-581 5-00 3-202 3-664 4-12* 4-58} 5-04 5-50 4-00 4-50 5-00 5-50 6-00 3-79 4-334 4-S71 5-411 5-953 6-50 7-0-1 7-581 8-12i S-Glii 9-203 9-75 13 14 15 16 17 18 2-98 3.21 3-433 3-66, 3-89; 4-12: 3-25 3-50 3-75 4-00 4-25 4-50 3-52 3-79 4-001 4-i3; 4-60. 4-87, 3-79 4-081 4-37J 4-66* 4-952 5-25 4-061 4-371 4-6S| 5-00 5-311 5-62* 4-331 4-664 5-00 5-66* 6-00 4-87* 5-25 5-62* 6-00 6-37* 6-75 5-4 W 6-25 6-661 7-08} 7-50 5-95J 6-414 6-871 7-79* 8-25 8-70J 9-16* 9-62* 10-03} 10-54 11-00 6-50 7-00 7-50 8-00 8-50 9-00 19 20 21 22 23 24 ~25~ 26 27 28 4-351 4.58} 4-814 5-04 5-27 5-50 4-75 5-00 5-25 5-50 5-75 6-00 5-14, 5-4 1; 5-GSl 5-95- 6-22i 6-50 5-54 5-831 6-12* 6-411 6-70] 7-00 5-933 6-25 6-561 6-87* 7-18? 7-50 6-334 6-66* 7-00 7-334 766J 8-00 7-12* 7-50 7-87* 8-25 8-621 9-00 7-914 8-33} 8-75 9-16* 10-00 9.50 10-20 10-00 10-831 10-50 11-37J 11-00 11-91I 11-50 I2-45| 12 00 13-00 13-00 14-0t>l 13-50 14-6:>L 11-0(1 15-lfi^ 5-73 5-96 618? 6-41] 6-25 6-50 6-75 700 6-77 7-29 7-04 7-53} 7-3U 7-87J 7-584 8-16J 7-81, 8-12-: 8-433 S-75 8-334 9 '37* 10-41* 8-66J 9-75 10-83} 900 (10-12J 11-25 9-331:10-50 ill-OGj 11-453 11-914 12-371 12.83} WAGES BY DAY AND WEEK FROM $3 50 TO $12'00. 123 Days. 3-50 .*3-75 $4-00 $4-25 S4-50 $4-75 $5-00 $5-25 $5-50 $5-75 $6-00 2 3 4 5 6 144 29 43J 154 3ll : 46], 164 -33} 50 17? 35| 53 182 374 56} 19J 39i 59} 20J 41i 62| 21| 43| 65| 23 453 681 24 48 71? 25 50 75 53} l-lfij 1-75 2-33| *9lJ 3-50 4-08} 4-00.1 5-25 5-83} 6-414 7-00 624 1-25 1874 2-50 3-124 3-75 4-374 5-00 5-624 6-25 6-874 7-50 064 1-33.1 2.0(1 2-6G4 3-33} 4-00 70S 1-414 2-m 2-83} 3-54} 4-25 75 1-50 2-25 3-00 3-75 4-50 79 1-5S} 2-374 3-164 3-95J 4-75 831 1-664 2-50 3-33} 4-164 5-00 874 1-75 2-624 3-50 4-374 5-25 914 1-83} 2-75 3-661 4-58} 5-50 95J i-oii 2-874 3-83} 4-79 5-75 1-00 2-00 3-00 4-00 5-00 6-00 7 8 9 10 11 12 4-664 5-33} 6-00 6-664 7-33| 8.00 4-95J 5-664 0-374 7-08} 7-79 S-50 5-25 6-00 6-75 7-50 8-25 9-00 5-54 6-33} 7-124 7-914 8-70| 9-50 5-83} j 6-c4 7-50 8-33} 9-164 10-00 6-124 7-00 7-874 8-75 9-624 10-50 6-4 It 7-33} 8-25 9-16J 10-08} 11-00 670J 7-661 8-624 9-58J 10-54 11-50 7-00 8-00 9-00 10-00 11-00 12-00 : 13-00 1 14-00 15-00 16-00 17-00 18-00 13 14 15 16 17 18 7-53} 8-WJ 8-75" 9-33,1 9-914 10-50 11-03} 11-004 12-25 12-83J 13-4 14 14-00 ?!?* 8-7o 9-374 10-00 10-024 11-25 8-664 9-20' 9-75 9-3:3ii 9-914 10 - 50 10-00 10-624 11-25 10-664:11-33} 12-00 11-33} jo-ot 12-75 12-00 |12-75 13-50 10-29 11-03} 11-374 12-661 13-453 14-25 1 10-83} 11-664 12-50 13-331 14-16) 15-00 1 1-374 12-25 13-124 14-00 14-674 15-75 11-91J 12-83} 13-75 14-66i 15-58} 16-50 12-45J 13-41J 14-37| 15-33J 16-29 17-25 19 20 21 22 23 24 11-874 12-50 13-121 13-75 14-374 15-00 12-664 13-33} 14-00 11-6GJ 15-331 16-00 13-45| H-l(>4 14-874 15-58} 16-29 17-00 l/^TOf 18-414 19-124 1 19-83} 14-2.5 15-00 15-75 16-50 17-25 18-00 15-04 15-83} 16-624 17-411 18-20J 19-00 15-83} 16-66J 17-50 18-33} 19-164 20-00 16-624 17-414 17-50 18.33} 18-37J 19-25 19-25 20-164 20-124 21-08} 21-00 22-00 18-20J 19-00 19-164 20-00 20-121 21-00 21-08} ,22-00 22-04 23-00 23-00 !24-00 25 26 27 28 14-53} 15-624 15- Kit 10-25 15-75 16-874 16-33} -17-50 16-664 17-33} 18-00 18-664 18-75 19-50 20-25 21-00 19-79 20-33},21-S74 22-914 20-58} 21-G64 : 22-75 23-83} 21-371 22-50 23-624 24-75 22-164 23-33}l24-50 25.664 23-95J 25-00 24-9U 26-00 25-87J 27-00 26-83} 28-00 Diys. $6-501 $7-00 S7-50 $3-00 $8-50 |$9-00 $9-50 $10-00 810-50 Sll'OO $12-00 T~ 2 3 4 5 6 27 51 811 29 581 87l 311; -331 G'4 -664 93 Ji 1-00 354 70J 1-061 374 75 1-124 394 79 1-181 414 831 1-25 43j 87i l-3l| 45j 914 1-374 50 1-00 1-50 i-osi 2-l(>4 3-2.5 4-331 5-414 6-50 1-104 2-331 3-50 4-664 S-S31 7-00 1 4)5 2-50 3-75 5-00 (i-25 7-50 1-33V 2-604 4-00 5-331 6-004 8-00 1-414 2-831 4-25 5-664 7-081 8-50 1-50 3-00 4-50 6-00 7-50 9-00 1-53} 3-164 4-75 6-a3l 7-9H 9-50" 1-664 3-331 5-00 6664 8-33$ 10-00 1-75 3-50 5-25 7-00 8-75 10-50 1-83} 3-664 5-50 7-331 9-164 11-00 2-00 400 6-00 8-00 10-00 12-00 7 8 9 10 11 12 7-531 8-664 9-75 10-63', 11-914 13-00 8-104 9-331 10-50 11-6H4 12-83J 14-00 8 75 10-00 11-25 12-50 13-75 15-00 9-33i 9-914J10-50 10 664 11-33V12-00 12-00 12-75 13-50 13-331 14-16*15-00 14-664 15-531116.50 16-00 17-00 18-00 11-08} 12-604 14-25 15-831 17-414 19-00 11-664 12-25 13-a31 14-00 15-00 115-75 16-66i 17-50 18-33| 19-25 20-00 21-00 12-831 14-664 16-50 18-331 20-164 22-00 14-00 16-00 18-00 20-00 22-00 24-00 13 14 15 16 17 18 14-031 15-Ki! 16-25 17-331 18-411 19-50 15-lGi 16-33| 17-50 18664 19-831 21-00 16-25 [17-331 17-50 118-664 18-75 20-00 20-00 21-331 21-25 !22-664 22-50 ;24-00 18-414 19-&31 21-25 22-661 24-085 25-50 19-50 21-00 22-50 24-00 25-50 27-00 20-531 21-664 22-75 22-16J 23-33$ 24-50 2:3-75 25-00 26-25 25-33 J 26-6fii 28-00 26-914 28-331 29'75 28-50 30-00 31-50 23-831 25-664 27-50 29-331 31-164 33-00 26-00 23-00 30-00 32-00 34-00 36-00 38-00' 40-00 42-00 44-00 46-00 48-00 19 20 21 22 23 24 20-5SJ 21-fiG.' 22-75 23-a31 M-81J 26-00 22-164 *3-73 '25-3.31 20-9H 28-50 23-331 25-00 26-661 28-331 30-00 24-50 2(>-25 i28-00 29-75 31-50 25-66427-50 20-33 \ 31 16433-00 26-S3J 23-75 ;30-66i 32-58134-50 28-00 [30-00 32-00' 3-1-00 J36-00 30-081 31-664 33-25 31-664 33-33135-00 33-25 i 35-00 36-75 34-831I38-86* 38-50 36414I38-33J 40-25 38-00 1 40-00 42-00 34-83} 36-664 38-50 40-331 42-164 44-00 25 26 27 28 27-08' 28-16: 29-25 30-33J 29-164I31-25 ;33-331 30-331 32-50 34-604 31-50 J33-75 ,36-00 32-66435-00 37-331 35-414 36-831 38-25 39-6 TPGO'N O *> TT 3 O O *-" S'S^S fc fco"* jM?,-a o T: te s "i" - lj| g.go^ 73 S ' O c a * BS-n 11 g f.*+ <&j~ Isli 2 - > ^s!,? H ?,; a-M* i&e s.-TS The Mechanics' and Farmer oa> 8 for a month, from $5 to 30, can be added together, as follow $13'50for 13 days, which is at the NEW RATES OF POSTAGE. 125 NEW RATES OF POSTAGE. No. 1. LETTER POSTAGE TO AND FROM ANY PART OF THE U. S. For each \ ounce, under SQQQmilet, PREPAID BY POSTAGE STAMPS, 3 cents. For each 3 ounce over 3000 miles, PREPAID BY POSTAGE STAMPS, 10 cents. Fractions over a single rate are charged as one rate. Letters dropped for delivery are charged one cent. Letters advertised are charged one cent extra. NO. 2. LETTER POSTAGE TO AND FROM BRITISH NORTH AMERICAN PROVINCES, (PREPAID OH HOT.) For each \ ounce, when not over 3000 miles from ihe line of crossing, 10 cents. For each J ounce when distance exceeds 3000 miles do 15 cents. Newspapers and Periodicals are chargeable with United Slates postage to and from the lines. To be prepaid when Sent and collected when received. NO. 3. POSTAGE ON PRINTED MATTER, TRANSIENT OR OTHERWISE, IN THE UNITED STATES. New Law Prepayment on all Transient Printed Matter Compulsory. Unsealed circulars, advertisements, business cards, transient news- papers, and every other article of transient printed matter, (except books,) not weighing over three ounces, sent in ihe mail to any part of the United Slates, are chargeable with ONK CENT postage EACH, to be prepaid by postage stamps. Where more than on^ circular is printed on a sheet, or a circular and letter, each must be charged with a single rate. This applies to lottery and other kindred sheets assuming the form and name of newspapers ; and the miscellaneous matter in such sheets must also be charged with one rate. A business card on an unsealed envelope of a circular subjects the en- tire package to letter posiage. Any transient matter, like a circular or hand- bill, enclosed in or with a periodical or newspaper sent to a subscriber, or to any other person, subjects the whole package to letter postage ; and when- ever subject to letter posiage, from being sealed, or from any cause whatever, all printed matter, wilhout exception, must be pi epaid, or excluded from the mail. Three ounces, or less PREPAID BY POSTAGE STAMPS, 1 cent. For each additional ounce PREPAID BY POSTAGE STAMPS, 1 cent. No. 2. Small Newspapers and Periodicals, published monthly or oftener, and Pamphlets not containing more than 16 octavo pages, when sent in single packages to one address, and weighing at least 8 ounces For eight ounces PREPAID BY POSTAGE STAMPS, 4 cents. For each additional ovnce PREPAID BY POSTAGE STAMPS. J cent. No. 3. Maps, engravings, lithographic or photographic prints on rollers or in paper cover* ; books, bound or unbound ; phonographic paper and letter en- velopes, shall be charged postage by the weight of the package, not in any case to exceed four pounds. Cards, blank or printed ; blanks in packages, and seeds and cuttings in packages not exceeding eight ounces in weight. To be put up in a cover or wrapper, or packed and marked, so that their true character may be seen. For each ounce under 1500 miles PREPAID BY POSTAGE STAMPS, 1 cts. For each ounce ov er 1500 miles PREPAID BY POSTAGE STAMPS, 2 cents. Fractions over a single rate are charged as one rate. An avoirdupois | ounce is 213J grains. 1 Wafer weighs 1 grain. Sealing wax 5 gr. A sheet of foolscap weighs 172 grains; letter-paper, 135. Small en- velope, 42 grains ; large, 52. You can send a letter 3000 miles for 3 cents, pre- paid, containing ihe sheet of letter-paper, wilh five bank-notes, sealed wilh wax ; or the letter with three bank-notes in an envelope. Haifa sheet of let- ter-paper, wilh a half-eagle enclosed under wax. A sheet with one and a half dimes enclosed, secured by wafers. A single sheet of letter-paper, with a quar- ter-eagle enclosed, secured by wax. BMA 11* 126 PRACTICAL SYSTEM OF BOOK-KEEPING. BOOK-KEEPING. Book-keeping is the art of recording, in a regular set of books, every business and transaction where money or property of any sort passes to or from, in such a manner, that the true state of sales, receipts, and debts, may be known by inspecting the books. Without keeping books regularly, no person in any business can know the true state of his affairs. Two methods have been generally adopted, viz. : 1. Single Entry. 2. Double Entry. In order to know his situation perfectly, it is necessary from time to time for a man in trade to take an account of stock, and when that is done, the use of double entry is nearly done away, as the intention of double entry is principally to let one know the stock on hand by the books, as well as the profits upon each separate transaction. Those who trust to double entry, and who have no goods actually in their possession, may rely on its being a complete and perfect system ; but there have been instances where those who have many goods on hand, trusting to this method, and neglecting to take account of slock, have been robbed to a considerable amount before they knew anything of it. The method by single entry is used principally by traders in retail busi- ness, and is calculated to answer all the purposes of the Mechanic and Farmer, that a just and exact state of their less extensive pecuniary con- cerns may at any time be known. DAY BOOK. This Book commences with an inventory of the Tradesman's effects, viz : his Cash, Merchandise, Real Estate, Notes, and obligations payable to him, and sums due him, &c.,and also all the Debtsdueby him to others, on Notes, Book Accounts, fyc. This book contains the entry of every transaction made at the time it occurs, in plain and concise language. The Day Book should be kept with great care and accuracy, for it contains the original entries, and is the principal book relied on as evidence in litigated cases. It should be regularly paged throughout. When an entry is made in the Day Book which is settled by cash before it is posted in the Leger, the posting may be omitted, and " Paid " written against the charge, and the amount entered in the Cash Book. LEGER. This is the Book into which the entries from the Day Book are so posted under Dr. and CV.,that the amount of each account is immediately appar- ent. The Leger should be regularly paged throughout, and should contain an alphabetical list of the names of persons with whom accounts are opened, with the number of the folio on which they can be found. The requisite number of pages, at the beginning of the Leger. can be taken for (his Index. When the place assigned for any person's account is filled with items, the account may be transferred to another page in the following manner, viz. : add up the columns on both sides, and against the sum write," Amount transferred to folio -" inserting the number of the folio where the new account is opened. After titling the new account and entering the number of the folio in the index, write on the Dr. side of the new account, " To amount brought from folio " inserting the number of the folio from which the old account was brought, and on the Cr. side " By amount brought from folio " inserting also the folio where the old account was ; and place the sums in the proper columns. PRACTICAL SYSTEM OF BOOK-KEEPING. 127 Although merchants, doing a large business, keep their books by double entry, the retailer, from the smallness of his sales, seldom does so. He may, however, find it expedient to open the following accounts : STOCK Is made Dr. for the amount you owe, and Cr. for your effects. CASH Is Dr. for all money on hand at the commencement of business, and for all sums received afterwards, and Cr. for all paid out. NOTES RECEIVABLE Are Dr. for notes received, and Cr. for all disposed of. NOTES PAYABLE Are Dr. for all notes paid or taken up that you have given, and Cr. for all you give. INTEREST Is Dr. for amounts allowed on discounts, accounts current, and in- terest on notes payable, and Cr. for balances of interest in your favor. EXPENSE This account is Dr. for all charges, such as workmen, laborers, freight, truckage, postage, rent, &c., &c. SUSPENSE In this account are entered nil amounts which remain in doubt ; and also, all deficiencies of merchandise, &c. j and is credited for whatever is received on the same accounts, PBOFIT AND Loss Is Dr. for every article delivered for which nothing is ex- pected to be received as an equivalent ; also for all losses, and Cr. for all gain upon bargains or goods. These accounts should be opened in the Leger in the same manner as with individuals, the Dr. always being on the left hand, and the Cr. on the right. CORRECTION OF ERRORS. If the entry of an article be omitted in the Day Book, enter it in the next vacant place, writing the word " omitted." If a wrong name be entered draw a line underneath, and write the right name above. If an error be made in an account, write the word " error" against it (omitting to post,) and make a correct entry. In the Leger, if an item has been posted to a wrong account, post on the opposite side, " By or To Error" and mark both by a star; when posted on the wrong side of an account balance it by posting " To or By Error" on the opposite, and then post on the right side. Erasures should not be made. CASH BOOK. In this Book the daily receipts and payments of money are recorded, with the date and other particulars. The account should be balanced monthly, or at shorter intervals, and the totals transferred to the Dr. and Cr. side of the Leger. See Cask Book. BALANCE SHEET. At the close of each year, or oftener, it will be found useful to form a balance account. When all the transactions are correctly posted into the Leger, each ac- count is balanced by subtracting the less side from the greater, entering the balance on the less side, by which both sides will be made equal. The bal- ances being added to the cash on hand and the value of the goods unsold, the sum is the net of the estate, which compared with the stock at com- mencing business exhibits the profit and loss. GENERAL ACCOUNT BOOK. This Book shows the method of keeping accounts with only cne book, and is adapted to the business of Farmers, Mechanics, and those whose business is too limited to require a set of books. This book is ruled like the Leger; but the accounts are entered in full, as in the Day Book. If an account occupies more space than is allotted to it. it may be transferred to a new page. See Example. 128 DAY BOOK. DAY BOOK. Boston, November 1, 1857. [11 Inventory of Effects on commencing business : By cash on hand 300 00 Merchandise in store, 20000 t* I am indebted Net Capital 2 CHARLES FREEMAN, Dr. To Slbs. H. Tea a 50 250 3 " 20 Ibs. Sugar, " 8 1 00 " (5 Ibs. Raisins, "12 72 " 20 Ibs. No. 2 Soap " 7 140 JOHN SMITH, Dr. To 1 ps. bleached Sheeting, 32yds. a 7 224 3 ' 4 Linen Cambric Hdkfe., " 50 200 " G yds. blue Cassimeres, "2.00 1200 "12" Calico " 20 240 " 4 pairs Footings, " 25 100 5 D. EGGERT & Son, New York, Dr. To 1 Law Cabmet-(en!arged edition) o 2.25 225 " 2 Masters' and Mates' Manual, " .75 1 50 " 1 Art of Sailmaking, " .75 75 " 5 Laws of the Sea, " .25 125 " 4 Merchants' and Common Carriers' Assistant,.. ." .25 1 00 7 MAYO & BROWN, Cr. By 1 bbl. brown Havana Sugar, net 240 Ibs. a 5 1200 1 bag Cuba Coffee " 100" "9 900 3 " 1 chest Ningyong Tea, " 62" ' 25 1550 " 1 bbl. Sperm Oil, " 32gals." 1.00 3200 D. EGGERT & SON, New York, Cr. By Cash on account, 3 8 D. EGGERT k SON, New York, Dr. To 20 Merchants' and Mechanics' Assistants including the Art of Sailmaking, Book-keeping, &c a 2.00 40 oo ;< 3 Law Cabinets, enlarged edition, " 2.25 675 " 3 Art of Sailmaking, " .75 235 . MAYO & BROWN, Dr. To Cash on account. GRANT, WARHEN & Co., Cr 3 By 1 ream Cap Paper, a 200 1 Letter Paper, "200 1 " Pot Paper, "1.75 1 " Demy Paper, " 1.25 DAY BOOK. 129 [21 Boston, November 12, 1857. P. of U Piid Enter in To 10 Merchants' and Mechanics' Assistants in- rash eluding the Art of Sailmaking a 2.00 2000 Book. 2 Masters' and Mates' Manuals, " .75 150 12 MRS. HORACE SMITH, Dr. PmM. TO 10 I bs. Raisins a 10 160 " 80 Ibs. white Havana Sugar, "10 800 15 p :, CARTER & BROTHER, Cr. V B ' By 1 firkin Butter net401bs.a20 800 ' 1 bbl. Sperm Oil, net 32 galls, o 1.00 3200 16 ; WM. B. LITTLE, Druggist, San Francisco, Cr. By 7 Ibs. Turkey Rhubarb, a 3.75 2625 " 10 " Opium, "3.50 35 00 " 1 bbl. Cream Tartar, pulv., 2251bs.net." 19 4275 17 Pakl. CHARLES CHASE, Cr. C. B. By Mdse., as per bill, t< THAXTER & PON, Dr. Paid. TO 12 Merchants' and Mechanics' Assistants, in- cluding the Art of Sailmaking, o 2.00 _________ " _ NEGUS fc Co., New York, Dr. To 5 Merchants' and Mechanics' Assistant, in- cluding the An of Sailmaking, a 2.00 18 CHARLES FREEMAN, Cr. |By cash paid in full on settlement, 30 D. EGGERT & Sox, Cr. 3 By their note at 00 days in full on settlement, ________ - MAYO & BROWN, Dr. 3 To my note at 30 days from date in full on settlement, JOHN SMITH, Cr. 3 By Cash on account ^__ ii ____________ WM. B. LITTLE, Dr. 3 To my note at 4 months, 130 LEGER. Dr. LEGER. D. EGGERT & SON. Cr. [3! 1857. Nov. 1 To Mde P i 8 6 c. 75 1857. Nov 7 P 1 1 c no " 8 1 49 00 " 30 " balance,.... 51 75 55 75 55 75 Nov. 30 " Balance, . . . 51 75 Nov. 30 " Note 2 51 75 Dr. CHARLES FREEMAN. Cr. 1S57. Nov. 2 ToMdse P- 9 6 c. '21 1857. Nov. 18 By Cash, in full, ! ^ $ G c. X Not*. While the ba- is closed untesa payment a made in full. Dr. JOHN SMITH. Cr. 1857. Nov 5 To Mdse P- 19 c. f>1 1857. Nov. 30 By Cash P .-> S 10 c. 00 ~19 (it " 30 " Balance,... 9 ~19 64 04 Nov. 30 To Balance, 9 04 Dr. MAYO & BROWN. Cr. 1857. Nov. 10 To Cash, P i 9 11 c. 00 1S57. Nov 7 By Mdse., P i $ (58 c. 50 " 30 " Balance, . . . 57 50 Nov. 30 To ray Note, . . . 57 50 Nov. 30 By Balance 57 SO Dr. GRANT, W.JRREN & Co. Cr. 1SS7. Nov. 11 By Sundries,.. . P- $ 7 c. 00 Dr. WILLIAM ]J. LITTLE. Cr. 1857. Nov. 30 To my Note, . . P- 9 104 c. 00 1857. Nov. 1C By Mdse., P 8 $ 104 c. 00 Dr. NEGUS &. Co., New York. Cr. 1357. P- $ c. Nov. 17 To Mdse., a 10 00 When one side of an apace than another, place the footling of toth col trim* on parallel lines. and draw a diagonal line across the vacant space. NOTK. An account should be closed when you receive or pay in full. -"When you close an account " By Balance," the balance is brought down, and is the beginning of a new ac- count. If closed "To Balance," Credit the new accomnt by that balance, if closed " By Balance," Debit the new account to that balance. CASH BOOK. 131 Nov. 1. CASH BOOK. Dr. Cr. 1857. Nov: 1 " l 7 10 ' 12 ' 12 ' 15 17 2 " 00 32 9 3 11 40 45 12 1 3 2 24 11 25 12 189 379 00 00 00 00 50 GO 75 00 50 00 00 00 00 07 3J Received of D. Eggert & Son, on acct., Received of F. W. Lincoln, Jr., tc Co., " " " " Mrs. Smith, Paid Carter k Brother, for .Mdse Received of Thaxter & Son, Paid lor Insurance on Stock, " ' Postage, Received of John Jones, for drawing Mortgage, Paid discount on D. Eggert &. Son's Note, " truckage and cooperage for Mdse., Received of Charles Freeman, Paid for Rent " " Clerk's Hire. Paul for Personal Expenses, this month, Balance of Cash on hand, brought down, Dec. 1 189 07 NOTE. Retailers allow the money received during the day to remain until evening then count it, and enter it in the Cash Book, as the amount of sales for the day. Some Retailers enter on a slate all cash received during the day from sales and enter it in the Cash Book in the evening. Sometimes it is more convenient for the cash account to occupy two pages. BALANCE SH33ET. The object of a balance sheet is to exhibit at one view the result of the Leg- er, and the state of your affairs. RESOURCES. November 31, 1857. LIABILITIES. 9 C. i 9 c. John Smith, on acct.,'. . 3 9 04 Grant, Warren & Co. on T 10 00 T 7 00 51 7 r ) Notes 1 161 ">0 ri 39 % 168 50 Goods on hand, as per Amt. of Capital, Nov. 1, 1957, $500 00 date 450 00 Gain .... 40 GO Cash as per bal. in Cash " Present net Cap'l, Nov. Book, 189 07 31 1857 541 'Ifi 710 T) ' 710 40 An Atcovnt Current is a transcript from both sides of a Leger, with the par- ticular dates and explanations from the original entries. Whenever a Bill is settled by Cash, or otherwise, write the day of the month and year it is paid, or settled, in the bill. Whenever you enter into an agreement or contract, make duplicates in writing, and lot them be signed and witnessed. t When you lend money, always take a note for the amount. When you pay a person either in part or in full, always take a receipt. 132 GENERAL ACCOUNT BOOK. 6~3 O 00 O O CO I | O o o o i oil C. u-3 1 oil or? l~ OU<- C- 9 C1 ^*" rt S SI iS CO d c3 *" tc l*H fit O " * * 2 ! i 'S-o > S o -a 3 O '3 s o 000 00 . I - -|| M i o in to z a o o o o O in in O 6 S 5 CO r* CO ** CO ^s e 8 e e * a ' H M M p O O c 33 . . Z . ^r V 1 co . , - Q, c c . o sT o . o. E 15 .2 c. a (0 i f - 91 S'fi ^ " "> ^ S 15 "2 z gs Z 3 ~ *-S CJ . |J J2 zz 3 1 **- 2 C 3 S O n^jocco a OM ^ 11 ^ 1 o. . ^ ^ o - ^ P O " E-- H CJ - CO "z* ^ - rtw s C) be c* p bo b^n >3 o - s ' - c. lis c. a c. S g Z z "Q NOTE. Where only one book is kept, an' account had better occupy two passes, like the above, that there may be sufficient room to note down the name, quality, price, &c., of the articles. THE TINMAN'S MANUAL AND BUILDEH'S AND MECHANIC'S HANDBOOK, DESIGNED FOE Tinmen, Japanners, Coppersmiths, Engineers, Mechanics, Builders, Mill- wrights, Smiths, Masons, Carpenters, Joiners, Slaters, Plasterers, Painters, Glaziers, Pavers, Plumbers, Surveyors, Gaugers, &c, &c.; with Compositions and Receipts for other useful and important purposes in the Practical Arts. BY I. R. BUTTS, Author of the " United States Business Man's Law Cabinet," " Business Man's Law Library ;" " Merchant's and Shipmaster's Manual and Shipbuild- er's and Sailmaker's Assistant," &c., &c. O O 1ST 3D E3J3ITIO3ST. BOSTON: PUBLISHED BY I. R. BUTTS & CO. CORNER OF SCHOOL AND WASHINGTON" STREET, Over T'iclmor to 3 inches in thickness 189 ELASTIC FOKCE OF STEAM. Table of the Elastic Properties of Steam and corresponding tempe- rature of Water 194 Production & Properties of Steam IDS Table of the Elastic Force of Steam the Pressure of the Atmosphere not being included 195 Table of the Consumption of Coal per hour in Steamers 196 Evaporative Power of Coal 190 G AUGER'S RULES AND TABLES. To Gauge Casks, U. States Gallons 201 Tables of the Comparative Value To Gauge Casks, Imperial Gallons 202 of Imperial and United States To Ullage, or find the contents of Measures.... 203 Casks partly filled 203 Miscellaneous Tables 204 RULES WITH DIAGRAMS FOR WORKERS IN TIN, SHEET IRON AND COPPER, AND TABLES GIVING THE DIAMETERS, CIRCUMFERENCES, AND AREAS OF CIRCLES, THE CONTENTS OF EACH IN GALLONS. MANUFACTURE OF TIN PLATE. " The different processes of the manufacture of tin plate may be de- scribed most properly in seven distinct stages. The first begins with the bars of iron which form the plate ; the last terminates with an account of the process of tinning their surface. The description is somewhat technical ; but a glance at the following heads will enable the reader to comprehend the whole process : " 1. Rolling is the first and most important point requisite to the production of the latten, or plates of iron, previous to the operation of tinning them. For this pui'pose the finest quality of charcoal iron is invariably employed, which, in its commercial state, generally consists of long flat bars. These are cut into small squares averaging one-half an inch in thickness, which are heated repeatedly in a fur- nace, and are repeatedly passing through iron rollers. A convenient degree of thinness having been obtained, the now extended plates are "doubled up," heated, rolled, opened-out, heated and rolled again, until, at length, the standard thickness of the plate has been reached. " 2. Shearing. A pair of massive shears worked by machinery, is now applied to the rugged edges of this lamellar formation of iron- plate. It is cut into oblong squares, 14 inches by 10, and presents the appearance of a single plate of iron, beautifully smooth on its surface. A juvenile with a knife soon destroys the appearance, however, and eight plates are produced from the slightly coherent mass. " 3. Scaling. This process consists in freeing the iron surface from its oxyd and scoriae. After an application of sulphuric acid, a number of plates, to the extent, we shall say, of GOO or 800, are packed in a cast-iron box, which is exposed for some hours to the heat of a furnace. On being opened the plates are found to have acquired a bright blue steel tint, and to be free from surface impurities. " 4. Cold Rolling. It is impossible that the plates could pass through the last fiery ordeal without becoming disfigured. The cold rolling process corrects this. Each plate is separately passed through a pair of hard polished rollers, screwed tightly together. Not only do the plates acquire from this operation a high degree of smoothness MANUFACTURE Of TIN PLATES. 13 and regularity, but they likewise acquire the peculiar elasticity of hammered metal. One man will cold roll 225,000 plates in a week, and each of them is, on an average, three times passed through the rollers. " 5. Annealing. This process is also a modern improvement on the manufacture : 600 plates are again packed into cast iron boxes and exposed to the furnace. There is this difference in the present pro- cess from that of scaling that the boxes must be preserved air-tight, otherwise the contained plates would inevitably weld together and produce a solid mass. The infinitessimal portion of confined air prevents this. " 6. Pickling. The plates are again consigned to a bath of diluted acid, till the surface becomes uniformly bright and clean. Some nice manipulation belongs to this process. Each plate is, on its re- moval from the acid, subjected to a rigid scrutiny by women, whose vocation it is to detect any remaining impurity, and scour it from the surface. These multifarious operations, it will be seen, are all preliminary to the last, and the most important of all that of tinning. Theoretically simple, this process is practically difficult ; and to do it full justice would carry us beyond our limits. We shall however, mention the principal features. " 7. Tinning. A rectangular cast iron bath, heated from below, and calculated to contain 200 or 300 sheets, and about a tun of pure block tin, is now put in request. A stratum of pyreumatic fat floats upon its surface. Close to the side of this tin pot stands another re- ceptacle, which is filled with melted grease, and contains the prepared plates. On the other side is an empty pot, with a grating ; and last of all there is yet another pot, containing a small stratum of melted tin. Let us follow the progress of a single plate. A functionary known as the " washerman," armed with tongs and a hempen brush, withdraws the plate from the bath of tin wherein it has been soaking ; and, with a degree of dexterity only to be acquired by long practice, sweeps one side of the plate clean, and then reversing it, repeats the operation. In an instant it is again submerged in the liquid tin, and is then as quickly transferred to the liquid grease. The peculiar use of the hot grease consists in the property it possesses of equalizing the distribution of the tin, of retaining the superfluous metal, and of spreading the remainder equally on the surface of the iron. Still there is left on the plate what we may term a salvage ; and this is 2 14 MANUFACTURE OF TIN PLATES. finally removed by means of the last tin pot, which just contains the necessary quantity of fluid metal to melt it off a smart blow being given at the same moment to assist the disengagement. The " list- mark," may be observed upon every tin plate without exception. We may add here, that an expert washerman will finish 6000 metal- lic plates in twelve hours, notwithstanding that each plate is twice washed on both sides, and twice dipped into the melted tin. After some intermediate operations for we need not continue the consec- utive description the plates are sent to the final operation of clean- ing. For this purpose they are rubbed with bran, and dusted upon tables ; after which they present the beautiful silvery appearance so characteristic of the best English tin plate. Last of all they reach an individual called the "sorter," who subjects every plate to a strict examination, rejects those which are found to be defective, and sends those which are approved to be packed, 300 at a time, in the rough wooden boxes, with the cabalistic signs with which the most of us have been familiar since the days of our adventures in the back- shop of the tinsmith." [From the Builder.'] QUALITY OF TIN PLATE. The tests for tin plates are ductility, strength, and color ; and to possess these, the iron used must be of the best quality, and all the process be conducted with care and skill. The following conditions are inserted in some specifications, and will serve to indicate the strength and ductility of first-class tin plates : 1st, They must bear cutting into strips of a width equal to ten times the thickness of the plate, both with and across the fibre, with- out splitting ; the strips must bear, while hot, being bent upon a mould, to a sweep equal to four times the width of the strip. 2nd, While cold, the plates must bear bending in a heading ma- chine, in such a manner as to form a cylinder, the diameter of which shall at most be equal to sixty times the thickness of the plate. In these tests, the plate must show neither flaw nor crack of any kind. TO FIND THE CIRCUMFERENCE OF ANY DIAMETER. [Drawn for this work by L. W. TBCESDZLL, Tinman, Ovrcgo, N. Y.] FIG. 1. From the centre C describe a circle AB, having the required diam- eter ; then place the corner of the square at the centre C, and draw the lines CD and CE ; then draw the chord DE : three times the diam- eter added to the distance from the middle of the chord DFE to the middle of the subtending arc DGE, will be the circumference sought. TO FIND THE AREA OF THE SECTOR OF A CIRCLE. RULE. Multiply the length of the arc DGE by its radius DC, and half the product is the area. The length of the arc DGE equal 9 feet, and the radii CD, CE, equal 7 feet required the area. 9-5x7 = 66-5 -r- 2 = 33-25 the area. 16 PROPORTION OF CIRCLES. PROPORTION OF CIRCLES. [Drawn for this work by L. W. TKUKSDELL, Tinman, Owcgo, N. Y. Or-igrln.a,l. FIG. 2. To enable machinists to enlarge or reduce machinery wheels with- out changing their respective motion. First, describe two circles AB and CD the size of the largest wheels which you wish to change to a large or small machine, with the gentre P of the smaller circle CD on the circumference of the large one AB ; then draw two lines LM and NO tangent to the circles AB and CD, and a line IK passing through their centres P and R ; then if you wish to reduce the machine, describe a circle the size you wish to reduce it to ; if one-half, for example, have the centre Q one-half TO DESCRIBE AN ELLIPSE. 17 the distance from R to S and describe the circle EF, and on its cir- cumference T as a centre, describe a circle GH, allowing their cir- cumferences to touch the tangent lines LM and NO, which will make the circle EF one-half the size of the circle AB, and GH one-half the 1 size of CD ; therefore EF and GH are in the same proportion to each other as AB and CD. If you wish to reduce one-third, have the centre Q one-third the distance from R to S ; if one-fourth have the centre Q one-fourth the distance from R to S, and so on. This calculation may be applied beyond the centre R for enlarging machine wheels, which will enable you to make the alteration without changing their respective motion. TO DESCRIBE AN ELLIPSE, OR OVAL. [Simple Method.] FIG. 3. At a given distance, equal to the required eccentricity of the ellipse, place two pins, A and B, and pass a string, ACB, round them ; keep the string stretched by a pencil or tracer, C, and move the pencil along, keeping the string all the while equally tense, then will the ellipse CGLFH be described. A and B are the foci of the ellipse, D the centre, DA or DB the eccentricity, EF the principal axis or longer diameter, G H the shorter diameter, and if from any point L in the curve a line be drawn perpendicular to the axis, then will LK be an ordinate to the axis corresponding to the point L, and the parts of the axis EK, KF into which LK divides it are said to be the ab- scissEE corresponding to that ordinate. NOTE. OVAL. A curve line, the two diameters of which are of unequal length, and is allied in form to the ellipse. An ellipse is that figure which is produced by cutting a cone or cylinder in a direction oblique to its axis, and passing through its sides. An oval maybe formed by joining different seg- ments of circles, so that their meeting shall not be perceived, but form a contin- uous curve line. All ellipses are ovals, but all ovals are not ellipses ; for the term oval may be applied to all egg-shaped figures, those which are broader at one end than the other, as well as those whose ends are equally curved. 2* 18 TO DESCRIBE AN ELLIPSEi TO DESCRIBE AN ELLIPSE. [Drawn forthis workby L.W. TKUESDELL, Tinman, Owcgo, N. Y.] Oi-iglna.1. FIG. 4. A l4 G B To describe an ellipse of any length and width, and by it to describe a pattern for the sides of a vessel of any flare. First draw an indefinite line DE perpendicular to the line AB, and from C, the point of intersection, as a centre, describe a circle FG, having the diameter equal to the length of the ellipse ; from the TO DESCRIBE AN ELLIPSE. 19 same centre C describe a circle HJ equal to the width ; then describe the end circles LK' and LK, as much less than the width as the width is less than the length ; then draw the lines MN and MN tangent to the circles K'L, HJ and KL ; from the middle of the line MN at erect a perpendicular produced until it intersects the indefinite line DE ; from the point of intersection P as a centre, describe the arc K'HK, and with the same sweep of the dividers mark the point R on the line DE ; from the point R draw the lines RU and RV through the points K' and K where the arc K'HK touches the end circles K'L and KL ; then place one foot of the dividers on the point R and span them to the point H, and describe the arc Q'HQ, which will be equal in length to the arc K'HK ; from the same centre R describe the arc UWV the width of the pattern ; then span the dividers the diameter of the end circle KL ; place one foot of the dividers on the line RV, at point Q, and the other at Y as a centre, describe the arc QT the length of the curve line KG, and with the same sweep of the dividers describe the arc T'Q' from the centre Y' on the line RU ; then span the dividers from Y' to U, and from Y' as a centre, describe the arc UX, and from Y as a centre, describe the arc VX, which completes the description of the pattern. The more flare you wish the pattern to have, the nearer the centre point R must be to H ; and the less flare, the further the centre point R must be from H ; in the same proportion as you move the centre R towards, or from H, you must move the centre Y towards, or from Q, or which would be the same as spanning the dividers less, or greater, than the diameter of the end circle KL. TO FIND THE CIRCUMFERENCE OF AN ELLIPSE. RULE. Multiply half the sum of the two diameters by 3-1416, and the product will be the circumference. Example. Suppose the longer diameter 6 inches and the shorter diameter 4 inches, then 6 added to 4 equal 10, divided by 2 equal 5, multiplied by 3-1416 equal 15-7080 inches circumference. TO FIND THE AREA OF AN ELLIPSE. RULE. Multiply the longer diameter by the shorter diameter, and by -7854, and the product will be the area. Example. Required the area of an ellipse whose longer diameter is 6 inches and shccter diameter 4 inches? 6 X 4 X '7854 = 18-8496, the area. TO DESCRIBE A RIGHT ANGLED ELBOW. TO DESCRIBE A RIGHT ANGLED ELBOW. [Drawn for this work by L. W. TRUESDELL, Tinman, Owego, N. Y.] Original. FIG. 5. First construct a rectangle ADEB equal in width to the diameter of the elbow, and the length equal to the circumference; then from the point J, the middle of the line AB, draw the line JH, and from the point F, the middle of the line AD, draw the line FG ; from the point J draw two diagonal lines JD and JE ; then span the dividers so as to divide one of these diagonal lines into six equal parts, viz. J, L, 0, T, 0, V, E ; from the point L erect a perpendicular, pro- duced to the line JH ; from the point of contact M, as a centre, describe the arc NJO for the top of the elbow, and from the points TO DESCRIBE A STRAIGHT ELBOW. 21 M' and M' as centres, with the same sweep of the dividers, describe the arcs NO and NO ; then draw an indefinite straight line PQ tan- gent to the arcs NO and NJ, having the points of contact at S and S ; on this tangent line erect a perpendicular passing through the point N produced until it intersects the line BE produced ; then place one foot of the dividers on the point of intersection R and span them over the dotted line to the point T, and with the dividers thus spanned describe the arcs TS, TS, TS, and TS ; these arcs and the arcs NO, NJO, and ON will be the right angled elbow required. TO DESCRIBE A STRAIGHT ELBOW. [Old Method.] Fia. 6. "--. N, X t^~ =5 \ ~z_ i 2 \ / X / J. - 4 / ~C d \ ; I / b e \ I 6 // a. S ^ 6 7 X 1 s; 7 Mark out the length and depth of the elbow, ABCD ; draw a semi- circle at each end, as from AB and CD ; divide each semicircle into eight parts ; draw horizontal lines as shown from 1 to 1, 2 to 2, &c. ; divide the circumference or length, ACBD, into sixteen equal parts, and draw perpendicular lines as in figure ; draw a line from a to b and from b to c, and on the opposite side from d to e and e to/; for the top sweep set the dividers on fourth line from top and sweep two of the spaces ; the same at the corner ; on space for the remaining sweeps set the dividers so to intersect in the three corners of the spaces marked X . The seams must be added to drawing. 22 TO DESCRIBE A CURVED ELBOW. TO DESCRIBE A CURVED ELBOW. [Drawn for this work by L.W. TEUESDELL, Tinman, Owego, N. T.] Original. FIG. 7. Fia. 8. TO DESCRIBE A CURVED ELBOW. 23 Describe two circles UX and V'S, the curves desired for the elbow, having the distance from U to V equal to the diameter ; then divide the circle V, W, R and S, into as many sections as desired ; then construct a rectangle, Fig. 8, ADEB, the width equal to the width of one section V'W, Fig. 7, and the length equal to the circumference of the elbow ; then span the dividers from the point R to the point P at the dotted line, Fig. 7, and with the dividers thus spanned mark the points FF' Fig. 8, from points A and D, and draw the lines FG and F'G' ; from point I draw the two diagonal lines IF and IG, span the dividers so as to divide one of these diagonal lines into six equal parts, viz. I, L, 0, T, 0, V, G ; from the point L erect a perpendicular line produced until it intersects the line IH produced ; from the point of intersection M, as a centre, describe the arc NIO for the top of the elbow ; with the same sweep ot the dividers describe the arcs NO and NO ; then draw an indefinite straight line PQ tangent to the arcs NO and NT, having the points of contact at S and S ; on this tangent line erect a perpendicular line passing through the point N (same as in Fig. 5), produced until it intersects the line BE pro- duced ; then place one foot of the dividers on the point of intersection and span them over the dotted line to the point T, (same as in Fig. 5), and with the dividers spanned describe the arcs TS, TS, TS, and TS ; these arcs and the arcs NO, NIO and ON, will be one side of the section, and by the same rule the other side of the section may be described at the same time, which will be a pattern to cut the other sections by. SOLDERING. For Lead the solder is 1 part tin, 1 to 2 of lead; for Tin 1 to 2 parts tin to 1 of lead ; for Zinc 1 part tin to 1 to 2 of lead ; for Pewter 1 part tin to 1 of lead, and 1 to 2 parts of bismuth. The surfaces to be joined are made perfectly clean and smooth, and then covered with sal-ammoniac, or resin, or both ; the solder is then applied, being melted in, and smoothed over by the soldering iron. To Joint Lead Plates. The joints of lead plates for some purposes are made as follows : The edges are brought together, hammered down into a sort of channel cut out of wood, and secured with a few. v tacks. The hollow is then scraped clean with a scraper, rubbed over with candle grease, and a stream of hot lead is poured into it, the surface being afterwards smoothed with a red-hot plumber's iron. 24 TO DESCRIBE A STRAIGHT ELBOW. TO DESCRIBE A STRAIGHT ELBOW. [Another Method for describing a Straight Elbow.] FIGS. 9 & 10. Fig. 10. Fig. 9. Fia. 9. Draw a profile of half of the elbow wanted, and mark a semicircle on the line representing the diameter, divide the semi- circle into six equal parts, draw perpendicular lines from each divi- sion on the circle to the angle line as on figure. FIG. 10. Draw the circumference and depth of elbow wanted, and divide into twelve equal parts, mark the height of perpendic- ular lines of Fig. 9 on Fig. 10 a b c &c. ; set your dividers the same as for the semicircle and sweep from e to e intersecting with / and the same from c to the corner, then set the dividers one-third the circumference and sweep from e to d each side, and from a to b each side at bottom ; then set your dividers three-fourths of the cir- cumference and sweep from c to d each side on top, and from c to b at bottom, and you obtain a more correct pattern than is gen- erally used. Allow for the lap or seam outside of your drawing, and lay out the elbow deep enough to put together by swedge or machine. Be careful in dividing and mar-king out, and the large end will be true without trimming. The seams must be added to drawing. To Joint Lead Pipes. Widen out the end of one pipe with a taper wood drift, and scrape it clean inside ; scrape the end of the other pipe outside a little tapered, and insert it in the former : then solder it with common lead solder as before described ; or if required to be strong, rub a little tallow over, and cover the joint with a ball of melted lead, holding a cloth (2 or 3 plies of greased bed-tick) on the under side ; and smoothing over with it and the plumber's iron. TO DESCRIBE BEVEL COVERS. 23 TO DESCRIBE BEVEL COVERS FOR VESSELS, OR BREASTS FOR CANS. [Drawn for this work by L. W. TEUESDELL, Tinman, Owego, N. Y.] FIG. 11. From as a centre, describe a circle DE larger than the vessel ; and from C as a centre, describe a circle AB the size of the vessel, then with the dividers the same as you described the circle the size of the vessel, apply them six times on the circumference of the circle larger than the vessel ; for can-breasts describe the circle FG the size you wish for the opening of the breast. TO DESCRIBE PITCHED COVERS FOR PAILS, &c. FIG. 12. .To cut for pitched covers, draw a circle one inch larger than the hoop is in diameter after burring, then draw a line from the centre to 3 2C OVAL BOILER COVER. the circumference as in the figure, and one inch from the centre and connecting with this line draw two more lines the ends of which shall be one inch on either side of the line first drawn, and then cut out the piece. TO DESCRIBE AN OVAL BOILER COVER. [Drawn for this work by L. W. TKUESDELL, Tinman, Owego, N. Y.J FIG. 13. F J From C as a centre, describe a circle whose diameter will be equal to the width of the boiler outside of the wire, and draw the line AB perpendicular to the line EF, having it pass through the point D, which is one-half of the length of the boiler ; then mark the point J one quarter of an inch or more as you wish, for the pitch of the cover, and apply the corner of the square on the line AB, allowing the blade to fall on the circle at II, and the tongue at the point J ; then draw the lines HB, BJ, GA and AJ, which completes the description. * TO DESCRIBE A LIP TO A MEASURE. 27 TO DESCRIBE A LIP TO A MEASURE. [Drawn for this work by L. W. TBUESDELL, Tinman, Owego, N. Y.J Original. FIG. 14. Let the circle AB represent the size of the measure ; span the divi- ders from K to F three-quarters of the diameter ; describe the semi- circle DKE ; move the dividers to G the width of the lip required, and describe the semicircle KPJ, which will be the lip sought. THE CIRCLE AND ITS SECTIONS. 1. The Areas of Circles are to each other as the squares of their diameters ; any circle twice the diameter of another contains four times the area of the other. 2. The Radius of a circle is a straight line drawn from the centre to the circumference. 3. The Diameter of a circle is a straight line drawn through the centre, and terminated both ways at the circumference. 4. A Chord is a straight line joining any two points of the circum- ference. 5. An Arc is any part of the circumference. 6. A Semicircle is half the circumference cut off by a diameter. 7. A Segment is any portion of a circle cut off by a chord. 8. A Sector is a part of a circle cut off by two radii. 28 FLARING VESSEL. TO DESCRIBE A FLARING VESSEL PATTERN, A SET OF PATTERNS FOR A PYRAMID CAKE, OR AN ENVELOPE FOR A CONE. [Drawn for this work by L. W. TBUESDBLL, Tinman, Owcgo, N. Y.] Oi-iglnal. Fia. 15. From a point C as a centre, describe a circle AB equal to the large circumference ; with the point F as a centre, the depth of the vessel, describe a circle DE equal to the small circumference ; then draw the lines GH and RS tangent to the circles AB and DE ; from the point of intersection as a centre, describe the arcs ACB and DFE ; then ADEB will be the size of the vessel, and three such pieces will be an envelope for it, and AJBTFU the altitude ; then by dividing the sector TO DESCRIBE THE FRUSTUM OF A CONE. 29 SOH into sections AB, DE, PQ, and WX, you will have a set of patterns for a pyramid cake ; and the sector AOB will be one-third of an envelope for a cone. In allowing for locks, you must draw the lines parallel to the radii, as represented in the diagram by dotted lines, which will bring the vessel true across the top and bottom. TO DESCRIBE A CONE OR FRUSTUM. FIG. 16. D \ \ V .A. First draw a side elevation of the desired vessel, DE, then from A as a centre describe the arcs CDC and GEG ; after finding the diam- eter of the top or large end, turn to the table of Diameters and Cir- cumferences, where you will find the true circumference, which you will proceed to lay out on the upper or larger arc CDC, making due allowance for the locks, wire and burr. This is for one piece ; if for two pieces you will lay out only one-half the circumference on the plate ; if for three pieces one-third ; if for four pieces one-fourth ; and so on for any number, remembering to make the allowance for locks, wire and burr on the piece you use for a pattern. 30 TO DESCRIBE A HEART. CYCLOID. TO DESCRIBE A HEART. [Drawn for this work by L. \V. TEUESDKLL, Tinman, Owego, N. Y.] FIG. 17. Draw an indefinite line AB ; then span the dividers one-fourth the width you wish the heart, and describe two semicircumferences AC and CB ; span the dividers from A to B, the width of the heart, and dessribe the lines AD and BD, which completes the description. CYCLOID. FIG. 18. ABA Cycloid, a curve much used in mechanics. It is thus formed : If the circumference of a circle be rolled on a right line, beginning at any point A, and continued till the same point A arrive at the line again, making just one revolution, and thereby measuring out a straight line ABA equal to the circumference of a circle, while the TO STRIKE THE SIDE OF A FLARING VESSEL. 31 point A in the circumference traces out a curve line ACAGA : then this curve is called a cycloid ; and some of its properties are contained in the following lemma. If the generating or revolving circle be placed in the middle of the cycloid, its diameter coinciding with the axis AB, and from any point there be drawn the tangent CF, the ordinate CDE perpendicular to the axis, and the chord of the circle AD ; then the chief properties are these : The right line CD equal to the circular arc AD ; The cycloidal arc AC equal to double the chord AD ; The semi-cycloid ACA equal to double the diameter AB, and The tangent CF is parallel to the chord AD. This curve is the line of swiftest descent, and that best suited for the path of the ball of a pendulum. TO STRIKE THE SIDE OF A FLARING VESSEL. FIG. 19. 12 D To find the radius of a circle for striking the side of a flaring ves- sel having the diameters and depth of side given. RULE. As the difference between the large and small diameter is to the depth of the side, so is the small diameter to the radiua of the circle by which it is struck. Example. Suppose ABCD to be the desired vessel, with a top diameter of 12 inches, bottom diameter 9 inches, depth of side 8 inches. Then as 12 9 = 3 : 8 : : 9 to the radius. 8x 9 = 72 -f- 3 = 24 inches, answer. TINNING IRON. Cleanse the metal to be tinned, and rub with a coarse cloth, previously dipped in hydrochloric acid, (muriatic acid) and then rub on French putty with the same clotli. French putty is made by mixing tin filings with mercury. 32 TO DESCRIBE BREASTS FOR CANS. TO DESCRIBE BEVEL COVERS FOR VESSELS, OR BREASTS FOR CANS. Fia. 20. Construct a right angle ADB, and from the point C, the altitude height you wish the breast, erect a perpendicular line F ; then on the line B, mark the point E one-half the diameter of the can ; and on the line F, mark the point G one-half the diameter of the opening in the top of breast ; draw a line N to pass through the points E and G pro- duced until it intersects the line A ; place one foot of the dividers at the point of intersection H, and place the other on the point E, and describe the circle EIK ; span the dividers from the point II to point G, and describe the circle GLM ; then span the dividers from the point D to E, and step them six times on the circle EIK, which gives the size of the breast. Remember to mark the lines for the locks parallel with the radii. A GOOD SOLDER. Take 1 Ib. of pure Banca tin, and melt it, then add half a pound of clean lead, and when it is melted, stir the mixture gently -with a stick or poker, and pour it out into solder strips. TO FIND THE CENTRE OF A CIRCLE. 33 TO FIND THE CENTRE OF A CIRCLE FROM A PART OF THE CIRCUMFERENCE. [Drawn for this work by L. W. TEUESDELL, Tinman, Owego, N. Y.] Original. FIG. 21. Span the dividers any distance you wish, and place one foot on the circumference AB, and describe the semicircumferences CD, EF, GH, and IK, and through the points of their intersection PQ and RS, draw two indefinite lines LM and NO ; the point of their intersection T, will be the centre desired. le 34 TO CONSTRUCT THE FRUSTUM OF A CONE. SECTOR, FOR OBTAINING ANGLES. FIG. 22. SECTOR, a portion of a circle comprehended between any two radii and their intercepted arcs. Similar Sectors are those whose radii include equal angles. To find the area of a sector. Say as 360 is to the degrees, &c., in the arc of the sector, so is the area of the whole circle to the area of the sector. Or multiply the radius by the length of the arc, and half the product will be the area. TO CONSTRUCT THE FRUSTUM OF A CONE. Form of flat Plate by which to construct any Frustum of a Cone. Fia. 23. Let ABCD represent the required frustum ; continue the lines AD and BC until they meet at E ; then from E as centre, with the radius EC, describe the arc CH ; also from E, with the radius EB, describe the arc BI ; make BI equal in length to twice AGB, draw the line El, and BCIH is the form of the plate as required. STRIKING OUT A CONE. 35 RULE FOR STRIKING OUT A CONE OR FRUSTUM. Fio. 24. C B In a conical surface, there may be economy, sometimes, in having the slant height 6 times the radius of base. For a Circle may be wholly cut into conical surfaces, if the angle is 60, 30, 15, &c. But there is a greater simplicity in cutting it, when the angle ia 60. For instance, take AC equal to the slant height, describe an indefinite arc AO ; with the same opening of the dividers measure from A to B ; draw BC and we have the required sector. Thia would make the angle C equal 60. This angle may be divided into two or four equal parts, and we should thus have sectors whose angle would be 30 or 15, which would not make the vessel very flaring. The accompanying figure gives about the shape of the flar- FIG. 25. ing vessel when the angle of the sector is 30. TO FIND THE CONTENTS OF A PYRAMID OR CONE. RULE. Multiply the diameter of the base by itself, and this pro- duct by the height, then take one-third of this product for the con- tents ; to obtain gallons, divide the last result by 231. EXAMPLE. Required the cubic inches of a Cone whose base is 8 inches diameter, and height 18 inches. 8 X 3 = 64 X 18 = 1152 -=- 3 = 3S4 cubic inches, -r- 231 = 1 gall. "2% quarts. 36 CONTENTS IN GALLONS OF A FRUSTUM OF A CONE. HIPPED ROOFS, MILL HOPPERS, &c. To find the various Angles and proper Dimensions of Materials whereby to construct any figure whose form is the Frustum of a proper or inverted Pyramid, as Hipped Roofs, Mill Hoppers, fyc. FIG. 26. D C Let ABCD be the given dimensions of plan for a roof, the height RT also being given ; draw the diagonal AR, meeting the top or ridge Rs on plan ; from R, at right angles with AR and equal to the required height, draw the line RT , then TA , equal the length of the struts or corners of the roof ; from A , with the distance AT, describe an arc TZ, continue the diagonal AR until it cuts the arc 17, through which, and parallel with the ridge Rs, draw the line m n, which determines the required breadth for each side of the roof: from A, meeting the line m n, draw the line Ao, or proper angle for the end of each board by which the roof might require to be covered ; and the angle at T is what the boards require to be made in the direction of their thickness, when the corners or angles re- quire to be mitred. CONTENTS IN GALLONS OF THE FRUSTUM OF A CONE. FIGS. 27, 28, 29. To find the Contents in Gallons of a Vessel, whose diameter is larger at one end than the other, such as a Bowl, Pail, Fiskin, Tub, Coflee-pot, &c. RULE. Multiply the larger diameter by the smaller, and to the CONTENTS IN GALLONS OF SQUAKE VESSELS. 37 product add one-third of the square of their difference, multiply by the height, and multiply that product by .0034 for Wine Gallons, and by .002785 for Beer. EXAMPLE. Required the contents of a Coffee-pot 6 inches diameter at the top, 9 inches at the bottom, and 18 inches high. large diameter 9 brought up 1026 small do. 6 .0034 54 4104 of the square 3 3078 57 3.4884 Wine Gallons, height 18 or nearly 3 gallons. 456 57 Carried up 1026 1026 multiplied by .002785 equal 2.8574 Beer Gallons. RULE TO FIND THE CONTENTS IN GALLONS OF ANY SQUARE VESSEL. RULE. Take the dimensions in inches and decimal parts of an inch, multiply the length, breadth, and height together, and then multiply the product by .004329 for Wine Gallons, and .by .003546 for Ale Gallons. EXAMPLE. How many Wine Gallons will a box contain that is 10 feet long, 5 feet wide, and 4 feet deep. Length in inches, 120 Breadth in do. 60 brought up 345600 .004329 7200 Height in inches, 48 3110400 691200 1036800 1382400 57600 28800 1496.102400 gallons. or 1496 galls, and 3^ gills. Carried up, 345600 4 38 CONTENTS IN GALLONS OF CYLINDRICAL VESSELS. CONTENTS IN GALLONS OF CYLINDRICAL VESSELS. RULE. Take the dimensions, in inches and decimal parts of an inch. Square the diameter, multiply it by the length in inches, and then multiply the product by .0034 for Wine Gallons, or by .002785 for Ale Gallons. EXAMPLE. How many U. S. Gallons will a Cylindrical Vessel con- tain, whose diameter is 9 inches, and length 9 inches? Diameter, 9 brought up 769.5 9 .0034 Square Diam. Length, 81 9.5 405 729 Carried up, 769.5 30780 23085 2.61630 or 2 gallons and 5 pints. TO ASCERTAIN THE WEIGHTS OF PIPES OF VARIOUS METALS, AND ANY DIAMETER REQUIRED. Thickness in parts of an inch. Wrought iron. Copper. Lead. 1-32 326 Hi Ibs. plate -38 2 Ibs. lead -483 1-16 653 234 76 4 967 3-32 976 35 1-14 6J 1-45 1-8 1-3 46A 1-52 8 1-933 5-32 1-627 58 1-9 91 2-417 3-16 1-95 70 2-28 11 2-9 7-32 2-277 80A_ 2-66 13 3-383 1-4 2-6 93 3-04 15 ' 3.8G7 Rule. To the interior diameter of the pipe, in inches, add the thickness of the metal ; multiply the sum by the decimal numbers opposite the re- quired thickness and under the metal's name; also by the length of the pipe in feet, and the product is the weight of the pipe in Ibs. 1. Required the weight of a copper pipe whose interior diameter is 7 inches, its length 6| feet, and the metal 1-8 of an inch in thickness. 7-5 + -125 = 7-625 X 1-52 X G-25 = 72-4 Ibs. 2. What is the weight of a leaden pipe 18 feet in length, 3 inches in- terior diameter, and the metal of an inch in thickness ? 3 + -25 = 3-25 X 3-867 X 18-5 = 232-5 Ibs. TIN PLATES. QUANTITY OF TIN FOR CANS. 39 TIN PLATES. Size, Lenyih, Breadth, and Weight. BRASD-MAKK. No. of Sheets in Box. Length and Breadth. Weight per Box. Inches. Inches Cwt.'ar. Ibs 1 C 225 14 by 10 100 " 1 x 225 14 by 10 110 1 XX 1 xxx 1 xxxx 225 225 225 14 by 10 14 by 10 14 by 10 1 1 21 1 2 14 137 Each Ix advances $1.75 to $2.00 1 xxxxx 225 14 by 10 200 1 xxxxxx 225 14 by 10 2 21 J DC 100 17 by 124 3 14 (V> to o 03 D x 100 17 by 124 1 14 B V ES D xx 100 17 by 12| 117 <~ P- a 2 D xxx 100 17 by 124 120 3 D xxxx 100 17 by 124 1 2 21 ~ _ o "o D xxxxx 100 17 by 124 1 3 14 'g!3 s;~ D xxxxxx 100 17 by 124 207 ^ QJ 4) 1? S DC 200 15 by 11 1 1 27 S M S N S D x 200 15 by 11 1 2 20 bb o rt J3 '" S D xx 200 15 by 11 1 3 13 C3 1 *" 'aC*" S D xxx 200 15 by 11 206 = " ~ gf n S D xxxx 200 15 by 11 2 27 ||5? S D xxxxx 200 15 by 11 2 1 20 T3 a > c "9 S D xxxxxx 200 15 by 11 2 2 13 3 .5 = o about <= u 3 '-5 TTT Taggers, 225 14 by 10 100 S 3 g,S 1 C 225 12 by 12 1 x 225 12 by 12 1 XX 225 12 by 12 1 xxx 225 12 by 12 1 1 xxxx 225 12 by 12 About the same weight 1 C 1 X 1 XX 112 112 112 14 by 20 14 by 20 14 by 20 >per Box, as the plates above of similar brand, J 14 by 10. 1 xxx 112 14 by 20 L xxxx 112 14 by 20 - Leaded or~) I C Ternes l x 112 112 14 by 20 14 by 20 100 110 > For Roofing. OIL CANISTERS, (fromty to 125 galls.) WITH THE QUANTITY AND QUALITY OF TIN REQUIRED FOR CUSTOM WORK. Galls. Quantity and Quality. Galls. Quantity and Quality. 2* 34 54 8 10 15 2 Plates, I X in body. 2 S DX < 2. DX ' 4 IX 34 DX 4 DX ' 33 45 60 90 125 134 Plates, IX in body, 3 breadths high. 134 Plates, S D X in body. 134 " D X " 154 DX * 20 D X " * The bottom tier of plates to be placed lengthwise 40 WEIGHT OF WATER AND DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS. WEIGHT OF WATER. 1 cubic inch 12 cubic inches 1 cubic foot 1 cubic foot 1.8 cubic feet 35.84 cubic feet 1 Cylindrical inch . . 12 Cylindrical inches . 1 Cylindrical foot . . 1 Cylindrical foot . . 2.282 Cylindrical feet . . 45.64 Cylindrical feet . . 11.2 Imperial gallons . . 224 Imperial gallons . . 13.44 United States galls. 268.8 United States galls. Centre of pressure is is equal to is equal to is equal to is equal to is equal to is equal to 2240.00 is equal to is equal to is equal to is equal to is equal to is equal to 2240.00 is equal to 112.00 is equal to 2240.00 is equal to 112.00 is equal to 2240.00 .03617 pounds. .434 pounds. pounds. U. S. gallons. pounds. pounds. .02842 pounds. .341 pounds. pounds. U. S. Gallons. pounds. pounds. pounds. pounds. pounds. pounds. 62.5 .7.50 112.00 49.10 6.00 112.00 at two-thirds depth from surface. DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS TO THE FRACTIONAL PARTS OF A GALLON, OR AN INCH. [The Inch, or Gallon, being divided into 32 parts.] [In multiplying decimals it is usual to drop all but the two or three first figures.] Deci- mals. Gallon, or Inch. O i 1 5 1 Deci- mals. Gallon, or Inch. 5 ., "5 I Decimals. Gallon, or Inch. 5 s c .03125 1-32 1 1 7 .375 3-8 12 3 li .71875 23-32 23 -)':' 2 .0625 1-16 2 A, i .40625 13-32 1334 \l .75 3-4 246 3 .09375 3-32 3 1 i .4375 7-16 143JM1 .78125 25-32 25 (ij 31 .125 1-8 4 1 i .46875 15-32 15 32 l| .8125 13-16 2(i (iA 3i .15625 5-32 5 U s .5 1-2 164 2 .84375 27-32 27 (i : | 33 .1875 3-16 6 U 1 .53125 17-32 17 44 -s .875 7-8 28 7 .21875 7-32 7 ]] J .5625 9-16 IS .90625 29 32 29 74 3| .25 1-4 8 2 .59375 19-32 19 4|2| .9375 15-16 30 74 35 .28125 9-32 92.11J .625 5-8 20 5 2* .96875 31-32 31 75 35 .3125 5-16 10 2^,14 .65625 21-32 21 54 2|! 1.000 1 328 4 .34375 11-32 11 2| If .6875 11-16 22 5| 2i| APPLICATION. Required the gallons in any Cylindrical Vessel. Sup- pose a vessel 9 1-2 inches deep, 9 inches diameter, and contents 2-6163, that is, 2 gallons and 61 hundredth parts of a gallon, now to ascertain this de- cimal of a gallon refer to the above Table, for the decimal that is nearest, which is -62-5, opposite to which is 5-8ths of a gallon, or 20 gills, or 5 pints, cr 2 1-2 quarts, consequently the vessel contains 2 gallons anil 5 pints. INCHES. To find what part of an inch the decimal 708 is. liefer to the above Table for the decimal that is nearest, which is -71875, opposite to which is 23-32 ; or nearly 3-4ths of an inch. A. TA.BLE CONTAINING THE DIAMETERS, CIRCUMFERENCES, AND AREAS OF CIRCLES, AND THE CONTEXT OF EACH IN GALLONS AT 1 FOOT IN DEPTH. OF THE 1. Required the circumference of a circle, the diameter being five inches ? In the column of circumferences opposite the given diameter, stands 15-708* inches, the circumference required. 2. Required the capacity, in gallons, of a can the diameter being 6 feet and depth 10 feet ? In the fourth column from the given diameter stands 211.4472* being the content of a can 6 feet in diameter and 1 foot in depth, which being multipled by 10 gives the required content, two thou- sand one hundred fourteen and a half gallons. 3. Any of the areas in feet multiplied by .03704, the product equal the number of cubic yards at 1 foot in depth. 4. The area of a circle in inches multiplied by the length or thick- ness in inches, and by .263, the product equal the weight in pounds of cast iron. * See opposite page (page 40) for Decimal Equivalents to the Fractional parts of a Gallon, and an Inch. 4* 42 DIAMETERS AND CIRCUMFERENCES OF CIRCLES. DIAMETERS AND CIRCUMFERENCES OF CIRCLES, AND THE CONTENT IN GALLONS AT 1 FOOT IN DEPTH. [j2rea in Inches.] Diam. Circ. in. Area. in. Gallons. Diam. Circ. in. Area. in. Gallons. 1 in. 3-1416 7854 04084 6-1 20-420 33-183 1-72552 i 3-5343 9940 05169 | 20813 34-471 1-79249 39270 1-2271 06380 \ 21-205 35-784 1-86077 4-3197 1-4848 07717 gf 21-598 37-122 1-93034 I 4-7124 1-7671 09188 7 in. 21 991 38-484 2-00117 A 5-1051 20739 10784 ^ 22-383 39-871 2-07329 .' 283-5294 291-0397 298-6483 306-3550 2120-3462 21765113 22332914 2291-0452 29 29 3 29 6 29 9 91 14 91 lOf 92 8* 93 5| 660-5214 671-9587 683-4943 695-1280 4939-6432 5025-1759 5111-44S7 5198-4451 20 20 3 20 6 20 9 62 9| 63 7| 64 4| 65 24 314-1600 322 0630 330-0643 338-1637 2349-4141 2408-5159 2468-3528 2528 9233 30 30 3 30 6 30 9 94 21 95 Of 95 91 96 74 706-8600 718-6900 730-6183 742-6447 5286-1818 5374-6512 5463-8558 5553-7940 CAPACITY OF CANS IN GALLONS. 45 CAPACITY OF CANS ONE INCH DEEP. UTILITY OF THE TABLE. Required the contents of a vessel, diameter 6 7-10ths inches, depth 10 inches? By the table a vessel 1 inch deep and 6 and ~-10ths inches diameter contains .15 (hundredths) of a gallon, then .15 X 10 = 1.50 or 1 gallon and 2 quarts. Required tlia contents of a can, diameter 19 8-lOlhs inches, depth 30 inches ? By the table a vessel 1 inch deep and 19 and S-lWhs inches diameter contains 1 gallon and .33 (hundredths), then 1.33 X 30 = 39.90 or nearly 40 gallons. Required the depth of a can whose diameter is 12 and '2-lOths inches, to con- tain 16 gallons. By the (able a vessel 1 inch deep and 12 and 2-Wths inches diameter contains .50 {hundredths of a gallon), then 16 -=- .50 = 32 inches the depth required, viz : .50 ) 16 { 32 X -50 = 16 gallons. Diam- eter. TV 2 1 3 TO- ! Ttr A ^ T 6 TT A T 8 TT T 9 * 3~ .03 .03 .03 .03 .03 .04 .04 .04 .04 .05 4 .05 .05 .05 .05 .06 .06 .07 .07 .07 .08 5 .08 .08 .08 .09 .09 .10 .10 .11 .11 .11 6 .12 .12 .12 .13 .13 .14 .14 .15 .15 .16 7 .16 .17 .17 .18 ' .18 .19 .19 .20 .20 .21 8 .21 .22 .22 .23 .23 .24 .25 .25 .26 .26 9 .27 .2,8 .28 .29 .30 .30 .31 .31 .32 .33 10 .34 .34 .35 .36 .36 .37 .38 .38 .39 .40 11 .41 .41 .42 .43 .44 .44 .45 .46 .47 .48 12 .48 .49 .50 .51 .52 .53 .53 .54 .55 .56 13 .57 .58 .59 .60 .60 .61 .62 .63 .64 .65 14 .66 .67 .68 .69 .70 .71 .72 .73 .74 .75 15 .76 .77 .78 .79 .80 .81 .82 .83 .84 .85 16 .87 .88 .89 .90 .91 .92 .93 .94 .95 .97 17 .98 .99 .005 1.017 1.023 1.040 .051 1.063 .075 1.086 18 1.101 1.113 .125 1.138 1.150 1.162 .170 1.187 .200 1.211 19 1.227 1.240 .253 1266 1.279 1.292 .304 1 317 .330 1.343 20 1.360 1.373 .385 1.400 1.414 1.428 .441 1.455 .478 1.482 21 1.499 1.513 .527 1.542 1.556 1.570 .585 1.600 .612 1.630 22 1.641 1.660 .675 1.696 1.705 1.720 .735 1 750 1.770 1.780 23 1.798 1.814 .830 1.845 1.861 1.876 .892 1.908 1.923 1.940 24 1.958 1.974 .991 2.007 2.023 2.040 2.056 2.072 2.096 2.105 25 2.125 2.142 2.159 2.176 2.193 2.210 2227 2.244 2.261 2.280 2G '2.298 2.316 2.333 2.351 2.369 2.386 2404 2.422 2.440 2.460 27 2.478 2.496 2.515 2.533 2.552 2.570 2.588 2.607 2.625 2.643 28 2.665 2.68412.703 2.722 2.741 2.764 2.780 2.800 '2.820 2.836 29 2.859 2.879 2.898 2.918 2.938 2.958 2.977 2.997 3.017 3.036 30 3.060 3.080 3.100 3.121 3.141 3.162 3.182 3.202 3.223 3.245 31 3.267 3.288 3.309 3.330 3.351 3.372 3.393 3414 3.436 3.457 32 3.481 3.503 3.524 3.543 3.568 3.590 3.612 3.633 3.655 3.689 33 3.702 3.725 3.747 3.773 3.795 3.814 3.837 386013.882 3.904 34 3.930 3.953 3.976 4.003 4.022 4.046 4.070 4.092 4.115 4.140 35 4.1G5 4.1S8 4.212 4.236 4.260 4.284 4307 4.331 4.355 4.380 36 4.406 4.430 4.455 4.483 4.503 4.528 4.553 4577 4.602 4.626 37 4.654 4.679 4.704 4.730 4.755 4.780 4.805 4.834 4.855 4.880 38 4.909 .4.935 4.961 4.987 5.012 5.038 5.064 5.090 5.120 5.142 39 5.171 5.197 5.224 5.250 5.277 5.304 5.330 5.357 5.383 5.410 40 5.440 5.467 5.491 5.521 5.548 5.576 5.603 5.630 5.657 5.684 46 CRYSTALLIZED TIN-PLATE. CRYSTALLIZED TIN-PLATE. Crystallized tin-plate, is a variegated primrose appearance, pro- duced upon the surface of tin-plate, by applying to it in a heated state some dilute nitre-muriatic acid for a few seconds, then washing it with water, drying, and coating it with lacker. The figures are more or less beautiful and diversified, according to the degree of heat, and relative dilution of the acid. Place the tin-plate, slightly heated, over a tub of water, and rub its surface with a sponge dipped in a liquor composed of four parts of aquafortis, and two of distilled water, holding one part of common salt or sal ammoniac in solution. When- ever the crystalline spangles seem to be thoroughly brought out, the plate must be immersed in water, washed either with a feather or a little cotton (taking care not to rub off the film of tin that forms the feathering), forthwith dried with a low heat, and coated with a lacker varnish, otherwise it loses its lustre in the air. If the whole surface is not plunged at once in cold water, but if it be partially cooled by sprinkling water on it, the crystallization will be finely variegated with large and small figures. Similar results will be obtained by blowing cold air through a pipe on the tinned surface, while it is just passing from the fused to the solid state. TINNING. 1. Plates or vessels of brass or copper, boiled with a solution of stannate of potassa, mixed with turnings of tin, become, in the course of a few minutes, covered with a firmly attached layer of pure tin. 2. A similar effect is produced by boiling the articles with tin filings and caustic alkali, or cream of tartar. In the above way, chemical vessels made of copper or brass may be easily and perfectly tinned. NEW TINNING PROCESS. The articles to be tinned are first covered with dilute sulphuric acid, and when quite clean are placed in warm water, then dipped in a solution of muriatic acid, copper and zinc, and then plunged into a tin bath to which a small quantity of zinc has been added. When the tinning is finished, the articles are taken out and plunged into boiling water. The operation is completed by placing them in a very warm sand bath. This last process softens the iron. KUSTITIEN'S METAL FOR TINNING. Malleable iron I pound, heat to whiteness ; add 5 ounces regulus of antimony, and Molucca tin 24 pounds. RECEIPTS FOR THE USE OF JAPANNERS, VARNISHERS, BUILDERS AND MECHANICS, i AND FOR OTHER USEFUL AND IMPORTANT PURPOSES IN THE PRACTICAL ARTS. PRACTICAL RECEIPTS. [TKs following Receipts are selected from " Ure's Dictionary," " Cooley's Cy- clopedia," " Muspratt's Chemistry," and other valuable sources.] JAPANNING AND VARNISHING. Japanning is the art of covering bodies by grounds of opaque colors in varnish, which may be afterwards decorated by printing or gilding, or left in a plain state. It is also to be looked upon in another sense, as that of ornamenting coaches, snuff boxes, screens, &c. All surfaces to be japanned must be perfectly clean, and leather should be stretched on frames. Paper should be stiff for japanning. The French prime all their japanned articles, the English do not. This priming is generally of common size. Those articles that are primed thus, never endure as well as those that receive the japan coating on the first operation, and thus it is that those articles of japan work that arc primed with size when they are used for sonic time, crack, and the coats of japan fly off in flakes. A solution of strong isinglass size and honey, or sugar candy, makes a good japan varnish to cover water colors on gold grounds. A pure white priming for japanning, for the cheap method, is made with parchment size, and one-third of isinglass, laid on very thin and smooth. It is the better for three coats, and when the last coat is dry, it is prepared to receive the painting or figures. Pre- vious to the last coat, however, the work should be smoothly polish- ed. When wood or leather is to be japanned, and no priming used, the best plan is to lay on two or three coats of varnish made of seed-lac and resin, two ounces each, dissolved in alcohol and strained through a cloth. This varnish should be put on in a warm place, and the work to be varnished should, if possible, be warm also, and all dampness should be avoided, to prevent the varnish from being chilled. When the work is prepared Avith the above composition and dry, it is fit for the proper japan to be laid on. If the ground is not to be white the best varnish now to be used is made of shellac, as it is the best vehicle for all kind of colors. This is made in the proportions of the best shellac, five ounces, made into powder, steeped in a quart of alcohol, and kept at a gentle heat for two or three days and shaken frequently, after which the solution 5 50 JAPANNING AND VARNISHING. must be filtered through a flannel bag, and kept in a well corked bot- tle for use. This varnish for hard japanning on copper or tin will Stand for ever, unless fire or hammer be used to burn or beetle it off. The color to be used with shellac varnish may be of any pigments whatever to give the desired shade, as this varnish will mix with any color. WHITE JAPAN GROUNDS. To form a hard, perfect white ground is no easy matter, as the substances which are generally used to make the japan hard, have a tendency, by a number of coats, to look or become dull in bright- ness. One white ground is made by the following composition : white flake or lead washed over and ground up with a sixth of its weight of starch, then dried and mixed with the finest gum, ground up in parts of one ounce gum, to half an ounce of rectified turpentine mixed and ground thoroughly together. This is to be finely laid on the article to be japanned, dried, and then varnished with five or six coats of the following : two ounces of the whitest seed-lac to three ounces of gum-anima reduced to a fine powder and dissolved in a quart of alcohol. This lao must be carefully picked. For a softer varnish than this, a little turpentine should be added, and less of the gum. A very good varnish and not brittle, may be made by dis- solving gum-anima in nut oil, boiling it gently as the gum is added, and giving the oil as much gum as it will take up. The ground of white varnish may of itself be made of this varnish, by giving two or three coats of it, but when used it should be diluted with pure turpentine. Although this varnish is not brittle it is liable to be in- dented with strokes, and it will not bear to be polished, but if well laid on it will not need polishing afterwards ; it also takes some time to dry. Heat applied to all oils, however, darkens their color, and oil varnishes for white grow very yellow if not exposed to a full clear light. GUM COPAL. Copal varnish is one of the very finest varnishes for japanning purposes. It can be dissolved by linseed oil, rendered dry by adding some quicklime at a heat somewhat less than will boil or decompose the oil by it. This solution, with the addition of a little turpentine, forms a very transparent varnish, which, when properly applied and slowly dried is very hard and durable. This varnish is applied to snuff boxes, tea boards and other utensils. It also preserves paintings and renders their surfaces capable of reflecting light more uniformly. If powdered copal be mixed in a mortar with camphor, it softens and becomes a coherent mass, and if camphor be added to alcohol it becomes an excellent solvent of copal by adding the copal well ground, and employing a tolerable degree of heat, having the vessel well corked which must have a long neck for the allowance of expansion, and the vessel must only be about one-fourth filled with the mixture. Copal can also be incorporated with turpentine, with one part of powdered copal to twelve parts of pure turpentine, sub- JAFANNJNG AND VARNISHING. 51 jected to the heat of a sand-bath for several days in a long necked mattress, shaking it frequently. Copal is a good varnish for metals, such as tin; the varnish must be dried in an oven, each coat, and it can be colored with some substances, but alcohol varnish will mix with any coloring matter. For white japans or varnishes, we have already shown that fine chalk or white lead was used as a basis, and the varnishes coated over it. To japan or varnish white leather, so that it may be elastic, is altogether a different work from varnishing or japanning wood or metal, or papier mache. For white leather oil is the principal ingredient, as it is well known that chalk is extensively used to give white leather its pure color, or speaking more philosophically, its fair colorless whiteness. White leather having already the basis of white varnish, it should get a light coat of the pure varnish, before mentioned, and dried well in the oven, or a coat of the oil copal will answer very well. This being well dried, boiled nut oil nicely coated and successively dried, will make a most beautiful white varnish for leather, not liable to crack. This quality takes a long time to dry, and of course is more expensive. Coarse varnish may be made of boiled linseed oil, into which is added gradually the acetate of lead as a drier. This addi- tion must be done very cautiously as the oil will be apt to foam over. A better and more safe drying mixture than the mere acetate of lead, is, to dissolve the acetate of lead in a small quantity of water, neutralize the acid with the addition of pipe clay, evaporate the sediment to perfect dryness, and feed the oil when gently boiling gradually with it. These varnishes or japans, as far as described, have only ref- erence to white grounds. There is some nice work to be observed, and there is much in applying the varnishes at the right time, knowing by the eye the proper moment when the mixture is perfect, or when to add any in- gredient. These things require practice. BLACK GROUNDS. Black grounds for japans may be made by mixing ivory black with shellac varnish ; or for coarse work, lamp black and the top coating of common seedlac varnish. A common black japan may be made by painting a piece of work with drying oil, (oil mixed with lead,) and putting the work into a stove, not too hot, but of such a degree, gradually raising the heat and keeping it up for a long time, so as not to burn the oil and make it blister. This process makes very fair japan and requires no polishing. BLACK JAPAN. Naples asphaltum fifty pounds, dark gum-anime eight pounds, fuse, add linseed oil twelve gallons, boil, add dark gum amber ten pounds, previously fused and boiled with linseed oil two gallons, add the driers, and proceed as last. Used for wood or metals. 52 JAPANNING AND VARJtlSHING. BRUNSWICK BLACK. 1. Foreign asphaltum forty-five pounds, drying oil six gallons, litharge six pounds, boil as last, and thin with twenty-five gallons of oil of turpentine. Used for ironwork, &c. 2. Black pitch and gas tar asphaltum, of each twenty-five pounds, boil gently for five hours, then add linseed oil eight gallons, litharge and red lead, of each ten pounds, boil as before, and thin with oil of turpentine twen- ty gallons. Inferior to the last, but cheaper. BLUE JAPAN GROUNDS. Blue japan grounds may be formed of bright Prussian blue. The color may be mixed with shellac varnish, and brought to a pol- ishing state by five or six coats of varnish of seed-lac. The varnish, however, is apt to give a greenish tinge to the blue, as the varnish has a yellowish tinge, and blue and yellow form a green. Whenever a light blue is desired, the purest varnish must always be used. SCARLET JAPAN. Ground vermilion may be used for this, but being so glaring it is not beautiful unless covered over with rose-pink, or lake, which have a good effect when thus used. For a very bright crimson ground, safflower or Indian lake should be used, always dissolved in the alcohol of which the varnish is made. In place of this lake, carmine may be used, as it is more common. The top coat of var- nish must always be of the white seed-lac, which has been before described, and as many coats given as will be thought proper ; it is easy to judge of this. TELLOW GROUNDS. If turmeric be dissolved in the spirit of wine and strained through a cloth, and then mixed with pure seed-lac varnish, it makes a good yellow japan. Saffron will answer for the same purpose in the same way, but the brightest yellow ground is made by a primary coat of pure crome yellow, and coated successively with the varnish. Dutch pink is used for a kind of cheap yellow japan ground. If a little dragon's blood be added to the varnish for yellow japan, a most beautiful and rich salmon-colored varnish is the result, and by these two mixtures all the shades of flesh-colored japans arc produced. GREEN JAPAN GROUNDS. A good green may be made by mixing Prussian blue along with the cremate of lead, or with turmeric, or orpiment, (sulphuret of arsenic) or ochre, only the two should be ground together and dis- solved in alcohol and applied as a ground, then coated with four or five coats of shellac varnish, in the manner already described. A very bright green is made by laying on a ground of Dutch metal, or leaf of gold, and then coating it over with distilled verdigris dissolved in alcohol, then the varnishes on the top. This is a splendid green, brilliant and glowing. JAPANNING AND VARNISHING. 53 OEANQE COLORED GROUNDS. Orange grounds may be made of yellow mixed with vermilion or carmine, just as a bright or rather inferior color is wanted. The yellow should always be in quantity to make a good full color, and the red added in proportion to the depth of shade. If there is not a good full body of yellow, the color will look watery, or bare, as it is technically termed. PURPLE JAPAN GROUNDS. This is made by a mixture of lake and Prussian blue, or Car- mine, or for an inferior color vermilion, and treated as the foregoing. When the ground is laid on and perfectly dried, a fine coat of pure boiled nut oil then laid on and perfectly dried, is a good method to have a japan, not liable to crack. But a better plan is to use this oil in the varnish given, the first coat, after the ground is laid on, and which should contain considerable of pure turpentine. In every case where oil is used for any purpose for varnish, it is all the better if turpentine is mixed with it. Turpentine enables oils to mix with either alcohol or water. Alkalies have this property also. BLACK JAPAN. 1. Asphaltum three ounces, boiled oil four quarts, burnt umber eight ounces. Mix by heat, and when cooling thin with turpentine. 2. Amber twelve ounces, asphaltum two ounces ; fuse by heat, add boiled oil half a pint, resiu two ounces ; when cooling add sixteen ounces oil of turpentine. Both are used to varnish metals. JAPAN BLACK FOR LEATHER. 1. Burnt umber four ounces, true asphaltum two ounces, boiled oil two quarts. Dissolve the asphaltum by heat in a little of the oil, add the burnt umber ground in oil, and the remainder of the oil, mix, cool, and thin with turpentine. Flexible. 2. Shellac one part, wood naphtha four parts, dissolve, and color with lampblack. In- flexible. TRANSPARENT JAPAN. Oil of turpentine four ounces, oil of lavender three ounces, cam- phor one-half drachm, copal one ounce ; dissolve. Used to japan tin, but quick copal varnish is mostly used instead. JAPANNERS' COPAL VARNISH. Pale African copal seven pounds, fuse, add clarified linseed oil one half gallon, boil for five minutes, remove it into the open air, add boiling oil of turpentine three gallons, mix well, strain it into the cis- tern, and cover it up immediately. Used to varnish furniture, and by japanners, coachmakers, &c. Dries in 15 minutes, and may be polished as soon as hard. 5* 54 JAPANNING AND VARNISHING. TORTOISE SHELL JAPAN. This varnish is prepared by taking of good linseed oil one gal- lon, and of umber half a pound, arid boiling them together until the oil becomes very brown and thick, when they are strained through a cloth and boiled again until the composition is about the consistence of pitch, when it is fit for use. Having pi-cpared this varnish, clean well the copper or iron plate or vessel that is to be varnished, (japanned,) and then lay vermillion, mixed with shellac varnish, or with drying oil, diluted with turpentine, very thinly on the places intended to imitate the clean parts of the tortoise shell. ' When the vermillion is dry brush over the whole with the above umber varnish diluted to a due consistence with tur- pentine, and when it is set and firm, it must be put into a stove and undergo a strong heat for a long time, even two weeks will not hurt it. This is the ground for those beautiful snuff boxes and tea boards which are so much admired, and those grounds can be decorated with all kinds of paintings that fancy may suggest, and the work is all the better to be finished in an annealing oven. PAINTING JAPAN WORK. The colors to be painted are tempered, generally, in oil, which should have at least one-fourth of its weight of gum sandarach, or mastic dissolved in it, and it should be well diluted with turpen- tine, that the colors may be laid on -thin and evenly. In some instances it does well to put on water colors or grounds of gold, which a skilful hand can do and manage so as to make the work appear as if it was embossed. These water colors are best pre- pared by means of isinglass size, mixed with honey, or sugar candy. These colors when laid on must receive a number of upper coats of the varnish we have described before. JAPANNING OLD TEA-TRAYS. First clean them thoroughly with soap and water and a little rotten stone ; then dry them by wiping and exposure at the fire. Now, get some good copal varnish, mix with it some bronze powder, and apply with a brush to the denuded parts. After which set the tea-tray in an oven at a heat of 212 or 300 until the varnish is dry. Two coats Will make it equal to new. JAPAN FINISHING. The finishing part of japanning lies in laying on and polishing the outer coats of varnish, which is necessary in all painted or simply ground colored japan work. When brightness and clearness are wanted, the white kind of varnish is necessary, for seed-lac varnish, which is the hardest and most tenacious, imparts a yellow tinge. A mixed varnish, we believe, is the best for this purpose, that is, for combining hardness and purity. Take then three ounces of seed-lac, VARNISHES. 55 picked very carefully from all sticks and dirt and washing it well with cold water, stirring it up, pouring it off, and continuing the process until the water runs off perfectly pure. Dry it and then reduce it to powder, and put it with a pint of pure alcohol into a bottle, of which it must occupy only two-thirds of its space. This mixture must be shaken well together and the bottle kept at a gentle heat (being corked) until the lac be dissolved. When this is the case, the clear must be poured off, and the remainder strained through a cloth, and all the clear, strained and poured, must be kept in a well stopped bottle. The manner of using this seed-lac varnish is the same as that before described, and a fine polishing varnish is made by mixing this with the pure white varnish. The pieces of work to be varnished for finishing should be placed neara stove, or in a warm, dry room, and one coat should be perfectly dry before the other is applied. The varnish is applied by proper brushes, beginning at the middle, passing the stroke to one end and with the other stroke from the middle to the other end. Great skill is displayed in laying on these coats of varnish. If possible the skill of hand should never cross, or twice pass over in giving one coat. When one coat is dry another must be laid over it, and so on succes- sively for a number of coats, so that the coating should be sufficiently thick to stand fully all the polishing, so as not to bare the surface of the colored work. When a sufficient number of coats are thus laid on, the work is fit to be polished, which, in common cases, is com- menced with a rag dipped in finely powdered rotten stone, and towards the end of the rubbing a little oil should be used along with the powder, and when the work appears fine and glossy a little oil should be used alone to clean off the powder and give the work a still brighter hue. In very fine work, French whiting should be used, which should be washed in water to remove any sand that might be in it. Pumice stone ground to a very fine powder is used for the first part of polishing, and the finishing done with whiting. It is always best to dry the varnish of all japan work by heat. 'For wood work, heat must be sparingly used, but for metals the varnish should be dried in an oven, also for papier mache and leather. The metal will stand the greatest heat, and care must be taken not to darken by too high a temperature. When gold size is used in gild- ing for japan work, where it is desired not to have the gold shine, or appear burnished, the gold size should be used with a little of the spirits of turpentine and a little oil, but when a considerable degree of lustre is wanted without burnishing and the preparation neces- sary for it, a little of the size along with oil alone should be used. VARNISHES, MISCELLANEOUS. Different substances are employed for making varnish, the object being to produce a liquid easily applied to the surface of cloth, paper or metal, which, when dry, wUl protect it with a fine skin. 56 VARNISHES. Gums and resins are the substances employed for making varnishes; they are dissolved either in turpentine, alcohol, or oil, in a close stone ware, glass or metal vessel, exposed to a low heat, as the case may require, or cold. The alcohol or turpentine dissolves the gum or resin, and holds them in solution, and after the application of the varnish, this mixture being mechanical, the moisture of the liquid evaporates, and the gum adheres to the article to which it is applied. The choice of linseed oil is of peculiar consequence to the varnish- maker. Oil from fine full-grown ripe seed, when viewed in a vial, will appear limpid, pale, and brilliant ; it is mellow and sweet to the taste, has very little smell, is specifically lighter than impure oil, and, when clarified, dries quickly and firmly, and does not materially change the color of the varnish when made, but appears limpid and brilliant The following are the chief Resins employed in the manufacture of Varnishes. This resin is most distinguished for durability. It is usually of some shade of yellow, transparent, hard, and moderately tough. Heated in air, it fuses at about 549 ; it burns with a clear flame, emitting a pleasant odor. ANIMK This is imported from the East Indies. The large, transparent, pale-yellow pieces, with vitreous fracture, are best suited for var- nish. Inferior qualities are employed for manufacturing gold-size or japan-black. Although superior to amber in its capacity for drying, and- equal in hardness, varnish made from anime deepens in color on exposure to air, and is very liable to crack. It is, however, much used for mixing with copal varnish. This is a gum-resin but little used in varnishes, on account of its costliness. COLOPHONY. This resin is synonymous with arcanson and rosin. When the resinous juice of Pinus sylvestris and other varieties is distilled, colophony remains in the retort. Its dark color is due to the action of the fire. Dissolved in linseed oil, or in turpentine by the aid ol heat, colophony forms a brilliant, hard, but brittle varnish. This is a gum-resin of immense importance to the varnish-maker. It consists of several minor resins of different degrees of solubility. VARNISHES* 57 In durability, it is only second to amber. When made into varnish, the better sorts become lighter in color by exposure to air. Copal is generally imported in large lumps about the size of pota- toes. The clearest and palest are selected for what is called body- gum ; the second best forms carriage-gum ; whilst the residue, freed from the many impurities with which it is associated, constitutes worst quality, fitted only for japan-black or gold-size. In alcohol, copal is but little soluble ; but it is said to become more so by reducing it to a fine powder, and exposing it to atmos- pheric influences for twelve months, foiling alcohol or spirit of turpentine, when poured upon fused copal, accomplishes its complete solution, provided the solvent be not added in too large proportions at a time. The addition of camphor also promotes the solubility of copal ; so likewise does oil of rosemary. This is a tasteless, inodorous, whitish resin, easily soluble in oils. It is not so hard as mastic, with which it forms a good admixture. This is a resin of a yellow color, semi-transparent, and of faint fragrance. Of the two resins which it contains, one is crystallizable and soluble in cold alcohol. This constitutes the basis of spirit-varnish. The resin is soluble in strong alcohol aided by heat. Its solution in ammonia may be used as a varnish, when the articles coated with it are not exposed more than an hour or two at a time to water. This is a soft resin of considerable lustre. The two sorts in com- merce are, in tears and the common mastic ; the former is the purer of the two. It consists of two resins, one of which is soluble in di- lute alcohol. With oil of turpentine, it forms a very pale varnish, of great lustre, which flows readily, and works easily. Moreover, it can be readily removed by friction with the hand ; hence its use for delicate work of every description. SANDARACH. This is a pale, odorous resin, less hard than lac, with which it is often associated as a spirit-varnish. It consists of three resins differ- ing as to solubility in alcohol, ether, and turpentine. It forms a good pale varnish for light-colored woods ; when required to be polished, Venice turpentine is added to give it body. Of the solvents of these various resins, little need be said. In the manufacture of varnishes, great care, as well as cleanliness, are re- quired. The resins should be washed in hot water, to free them from particles of dust and dirt ; they should be dried and assorted accord- 58 VARNISHES. ing to their color, reserving the lightest shades for the best kinds of varnish. The linseed-oil should be as pale colored, and as well clarified as possible. New oil always contains mucilage, and more or less of foreign matters ; as these prevent the regular absorption of oxygen, the oil requires preliminary treatment. The common plan is to boil it with litharge ; but such oil varnish is inferior to that prepared with sulphate of lead. The best method is to rub up linseed-oil with dry sulphate of lead, in sufficient quantity to form a milky mixture. After a week's exposure to the light, and frequent shaking, the mucus deposits with the sulphate of lead, and leaves the oil perfectly clear. The precipi- tated slime forms a compact membrane over the lead, hardening to such an extent that the clarified oil may be readily poured off. TURPENTINE. This is of very extensive use. The older it is, the more ozonized, the better it is. Turpentine varnishes dry much more readily than oil varnishes, are of a lighter color, more flexible and cheap. They are, however, neither so tough nor so durable. ALCOHOL. This is employed as the solvent of sandarach and of lac. The Stronger, cateris paribus, the better. NAPHTHA AND METHYLATED SPIRIT OF WINE. These are used for the cheaper varnishes. Their smell is disagree- able. The former is, however, a better solvent of resins than alcohol. SPIRIT VARNISHES. These varnishes may be readily colored red, by dragon's blood ; yellow, by gamboge. If a colored varnish is required, clearly no account need be taken of the color of the resins. Lac varnish may be bleached by Mr. Lemming's process : Dissolve five ounces of shel- lac in a quart of spirit of wine ; boil for a few minutes with ten ounces of well-burnt and recently-heated animal charcoal, when a small quantity of the solution should be drawn off and filtered : if not colorless, a little more charcoal should be added. When all tinge is removed, press the liquor through silk, as linen absorbs more var- nish ; and afterwards filter it through fine blotting-paper. Dr. Hare proceeds as follows : Dissolve in an iron kettle about one part of pearlash in about eight parts of water, add one part of shell or seed lac, and heat the whole to ebullition. When the lac is dissolved, cool the solution, and impregnate it with chlorine gas till the lac is all precipitated. The precipitate is white, but the color deepens by washing and consolidation. Dissolved in alcohol, lac bleached by this process yields a varnish which is as free from color as any copal varnish. One word in conclusion with reference to all spirit varnishes. A VAENISHES. 59 damp atmosphere is sufficient to occasion a milky deposit of resin, owing to the diluted spirit depositing a portion : in such case the varnish is said to be chilled. ESSENCE VARNISHES. They do not differ essentially in their manufacture from spirit varnishes. The polish produced by them is more durable, although they take a longer time to dry. OIL VARNISHES. The most durable and lustrous of -varnishes are composed of a mix- ture of resin, oil, and spirit of turpentine. The oils most frequently employed are linseed and walnut ; the resins chiefly copal and amber. The drying power of the oil having been increased by litharge, red-lead, or by sulphate of lead, and a judicious selection of copal having been made, it is necessary, according to Booth, to bear in mind the following precautions before proceeding to the manufacture of varnish : 1. That oil varnish is not a solution, but an intimate mixture of resin in boiled oil and spirit of turpentine. 2. That the resin must be completely fused previous to the addition of the boiled or prepared oil. 3. That the oil must be heated from 250 to 300. 4. That the spirit of turpentine must be added gradually, and in a thin stream, while the mixture of oil and resin is still hot. 5. That the varnish be made in dry weather, otherwise moisture is absorbed, and its transparency and drying quality impaired. The heating vessel must be of copper, with a riveted and not a soldered bottom. To promote the admixture of the copal with the hot oil, the copal carefully selected, and of nearly uniform fusibility is separately heated with continuous stirring over a charcoal fire. Good management is required to prevent the copal from burning or becoming even high colored. When completely fused, the heated oil should be gradually poured in with constant stirring. The exact amount of oil required must be determined by experiment. If a drop upon a plate, on cooling, assumes such a consistency as to be pene- trated by the nail without cracking, the mixture is complete ; but if it cracks, more oil must be added. The spirit of turpentine previously heated is added in a thin stream to the former mixture, care being taken to keep up the heat of all the parts. LACKER. This is used for wood or brass work, and is also a varnish. For brass, the proportions are half a pound of pale shell-lac to one gallon of spirit of wine. It is better prepared without the aid of heat, by simple and repeated agitation. It should then be left to clear itself, and separated from the thicker portions and from all impurities by decantation. As it darkens on exposure to light, the latter should be excluded. It need scarcely be said that the color will be also modified by that of the lao employed. 60 VARNISHES. 1. COPAL VARNISHES. 1. Oil of turpentine one pint, set the bottle in a water bath, and add in small portions at a time, three ounces of powdered copal that has been previously melted by a gentle heat, and dropped into water ; in a few days decant the clear. Dries slowly, but is very pale and durable. Used for pictures, &c. 2. Pale hard copal two pounds ; fuse, add hot drying oil one pint, boil as before directed, and thin with oil of turpentine three pints, or as much as sufficient. Very pale. Dries hard in 12 to 24 hours. 8. Clearest and palest African copal eight pounds ; fuse, add hot and pale drying oil two gallons, boil till it strings strongly, cool a little, and thin with hot rectified oil of turpentine three gallons, and immediately strain into the store can. Very fine. Both the above are used for pictures. 4. Coarsely- powdered copal and glass, of each four ounces, alcohol of 90 per cent one pint, camphor one-half ounce ; heat it in a water-bath so that the bubbles may be counted as they rise, observing frequently to stir the mixture ; when cold decant the clear. Used for pictures. 5. Copal melted and dropped into water three ounces, gum sandarach six ounces, mastic and Chio turpentine of each two and one-half ounces, powdered glass four ounces, alcohol of 85 per cent, one quart ; dis- solve by a gentle heat. Used for metal, chairs, &c. All copal varnishes are hard and durable, though less so than those made of amber, but they have the advantage over the latter of being paler. They are applied on coaches, pictures, polished metal, wood, and other objects requiring good durable varnish. 2. COPAL VAENISH. Hard copal, 800 parts ; drying linseed or nut oil, from 125 to 250 parts ; oil of turpentine, 500 ; these three substances are to be put into three separate vessels ; the copal is to be fused by a somewhat sudden application of heat; the drying oil is to be heated to a tem- perature a little under ebullition, and is to be added by small portions at a time to the melted copal. When this combination is made, and the heat a little abated, the essence of turpentine, likewise previously heated, is to be introduced by degrees ; some of the vola- tile oil will be dissipated at first, but more being added, the union will take place. Great care must be taken to prevent the turpentine vapor from catching fire, which might occasion serious accidents to the operator. When the varnish is made and has cooled down to about 130 degrees of Fah., it may be strained through a filter, to separate the impurities and undissolved copal. Almost all varnish makers think it indispensable to combine the drying oil with the copal before adding the oil of turpentine, but in this they are mis- taken. Boiling oil of turpentine combines very readily with fused copal; and, in some cases, it would probably be preferable to com- mence the operation with it, adding it in successive small quantities. Indeed, the whitest copal varnish can be made only in this way ; for if the drying oil has been heated to nearly its boiling point, it becomes colored, and darkens the varnish. VARNISHES. 61 This varnish improves in clearness by keeping. Its consistence may be varied by varying the proportions of the ingredients within moderate limits. Good varnish, applied in summer, should become so dry in twenty-four hours that the dust will not stick to it nor re- ceive an impression from the fingers. To render it sufficiently dry and hard for polishing, it must be subjected for several days to the heat of a stove. 3. COPAL VARNISHES. 1. Melt in an iron pan at a slow heat, copal gum, powdered, eight parts, and add balsam copaiva, previously warmed, two parts. Then remove from the fire, and add spirits of turpentine, also warmed be- forehand, ten parts, to give the necessary consistence. 2. Prepared gum copal ten parts, gum mastic two parts, finely powdered, are mixed with white turpentine and boiled linseed oil, of each one part, at a slow heat, and with spirits of turpentine twenty parts. 3. Pre- pared gum-copal ten parts, white turpentine two parts, dissolve in spirits of turpentine. Gum-copal is prepared or made more soluble in spirits of turpentine, by melting the powdered crude gum, afterwards again powdering, and allowing to stand for some time loosely covered. CABINET VARNISH. Copal, fused, fourteen pounds ; linseed oil, hot, one gallon ; tur- pentine, hot, three gallons. Properly boiled, such a varnish will dry in ten minutes. TABLE VARHISH. Damma resin, one pound ; spirits of turpentine, two pounds ; camphor, two hundred grains. Digest the mixture for twenty-four hours. The decanted portion is fit for immediate use. COMMON TABLE VABNISH. Oil of turpentine, one pound; bees' wax, two ounces ; colophony, one drachm. COPAL VARNISH FOB INSIDE WORK. 1. Pounded and oxidixed copal, twenty-four parts ; spirit of tur- pentine, forty parts ; camphor, one part. 2. Flexible Copal Var- nish. Copal in powder, sixteen parts ; camphor, two parts ; oil of lavender, ninety parts, Dissolve the camphor in the oil, heat the latter, and stir in the co- pal in successive portions until complete solution takes place. Thin with sufficient turpentine to make it of proper consistence. BEST BODY COPAL VARNISH FOR COACH MAKERS, &C. This is intended for the body parts of coaches and other similar vehicles, intended for polishing. Fuse eight Ibs. of fine African gum copal, and two gallons of clarified oil, boil it very slowly for four or five hours, until quite stringy, mi* with three gallons and a 6 62 VARNISHES. half of turpentine ; strain off and pour it into a cistern. If this is too slow in drying, coach-makers, painters and varnish-makers have introduced to two pots of the preceding varnish, one made as follows : eight Ibs. of fine pale gum-anime, two gallons of clarified oil and three and a half gallons of turpentine. To be boiled four hours. COPAL POLISH. Digest or shake finely powdered gum copal four parts, and gum camphor one part, with ether to form a semi-fluid mass, and then digest with a sufficient quantity of alcohol. WHITE SPIRIT VAKNISH. Sandarach, 250 parts ; mastic, in tears, 64 ; elemi resin, 32 ; turpentine, 64 ; alcohol of 85 per cent, 1000 parts, by measure. The turpentine is to be added after the resins are dissolved. This is a brilliant varnish, but not so hard as to bear polishing. WHITE HARD SPIRIT VARNISHES. 1. Gum sandarach five pounds, camphor one ounce, rectified spirit (65 over proof) two gallons, washed and dried coarsely-pounded glass two pounds ; proceed as in making mastic varnish ; when strained add one quart of very pale turpentine varnish. Very fine. 2. Picked mastic and coarsely-ground glass, of each, four ounces, sandarach and pale clear Venice turpentine, of each three ounces, alcohol two pounds ; as last. 3. Gum sandarach one pound, clear Strasburgh turpentine six ounces, rectified spirit (65 over proof ) three pints; dissolve. 4. Mastic in tears two ounces, sandarach eight ounces, gum elemi one ounce, Strasburgh or Scio turpentine (genuine) four ounces, rectified spirit (65 over proof) one quart. Used on metals, &c. Polishes -well. WHITE VARNISH. 1. Tender copal seven and one-half ounces, camphor one ounce, alcohol of 95 per cent, one quart ; dissolve, then add mastic two ounces, Venice turpentine one ounce ; dissolve and strain. Very white, drying, and capable of being polished when hard. Used for toys. 2. Sandarach eight ounces, mastic two ounces , Canada balsam four ounces, alcohol one quart. Used on paper, wood, or linen. SOFT BRILLIANT VARNISH. Sandarach six ounces, elemi (genuine) four ounces, anime one ounce, camphor one-half ounce, rectified spi-it one quart ; as before. The above spirit varnishes are chiefly applied to objects of the toil- ette, as work-boxes, card-cases, &c., but are also suitable to other articles, whether of paper, wood, linen, or metal, that require a bril- liant and quick-drying varnish. They mostly dry almost as soon as applied, and are usually hard enough to polish in 24 hours. Spirit varnishes are less durable and more liable to crack than oil varnishes. VARNISHES. 63 BROWN HARD SPIBIT VARNISHES. 1. Sandarach four ounces, pale seed-lac two ounces, elemi (true) one ounce, alcohol one quart ; digest with agitation till dissolved, then add Venice turpentine two ounces. 2. Gum sandarach three pounds, shellac two pounds, rectified spirit, (65 over proof,) two gallons ; dis- solve, add turpentine varnish one quart ; agitate well and strain. Very fine. 3. Seed-lac and yellow resin, of each one and one-half pounds, rectified spirit two gallons. TO PREPARE A TARNISH FOR COATING METALS. Digest one part of bruised copal in two parts of absolute alcohol ; but as this varnish dries too quickly it is preferable to take one part of copal, one part of oil of rosemary, and two or three parts of ab- solute alcohol. This gives a clear varnish as limped as water. It should be applied hot, and when dry it will be found hard and durable. TO VARNISH ARTICLES OF IRON AND STEEL. Dissolve 10 parts of clear grains of mastic, 5 parts of camphor, 15 parts of sandarach, and 5 of elemi, in a sufficient quantity of alcohol, and apply this varnish without heat. The articles will not only be preserved from rust, but the varnish will retain its transparency and the metallic brilliancy of the articles will not be obscured. VARNISH FOR IRON WORK. Dissolve, in about two Ibs. of tar oil, half a pound of asphaltum, and a like quantity of pounded resin , mix hot in an iron kettle, care being taken to prevent any contact with the flame. When cold the varnish is ready for use. This varnish is for out-door wood and iron work, not for japanning leather or cloth. BLACK VARNISH FOR IRON WORK. Asphaltum forty-eight pounds, fuse, add boiled oil ten gallons, red lead and litharge, of each seven pounds, dried and powdered white copperas three pounds, boil for two hours, then add dark gum amber (fused) eight pounds, hot linseed oil two gallons, boil for two hours longer, or till a little of the mass, when cooled, may be rolled into pills, then withdraw the heat, and afterwards thin down with oil of turpentine thirty gallons. Used for the ironwork of carriages, and other nice purposes. BRONZE VARNISH FOR STATUARY. Cut best hard soap fifty parts, into fine shavings, dissolve in boil- ing water two parts, to which add the solution of blue vitriol fifteen parts, in pure water sixty parts. Wash the copper-soap with water, dry it at a very slow heat, and dissolve it in spirits of turpentine. 64 VARNISHES. AMBER VARNISHES. 1. Amber one pound, pale boiled oil ten ounces, turpentine one pint. Render the amber, placed in an iron pot, semiliquid by heat ; then add the oil, mix, remove it from the fire, and when cooled a a little, stir in the turpentine. 2. To the amber, melted as above, add two ounces of shellac, and proceed as before. This varnish is rather dark, but remarkably tough. The first form is the best. It is used for the same purposes as copal varnish, and forms an excellent article for covering wood, or any other substance not of a white or very pale color. It dries well, and is very hard and durable. AMBER VARNISH, BLACK. Amber one pound, boiled oil one-half pint, powdered asphaltum six ounces, oil of turpentine one pint. Melt the amber, as before described, then add the asphaltum, previously mixed with the cold oil, and afterwards heated very hot, mix well, remove the vessel from the fire, and when cooled a little add the turpentine, also made warm. Each of the above varnishes should be reduced to a proper con- sistence with more turpentine if required. The last form produces the beautiful black 'varnish used by the coachmakers. Some manu- facturers omit the whole or part of the asphaltum, and use the same quantity of clear black rosin instead, in which case the color is brought up by lampblack reduced to an impalpable powder, or pre- viously ground very fine with a little boiled oil. The varnish made in this way, lacks, however, that richness, brilliancy, and depth of blackness imparted by asphaltum. AMBER VARNISHES. 1. (Pale.) Amber pale and transparent six pounds, fuse, add hot clarified linseed oil two gallons, boil till it strings strongly, cool a little, and add oil of turpentine four gallons. Pale as copal varnish ; Boon becomes very hard, and is the most durable of oil varnishes ; but requires time before it is fit for polishing. When wanted to dry and harden quicker, " drying " oil maybe substituted for linseed, or " driers " may be added during the boiling. 2. Amber one pound ; melt, add Scio turpentine one-half pound, transparent white resin two ounces, hot linseed oil one pint, and afterwards oil of turpentine as much as sufficient ; as above. Very tough. 3. (Hard.) Melted amber four ounces, hot boiled oil one quart ; as before. 4. (Pale.) Very pale and transparent amber four ounces, clarified linseed oil and oil of turpentine, of each one pint ; as before. Amber varnish is suited for all purposes, where a very hard and durable oil varnish is required. The paler kind is superior to copal varnish, and is often mixed with the latter to increase its hardness and durability. BLACK VARNISH. Heat to boiling linseed oil varnish ten parts, with burnt umber two parts, and powdered asphaltum one part, and when cooled dilute with spirits of turpentine to the required consistence. VARNISHES. 65 VAENISH FOB CERTAIN PARTS OF CARRIAGES. Sandarach, 190 parts ; pale shellac, 95 ; resin, 125 ; turpentine, 190 ; alcohol, at 85 per cent, 1000 parts, by measure. COACH VARNISH. Mix shellac sixteen parts, white turpentine three parts, lamp- black sufficient quantity, and digest with alcohol ninety parts, oil of lavender four parts. MAHOGANY VARNISH. Sorted gum-anime eight pounds, clarified oil three gallons, litharge and powdered dried sugar of lead, of each one-fourth pound ; boil till it strings well, then cool a little, thin with oil of turpentine five and one-half gallons, and strain. VARNISH FOR CABINET MAKERS. Pale shellac, 750 parts ; mastic, 64 ; alcohol, of 90 per cent, 1000 parts by measure. The solution is made in the cold, with the aid of frequent stirring. It is always muddy, and is employed without being filtered. With the same resins and proof spirit a var- nish is made for the bookbinders to do over their morocco leather. CEMENT VARNISH FOR WATER-TIGHT LUTING. _ White turpentine fourteen parts, shellac eighteen parts, resin six parts, digest with alcohol eighty parts. THE VARNISH OF WATIN FOR GILDED ARTICLES. Gum-lac, in grain, 125 parts ; gamboge, 125 ; dragon's blood, 125 ; annotto, 125 ; saffron, 32. Each resin must be dissolved in 1000 parts by measure, of alcohol of 90 per cent ; two separate tinc- tures must be made with the dragon's blood and aunotto, in 1000 parts of such alcohol ; and a proper proportion of each should be added to the varnish, according to the shade of golden color wanted. CHEAP OAK VARNISH. Clear pale resin three and one-half pounds, oil of turpentine one gallon ; dissolve. It may be colored darker by adding a little fine lampblack. VARNISH FOR WOOD-WORK. Powdered gum sandarach eight parts, gum mastic two parts, seed-lac eight parts, and digest in a warm place for some days with alcohol twenty-four parts, and finally, dilute with sufficient alcohol to the required consistence. DARK VARNISH FOR LIGHT WOOD-WORK. Pound up and digest shellac sixteen parts, gum sandarach thirty- two parts, gum mastic (juniper) eight parts, gum elemi eight 6* DO VARNISHES. parts, dragon's blood four parts, annotto one part, with white tur- pentine sixteen parts, and alcohol two hundred and fifty-six. Di- lute with alcohol if required. VARNISH FOR INSTRUMENTS. Digest seed-lac one part, with alcohol seven parts, and filter. VARNISH FOR THE WOOD TOYS OF SPA. Tender copal, 75 parts ; mastic, 12.5 ; Venice turpentine, 6.5 ; alcohol, of 95 per cent, 100 parts by measure ; water ounces, for example, if the other parts be taken in ounces. The alcohol must be first made to act upon the copal, with the aid of a little oil of lav- ender or camphor, if thought fit ; and the solution being passed through a linen cloth, the mastic must be introduced. After it is dissolved, the Venice turpentine, previously melted in a water-bath, should be added ; the lower the temperature at which these operations are carried on, the more beautiful will the varnish be. This varnish ought to be very white, very drying, and capable of being smoothed with pumice-stone and polished. VARNISHES FOR FURNITURE. The simplest, and perhaps the best, is the solution of shellac only, but many add gums sandarach, mastic, copal, arabic, benjamin, &c., from the idea that they contribute to the effect. Gum arabic is cer- tainly never required if the solvent be pure, because it is insoluble in either rectified spirit or rectified wood naphtha, the menstrua em- ployed in dissolving the gums. As spirit is seldom used on account of its expense, most of the following are mentioned as solutions in naphtha, but spirit can be substituted when thought proper. 1. Shellac one and a half pounds, naphtha one gallon ; dissolve, and it is ready without filtering. 2. Shellac twelve ounces, copal three ounces, (or an equivalent of varnish) ; dissolve in one gallon of naphtha. 3. Shellac one and a half pounds, seed-lac and sandarach each four ounces, mastic two ounces, rectified spirit one gallon ; dis- solve. 4. Shellac two pounds, benzoin four ounces, spirit one gal- lon. 5. Shellac ten ounces, seed-lac, sandarach, and copal varnish of each, six ounces, benzoin three ounces, naphtha one gallon. To darken polish, benzoin and dragon's-blood are used, turmeric and other coloring matters are also added ; and to make it lighter it is necessary to use bleached lac, though some endeavor to give this effect by adding oxalic acid to the ingredients, it, like gum arabic, is insoluble in good spirit or naphtha. For all ordinary pur- poses the first form is best and least troublesome, while its appearance is equal to any other. TO FRENCH POLISH. The wood must be placed level, and sand-papered until it is quite smooth, otherwise it will not polish. Then provide a rubber of cloth, list, or sponge, wrap it in a soft rag, so as to leave a handle at the back for your hand, shake the bottle against the rubber, and in the VARNISHES. 67 middle of the varnish on the rag place with your finger a little raw linseed oil. Now commence rubbing, in small circular strokes, and continue until the pores are filled, charging the rubber with varnish and oil as required, until the whole wood has had one coat. When dry repeat the process once or twice until the surface appears even and fine, between each coat using fine sand-paper to smooth down all irregularities. Lastly, use a clean rubber with a little strong alcohol only, which will remove the oil and the cloudiness it causes ; when the work will be complete. FURNITURE POLISHES. New wood is often French-polished. Or the following may be tried : Melt three or four pieces of sandarach, each the size of a walnut, add one pint of boiled oil, and boil together for one hour. While cool- ing add one drachm of venice turpentine, and if too thick a little oil of turpentine also. Apply this all over the furniture , and after some hours rub it off ; rub the furniture daily, without applying fresh var- nish, except about once in two months. Water does not injure this polish, and any stain or scratch may be again covered, which cannot be done with French-polish. FURNITURE GLOSS. To give a gloss to household furniture, various compositions are used, known as wax, polish, creams, pastes, oils, &c. The following are some of the forms used : FURNITURE CREAM. Bees-wax one pound, soap four ounces, pearlash two ounces, soft water one gallon ; boil together until mixed. FURNITURE OILS. 1. Acetic acid two drachms, oil of lavender one-half drachm, rectified spirit one drachm, linseed oil four ounces. 2. Linseed oil one pint, alkanet root two ounces ; heat, strain, and add lac varnish one ounce. 3. Linseed oil one pint, rectified spirit two ounces, butter of antimony four ounces. FURNITURE PASTES. 1. Bees-wax, spirit of turpentine, and linseed oil, equal parts ; melt and cool. 2. Bees-wax four ounces, turpentine ten ounces, alkanet root to color ; melt and strain. 3. Bees-wax one pound, linseed oil five ounces, alkanet root one-half ounce ; melt, add five ounces of turpentine, strain and cool. 4. Bees-wax four ounces, resin one ounce, oil of turpentine two ounces, Venetian red to color. ETCHING VARNISHES. 1. White wax, two ounces ; black and Burgundy pitch, of each one-half ounce ; melt together, add by degrees powdered asphaltum two ounces, and boil till a drop taken out on a plate will break when cold by being bent double two or three times between the fin- 68 VARNISHES. gers ; it must then be poured into warm water and made into small balls for use. 2. (Hard Varnish.) Linseed oil and mastic, of each four ounces ; melt together. 3. (Soft Varnish.) Soft linseed oil, four ounces ; gum benzoin and white wax, of each one-half ounce ; boil to two-thirds. VARNISH FOR ENGRAVINGS, MAPS, ETC. Digest gum sandarach twenty parts, gum mastic eight parts, camphor one part, with alcohol forty-eight parts. The map or en- graving must previously receive one or two coats of gelatine. VARNISH TO FIX ENGRAVINGS OR LITHOGRAPHS ON WOOD. For fixing engravings or lithographs upon wood, a varnish called mordant is used in France, which differs from others chiefly in contain- ing more Venice turpentine, to make it sticky ; it consists of sanda- rach, 250 parts ; mastic in tears, 64 ; rosin, 125 ; Venice turpentine, 250 ; alcohol, 1000 parts by measure. VARNISHES FOR OIL PAINTINGS AND LITHOGRAPHS. 1. Dextrine 2 parts, alcohol 1 part, water 6 parts. 2. Varnish for drawings and lithographs : dextrine 2 parts, alcohol i part, water 2 parts. These should be prepared previously with two or three coats of thin starch or rice boiled and strained through a cloth. VAKNISH FOR OIL PAINTINGS. Digest at a slow heat gum sandarach two parts, gum mastic four parts, balsam copaiva two parts, white turpentine three parts, with spirits of turpentine four parts, alcohol (95 per cent) 50-56 parts. BEAUTIFUL VARNISH FOR PAINTINGS AND PICTURES. Honey, 1 pint; the whites of two dozen fresh hen's eggs; 1 ounce of good clean isinglass, 20 grains of hydrate of potassium, ounce of chloride of sodium ; mix together over a gentle heat of 80 or 90 degrees Fah. ; be careful not to let the mixture remain long enough to coagulate the albumen of the eggs ; stir the mixture thoroughly, then bottle. It is to be applied as follows : one table spoonful of the varnish added to half a table spoonful of good oil of turpentine, then spread on the picture as soon as mixed. MILK OF WAX. Milk of wax is a valuable varnish, which may be prepared as fol- lows : Melt in a porcelain capsule a certain quantity of white wax, and add to it, while in fusion, an equal quantity of spirit of wine, of sp. grav. 0-830 ; stir the mixture, and pour it upon a large porphyry slab. The granular mass is to be converted into a paste by the mul- ler, with the addition, from time to time, of a little alcohol ; and as Boon as it appears to be smooth and homogeneous, water is to be in- troduced in small quantities successively, to the amount of four times the weight of the wax. This emulsion is to be then passed through VARNISHES. 69 canvas, in order to separate such particles as may be imperfectly in- corporated. The milk of wax, thus prepared, may be spread with a smooth brush upon the surface of a painting, allowed to dry, and then fused by passing a hot iron (salamander) over its surface. When cold, it is to be rubbed with a linen cloth to bring out the lustre. It is to the unchangeable quality of an encaustic of this nature, that the ancient paintings upon the walls of Herculaneum and Pompeii owe their freshness at the present day. CRYSTAL VARNISHES. 1. Genuine pale Canada balsam and rectified oil of turpentine, equal parts ; mix, place the bottle in warm water, agitate well, set it aside, in a moderately warm place, and in a week pour off the clear. Used for maps, prints, drawings, and other articles of paper, and also to prepare tracing paper, and to transfer engravings. 2. Mastic three ounces, alcohol one pint ; dissolve. Used to fix pencil drawings. ITALIAN VARNISHE3. 1. Boil Scio turpentine till brittle, powder, and dissolve in oil of turpentine. 2. Canada balsam and clear white resin, of each six ounces, oil of turpentine one quart ; dissolve. Used for prints, &c. WATER VARNISH FOR OIL-PAINTINGS. Boil bitter-apple, freed from the seeds and cut five parts, with rain- water fifty parts, down to one-half. Strain and dissolve in the liquor gum arabic eight parts, and rock-candy four parts, and lastly, add one part of alcohol. Let it stand for some days, and filter. VARNISH FOR PAPER-HANGINGS. Sandarach, four parts, mastic, seed-lac, white turpentine, of each two parts, gum elemi one part, alcohol twenty-eight parts. Digest with frequent shaking, and filter. Before applying this varnish, the paper must be twice painted over with a solution of white gelatine, and dried. BOOK-BINDERS' VARNISH. Shellac eight parts, gum benzoin three parts, gum mastic two parts, bruise, and digest in alcohol forty-eight parts, oil of lavender one-half part. Or, digest shellac four parts, gum mastic two parts, gum dammar and white turpentine of each one part, with alcohol (95 per cent) twenty-eight parts. TO VARNISH CARDWORK. Before varnishing cardwork, it must receive two or three coats of size, to prevent the absorption of the varnish, and any injury to the design. The size may be made by dissolving a little isinglass in hot water, or by boiling some parchment cuttings until dissolved. In either case the solution must be strained through a piece of clean muslin, and for very nice purposes, should be clarified with a littlo 70 VARNISHES. White of egg. A small clean brush, called by painters a sash tool, ia the best for applying the size, as well as the varnish. A light deli- cate touch must be adopted, especially for the first coat, least the ink or colors be started, or smothered. SIZE, OK VAENISH, FOB, PRIMERS, ETC. Best pale glue and white curd soap, of each 4 ounces ; hot water 3 pints ; dissolve, then add powdered alum 2 ounces. Used to size prints and pictures before coloring them. TARNISH FOR BRICK WALLS. A varnish made with one pound of sulphur boiled for half an hour in an iron vessel is a perfect protection from damp to brick walls. It ehould be applied with a brush, while warm. MASTIC VARNISHES. 1. (Fine.) Very pale and picked gum mastic five pounds, glass pounded as small as barley, and well washed and dried two and one- half pounds, rectified turpentine two gallons ; put them into a clean four gallon stone or tin bottle, bung down securely, and keep rolling it backwards and forwards pretty smartly on a counter or any other solid place for at least four hours ; when, if the gum is all dissolved, the varnish may be decanted, strained through muslin into another bottle, and allowed to settle. It should be kept for six or nine months before use, as it thereby gets both tougher and clearer. 2. (Second Quality.) Mastic eight pounds, turpentine four gallons ; dissolve by a gentle heat, and add pale turpentine varnish one-half gallon. 3. Gum mastic six ounces, oil of turpentine one quart ; dissolve. Mastic varnish is used for pictures, &c. ; when good, it is tough, hard, brilliant, and colorless. Should it get " chilled," one pound of well-washed silicious sand should be made moderately hot, and added to each gallon, which must then be well agitated for five min- utes, and afterwards allowed to settle. INDIA-RUBBER VARNISHES. 1. Cut up one pound of India rubber into small pieces and diffuse in half a pound of sulphuric ether, which is done by digesting in a glass flask on a sand bath. Then add one pound pale linseed oil var- nish, previously heated, and after settling, one pound of oil of tur- pentine, also heated beforehand. Filter, while yet warm, into bottles. Dries slowly. 2. Two ounces India rubber finely divided and digested in the same way, with a quarter of a pound of camphene, and half an ounce of naphtha or benzole. "When dissolved add one ounce of copal varnish, which renders it more durable. Principally for gilding. 3. In a wide mouthed glass bottle, digest two ounces of India rub- ber in fine shavings, with one pound of oil of turpentine, during two days, without shaking, then stir up with a wooden spatula. Add VAKNISHES. 71 another pound of oil of turpentine, and digest, with frequent agitation, until all is dissolved. Then mix a pound and a half of this solution with two pounds of very white copal-oil varnish, and a pound and a half of well boiled linseed oil, shake and digest in a sand bath, until they have united into a good varnish. For morocco leather. 4. Four ounces India rubber in fine shavings are dissolved in a covered jar by means of a sand bath, in two pounds of crude benzole, and then mixed with four pounds of hot linseed oil varnish, and a half pound of oil of turpentine. Dries very well. 5. Flexible Varnish. Melt one pound of rosin, and add gradually half a pound of India rubber in very fine shavings, and stir until cold. Then heat again, slowly, add one pound of linseed oil varnish, heated, and filter. 6. Another. Dissolve one pound of gum dammar, and a half pound of India rubber, in very small pieces, in one pound of oil of turpentine, by means of a water bath. Add one pound of hot oil varnish and filter. 7. India rubber in small pieces, washed and dried, are fused for three hours in a close vessel, on a gradually heated sand bath. On removing from the sand bath, open the vessel and stir for ten minutes, then close again, and repeat the fusion on the following day, until small globules appear on the surface. Strain through a wire sieve. 8. Varnish for Waterproof Goods. Let a quarter of a pound of India rubber, in small pieces, soften in a half pound of oil of turpen- tine, then add two pounds of boiled oil, and let the whole boil for two hours over a slow coal fire. When dissolved, add again six pounds of boiled linseed oil and one pound of Htharge, and boil until an even liquid is obtained. It is applied warm. 9. Gutta Percha Varnish. Clean a quarter of a pound of Gutta Percha in warm water from adhering impurities, dry well, dissolve in one 'pound of rectified rosin oil, and add two pounds of linseed oil varnish, boiling hot. Very suitable to prevent metals from oxidation. BLACK VARNISH FOR HARNESS. Digest shellac twelve parts, white turpentine five parts, gum Bandarach two parts, lampblack one part, with spirits of turpentine four parts, alcohol ninety-six parts. BOILED OIL OR LINSEED-OIL VARNISH. Boil linseed oil sixty parts, with litharge two parts, and white vitriol one part, each finely powdered, until all water is evaporated. Then set by. Or, rub up borate of manganese four parts, with some of the oil, then add linseed oil three thousand parts, and heat to boiling. DAMMAR VARNISH. Gum dammar ten parts, gum sandarach five parts, gum mastio one part, digest at a low heat, occasionally shaking, with spirits of 72 VAHNISHES. turpentine twenty parts. Finally, add more spirits of turpentine to give the consistence of syrup. COMMON VARNISH. Digest shellac one part, with alcohol seven or eight parts. WATEEPEOOF VAENISHES. Take one pound of flowers of sulphur and one gallon of linseed oil, and boil them together until they are thoroughly combined. This forms a good varnish for waterproof textile fabrics. Another is made with four pounds oxyde of lead, twopounds of lampblack, five ounces of sulphur, and ten pounds of India rubber dissolved in turpentine. These substances, in such proportions, are boiled together until they are thoroughly combined. Coloring matters may be mixed with them. Twilled cotton may be rendered waterproof by the application of the oil sulphur varnish. It should be applied at two or three different times, and dried after each operation. VARNISHES FOR BALLOONS, GAS BAGS, ETC. 1. India rubber in shavings one ounce ; mineral naphtha two Ibs. ; digest at a gentle heat in a close vessel till dissolved, and strain. 2. Digest one pound of Indian rubber, cut small, in six pounds oil of turpentine for 7 days, in a warm place. Put the mixture in a water bath, heat until thoroughly mixed, add one gallon of warm boiled drying oil, mix, and strain when cold. 3. Linseed oil one gallon ; dried white copperas and sugar of lead, each three ounces; litharge eight ounces ; boil with constant agitation till it strings well, then oool slowly and decant the clear. If too thick, thin it with quicker drying linseed oil. GOLD VAENISH. Digest shellac sixteen parts, gum sandarach, mastic, of each three parts, crocus one part, gum gamboge two parts, all bruised, with alcohol one hundred forty-four parts. Or, digest seed-lac, sanda- rach, mastic, of each eight parts, gamboge two parts, dragon's blood one part, white turpentine six parts, turmeric four parts, bruised, with alcohol one hundred twenty parts. WAINSCOT VARNISH FOR HOUSE PAINTING AND JAPANNING. Anime eight pouuds ; clarified linseed oil three gallons ; litharge one-fourth pound ; acetate of lead one-half pound ; sulphate of copper one-fourth pound. All these materials must be carefully but thoroughly boiled together until the mixture becomes quite stringy, and then five and a half gallons of heated turpentine stirred in. It can be easily deepened in color by the addition of a little gold-size. LACKERS. 73 LACKERS. GOLD LACKER. Put info a clean four gallon tin, one pound of ground turmeric, one and a half ounces of gamboge, three and a half pounds of pow- dered gum sandarach, three quarters of a pound of shellac, and two gallons of spirits of wine. When shaken, dissolved, and strained, add one pint of turpentine varnish, well mixed. RED SPIRIT LACKER. Made exactly as the gold lacker with these ingredients : two gal- lons of spirits of wine, one pound of dragon's blood, three pounds of Spanish aunotto, three and a quarter pounds of gum sandarach, and two pints of turpentine. PALE BRASS LACKER. Two gallons of spirits of wine, one pound of fine pale shellac, three ounces of Cape aloes, cut small : one ounce of gamboge, cut small. LACKER FOR TIN. Any good lacker laid upon tin gives it the appearance of copper or brass. It is made by coloring lac-varnish with turmeric to impart the cftlor of brass to it, and with annotto, to give it the color of cop- per. If a tin plate is dipped into molten brass, the latter metal will adhere to it in a coat. LACKER VARNISH. A good lacker is made by coloring lac-varnish with turmeric and annotto. Add as much of these two coloring substances to the varnish as will give it the proper color ; then squeeze the varnish through a cotton cloth, when it forms lacker. DEEP GOLD COLORED LACKER. Seed-lac three ounces, turmeric one ounce, dragon's blood one- fourth ounce, alcohol one pint ; digest for a week, frequently shaking, decant and filter. Lackers are used upon polished metals and wood to impart the ap- pearance of gold. If yellow is required, use turmeric, aloes, saffron, or gamboge ; for red, use annotto, or dragon's blood, to color. Tur- meric, gamboge, and dragon's blood, generally afford a sufficient range of colors. LACKERS FOR PICTURES, METAL, WOOD OR LEATHER. 1. Seed-lac eight ounces, alcohol one quart ; digest in a close vessel in a warm situation for three or four days, then decant and strain. 2. Substitute lac bleached by chlorine for seed-lac. Both are very tough, hard, and durable ; the last almost colorless. 7 74 MISCELLANEOUS CEMENTS. MISCELLANEOUS CEMENTS ARMENIAN OK DIAMOND CEMENT. This article, so much esteemed for uniting pieces of broken glass, for repairing precious stones, and for cementing them to watch cases and other ornaments, is made by soaking isinglass in water until it becomes quite soft, and then mixing it with spirit in which a little gum mastic and ammoniacum have been dissolved. The jewellers of Turkey, who are mostly Armenians, have a singular method of ornamenting watch cases, &c., with diamonds and other precious stones, by simply glueing or cementing them on. The stone is set in silver or gold, and the lower part of the metal made flat, or to correspond with the part to which it is to be fixed ; it is then Avarmed gently, and has the glue applied, which is so very string that the parts so cemented never separate ; this glue, which will strongly unite bits of glass, and even polished steel, and may be ap- plied to a variety of useful purposes, is thus made in Turkey : Dis- solve five or six bits of gum mastic, each the size of a large pea, in as much spirits of wine as will suffice to render it liquid ; and in another vessel, dissolve as much isinglass, previously a little softened in water, (though none of the water must be used,) in French brandy or good rum, as will make a two-ounce vial of very strong glue, adding two small bits of gum albanum, or ammoniacum, which must be rubbed or ground till they are dissolved. Then mix the whole with a suffi- cient heat. Keep the glue in a vial closely stopped, and when it is to be used, set the vial in boiling water. Some persons have sold a composition under the name of Armenian cement, in England ; but this composition is badly made ; it is much too thin, and the quantity of mastic is much too small. The following are good proportions : isinglass, soaked in water and dissolved in spirit, two ounces, (thick) ; dissolve in this ten grains of very pale gum ammoniac, (in tears,) by rubbing them together ; then add six large tears of gum mastic, dissolved in the least possible quantity of rectified spirit. Isinglass, dissolved in proof spirit, as above, three ounces ; bottoms of mastic varnish (thick but clear) one and a half ounces ; mix well. When carefully made, this cement resists moisture, and dries col- orless. As usually met with, it is not only of very bad quality, but sold at exorbitant prices. CEMENTS FOE MENDING EARTHERN AND GLASS WARE. 1. Heat the article to be mended, a little above boiling water heat, then apply a thin coating of gum shellac, on both surfaces of the broken vessel, and when cold it will be as strong as it was originally. 2. Dissolve gum shellac in alcohol, apply the solution, and bind the parts firmly together until the cement is perfectly dry. MISCELLANEOUS CEMENTS. 75 CEMENT FOR STONEWARE. Another cement in which an analogous substance, the curd or ca- seutn of milk is employed, is made by boiling slices of skim-milk cheese into a gluey consistence in a great quantity of water, and then incor- porating it with quicklime on a slab with a rnuller, or in a marble mortar. When this compound is applied warm to broken edges of stoneware, it unites them very firmly after it is cold. IRON-REST CEMENT. The iron-rust cement is made of from fifty to one hundred parts of iron borings, pounded and sifted, mixed with one part of sal-ammo- niac, and when it is to be applied moistened with as much water as will give it a pasty consistency. Formerly flowers of sulphur were used, and much more sal-ammoniac in making this cement, but with decided disadvantage, as the union is effected by oxidizement, conse- quent expansion and solidification of the iron powder, and any hetero- geneous matter obstructs the effect. The best proportion of sal-ammo- niac is, I believe, one per cent of the iron borings. Another compo- sition of the same kind is made by mixing four parts of fine borings or filings of iron, two parts of potter's clay, and one part of pounded potsherds, and making them into a paste with salt and water. When this cement is allowed to concrete slowly on iron joints, it becomes very hard. FOR MAKING ARCHITECTURAL ORNAMENTS IN RELIEF. For making architectural ornaments in relief, a moulding compo- sition is formed of chalk, glue, and paper paste. Even statues have been made with it, the paper aiding the cohesion of the mass. Mastics of a resinous or bituminous nature, which must be softened or fused by heat, are the following : VARLET'S MASTIC. Mr. S. Varley's consists of sixteen parts of whiting sifted and thor- oughly dried by a red heat, adding when cold a melted mixture of sixteen parts of black rosin and one of bees'-wax, and stirring well during the cooling. ELECTRICAL AND CHEMICAL APPARATUS CEMENT. Electrical and chemical apparatus cement consists of 5 Ibs. of rosin, 1 of bees'-wax, 1 of red ochre, and two table-spoonsful of Paris plas- ter, all melted together. A cheaper one for cementing voltaic plates into wooden troughs is made with 6 pounds of rosin, 1 pound of red ochre, of a pound of plaster of Paris, and ^ of a pound of linseed oil. The ochre and the plaster of Paris should be calcined beforehand, and added to the other ingredients in their melted state. The thinner the stratum of cement that is interposed, the stronger, generally speak- ing, is the junction. 76 MISCELLANEOUS CEMENTS. CEMENT FOR IRON TUBES, BOILERS, ETC. Finely powdered iron sixty-six parts, sal-ammoniac one part, water a sufficient quantity to form into paste. CEMENT FOR IVORY, MOTHER OF PEARL, ETC. Dissolve one part of isinglass and two of white glue in thirty of wa- ter, strain and evaporate to six parts. Add one-thirtieth part of gum mastic, dissolved in half a part of alcohol, and one part of white zinc. When required for use, warm and shake up. CEMENT FOR HOLES IN CASTINGS. The best cement for this purpose is made by mixing one part of sulphur in powder, two parts of sal-ammoniac, and eighty parts of clean powdered iron turnings. Sufficient water must be added to make it into a thick paste, which should be pressed into the holes or seams which are to be filled up. The ingredients composing this ce- ment should be kept separate, and not mixed until required for use. It is to be applied cold, and the casting should not be used for two or three days afterwards. CEMENT FOR COPPERSMITHS AND ENGINEERS. Boiled linseed oil and. red lead mixed together into a putty are often used by coppersmiths and engineers, to secure joints. The washers of leather or cloth are smeared with this mixture in a pasty state. A CHEAP CEMENT. Melted brimstone, either alone, or mixed with rosin and brick dust, forms a tolerably good and very cheap cement. PLUMBER'S CEMENT. Plumber's cement consists of black rosin one part, brick dust two parts, well incorporated by a melting heat. CEMENT FOR BOTTLE-CORKS. The bituminous or black cement for bottle-corks consists of pitch hardened by the addition of rosin and brick-dust. CHINA CEMENT. Take the curd of milk, dried and powdered, ten ounces ; quicklime one ounce ; camphor two drachms. Mix, and keep in closely stopped bottles. When used, a portion is to be mixed with a little water into a paste, to be applied quickly. CEMENT FOR LEATHER. A mixture of India-rubber and shell-lac varnish makes a very ad- hesive leather cement. A strong solution of common isinglass, with a little diluted alcohol added to it, makes an excellent cement for leather. MISCELLANEOUS CEMENTS. 77 MARBLE CEMENT. Take plaster of paris, and soak it in a saturated solution of alum, then bake the two in an oven, the same as gypsum is baked to make it plaster of paris ; after which they are ground to powder. It is then used as wanted, being mixed up with water like plaster and ap- plied. It sets into a very hard composition capable of taking a very high polish. It may be mixed with various coloring minerals to pro- duce a cement of any color capable of imitating marble. A GOOD CEMENT. Shellac dissolved in alcohol, or in a solution of borax, forms a pretty good cement. CEMENT FOR MARBLE WORKERS AND COPPERSMITHS. White of egg alone, or mixed with finely sifted quicklime, will answer for uniting objects which are not exposed to moisture. The latter combination is very strong, and is much employed for joining pieces of spar and marble ornaments. A similar composition is used by coppersmiths to secure the edges and rivets of boilers ; only bul- lock's blood is the albuminous matter used instead of white of egg. TEANSPARENT CEMENT FOR GLASS. Dissolve one part of India-rubber in 64 of chloroform, then add gum mastic in powder 16 to 24 parts, and digest for two days with frequent shaking. Apply with a camels-hairbrush. CEMENT TO MEND IRON POTS AND PANS. Take two parts of sulphur, and one part, by weight, of fine black lead ; put the sulphur in an old iron pan, holding it over the fire until it begins to melt, then add the lead ; stir well until all is mixed and melted ; then pour out on an iron plate, or smooth stone. When cool, break into small pieces. A sufficient quantity of this compound being placed upon the crack of the iron pot to be mended, can be soldered by a hot iron in the same way a tinsmith solders his sheets. If there is a small hole in the pot, drive a copper rivet in it and then solder over it with this cement. CEMENT TO RENDER CISTERNS AND CASKS WATER TIGHT. An excellent cement for resisting moisture is made by incorporating thoroughly eight parts of melted glue, of the consistence used by car- penters, with four parts of linseed oil, boiled into varnish with lith- arge. This cement hardens in about forty -eight hours, and renders the joints of wooden cisterns and casks air and water tight. A com- pound of glue with one-fourth its weight of Venice turpentine, made as above, serves to cement glass, metal and wood, to one another Fresh-made cheese curd, and old skim-milk cheese, boiled in water to a slimy consistence, dissolved in a solution of bicarbonate of potash 7* 78 MISCELLANEOUS CEMENTS. are said to form a good cement for glass and porcelain. The gluten of wheat, well prepared, is also a good cement. White of eggs, with flour and water well-mixed, and smeared over linen cloth, forms a ready lute for steam joints in small apparatus. CEMENT FOE REPAIRING FRACTURED BODIES OF ALL KINDS. White lead ground upon a slab with linseed oil varnish, and kept out of contact of air, affords a cement capable of repairing fractured bodies of all kinds. It requires a few weeks to harden. When stone or iron are to be cemented together, a compound of equal parts of sul- phur with pitch answers very well. CEMENTS FOR CRACKS IN WOOD. Make a paste of slacked lime one part, rye-meal two parts, with a sufficient quantity of linseed oil. Or, dissolve one part of glue in six- teen parts of water, and when almost cool stir in sawdust and pre- pared chalk a sufficient quantity. Or, oil-varnish thickened with a mixture of equal parts of white-lead, red-lead, litharge, and chalk. CEMENT FOR JOINING METALS AND WOOD. Melt rosin and stir in calcined plaster until reduced to a paste, to which add boiled oil a sufficient quantity, to bring it to the con- sistence of honey ; apply warm. Or, melt rosin 180 parts, and stir in burnt umber 30, calcined plaster 15, and boiled oil 8 parts. GAS FITTERS' CEMENT. Mix together, resin four and one-half parts, wax one part, and Venetian red three parts. IMPERVIOUS CEMENT FOR APPARATUS, CORKS, ETC. Zinc-white rubbed up with copal varnish to fill up the indentures; when dry, to be covered with the same mass, somewhat thinner, and lastly with copal varnish alone. CEMENT FOR FASTENING BRASS TO GLASS VESSELS. Melt rosin 150 parts, wax 30, and add burnt ochre 30, and cal- cined plaster 2 parts. Apply warm. CEMENT FOR FASTENING BLADES, FILES, ETC. Shellac two parts, prepared chalk one, powdered and mixed. The opening for the blade is tilled with this powder, the lower end of the iron heated and pressed in. HYDRAULIC CEMENT TAINT. If hydraulic cement be mixed with oil, it forms a first-rate anti- combustible and excellent water-proof paint for roofs of buildings, outhouses, walls, &c. BUILDERS' CEMENTS. 79 BUILDERS' CEMENTS. CEMENT FOR TEBBACE9, FLOORS, ROOFS, RESERVOIRS, ETC. In certain localities where a limestone impregnated with bitumen occurs, it is dried, ground, sifted, and then mixed with about its own weight of melted pitch, either mineral, vegetable, or that of cold tar. When this mixture is getting semifluid, it may be moulded into large slabs or tiles in wooden frames lined with sheet iron, previously smeared over with common lime mortar, in order to prevent adhesion to the moulds, which, being in moveable pieces, are easily dismounted so as to turn out the cake of artificial bituminous stone. This cement is manufactured upon a great scale in many places, and used for making Italian terraces, covering the floors of balconies, flat roofs, water reservoirs, water conduits, &c. When laid down, the joints must be well run together with hot irons. The floor of the terrace should be previously covered with a layer of Paris plaster or common mortar, nearly an inch thick, with a regular slope of one inch to the yard. Such bituminous cement weighs 144 pounds the cubic foot ; or a foot of square surface, one inch thick, weighs 12 pounds. Some- times a second layer of these slabs or tiles is applied over the first, with the precaution of making the seams or joints of the upper corres- pond with the middle of the under ones. Occasionally a bottom bed, of coarse cloth or gray paper, is applied. The larger the slabs are made, as far as they can be conveniently tsansported and laid down, so much the better. MASTIC CEMENT FOR COVKRING THE FRONTS OF HOUSES. Fifty parts, by measure, of clean dry sand, fifty of limestone (not burned) reduced to grains like sand, or marble dust, and 10 parts of red lead, mixed with as much boiled linseed oil, as will make it slightly moist. The brick, to receive it, should be covered with three coats of boiled oil, laid on with a brush, and suffered to dry, before the mastic is put on. It is laid on with a trowel like plaster, but it is not so moist. It becomes hard as stone in a few months. Care must be exercised not to use too much oil. CEMENT FOR OUTSIDE BRICK WALLS. Cement for the outside of brick walls, to imitate stone, is made of clean sand 90 parts, litharge 5 parts, plaster of Paris 5 parts, moist- ened with boiled linseed oil. The bricks should receive two or three coats of oil before the cement is applied. CEMENT FOR COATING THE FRONTS OF BUILDINGS. The cement of dihl for coating the fronts of buildings consists of lin- seed oil, rendered dry by boiling with litharge, and mixed with por- celain clay in fine powder, to give it the consistence of stiff mortar. 80 BUILDERS' CEMENTS. Pipe-clay would answer equally well if well dried, and any color might be given with ground bricks, or pottery. A little oil of turpentine to thin this cement aids its cohesion upon stone, brick or wood. It has been applied to sheets of wire cloth, and in this state laid upon ter- races, in order to make them water tight ; but it is a little less ex- pensive than lead. CEMENT FOR STEPS AND BRICK WALLS. A cement which gradually indurates to a stony consistence, may be made by mixing twenty parts of clean river sand, two of litharge, and one of quicklime, into a thin putty with linseed oil. The quicklime may be replaced with litharge. When this cement is applied to mend broken pieces of stone, as steps of stairs, it acquires after some time a stony hardness. A similar composition has been applied to coat over brick walls, under the name of mastic. A HARD CEMENT FOR SEAMS. An excellent cement for seams in the roofs of houses, or for any other exposed places, is made with white lead, dry white sand, and as much oil as will make it into the consistency of putty. This cement gets as hard as stone in a few weeks. It is a good cement for filling up cracks in exposed parts of brick buildings ; and for pointing up the base of chimneys, where they project through the roofs of shingled houses. ANOTHER GOOD CEMENT. Dissolve one pound of alum, in boiling water, and while it is boiling add five pounds of brown soap, cut into small pieces ; boil the mixture about fifteen minutes. It then becomes sticky like shoemaker's wax. Now mix it with whiting to a proper consistency for filling up seams, &c. It becomes partially hard after a few months, and strongly ad- heres to wood. The wood should be perfectly dry. To make it ad- here it must be well pressed down. When dry it is impervious to water, and is slightly elastic. CEMENT FOR TILE-ROOFS, The best cement for closing up seams in tile-roofs is composed of equal parts of whiting and dry sand and 25 per cent of litharge, made into the consistency of putty with linseed oil. It is not liable to crack when cold, nor melt, like coal-tar and asphalt, with the heat of the MSB. COARSE STUFF. Coarse stuff, or lime and hair, as it is sometimes called, is pre- pared in the same way as common mortar, with the addition of hair procured from the tanner, which must be well mixed with the mortar by means of a three-pronged rake, until the hair is equally distribu- ted throughout the composition. The mortar should be first formed, and when the lime and sand have been thoroughly mixed, the hair should be added by degrees, and the whole so thoroughly united, that the hair shall appear to be equally distributed throughout. BUILDERS' CEMENTS. 81 PARKER'S CEMENT. This cement, which is perhaps the best of all others for stucco, as it is not subject to crack or flake off, is now very commonly used, and is formed by burning argillaceous clay in the same manner that lime is made. It is then reduced to powder. The cement, as used by the plasterer, is sometimes employed alone, and sometimes it is mixed with sharp sand ; and it has then the appearance, and almost the strength, of stone. As it is impervious to water, it is very proper for lining tanks and cisterns. HAMELEIN'S CEMENT. This cement consists of earthy and other substances insoluble in water, or nearly so ; and these may be either those which are in their natural state, or have bean manufactured, such as earthen- ware and china ; those being always preferred which are least soluble in water, and have the least color. When these are pul- verized, some oxide of lead is added, such as litharge, gray oxide, or minium, reduced to a fine powder ; and to the compound is added a quantity of pulverized glass or flint stones, the whole being thoroughly mixed and made into a proper consistence with some vegetable oil, as that of linseed. This makes a durabfe stucco or plaster, that is impervious to wet, and has the appearance of etone. The proportion of the several ingredients is as follows : to every five hundred and sixty pounds of earth, or earths, such as pit sand, river sand, rock sand, pulverized earthenware or porcelain, add forty pounds of litharge, two pounds of pulverized glass or flint, one pound of minium, and two pounds of gray oxide of lead. Mix the whole together, and sift it through sieves of different degrees of fineness, according to the purposes to which the cement is to be applied. The following is the method of using it : To every thirty pounds weight of the cement in powder, add about one quart of oil, either linseed, walnut, or some other vegetable oil, and mix it in the same manner as any other mortar, pressing it gently together, either by treading on it, or with the trowel ; it has then the appearance of moistened sand. Care must also be taken that no more is mixed at one time than is required for use, as it soon hardens into a solid mass. Before the cement is applied, the face of the wall to be plas- tered should be brushed over with oil, particularly if it be applied to brick, or any other substance that quickly imbibes the oil ; if to wood, lead, or any substance of a similar nature, less oil may be used. PLASTER IN IMITATION OF MARBLE SCAGLIOLA. This species of work is exquisitely beautiful when done with taste and judgment, and is so like marble to the touch, as well as appear- ance, that it is scarcely possible to distinguish the one from the other. We shall endeavor to explain its composition, and the man- 82 BUILDERS' CEMENTS. ner in which it is applied ; but so much depends upon the workman's execution, that it is impossible for any one to succeed in an attempt to work with it without some practical experience. Procure some of. the purest gypsum, and calcine it until the large masses have lost the brilliant, sparkling appearance by which they are characterized, and the whole mass appears uniformly opaque. This calcined gypsum is reduced to powder, and passed throu-rh a very fine sieve, and mixed up, as it is wanted for use, with glue, isinglass, or some other material of the same kind. This solu- tion is colored with the tint required for the scagliola ; but when a marble of various colors is to be imitated, the several colored compo- sitions required by the artist must be placed in separate vessels, and they are then mingled together in nearly the same manner that the painter mixes his color on the pallet. Having the wall or column prepared with rough plaster, it is covered with the composition, and the colors intended to imitate the marble, of whatever kind it may be, are applied when the floating is going on. It now only remains to polish the work, which, as soon as the com- position is hard enough, is done by rubbing it with pumice-stone, the work being kept wet with water applied by a sponge. It is then polished with Tripoli and charcoal, with a piece of fine linen, and finished with a piece of felt, dipped in a mixture of oil and Tripoli, and afterwards with pure oil. MALTHA, OR GEEEK MASTIC. This is made by mixing lime and sand in the manner of mortar, and making it into a proper consistency with milk or size, instead of water. FINE STUFF. This is made by slaking lime with a small portion of water, after which so much water is added as to give it the consistence of cream. It is then allowed to settle for some time, and the superfluous water is poured off, and the sediment is suffered to remain till evaporation reduces it to a proper thickness for use. For some kinds of work, it is necessary to add a small portion of hair. STUCCO FOB INSIDE OF WALLS. This stucco consists of fine stuff already described, and a portion of fine washed sand, in the proportion of one of sand to three of fine stuff. Those parts of interior walls are finished with this stucco which are intended to be painted. In using this material, great care must be taken that the surface be perfectly level, and to secure this it must be well worked with a floating tool or wooden trowel. This is done by sprinkling a little water occasionally on the stucco, and rubbing it in a circular direction with the float, till the surface has attained a high gloss. The durability of the work very much de- pends upon the care with which this process is done ; for if it be not thoroughly worked, it is apt to crack. BUILDERS' CEMENT. 83 HIGGINS' STUCCO. To fifteen pounds of the best stone lime, add fourteen pounds of bone ashes, finely powdered, and about ninety-five pounds of clean, washed sand, quite dry, either coarse or fine, according to the nature of the woi'k in hand. These ingredients must be intimately mixed, and kept from the air till wanted. When required for use, it must be mixed up into a proper consistence for working with lime water, and used as speedily as possible. GAUGE STUFF. This is chiefly used for mouldings and cornices which are run or formed with a wooden mould. It consists of about one-fifth of plas- ter of Paris, mixed gradually with four-fifths of fine stuff. When the work is required to set very expeditiously, the proportion of plaster of Paris is increased. It is often necessary that the plaster to be used should have the property of setting immediately it is laid on, and in all such cases gauge stuff is used, and consequently it is extensively employed for cementing ornaments to walls or ceilings, as well as for casting the ornaments themselves. COMPOSITION. This is frequently used, instead of plaster of Paris, for the orna- mental parts of buildings, as it is more durable, and becomes in time as hard as stone itself. It is of great use in the execution of the decorative parts of architecture, and also in the finishings of picture frames, being a cheaper method than carving by nearly eighty per cent. It is made as follows : Two pounds of the best whitening, one pound of glue, and half a pound of linseed oil are heated together, the composition being continually stirred until the different substan- ces are thoroughly incorporated. Let the compound cool, and then lay it on a stone covered with powdered whitening, and heat it well until it becomes of a tough and firm consistence. It may then be put by for use, covered with wet cloths to keep it fresh. When wanted for use, it must be cut into pieces, adapted to the size of the mould, into which it is forced by a screw press. The ornament, or cornice, is fixed to the frame or wall with glue or with white lead. FOUNDATIONS OF BUILDINGS. The nature and condition of the soil upon which houses are to be built should receive far more attention than is usually bestowed upon such subjects. A soil which is spongy and damp, or contains much loose organic matter, is generally unhealthy ; whereas a dry, porus soil affords a healthy site for buildings. Wherever we find a soil de- ficient in gravel or sand, or where gravel and sand-beds are underlaid with clay, there should be a thorough sub-soil drainage, because the clay retains the water, and a house built in such a spot would other- wise always be damp and unhealthy. 84 BUILDERS' CEMENTS. When the sub-soil is swampy, which is the case with many portions of various cities that have been filled in with what is called made earth, fever is liable to prevail in houses built in such localities, owing to the decay of organic matter underneath, and its ascension in the form of gas through the soil. When good drainage cannot be effected in such situations, and it is found necessary to build houses on them, they should all have solid floors of concrete, laid from the outside of the foundations and covering the whole area over which the structure is erected. These floors tend to prevent dampness in houses, consequently they are more comfortable and healthy than they otherwise would be. Such floors also tend to prevent the crack- ing of the walls, owing to the solidity and firmness imparted to their foundations. CONCRETE FLOORS. The lower floors of all the cellars of houses should be composed of a bed of concrete about three inches thick. This would tend to render them dry, and more healthy, and at the same time prevent rats from burrowing under the walls from the outside, and coming up under the floor the method pursued by these vermin where houses are erected on a sandy soil. This concrete should be made of washed gravel and hydraulic cement. Common mortar mixed with pounded brick and washed gravel, makes a concrete for floors nearly as good as that formed with hydraulic cement. Such floors become very hard, and are much cheaper than those of brick or flagstones. FIRE-PROOF COMPOSITION TO RESIST FIRE FOR FIVE HOURS. Dissolve, in cold water, as much pearlash as it is capable of holding in solution, and wash or daub with it all the boards, wainscoting, timber, &c. Then diluting the same liquid with a little water, add to it such a portion of fine yellow clay as will make the mixture the same consistence as common paint ; stir in a small quantity of paperhang- er's flour paste to combine both the other substances. Give three coats of this mixture. When dry, apply the following mixture : Put into a pot equal quantities of finely pulverized iron filings, brick dust, and ashes : pour over them size or glue water ; set the whole near a fire, and when warm stir them well together. With this liquid composition, or size, give the wood one coat ; and on its getting dry, give it a second coat. It resists fire for five hours, and prevents the wood from ever bursting into flames. It resists the ravages of fire, BO as only to be reduced to coal or embers, without spreading the con- flagration by additional flames ; by which five clear hours are gained in removing valuable effects to a place of safety, as well as rescuing the lives of all the family from danger ! Furniture, chairs, tables, &c., particularly staircases, may be so protected. Twenty pounds of finely sifted yellow clay, a pound and a half of flour for making the paste, and one pound of pearlash, are sufficient to prepare a square rood of deal-boards. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. 85 MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. TO POLISH WAINSCOT AND MAHOGANY. A very good polish for wainscot may be made in the following manner : Take as much beeswax as required, and, placing it in a glazed earthen pan, add as much spirits of wine as will cover it, and let it dissolve without heat. Add either one ingredient as is required, to reduce it to the consistence of butter. When this mixture is well rubbed into the grain of the wood, and cleaned off with clean linen, it gives a good gloss to the work. IMITATION OF MAHOGANY. Plane the surface smooth , and rub with a solution of nitrous acid. Then apply with a soft brush one ounce of dragon's blood, dissolved in about a pint of alcohol, and with a third of an ounce of carbonate of soda, mixed and filtered. When the brilliancy of the polish dimin- ishes, it may be restored by the use of a little cold drawn linseed oil. FURNITURE VARNISH. White wax six ounces, oil of turpentine one pint ; dissolve by a gentle heat. Used to polish wood by friction. TO MAKE GLASS PAPER. Take any quantity of broken glass (that with a greenish hue is the best), and pound ty in an iron mortar. Then take severel sheets of paper, and cover them evenly with a thin coat of glue, and, hold- ing them to the fire, or placing them upon a hot piece of wood or plate of iron, sift the pounded glass over them. Let the several sheets remain till the glue is set, and shake off the superfluous pow- der, which will do again. Then hang up the papers to dry and harden. Paper made in this manner is much superior to that gene- rally purchased at the shops, which chiefly consists of fine sand. To obtain different degrees of fineness, sieves of different degrees of fine- ness must be used. Use thick paper. TO MAKE STONE PAPEB. As, in cleaning wood- work, particularly deal and other soft woods, one process is sometimes found to answer better than another, we may describe the manner of manufacturing a stone paper, which, in some cases, will be preferred to sand paper, as it produces a good face, and is less liable to scratch the work. Having prepared the paper as already described, take any quantity of powdered pumice- stone, and sift it over the paper through a sieve of moderate fineness. When the surface has hardened, repeat the process till a tolerably thick coat has been formed upon the paper, which, when dry, will be fit for use. 8 MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. WHITEWASH. The best method of making a whitewash for outside exposure is to slack half a bushel of lime in a barrel, add one pound of common salt, half a pound of the sulphate of zinc, and a gallon of sweet milk. PAINT FOR COATING WIRE WORK. Boil good linseed oil with as much litharge as will make it of the consistency to be laid on with the brush ; add lampblack at the rate of one part to every ten , by weight of the litharge ; boil three hours over a gentle fire. The first coat should be thinner than the follow- ing coats. TO BLEACH SPONGE. Soak it well in dilute muriatic acid for twelve hours. Wash well with water, to remove the lime, then immerse it in a solution of hypo- sulphite of soda, to which dilute muriatic acid has been added a mo- ment before. After it is bleached sufficiently remove it, wash again, and dry it. It may thus be bleached almost snow white. LAC VARNISH FOR VINES. Grape vines may be pruned at any period without danger from loss of bleeding, by simply covering the cut parts with varnish made by dissolving stick-lac in alcohol. The lac varnish soon dries, and forms an impenetrable coat to rain ; it may also be applied with ad- vantage in coating the wounds of young trees. BAZOR PASTE. 1. Levigated oxide of tin (prepared putty -.powder) 1 oz. ; pow- dered oxalic acid 1-4 oz. ; powdered gum 20 grs. ; make it into a stiff paste with water, and evenly and thinly spread it over the strop. With very little friction, this paste gives a fine edge to the razor, and its efficiency is still further increased by moistening it. 2. Emery reduced to an impalpable powder 2 parts ; spermaceti ointment 1 part ; mix together, and rub it over the strop. 3. Jewellers' rouge, blacklead, and suet, equal parts ; mix. LEATHER VARNISH. Durable leather varnish is composed of boiled linseed oil, in which a drier, such as litharge, has been boiled. It is colored with lamp- black. This varnish is used for making enamelled leather. Common leather varnish, which is used as a substitute for blacking, is made of thin lac-varnish colored with ivory black. TO KEEP TIRES TIGHT ON WHEELS. Before putting on the tires fill the felloes with linseed oil, which ia done by heating the oil in a trough to a boiling he.it, and keeping the wheel, with a stick through the hub, in the oil, for an hour The wheel is turned round until every felloe is kept in the oil one hour. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. 87 CUTTING GLASS. To cut bottles, shades, or other glass vessels neatly, heat a rod of iron to redness, and having filled your vessel the exact height you wish it to be cut, with oil of any kind, you proceed very gradually to dip the red hot iron into the oil, which, heating all along the surface, suddenly the glass chips and cracks right round, when you can lift off the upper portion clean by the surface of the oil. PREPARED LIQUID GLUE. Take of best white glue 16 ounces ; white lead, dry, 4 ounces ; rain water 2 pints ; alcohol 4 ounces. With constant stirring dis- solve the glue and lead in the water by means of a water-bath. Add the alcohol, and continue the heat for a few minutes. Lastly pour into bottles while it is still hot. LIQUID GLUES. Dissolve 33 parts of best (Buffalo) glue on the steam bath in a porcelain vessel, in 36 parts of water. Then add gradually, stirring constantly, 3 parts of aqua fortis, or as much as is sufficient to pre- vent the glue from hardening when cool. Or, dissolve one part of powdered alum in 120 of water, add 120 parts of glue, 10 of acetic acid and 40 of alcohol, and digest. MARINE GLUE. Dissolve 4 parts of india rubber in 34 parts of coal tar naphtha aiding the solution with heat and agitation, add to it 64 parts of powdered shellac, which must be heated in the mixture, till the whole is dissolved. While the mixture is hot it is poured upon metal plates in sheets like leather. When required for use, it is heated in a pot, till soft, and then applied with a brush to the surfaces to be joined. Two pieces of wood joined with this glue can scarcely be sundered. AN EXCELLENT PASTE FOR ENVELOPES. Mix in equal quantities gum-arabic (substitute dextrine) and water in a phial, place it near a stove, or on a furnace register, and stir or shake it well, until it dissolves. Add a little alcohol to pre- vent its souring. DEXTRINE, OR BRITISH GUM. Dry potato-starch heated from 300 to 600 until it becomes brown, soluble in cold water, and ceases to turn blue with iodine. Used by calico printers and others, instead of gum arabic. GCM MUCILAGE. A little oil of cloves poured into a bottle containing gum mucilage prevents the latter from becoming sour and putrid ; this essential oil possesses great antiseptic powers. 88 MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. FLOUR PASTE. Too numerous to mention are the little conveniences of having a little flour paste always at hand, as those made of any of the gums impart a glaze to printed matter, and make it rather difficult to read. Dissolve a tablespoonful of alum in a quart of warm water, ami when cold, stir in as much flour as will give it the consistency of thick cream, being particular to beat up all the lumps, then stir in as much powdered resin as will stand on a dime, then throw in half a dozen cloves, merely to give a pleasant odor. Next, have a vessel on the fire which has a teacupful or more of boiling water, pour the flour mixture on the boiling water, stir it well all the time ; in a very few minutes it will be of the consistence of mush ; pour it out in an earthen or china vessel ; let^ it cool ; lay a cover on it, and put it in a cool place. It will keep for months. When needed for use, take out a portion and soften it with warm water. Keep it covered an inch or two in water to prevent the surface from drying up. SEALING-WAX FOR FRUIT-CANS. Beeswax, oz. ; English vermillion, 1 ozs. ; gum shellac, 1\ ozs. ; rosin, 8 ozs. Take some cheap iron vessel that you can always keep for the purpose, and put in the rosin and melt it, and stir in the ver- million. Then add the shellac, slowly, and stir that in, and afterward the beeswax. When wanted for use at any after time, set it upon a slow fire and melt it so you can dip bottle-nozzles in. For any pur- pose, such as an application to trees, where you want it tougher than the above preparation will make it, add a little more beeswax, and leave out the vermillion. If the vermillion is left out in the above, the wax 'will be all the better for it, as it is merely used for coloring purposes. FUSIBLE METAL. 1. Bismuth 8 parts ; lead 5 parts ; tin 3 parts ; melt together, Melts below 212 degrees Fahr. 2. Bisrmith 2 parts ; lead 5 parts ; tin 3 parts. Melts in boiling water. 3. Lead 3 parts; tin 2 parts; bismuth 5 parts ; mix. Melts at 197 deg. Fahr. Remarks. The above are used to make toy-spoons, to surprise children by their melting in hot liquors ; and to form pencils for writing on asses' skin, or paper prepared by rubbing burnt harts- horn into it. METALLIC CEMENT. M. Greshiem states that an alloy of copper and mercury, prepared as follows, is capable of attaching itself firmly to the surfaces of metal, glass, and porcelain. From twenty to thirty parts of finely divided copper, obtained by the reduction of oxide of copper with hydrogen, or by precipitation from solution of its sulphate with zinc, are made into a paste with oil of vitrol and seventy parts of mercury added, the whole being well triturated. When the amal- gamation is complete, the acid is removed by washing with boiling MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. 89 water, and the compound allowed to cool. In ten or twelve hours, it becomes sufficiently hard to receive a brilliant polish, and to scratch the surface of tin or gold. By heat it assumes the consis- tence of wax ; and, as it does not contract on cooling, M. Greshiem recommends its use by dentists for stopping teeth. ARTIFICIAL GOLD. This is a new metallic alloy which is now very extensively used in France as a substitute for gold. Pure copper 100 parts, zinc, or preferably tin 17 parts, magnesia 6 parts, sal ammoniac 3'6 parts, quick lime 1'8 parts, tartar of commerce 9 parts, are mixed as fol- lows : The copper is first melted, then the magnesia, sal ammoniac, lime, and tartar, are then added, separately and by degrees, in the form of powder ; the whole is now briskly stirred for about half an hour, so as to mix thoroughly ; and then the zinc is added in small grains by throwing it on the surface and stirring till it is entirely fused ; the crucible is then covered and the fusion maintained for about 35 minutes. The surface is then skimmed and the alloy ia ready for casting. It has a fine grain, is malleable and takes a splendid polish. It does not corrode readily, and for many purposes is an excellent sub- stitute for gold. When tarnished, its brilliancy can be restored by a little acidulated water. If tin be employed instead of zinc the alloy will be more brilliant. It is very much used in France, and must ultimately attain equal popularity here. The or-molu of the brass founder, popularly known as an imitation of red gold, is extensively used by the French workmen in metals. It is generally found in combination with grate and stove work. It is composed of a greater portion of copper and less zinc than ordi- nary brass, is cleaned readily by means of acid, and is burnished with facility. To give this material the rich appearance, it is not unfre- quently brightened up after " dipping " (that is cleaning in acid) by means of a scratch brush (a brush made of fine brass wire), the action of which helps to produce a very brilliant gold-like surface. It is protected from tarnish by the application of lacker. BLANCHED COPPEB. Fuse 8 ounces of copper and & ounce of neutral arsenical salt, with a flux made of calcined borax, charcoal dust and powdered glass. BROWNING GUN BARRELS. The tincture of iodine diluted with one-half its bulk of water, is a superior liquid for browning gun barrels. SILVERING POWDER FOR COATING COPPER. Nitrate of silver 30 grains, common salt 30 grains , cream of tar- ar 3-i drachms ; mix, moisten with water, and apply. 8* 90 MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. ALLOT FOR JOURNAL BOXES. The best alloy for journal boxes is composed of copper, 24 Ibs. ; tin, 24 Ibs. ; and antimony, 8 Ibs. Melt the copper first, then add the tin, and lastly the antimony. It should be first run into ingots, then melted and cast in the form required for the boxes. ALLOY FOR BELLS OF CLOCKS. The bells of the pendules, or ornamental clocks, made in Paris, are composed of copper 72.00, tin 26.56, iron 1.44, in 100 parts. AN ALLOY FOR TOOLS. An alloy of 1000 parts of copper and 14 of tin is said to furnish tools, which hardened and sharpened in the manner of the ancients, afford an edge nearly equal to that of steel. ALLOY FOR CYMBALS AND GONGS. An alloy for cymbals and gongs is made of 100 parts of copper with about 25 of tin. To give this compound the sonorous property in the highest degree, the piece should be ignited after it is cast, and then plunged immediately into cold water. SOLDER FOR STEEL JOINTS. Silver 19 pennyweights, copper 1 pennyweight, brass 2 penny- weights. Melt under a coat of charcoal dust. SOFT GOLD SOLDER. Is composed of four parts gold, one of silver, and one of copper. It can be made softer by adding brass, but the solder becomes more liable to oxidize. FILES. Allow dull files to lay in diluted sulphuric acid until they are bit deep enough. TO PREVENT RUSTING. Boiled linseed oil will keep polished tools from rusting if it is allowed to dry on them. Common sperm oil will prevent them from rusting for a short period. A coat of copal varnish is frequently applied to polished tools exposed to the weather. ANTI-ATTRITION, AND AXLE-GREASE. One part of fine black lead, ground perfectly smooth, with four parts of lard. TO GALVANIZE. Take a solution of nitro-muriate of gold (gold dissolved in a mix- ture of aquafortis and muriatic acid) and add to a gill of it a pint of ether or alcohol, then immerse your copper chain in it for about 15 minutes, when it will be coated with a film of gold. The copper must be perfectly clean and free from oxyd, grease, or dirt, or it will not take on the gold. BRASS, BRONZE, BELL AND BRITANNIA METAL. 91 RAPvE AND VALUABLE COMPOSITIONS. Receipts for the use of Mechanists, Iron and Brass Founders, Tinmen, Coppersmiths, Turners, Dentists, Finishers of Brass, Britannia, and German Silver, and for other useful and im- portant purposes in the Practical Arts. The larger number of the following Receipts are the result of inquiries and experiments by a practical operative. Most of those which relate to trie mixing of metals and to the finishing ol' manufac- tured articles, have been thoroughly tested by him, and will be found to produce the results desired and expected. The others have been collected from eminent scientific works. No. 1. YELLOW BRASS, for Turning. (Common article.) Copper, 20 Ibs.; Zinc, 10 Ibs.; Lead from 1 to 5 ozs. Put in the Lead last before pouring off. Wo. 2. RED BRASS, for Turning. Copper, 24 Ibs. 3 Zinc, 5 Ibs.; Lead, 8 ozs. Put in the Lead tot before pouring off. No. 3. RKD BKASS,/ree, for Turning. Copper, 160 Ibs.; Zinc, 50 Ibs.; Lead, 10 Ibs.; Antimony, 44 ozs. No. 4. ANOTHER BRASS, fur Turning. Copper, 32 Ibs.; Zinc, 10 Ibs.; Lead, 1 Ib. No. 5. BEST RED BRASS, for Fine Castings. Copper, 24 Ibs.; Zinc, 5 Ibs.; Bismuth, 1 oz. Put in the Bismuth last before ponring off. No. 6. BRONZE METAL. Copper, 7 Ibs.; Zinc, 3 Ibs.; Tin, 2 Ibs. No. 7. BRONZE METAL. Copper, 1 Ib.; Zinc, 12 Ibs.; Tin, 8 Ibs. No. 8. BELL METAL, for large Bells. Copper, 100 Ibs.; Tin, from 20 to 25 Ibs. No. 9. BELL METAL, for small Bells. Copper, 3 Ibs.; Tin, 1 Ib. No. 10. COCK METAL. Copper, 20 Ibs.; Lead, 8 Ibs.; Litharge, 1 oz.; Antimony, 3 ozs. No. 11. HARDENING FOR BRITANNIA. (To be mixed separately from the oilier ingredients.) Copper, 2 Ibs.; Tin, 1 Ib. No. 12. GOOD BRITANNIA METAL. Tin, 150 Ibs.; Copper, 3 Ibs.; Antimony, 10 Ibs. No. 13. BRITANNIA METAL, 2d quality. Tin, 140 Ibs.; Copper, 3 Ibs.j Antimony, 9 Ibs. No. 14. BRITANNIA METAL, for Casting. Tin, 210 Ibs.; Copper, 4 Ibs.; Antimony, 12 Ibs. No. 15. BRITANNIA METAL, for Spinning. Tin, 100 Ibs. ; Britannia Hardening, 4 Ibs.; Antimony, 4 Ibs. No. 1G. BRITANNIA METAL,/or Registers. Tin, 100 Ibs. ; Harden- ing, 8 Ibs.; Antimony, 8 Ibs. No. 17. BKST BRITANNIA, for Spouts. Tin, 140 Ibs.; Copper, 3 Ihs ; Antimony. G Ibs. No. 18. BEST BRITANNIA, for Spoons. Tin, 100 Ibs. ; Hardening, 6 Ibs.; Antimony, 10 Ibs. 92 GERMAN SILVER, TOMBAC, TUTANIA, AND SOLDERS. No. 19. BEST BRITANNIA, for Handles. Tin, HO Ibs. ; Copper, 2 Ibs.; Antimony, 5 Ibs. No. 20. BEST BRITANNIA, for Lamps, Pillars, and Spouts. Tiu, 800 Ibs.; Copper, 4 Ibs.; Antimony, 15 Ibs. No. 21. CASTING Tin, 100 Ibs; Hardening, 5 Ibs.; Antimony, 5 Ibs. No. 22. LINING METAL, for Boxes of Railroad Cars. Mix Tin, 24 Ibs.; Copper, 4 Ibs.; Antimony, 8 Ibs. (for a hardening); then add Tin, 72 Ibs. No. 23. FINE SILVER COLORED METAL. Tin, 100 Ibs.; Antimony, 8 Ibs.; Copper, 4 Ibs.; Bismuth, 1 Ib. No. 24. GERMAN SILVER, First Quality for Casting. Copper, 50 Ibs.; Zinc, 25 Ibs.; Nickel, 25 Ibs. No. 25. GERMAN SILVER, Second Qualify for Casting. Copper, 50 Ibs.; Zinc, 20 Ibs.; Nickel, (best pulverized,) 10 Ibs. No. 26. GERMAN SILVER, /or Rolling. Copper, 60 Ibs.; Zinc, 20 Ibs.: Nickel, 25 Ibs. No. 27. GERMAN SILVER, for Bells and other Castings. Copper, 60 Ibs.; Zinc, 20 Ibs.; Nickel, 20 Ibs.; Lead, 3 Ibs.; Iron, (that of tin plate being best,) 2 Ibs. No. 28 IMITATION OF SILVER. Tin, 3 ozs.; Copper, 4 Ibs. No. 29. PINCHBECK. Copper, 6 Ibs.; Zinc, 1 Ib. No. 30. TOMBAC. Copper, 16 Ibs.; Tin, 1 Ib.; Zinc, 1 Ib. No. 31. RED TOMBAC. Copper, 10 Ibs.; Zinc, 1 Ib. No 32. HARD WHITE METAL. Sheet Brass, 32 ozs.; Lead,2ozs.j Tin, 2 ozs.; Zinc, 1 oz. No. 33. MKTAL FOR TAKING IMPRESSIONS. Lead, 3 Ibs.; Tin, 2 Ibs.; Bismuth, 5 Ibs. No. 34. SPANISH TUTANIA. Iron orSteel,8 ozs.; Antimony, 16 ozs; Nitre. 3 ozs. Melt and harden 8 ozs. Tin with 1 oz. of the above compound. No. 35. ANOTHER TDTANIA. Antimony, 4 ozs.; Arsenic, 1 oz.; Tin, 2 Ibs. . No. 36. GUN METAL. Bristol Brass, 112 Ibs.; Zinc, 14 Ibs.; Tin, 7 Ibs. Ng. 37. RIVET METAL. Copper, 32 ozs.; Tin, 2 ozs.; Zinc, 1 oz. No. 38. RIVET METAL, for Hose. Tin, 64 Ibs.; Copper, 1 Ib. No. 39. FUSIBLE ALLOY, (which melts in boiling water.) Bismuth, 8 ozs.; Tin, 3 ozs.; Lead, 5 ozs. No. 40. FUSIBLE ALLOY, for Silvering Glass. Tin, 6 ozs.; Lead, 10 ozs.; Bismuth, 21 ozs.; Mercury, a small quantity. No. 41. SOLDER, for Gold. Gold, 6pwts.; Silver, 1 pwt.; Copper, 2 pwts. No 42. SoLDER,/br Silver. (For theuse of Jeweller.s) Fine Silver, 19 pwts ; Copper, 1 pwt.; Sheet Brass, 10 pwts. No. 43 WHITE SOLDER, for Sih-er. Silver, I oz.; Tin, 1 oz. No. 44. WHITK SOLDER, /or raised Britannia Ware. Tin, 100 Ibs., Copper. 3 ozs.; to make it free, add Lead, 3 oza. No 45. BEST SOFT SOLDER, for Cast Britannia Ware. Tin, 8 Ibs.; Lead, 5 Ibs. No. 46. YELLOW SOLDER, for Brass or Copper. Copper, 1 Ib.j Zinc, 1 Ib. GOLD, SILVER & COPPER SOLDERS, & DIPPING ACIDS. 93 No; 47. YELLOW SOLDER, for Brass or Copper. (Stronger than the last.) Copper, 32 Ibs.; Zinc, 29 Ibs.; Tin, 1 Ib. No. 48. SOLDER, for Copper. Copper, 10 Ibs.; Zinc, 9 Ibsi No. 49. BLACK SOLDER. Copper, 2 Ibs.; Zinc, 3 Ibs; Tin, 2 ozi, No. 50. BLACK SOLDER. Sheet Brass, 20 Ibs.; Tin, 6 Ibs.; Zinc, 1 Ib. No. 51. SOFT SOLDER. Tin, 15 Ibs.; Lead, 15 Ibs. No. 52. SILVER SOLDER, for Plated Metal. Fine Silver, 1 oz.j Brass, 10 pwts. No. 53. YELLOW DIPPING METAL Copper, 32 Ibs.; Zinc, 2 Ibs.) SoftSolder,2 ozs. No. 54. QUICK BRIGHT DIPPING ACID, for Brass which has been crtnoloud. Sulphuric Acid, 1 gall.; Nitric Acid, 1 gall. No. 55. DIPPING ACID. Sulphuric Acid, 12 Ibs.; Nitric Acid, 1 pint; Nitre, 4 Ibs.; Soot, 2 handfuls ; Brimstone, 2 ozs. Pulverize the Brimstone and soak it in water an hour. Add the Nitric Acid last. No. 56. GOOD DIPPING ACID, for Cast Brass. Sulphuric Acid, 1 qt., Nitre, 1 qt.; Water, 1 qt. A little Muriatic Acid may be added or omitted. No. 57. DIPPING ACID. Sulphuric Acid, 4 galls.; Nitric Acid, 2 galls.; Saturated solution of Sulphate of Iron (Copperas), 1 pint; Solution of Sulphate of Copper, 1 qt. No. 58. ORMOLU DIPPING ACID, for Sheet Brass. Sulphuric Acid, 2 galls ; Nitric Acid, 1 pt.; Muriatic Acid, 1 pt.; Water, 1 pt.; Nitre, 12 Ibs. Put in the Muriatic Acid last, a little at a time and stir the mixture with a stick. No. 59. ORMOLU DIPPING ACID, ./or Sheet or Cast Brass. Sulphu- ric Acid, I gall ; Sal Ammoniac, 1 oz.; Sulphur, (in flour,) 1 oz.; Blue Vitriol, 1 oz. ; Saturated Solution of Zinc in Nitric Acid, mixed with an equal qaantity of Sulphuric Acid, 1 gall. No. 60. To PREPARE BRASS WORK FOR ORMOLU DIPPING. If the work is oily, boil it in lye ; and if it is finished work, filed or turned, dip it in old acid, and it is then ready to be ormeloecl ; but if it is unfinished, and free from oil, pickle it in strong sulphuric acid, dip in pure nitric acid, and then in the old acid, after which it will be ready for ormcloing. No. 61. To REPAIR OLD .NITRIC ACID ORMOLU DIPS. If the work after dipping appears coarse and spotted, add vitriol till it answers the purpose. If the work afler dipping appears too smooth, add muriatic acid and nitre till it gives the right appearance. The other ormolu dips should be repaired according to the receipts, putting in rtie proper ingredients to strengthen them. They should not be allowed to settle, but should be stirred often while using. No. 62. TINNIKG Aciv,for Brass or Zinc. Muriatic Acid, 1 qt., Zinc, 6 ozs. To a solution of this add, Water, 1 qt.; Sal Ammoniac, 2 ozs. No. 63. VINEGAR BRONZE, for Brass. Vinegar, 10 galls.; Blue Vitriol, 3 Ibs.; Muriatic Acid. 3 Ibs.; Corrosive Sublimate, 4 grs.; Sal Am- monia, 2 Ibs.; Alum, 8 ozs. No. 64. DIRECTIONS FOR MAKING LACQ.UER. Mix the ingredients and let the vessel containing them stand in the sun, or in a place slightly warmed three or four days, snaking it frequently till the gum is dissolved, after which let it settle from twenty-four to forty-eight hours, when the clear liquor may be poured off for use. Pulverized glass is sometimes used in making Lacquer, to carry down the impurities. No. 65. LACO.UER, for Dipped Brass. Alcohol, proof specific gravity 94 LACQUERS VARIOUS KINDS BRONZES, &C. not less than 95-IOOths, 2 galls.; Seed Lac, 1 Jh.; Gum Copal, 1 oz.; English Saffron, 1 oz.; Annotto, 1 oz. No. 66. LACQUER, for Bronzed Brass. To one pint of the above Lacquer, add. Gamboge, 1 oz.; and after mixing it add an equal quantity of the first Lacquer. No. 68. GOLD COLOBED LACQUER, for Brass not Dipped. Alcohol, 4 galls.; Turmeric, 3 Ibs.; Gamboge, 3 ozs.; Gum Sanderach, 7 Ibs. ; Shell Lac, 1 lb.; Turpentine Varnish, 1 pint. No. 69. GOLD COLORED LACQUER, for Dipped Brass. Alcohol, 36 ozs.; Seed Lac, 6 ozs.; Amber, 2 ozs.; Gum Gutta, 2 ozs.; Red Sandal Wood, 24 grs, ; Dragon's Blood, 60 grs. ; Oriental Saffron, 36 grs.; Pulver- ized Glass, 4 ozs. No. 70. GOOD LACQUER, for Brass. Seed Lac, 6 ozs.; Amber or Copal, 2 ozs.; Best Alcohol, 4 galls.; Pulverized Glass, 4 ozs.; Dragon's Blood, 40 grs.; Extract of Red Sandal Wood obtained by water, 30 grs. No. 71. LACQUER, for Dipped Brass. Alcohol, 12 galls.; Seed Lac, 9 Ibs.; Turmeric, 1 lb. to a gallon of the above mixture ; Spanish Saffron, 4 ozs. The Saffron is to be added for Bronze work. No. 72. GOOD LACQUER. Alcohol, 8 ozs.; Gamboge, 1 oz.; Shell Lac, 3 ozs.; Annotto, 1 oz.; solution of 3 ozs. of Seed Lac in 1 pint of Al- cohol ; when dissolved add ij oz. Venice Turpentine, 4 oz. Dragon's Blood, will make it dark ; keep it in a warm place four or five days. No. 73. PALE LACQUER, for Tin Plate. Best Alcohol, 8 ozs. ; Tur- meric, 4 drs.; Hay Saffron, 2 scs.; Dragon Blood, 4 scs.; Red Sanders. 1 sc.; Shell Lac, 1 oz.; Gum Sanderach, 2 drs.; Gum Mastic, 2 drs.; Canada Bal- sam, ~ drs.; when dissolved add Spirits of Turpentine, 80 drops. No. 74. RED LACQUER, for Brass. Alcohol, 8 galls.; Dragon's Blood, 4 Ibs. ; Spanish Annotto, 12 Ibs. , Gum Sanderach, 13 Ibs. ; Turpen- tine, 1 gall. , No. 75. PALE LACQUER, for Brass. Alcohol, 2 galls.; Cape Aloes cut small, 3 ozs.; Pale Shell Lac, 1 lb.; Gamboge, 1 oz. No. 76. BEST LACQUER, for Brass. Alcohol, 4 galls.; Shell Lac, 2 Ibs. ; Amber Gum, 1 lb. ; Copal, 20 ozs. j Seed Lac, 3 Ibs.; Saffron, to Color ; Pulverized Glass, 8 ozs. No. 77. COLOR FOR LACQUER. Alcohol, 1 qt.; Annotto, 4 ozs. No. 78. LACQUER, for Pilpsophical Instruments Alcohol, 80 ozs.} Gum Gutta, 3 ozs.; Gum Sandarac,' 8 ozs. ; Gum Elemi, 8 ozs.; Dragon's Blood, 4 ozs ; Seed Lac, 4 ozs.; Te'rra Merita, 3 ozs.; Saffron, 8 grs.; Pul. verized Glass, 12 ozs. No. 79. BROWN BRONZE DIP. Iron Scales, I lb. ; Arsenic, 1 oz. Muriatic Acid, 1 lb.; Zinc, (solid,) 1 oz. Let the Zinc be kept in only while it is in uie. No. 80. GREEN BRONZE DIP. Wine Vinegar, 2 qts.; Verditer Green, 2 ozs.; Sal Ammoniac, 1 oz.; Salt, 2 ozs.; Alum, oz.; French Berries, 8 ozs.; boil the ingredients together. ^No.81. AQUAFORTIS BRONZE DIP. Nitric Acid, 3 ozs.; Muriatic Acid, 1 qt; Sal Ammoniac, 2 ozs.; Alum, 1 oz.; Salt, 2 ozs.j Water, 2 galls. Add the Salt after boiling the other ingredients, and me it hot. BRONZES, SILVERING, AND VARNISHES. 95 No. 82. OI.IVK BRONZE DIP, for Brass. Nitric Acid, 3 cis ; Muri atic Acid, 2 ozs.; add Titanium or Palladium ; when the metal is dissolveo add 2 galls, pure soft water to each pint of the solution. No. 83. BROWS BRONZE PAINT, for Copper Vessels. Tincture ot Steel, 4 ozs. ; Spirits of Nitre, 4 ozs. ; Essence of Dcndi, 4 ozs. ; Blue Vitriol, 1 oz.; Water, j pint. Mix in a bottle. Apply it with a fine brush, the Tessel being lull of boiling water Varnish after the application of the bronze. No. 8V. BRONZE, /or all kinds of Metal. Muriate of Ammonia 'Sal Ammoniac), 4drs.; Oxalic Acid, 1 dr.; Vinegar, 1 pint. Dissolve the Oxalic Acid first. Let the work be clean.' Put on the bronze with a brush, repeating the operation as many times as may be necessary. No. 85 BRONZE PAINT, for Iron or Brass Chrome Green, 2 Ihs.; Ivory Black, 1 oz. ; Chrome Yellow, 1 oz. j Good Japan, 1 gill ; grind all together and mix with Linseed Oil. No. 86. To BRONZE GUN BARRELS. Dilute Nitric Acid wish Water and rub the gun barrels with it ; lay them by for a few days, then rub them with Oil and polish them with bees-wax. No. 87. FOR TINNING BRASS. Water, 2 pails full; Cream of Tar- tar, 1-2 lb.; Salt, 1-2 pint. Shaved or Grained Tin. Boil the work in the mixture, keeping it in motion during the time of boiling. No. 88. SILVERING BT HEAT. Dissolve 1 oz. of Silver in Nitric Acid ; add a small quantity of Salt ; then wash it and add Sal Ammoniac, or 6 ozs. of Salt and White Vitriol ; also i oz. of Corrosive Sublimate, rub them together till they form a paste, rub the piece which is to be Silvered with the paste, heat it till the Silver runs, after which dip it in a weak vitriol pickle to clean it. No. 89. MIXTURE FOR SILVERING. Dissolve 2 ozs. of Silver with 3 grains of Corrosive Sublimate ; add Tartaric Acid, 4 Ibs.; Salt, 8 qts. No. 90. SEPARATE SILVER FROM COPPER. Mix Sulphuric Acid, 1 part; Nitric Acid, 1 part; Water, 1 part; boil the metal in the mixture till it is dissolved, and throw in a little Salt to cause the Silver to subside. No. 91. SOLVENT FOR GOLD. Mix equal quantities of Nitric and Muriatic Acids. No. 92. VARNISH, for Smooth Moulding Patterns. Alcoho., 1 galLj Shell Lac, 1 lb.; Lamp or Ivory Black, sufficient to color it. No 93. FINE BLACK VARNISH, for Coaches. Melt in an Iron pot, Amber, 32 ozs.; Resin, 6 ozs.; Asphaltum, 6 ozs.; Drying Linseed Oil, L pt.j when partly cooled add Oil of Turpentine, wormed, 1 pt. No. 94. CHINESE WHITE COPPER. Copper, 40.4; Nickel, 31.6; Zinc, 25.4; and Iron, 2.6 parts. No. 95. MANHEIM GOLD. Copper, 3; Zinc, 1 part; and a small quantity of Tin. No. 96. ALLOT OF THE STANDARD MEASURES USED BY THB BRITISH GOVERNMENT. Copper, 576 ; Tin, 59 ; and Brass, 48 parts. No. 97. BATH METAL. Brass, 32 ; and Zinc, 9 parts. No. 98. SPECULUM METAL. Copper, 6; Tin, 2; and Arsenic, 1 part Or, Copper, 7 ; Zinc, 3 ; and Tin, 4 parts. No. 99. HARD SOLDKR. Copper, 2; Zinc, 1 part. No. 100. BLANCHED COPPER. Copper, 8; and Arsenic, part. No. 101. BRITANNIA METAL. Brass, 4; Tin, 4 parts; when fused, add Bismuth, 4 ; and Antimony, 4 parts. Thii composition is added at discretion to melted Tin. 96 SOLDERS AND CEMENTS. No. 102. PLUMBER'S SOLDER. Lead, 2; Tin, 1 part. No. 103. TINMAN'S SOLDER. Lead, i ; Tin, 1 part. No. 104. PEWTERER'S SOLDEII. Tin, 2; Lead, 1 part. No. 105. COMMON PEWTER. Tin, 4; Lead, 1 part. No. 106. BEST PEWTER. Tin, 100; Antimony, 17 parts. No. 107. A METAL THAT EXPANDS IN COOLING. Lead, 9 ; Anti- mony, 2 ; Bismuth, 1 part. This Metal is very useful in filling small defects in Iron castings, &c. No. 108. QUEEN'S METAL. Tin, 9j Antimony, 1; Bismuth, 1} Lead, 1 part. No. 109. MOCK PLATINUM. Brass, 8; Zinc, 5 parts. No. 110. SILVER COIN OF THE UNITED STATES. Pure Silver, 9 ; Alloy, 1 part ; the alloy of silver is fine copper. No. 111. GOLD COIN OF THE UNITED STATES. Pure Gold, 9 ; Alloy. 1 part ; the alloy of gold is silver and copper, (not to exceed silver). No. 112. SILVER COIN OF GREAT BRITAIN. Pure Silver, 11.1 ; Copper, 9.9 parts. No. U3. GOLD COIN OF GREAT BRITAIN. Pure Gold, 11 j Copper, 1 part. Previous to 1826. Silver formed part of the alloy of Gold coin ; hence the different color of English Gold money. No. 114. RING GOLD. Pure Copper, 6 pwts.; Fine Silver, Sfpwts.; Pure Gold, 1 oz. and 5 pwts. No. 115. MOCK GOLD. Fuse together Copper, 16; Platinum,7j Zinc, 1 part. When Steel is alloyed with 1-500 part of Platinum, or with 1-500 part of Silver, it If rendered much harder, more malleable, and better adapted for every kind of cutting Instrument. NOTE. In making alloys, care must be taken to have the more infusible metals melted first, and afterwards add the others. No. 116. COMPOSITION USED IN WELDING CAST STEEL. Borax, 10; Sal Ammoniac, 1 part ; grind or pound them roughly together ; then fuse them in a metal pot over a clear fire, taking care to continue the heat until all spume has disappeared from the surface. When ihe liquid appears clear, the composition is ready to be poured out to cool and concrete} afterwards being ground to a fine powder, it is ready for use. To use this composition, the Steel to be welded is raised to a heat which may be expressed by "bright yellow;" it is then dipped among the welding powder, and again placed in the fire until it attains the same degree of heat as before, it is then ready to be placed under the hammer. No. 117. CAST IRON CEMENT. Clean borings, or turnings, of Cast Iron, 16; Sal Ammoniac, 2; Flour of Sulphur, 1 part; mix them well to- gether in a mortar and keep them dry. When reouired for use, take of the mixture, 1 ; clean borings, 20 parts ; mix thoroughly, and add a sufficient quantity of water. A little grindstone dust added improves the cement. No. 118. BOOTH'S PATENT GREASE, for Railway Axles. Water, 1 call. ; Clean Tallow, 3 Ibs. ; Palm Oil, 6 Ibs.; Common Soda, A Ib. Or, Tallow. 8 Ibs.; Palm Oil. 10. The mixture to be heated to about 210" F., and well stirred till it cools down to about 70, when it is ready for use. No. 119. CEMENT, for Steam-pipe Joints, SfC., witJi Faced Flanges. White Lead, mixed, 2; Red Lead, dry, 1 part; grind or otherwise mix them to a consistence of thin putty, apply interposed layers with one or two thicknesses of canvas or gauze wire, as the necessity of the case may be. ALLOYS OF COPPER, ZINC, AND TIN. 97 No. 120. SOFT CEMENT, for Steam-boilers, Steam-pipes, SfC. Red or White Lead, in oil, 4 ; Iron borings, 2 to 3 parts. No. 121. HARD CEMENT. Iron Borings and Salt Water, and a small quantity of Sal Ammoniac with Fresh Water. No. 122. STAINING WOOD AND IVOKY. Yellow. Dilute Nitric Acid will produce it on wood. Red. An infusion of Brazil Wood in stale urine, in the proportion of a pound to a gallon for wood ; to be laid on when boiling hot, and should be laid over with alum water before it dries. Or, a solution of Dragon's Blood in spirits of wine, may be used. Black. Strong solution of Nitric Acid, for wood or ivory. Mahogany. Brazil, Madder, and Logwood, dissolved in water and put on hot. Blue Ivory may be stained thus : Soak it in a solution of Verdigris in Nitric Acid, which will turn it green ; then dip it into a solution of Pearlash boiling hot. Purple. Soak ivory in a solution of Sal Ammoniac into four times its weight of Nitrous Acid. TABLE OF ALLOYS. Alloys having a density greater than the Mean of their Constituents. AUors having a density less than the Mean of their Constituents. Gold and zinc. Gold and tin. Gold aird bismuth. Gold and antimony. Gold and ccbalt. Silver and zinc. Silver and lead. Silver and tin. Silverand bismuth. Silver & antimony. Copper and zinc. Copper and tin.fum Copper and palladi- Copper & bismuth. Lead and antimony Platinum & molyb- denum, [muth. Palladium and bis- Gold and silver. ; Iron and bismuth. Gold and iron. i Iron and antimony. Gold and lead. |lron and lead. Gold and copper, j Tin and lead. Gold and iridium. j Tin and palladium. Gold and nickel. I Tin and antimony. Silver and popper. , Nickel and nrsenic. Silver and lead. ; Zinc and antimony. ALLOYS OF COPPER AND ZINC, AND OF COPPER AND TIN. Composition by Weight per cent. Specific Gravity. Colour. f ||^.5 Characteristic Properties, ic. PuHl Copper 8667 Tile red. 24.6 Malleable. 10000 Zinc 6895 Bluish grey. 15.2 Briule. 83.02+16.98 8415 Yellowish red. 13.7 Bath metal. 79.05+20.35 8448 do. do. 14.7 Dutch brass. 74.53+25.42 8397 Pale yellow. 13.1 Rolled sheet brass. 66.18+33.82 6299 Full yellow. 12.5 British brass. 49.47+50.53 8230 do. do. 9.2 German brass. 32.85+67.15 8283 Deep yellow. 19.3 Watchmakers' brass. 3030+69.70 7836 Silver white. 2.2 Very brittle. 24.50+75.50 7449 Ash grey. 3.1 Brittle. 19.65+80.35 7371 do. 1.9 White button metal. Tin 7291 White. 2.7 84.29+15.71 8561 Reddish yellow. 16.1 Gun metal. 81.10+18.90 8459 Yellowish red. 17.7 Gun metal and bronze. 73.97+21.03 8728 do. do. 13.6 Hard, mill brasses. 34.92+65.08 8065 White. 1.4 Small bells. 15.17+84 .83 7447 Very white. 3.1 Speculum metal. 11.82+88.18 7472 do. do. 3.1 Files, toush. NOTE. No simple binary alloy of copper and zinc, orofcopper and tin, works as pleasantly in turning, planing, or filing, as if combined with a small propor- tion of a third fusible metal ; generally lead is added to copper and zinc, and zinc to copper and tin. / 98 ALLOYS FOR BRONZE. VALUABLE ALLOYS. To POLISH BRASS. When the Brass is made smooth by turning or filing with a very fine file, it may be rubbed with a smooth fine grained stone, or with charcoal and water. When it is made quite smooth and free from scratches it may be polished with rotten stone and oil, alcohol or spirits *>f turpentine. To CLEAN BRASS. If there is any oily substance on the Brass boil it in a solution of potash, or strong lye. Mix equal quantities of Nitric and Sulphuric Acids in a stone or earthern vessel, let it stand a few hours, stirring it occasionally with a stick, then dip the Brass in the solution, but take it out immediately and rinse it in soft water, and wipe it in saw dust till it is dry. GLUE. Powdered Chalk added to common Glue strengthens it. A Glue which will resist the action of water is made by boiling 1 pound of Glue in 2 quarts of skimmecf Milk. ALLOYS FOR BRONZE. Professor Hoffman, of the Prussian artillery, has made experiments with the view of obtaining a good statuary bronze, and recommends the alloys ranging between the two following admixtures : 1st. To produce the reddest bronze. 88.75 COPPER ZINC (7 atoms copper, 1 atom zinc). 11.25 COPPER TIN (3 atoms copper, 1 atom tin). 100-00 2nd. To produce a cheap bronze, with a bright yellow color, almost f olden. 5 COPPER ZINC (2 atoms copper, 1 atom zinc). 6.5 COPPER TIN (3 atoms copper, 1 atom tin). 100.0 VALUABLE ALLOTS. The " Paris Scientific Review" has published, for the benefit of the industrious workers in metals, the best receipts for composing all the various factitious metals used in the arts ; the following are a few : STATUARY BRONZE. Darcet has discovered that this is composed of copper, 91.4; zinc, 5.5 ; lead, 1.7; tin, 1.4. BRONZE FOR CANNON OF LARGE CALIBRE. Copper, 90; tin, 7. PINCHBECK. Copper, 5 ; zinc, 1. BRONZE FOR CANNON OF SMALL CALIBRE. Copper, 93; tin, 7- BRONZE FOR MEPALS. Copper, 100; tin. 8. ALLOY FOR CYMBALS. Copper, 80 ; tin, 20. METAL FOR THE MIRRORS or REFLECTING TELESCOPES. Copper, 100 ; tin, 50. WHITE ARGENTAN. Copper, 8; nickel, 3; zinc, 35; this beautiful composition is in imitation of silver. CHINESE SILVER. M. Mairer discovered the following proportions : Silver, 2.5; copper, 65.24 ; zinc, 19.52; nickel, 13 j cobalt of iron, 0.12. TUTENAG. Copper, 8 ; nickel, 3 ; zinc, 5. PRINTING CHARACTERS. Lead, 4; antimony, 1. For stereotype plates Lead, 9 ; antimony, 2 ; bismuth, 2. MECHANICAL DRAWING AND INSTRUMENTS USED IN DRAWING. INSTRUMENTS USED IN DRAWING. 101 INSTRUMENTS USED IN DRAWING. To facilitate the construction of geometrical figures, we add a short de- scription of a few useful instruments which do not belong to the common pocket-case. Let there be a flat ruler, AB, from one to two feet in g a length, for which the common Guntcr's scale may be sub- stituted; and, secondly, *a triangular piece of wood, a, b, e, flat, and about the same thickness as the ruler : the sides, ab and be, of which are equal to one another, and form a right angle at b. For the convenience of sliding, there is * usually a hole in the middle of the triangle, as may be seen in the figure. By means of these simple instruments many very useful geometrical problems may be performed. Thus, to draw a line through a given point parallel to a given line. Lay the triangle on the paper so that one of its sides will coincide with the given line to which the parallel is to be drawn ; then, keeping the triangle steady, lay the ruler on the paper, with its edge applied to either of the other sides of the triangle ; then, keeping the ruler firm, move the triangle along its edge, up or down, to the given point ; the side of the triangle which was placed on the given line will always keep parallel to itself, and hence a parallel may be drawn through the given point. To erect a perpendicular on a given line, and from any given point in that line, we have only to apply the ruler to the given line, and place the triangle so, that its right angle shall touch the given point in the line, and one of the sides about the right angle, placed to the edge of the ruler the other side will give the perpendicular required. If the given point be either above or below the line, the process is equally easy. Place one of the sides of the triangle about the right angle on the given line, and the ruler on the side opposite the right angle, then slide the triangle on the edge of the ruler till the given point from which the perpen- dicular is to be drawn is on the other side, then this side will give the per- pendicular. Other problems may be performed with these instruments, the method of doing which it will be easy for the reader to contrive for himself. When arcs of circles of great diameter are to be drawn, the use of a compass may be substituted by a very simple contrivance. Draw the chord of the arc to be described, and place a pin at each extremity, A and B, then place two rulers jointed at C, and forming an angle, ACB equal to the sup- plement of half the given number of degrees ; that is to say, the number ot degrees which the arc whose chord given is to contain, is to be halved, and this half being sub- tracted from 180 degrees, will give the degrees which form the angle at which the rulers are placed, that is, the angle ACB. This being done, the 9* 102 INSTRUMENTS USED IN DRAWING. edges of the rulers are moved along against the pins, and a pencil at C will describe the arc required. Large circles may be described by a contrivance equally simple. On an axle, a foot or a foot and a half long, there are placed two wheels, M and F, of which one is fixed to the axle, namely F, and the other is capable of being shifted to different parts of : the axle, and, by means of a thumb-screw, made capable of being fixed at any point on the axle. These wheels are of dif- ferent diameters, say of 3 and 6 inches, the fixed wheel F being the largest. This instrument being moved on the paper, the circles M and F will roll, and describe circles of different radii : the axle will always point to the centre of these circles, and there will be this proportion : As the diameter of the large wheel is to the difference of the diameters of the two wheels, so is the radius of the circle to be described by the large wheel to the distance of the two wheels on the axle. If the diameters of the wheels are as above stated, and it is required to describe a circle of 3 feet radius, then from the above proportion we have 6:6 3 : : 3 feet or 36 inches : 18 inches = the distance of the two wheels, to describe a circle 6 feet in diameter. It may be observed, that it will be bes"l to make the difference of the wheels greater if large circles are to be described, as then a shorter instru- ment will serve the purpose. We will conclude these instructions, by making a few remarks on the Diagonal Scale and Sector, the great use of the latter of which, especially, is seldom explained to the young mechanic. The diagonal scale to be found on the plain scale in common pocket- cases of instruments, is a contrivance for measuring very small divisions of lines; as, for instance, hundredth parts of an inch. Suppose the accompanying cut to represent an enlarged view of two divisions of the diagonal scale, and the bottom and top lines to be divided into two parts, each representing the tenth part of an inch. Now, the perpendicular lines BC, AD, are each divided into ten equal parts, which are joined by the crossing lines, 1, 2, 3, 4, &.C., and the diagonals BF, DE, are drawn as in the figure. Now, as the division FC is the tenth 9 1 - part of an inch, and as the line FB continually approaches C F D nearer and nearer to BC, till it meets it in B, it will follow, that the part of the line 1 cut off by this diagonal will be a tenth part of FC, because Bl is only one-tenth part of BC ; so, likewise, 2 will represent two-tenth parts, 3 three-tenth parts, and so on to 9, which is nine-tenth parts, and 10, ten- tenth parts, or the whole tenth of an inch ; so that, by means of this diago- nal, we arrive at divisions equal to tenth parts of tenth parts of an inch, or hundredths of an inch. With this consideration, an examination of the scale itself will easily show the whole matter. It may be observed, THE SECTOR. 103 that if half an inch and the quarter of an inch be divided, in the same man- ner, into tenths and tenths of tenths, we may get thus two-hundredth and four-hundredth parts of an inch. THE SECTOR. This very useful instrument consists of two equal rulers each six inches long, joined tog-ether by a brass folding joint. These rulers are generally made of boxwood or ivory; and on the face of the instrument, several lines or scales are engraven. Some of these lines or scales proceed from the centre of the joint, and are called sectorial lines, to distinguish them from others which are drawn parallel to the edge of the instrument, similar to those on the common Gunter's scale. The sectorial lines are drawn twice on the same face of the instrument ; that is to say, each line is drawn on both legs. Those on each face are, A scale of equal parts, marked L, A line of chords, marked C, A line of secants, marked S, A line of polygons, marked P, or Pol. These sectorial lines are marked on one face of the instrument ; and on the other there are the following ; A line of sines, marked S, A line of tangents, marked T, A line of tangents to a less radius, marked I. This last line is intended to supply the defect of the former, and extends from about 45 to 75 degrees. The lines of chords, sines, tangents, and secants, but not the line of poly- gons, are numbered from the centre, and are so disposed as to form equal angles at the centre 5 and it follows from this, that at^whatever distance the sector is opened, the angles which the lines form, will always be respectively equal. The distance, therefore, between 10 and 10, on the two lines marked L, will be equal to the distance of 60 and 60 on the two lines of chords, and also to 90 and 90 on the two lines of sines, &c. at any particular opening of the sector. Any extent measured with a pair of compasses, from the centre of the joint to any division on the sectorial lines, is called a lateral distance ; and any extent taken from a point in a line on the one leg, to the like point on the similar line on the other leg, is called a transverse or parallel distance. With these remarks, we shall now proceed to explain the use of the sec- tor, in so far as it is likely to be serviceable to mechanics. USE OF THE LINE OF LINES. This line, as was before observed, is marked L, and its uses are, To Divide a line into any number of equal parts : Take the length of the line by the compasses, and placing one of the points on that numbe? in the 104 THE SECTOR. line of lines which denotes the number of parts into which the given line ia to be divided, open the sector till the other point of the compasses touches the same division on the line of lines marked on the oilier leg ; then, the sector being kept at the same width, the distance from 1 on the line L on the one leg, to 1 on the line L on the other, will give the length of one of the equal divisions of the given line to be divided. Thus, to divide a given line into seven equal parts : take the length of the given line with the com- passes, and setting one point on 7, on the line L of one of the legs, move the other leg out until the other point of the compasses touch 7 on the line L of that leg; this may be called the transverse distance of 7 on the line of lines. Now, keeping the sector at the same opening, the transverse distance of 1 will be the length of one of the 7 equal divisions of the given line} the transverse distance of 2 will be two of these divisions, &c. It will sometimes happen, that the line to be divided will be too long for the largest opening of the sector ; and in this case we take the half, or third, or fourth of the line, as the case may be ; then the transverse distance of 1 to 1, will be a half, a third, or a fourth of the required equal part. To divide a given line into any number of parts that shall have a certain relation or proportion to each other : Take the length of the whole line to be divided, and placing one point of the compasses at that division on the line of lines on one leg of the instrument which expresses the sum of all the parts into which the given line is to be divided, and open the sector till the other point of the compasses is on the corresponding division on the line of lines of the other leg. This is evidently making the sum of the parts into which the given line is to be divided a transverse distance ; and when this is done, the proportional parts will be found by taking, with the same open- ing of the sector, the transverse distances of the parts required. To divide a given line into three parts, in the proportion of 2, 3, 4: The sum of these is 9 ; make the given line a transverse distance between 9 and 9 on the two lines of lines ; then the transverse distances of the several numbers 2, 3, 4, will give the proportional parts required. To find a fourth proportional to three given lines : take the lateral distance of ihe second, and make it the transverse distance of the first, then will the transverse distance of the third be the lateral distance of the fourth; then, let there be given 6:3:: 8, make the lateral distance of 3 the transverse distance of 6 ; then will the transverse distance of 8 be the lateral distance of 4, the fourth proportional required. This sector will be found highly serviceable in drawing plans. For in- stance, if it is wished to reduce the drawing of a steam engine from a scale of 1 J inches to the foot, to another of five-eighths to the foot. Now, in 1 J inches there are 12 eighth parts ; so tliat the drawing will be reduced in the proportion of 12 to 5. Take the lateral distance of 5, and keep the com- passes at this opening; then open the sector till the points of the compasses mark the transverse distance of 12} keep now the sector at this opening, MECHANICAL DRAWING AND PERSPECTIVE. 105 and any measure taken on the drawing, to be copied and laid off on the sector as a lateral distance, ihe transverse distance taken from that point will give the corresponding measure to be laid down in the new drawing, If the length of the side of a triangle, of which we have the drawing, is to be reckoned 45 ; what are the lengths of the other two sides ? Take the length of the side given, by the compasses, and open the sector till the meas- ure be the transverse distance of 45 to 45 ; then the lengths of the other sides being applied transversely, will give their numerical lengths. 0SE OF THE LINE OF CHORDS. By means of the sector, we may dispense with the protractor. Thus, to lay down an angle of any number of degrees : take the radius of the circle on the compasses, and open the sector till this becomes the transverse dis- tance of 60 on the line of chords; then take the transverse distance of the required number of degrees, keeping the sector at the same opening ; and this transverse distance being marked off on an arc of the circle whose ra- dius was taken, will be the required number of degrees. We will not enter farther on the use of the sectorial lines, as what we have said will, we hope, be found sufficient for the purposes of the practical mechanic. MECHANICAL DRAWING AND PERSPECTIVE. A FLAT rectangular board is first to be provided, of any convenient size, as from 18 to 30 inches, and from 16 to 24 inches broad. It may be made of fir, plane tree, or mahogany ; its face must be planed smooth and flat, and the sides and ends as nearly as possible at right angles to each other Ihe bottom of the board and the left side should be made perfectly so ; and this corner should be marked, so that the stock of the square ma}- be always applied to the bottom and left hand side of the board. To prevent the board from casting, it is usual to pannel it on the back or on the sides. A T square must also be provided, which by means of a thumb-screw fixed in the stock, may be made to answer cither the purposes of a com- mon square, or bevel, the one-half of the stock being movable about the screw, and the other fixed at right angles on the blade. The blade ought to be somewhat flexible, and equal in length to the length of the board. Besides these, there will be required a case of mathematical instruments; in the selection of which it should be observed, that the bow compass is more frequently defective than any of the other instruments. After using any of the ink feet, they should be dried ; and if they do not draw properly, they ought to be sharpened and brought to an equal length in the blade, by grinding on a hone. The colors most useful are, Indian ink, gamboge, Prussian blue, vermil- ion, and lake. With these, all colors necessary for drawing machinery or buildings may be made ; so that, instead of purchasing a box of colors, we 106 MECHANICAL DRAWING AND PERSPECTIVE. would advise that those for whom this book is intended should procure these cakes separately : the gamboge may be bought from an apothecary a pennyworth will serve a lifetime. In choosing the rest, they should be rubbed against the teeth, and those which feel smoothest are of the best quality. Hair pencils will also be necessary, made of camel's hair, and of various sizes. They ought to taper gradually to a point when wet in the mouth, and should, after being pressed against the finger, spring back. Black-lead pencils will also be necessary. They ought not to be very soft, nor so hard that their traces cannot be easily erased by the Indian rubber. In choosing paper, that which will best suit this kind of drawing is thick, and has a hardish feel, not very smooth on the surface, yet free from knots. The paper on which the drawing is to be made, must be chosen of a good quality and convenient size. It is then to be wet with a sponge and clean water, on the opposite side from that on which the drawing is to be made. When the paper absorbs the water, which may be seen by the wet- ted side becoming dim, as its surface is viewed slantwise against the light, it is to be laid on the drawing board with the wetted side next the board. About half an inch must be turned up on a straight edge all round ihe paper, and then fastened on the board. This is done because the paper when wet is enlarged, and the edges being fixed on the board, act as stretch- ers when the paper contracts by drying. To prevent the paper from con- tracting before the paste has been sufficiently fastened by drying, the paper is usually wet on the upper surface, to within half an inch of the paste mark. When the paper is thoroughly dried, it will be found to lie firmly and equally on the board, and is then fit for use. If the drawing is to be made from a copy, we ought first to consider what scale it is to be drawn -to. If it is to be equal in size to. or larger than the copy, a scale should be made accordingly, by which the dimensions of the several parts of the drawing are to be regulated. The diagonal scale, a simple and beautiful contrivance, will be here found of great use for the more minute divisions ; and whenever the drawing is to be made to a scale of 1 inch, jj inch, | inch to the foot, a scale should be drawn of 20 or 30 equal parts ; the last of which should be subdivided into 12, and a diagonal scale formed on the same principles as the common one, but with eight parallels and 12 diagonals, to express inches and eighths of an inch. For making such scales to any proportion, the line L on the sector will be found very convenient. Great care should be taken in the penciling, that an accurate outline be drawn, for on this much of the value of the picture will depend. The pen- cil marks should be distinct, yet not heavy, and the use of the rubber avoided as much as possible, as its frequent application ruffles the surface of the paper. The methods already given for constructing geometrical figures MECHANICAL DBAWING AND PERSPECTIVE. 107 will be here found applicable, and the use of the T square, parallel ruler, &c., will suggest themselves whenever they require to be employed. The drawing thus made of any machine or building is called a plan. Plans arc of three kinds a ground plan, or bird's-eye view, an elevation or front view, and a perspective plan. When a view is taken of the teeth of a wheel, with the circumference towards the eye, the teeth appear to be nearer as they are removed from the middle point of the circumference opposite the eye, and it may not be out of place here to give the method of representing them on paper : If AB be the circumference of a wheel as viewed by the eye, and it is required to represent the teeth as they appear on it, only half of the circumference can be seen in this way at one time, consequently we can AjJ only represent the half of the teeth. On AB describe a semicircle, which divide into half as many equal parts as the wheel has teeth; then from each of these points of division draw perpendiculars to the wheel AB, then will these perpendiculars mark the relative places of the teeth. ' When the outline is completed in pencil, it is next to be carefully gone over with Indian ink, which is to be rubbed down with a little water, on a plate of glass or eathernware so as to be sufficiently fluid to flow easily out of the pen, and at the same time have a sufficient body of color. While drawing the ink lines, the measurements should be repeated, so as to cor- rect any error that may have occurred during the penciling. The screw in the drawing pen will regulate the breadth of the strokes ; which should not be alike heavy; those strokes being the heaviest which bound the dark part of the shades. Should any line be wrong drawn with the ink, it may be taken out by means of a sponge and water, which could not be done if common writing ink were employed. In preparing for coloring it is to be observed, that a hair pencil is to be fixed at each end of a small piece of wood, made in the form of a common pencil, one of which is to be used with color, and the other with water only. If the color is to be laid on, so as to represent a flat surface, it ought to be spread on equally, and there is here no use for the water brush 5 but if it is to represent a curved surface, then the color is to be laid on the part in- tended to be shaded, and softened towards the light by washing with the water brush. In all cases it should be borne in mind, that the color ought to be laid on very thin, otherwise it will be more difficult to manage, and will never make so fine a drawing. In colors even of the best quality, we sometimes meet with gritty particles, which it is desirable to avoid. Instead of rubbing the color on a plate with a little water, as is usual, it will be belter to wet the color, and rub it on the point of the forefinger, letting the dissolved part drop off the finger on to the plate. 108 MECHANICAL DRAWING AND PERSPECTIVE. In using the Indian ink, it will be found advantageous to mix it with a little blue and a small quantity of lake, which renders it much more easily wrought with, and this is the more desirable as it is the most frequently used of all the other colors in Mechanical Drawing, the shades being all made with this color. The depth and extent of the shades will depend on various circumstan- ces on the figure of the object to be shaded, the position of the eye of the observer, and the direction in which the light comes, &c. The position of the eye will vary the proportionate size of any object in a picture when drawn in perspective. Thus, if a perspective view of a steam engine is given, the eye being supposed to be placed opposite the end nearest the nozzles, an inch of the nozzle rod will appear much larger than an inch of the pump rod which feeds the cistern ; but if the eye is supposed to be placed opposite the other end of the engine, the reverse will be the case. But in drawing elevations and ground plans of machinery, every part of the ma- chine is drawn to the proper scale an inch or foot in one part of the ma- chine, being just the same size as an inch or foot in any other part of the machine. So that by measuring the dimensions of any part of the drawing, and then applying the compass to the scale, we determine the real size of the part so measured. Whereas, if the view were given in perspective, we would be obliged to make allowance for the effect of distance, &c. The light is always supposed to fall on the picture at an angle of forty- five degrees, from which it follows, that the shade of any object, which is intended to rise from the plane of the picture, or appear prominent, will just be equal in length to the prominence of the object. The shades, therefore, should be as exactly measured as any other part of the drawing, and care should be taken that they all fall in the proper di- rection, as the light is supposed to come from one point only. It is frequently of great use for the mechanic to take a hasty copy of a drawing, and many methods have been given for this purpose by machines, tracing, &c. We give the following as easy, accurate, and convenient. Mix equal parts of turpentine and drying oil, and with a rag lay it on a sheet of good silk paper, allowing the paper to lie by for two or three days to dry, and when it is so it will be fit for use. To use it, lay it on the draw- ing to be copied, and the prepared paper being nearly transparent, the lines of the drawing will be seen through it, and may be easily traced with a black-lead pencil. The lines on the oiled paper will be quite distinct when it is laid on white paper. Thus, if the mechanic has little time to spare, he may take a copy and lay it by to be recopied at his leisure. Care and perseverance are the chief requisites for attaining perfection in this species of drawing. Every mechanic should know something of it, so that he may the better understand how to execute plans that may be sub- mitted to him, or make intelligible to others any invention he himself may make. PRACTICAL GEOMETRY. Geometry is the science which investigates and demonstrates the properties of lines on surfaces and solids : hence, PRACTICAL GE- OMETRY is the method of applying the rules of the science to practical purposes. 10 110 DEFINITIONS OF ARITHMETICAL SIGNS. DEFINITION OF ARITHMETICAL SIGNS USED IN THE WORK. = When we wish to state that one quantity or number, is equal to another quantity or number, the sign of equality is employed. Thus 3 added to 2 = 5, or 3 added to 2 is equal to 5. -f- When the sum of two quantities or numbers is to be taken, the sign plus -\- is placed between them. Thus 3 + 2 = 5 5 that is, the sum of 3 and 2 is 5. This is the sign of Addition. When the difference of two numbers or quantities is to be taken, the sign minus is used, and shows that the latter number or quantity is to be taken from the former. Thus 5 2 = 3. This is the sign of Subtraction, X When the product of any two numbers or quantities is to be taken, the sign into x is placed between them. Thus 3x2 = 6. This is the sign of Multiplication. -f- When we are to take the quotient of two quantities, the sign by -* is placed between them, and shows that the former is to be divided by the latter. Thus 6-5-2 = 3. This is the sign of Division. But in some cases in this work, the mode of division has been, to place the dividend above a horizontal line, and the divisor below it, in the form of a vulgar fraction, thus : Dividend 6 = Quotient. = 3. Divisor 1i When the square of any number "or quantity is to be taken, this is de- noted by placing a small figure 2 above it to the right. Thus 6 2 shows that the square of 6 is to be taken, and therefore 6 2 = b X 6 = 36. When we wish to show that the square root of any number or quantity is to be taken, this is denoted by placing the radical sign V before it. Thus x/36 shows that the square root of 36 ought to be taken, hence V36 = 6. The common marks of proportion are also used, viz., : : : : as 3:6 : : 4 : 8, being read 3 is to 6 as 4 is to 8. The application of these signs to the expression of rules is exceedingly simple. Thus, connected with the circle we have the following rules : 1st. The circumference of a circle will be found by multiplying the di- ameter by 3-1416. 2d. The diameter of a circle may be found by dividing the circumfer- ence by 3-1416. 3d. The area of a circle may be found by multiplying the half of the di- ameter, by the 'half of the circumference, or by multiplying together the diameter and circumference, and dividing the product by 4, or by squaring the diameter and multiplying by 7854. Now all these rules may be thus expressed : 1st. diameter X 3-1416 = circumference, circumference M ' ~3~1416~ diameter circumference 3d. X - = area. diameter X circumference or, j = area. or, diameter 2 X -7854 = area. PRACTICAL GEOMETRY. Practical Geometry is an important branch of knowledge to all who are in any way engaged in the art of building. The workman, as well as the designer, requires its aid ; and unless he is acquainted with some of the leading principles of the science, he will frequently feel an uncertainty as to the results he may deduce from the problems which are presented to his notice. PROBLEM I. To inscribe an Equilateral Triangle within a given Circle. Let A B c be a circle ; it is required to draw within it a triangle FIG. 1. whose sides are equal to one another. Commencing from any point A, mark on the circumference of the circle a series of spaces equal to the radius of the circle, of which there will be six, and draw the arcs ADDS, &c. Then join every alternate point as A B, B c, c A, and the several lines will together form an equilateral triangle. 112 PRACTICAL GEOMETRY. PROBLEM II. Within a given Circle to inscribe a Square. Let A B c D be the given circle, it is required to draw a square FIG. 2. within it. Draw the diameters A B, CD, at right angles to each other ; or, in other words, draw the diameter A B, and form a per- pendicular bisecting it. Then join the points A c, c B, B D, D A, and the figure A B c D is a square formed within a given circle. PROBLEM III. Within a given Circle to inscribe a regular Pentagon ; that is, a Polygon of five Sides. Let A B c D be a circle in which it is required to draw a pentagon. FIG. 3. Draw a diameter A D, and perpendicular to it another diameter. Then divide o B into two equal parts in the point E, and join c E ; and with E as a centre, and the radius c E, draw the arc c F, cutting A o in F : and, with c as a centre, and the same radius, describe the arc F G ; the arcs c F, G F intersect each other in the point F, and the arc G F intersects the circumference of the circle in the point G. Join the points c and G, and that line will be a side of the pentagon to be drawn. Mark off within the circumference the same space, and join the points A it, H i, i K, K c, and the figure that is formed is a pentagon. PRACTICAL GEOMETRY. 113 PROBLEM IV. Within a given Circle to describe a regular Hexagon ; that is to say, a Polygon of six equal Sides. Let A B c be the given circle, and o the centre. With the radius FIG. 4. of the circle divide it inte parts, of which there will be six, and con- nect the points A D, D B, &c., and the figure A D B E c F will be a regular hexagon. PROBLEM V. To cut off the Corners of a given Square, so as to form a regular Octagon, Let A B c D be the given square. Draw the two diagonal lines FIG. 5. A c, and B D, crossing each other in o. Then, with the radius A o, that is, half the diagonal, and with A as a centre, describe the arc E F, cutting the sides of the square in E and F; then, from B as a centre, describe the arc G H ; and in like manner from c and D de- scribe the arcs i K and L M. Draw the lines L G, F i, H M, and K E, and these, with the parts of the given square G F, i H, M K, and E L, form the octagon required. 10* 114 PRACTICAL GEOMETRY. PROBLEM VI. To divide a given Line, into any Number of Parts, which Parts shall be in the same Proportion to each other as the Parts of some other given Line, whether those Parts are equal or unequal. Let A B be the given line which it is required to divide in the same FIG. 6. C H manner and proportion as the line c D, whether the parts are equal or unequal. On the base line c D, form an equilateral triangle in the manner already described in a former problem. Then take the dis- tance A B, and with E as a centre, describe the arc F G, and join the points F and G, and F G shall be equal to A B. Now, if from the points H i K, which are the divisions of the line c, we draw lines to E, as H E, i E, and K E, these lines will cut F G in the points a b c, which will divide the line F G into parts proportionate to the divisions of the line c D. PROBLEM VII. On a given Line to draw a Polygon of any Number of Sides, so that that Line shall be one Side of a Polygon ; or, in other words, to find the Centre of a Circle which shall circumscribe any Poly- gon, the Length of the Side of the Polygon being given. We shall here show, in a tabular form, the length of the radius of a circle, which shall contain the given line, as a side of the required polygon ; and here we will suppose the line to be divided into one thousand equal parts, and the radius into a certain number of like parts. The radius of the circle for different figures will be as fol- lows : For an inscribed Triangle 577 Square 701 Pentagon 850 Hexagon 1000 Heptagon 1152 Octagon 1306^ Enneagon 1462 PRACTICAL GEOMETRY. 115 Decagon ...... 1618 Endecagon ..... 1775 Dodecagon ..... 1932 By this table, the workman may, with a simple proportion, find the radius of a circle which shall contain a polygon, one side being given : thus, if it be required to draw a pentagon, the side given being fifteen inches, we may say as 1000 is to 15, so is 850, the tabular number for a pentagon, to 12 inches and seventy-five hundredth parts of an inch, or seven-tenths and a half of a tenth of an inch. We may here give another table for the construction of polygons, one in which the radius of the circumscribing circle is given. If it be required to find the side of the inscribed polygon, the radius being one thousand parts, the sides of the different polygons will be accord- ing to the following scale : The Triangle ....... 1732 Square ........ 1414 Pentagon ....... 1175 Hexagon ....... 1000 Heptagon ....... 867 Octagon ....... 765 Enneagon ....... 684 Decagon ....... 618 Endecagon ...... Dodecagon Here, as in the case already mentioned, the law of proportion ap- plies, and the statement may be thus made : as one thousand is to the number of inches contained in the radius of the given circle, so is the tabular number for the required polygon to the length of one of its sides in inches. Thus, let it be supposed that we have a circle whose radius in inches is 30, and that we wish to inscribe an octagon within it ; then say as 1000 is to 30 inches, so is 765 to 22 inches and 95-100 parts of an inch, the length of the side of the required octagon. METHOD OF DRAWING CURVED LINES. We will now introduce a few remarks upon the method of drawing curved lines, and also give some rules for finding the forms of mould- ings when they are to mitre together, that is to say, of raking mouldings, and of bevel work in general. It will also be necessary to make a few remarks upon the form of ribs for domes and groins, a knowledge of which is so necessary to the builder, that without it the workman cannot correctly execute his task. It is hardly necessary to state, that all these mechanical operations are founded upon geo- metrical principles; and, unless he is acquainted with these, the workman cannot hope to succeed in his attempt to excel in his art, one which is necessary for the comfort and convenience of all com- munities. 116 PKACTICAL GOEMETRY. PROBLEM VIII. To draw on Ellipse with the Rule and Compasses, the transverse and conjugate Diameters being given ; that is, the Length and Width. Let A B be the transverse or longest diameter ; c D the conjugate FIG. 7. or shortest diameter ; and o the point of their intersection, that is, the centre of the ellipse. Take the distance o c or o D ; and, taking A as one point, mark that distance A E upon the line A o. Divide o E into three equal parts, and take from A F, a distance E F, equal to one of those parts. Make o G equal to o F. With the radius F G, and F and G as centres, strike arcs which shall intersect each other in the points i and H. Then draw the lines H F K, H G M, and i F L, ION. With F as a centre, and the radius A F, describe the arc L A K ; and, from G as a centre, with the same radius, describe the arc M B if . With the radius H c, and H as a centre, describe the arc K c M ; and, from the point i, with the radius i D, describe the arc L D M. The figure A c B D is an ellipse, formed of four arcs of cir- cles. PROBLEM IX. To draw an Ellipse by means of two Concentric Circles. FIG. 8. PRACTICAL GEOMETRY. 117 Let A B be the transverse, and E F the conjugate diameter, and o the centre of an ellipse to be drawn. From o with the radius o A, describe the circle A c B D, and from the same centre describe another circle G E H F. Divide the outer circle into any number of equal parts ; the greater the number, the more exact will be the ellipse : and they should not be less than twelve. From each of these divi- sions draw lines to the centre o, 33 a o, b o, c o. Then, from a, 6, c, &c., draw lines perpendicular to A B, and from the corresponding points in the inner circle, that is, from the points marked 1, 2, 3, &c., draw lines parallel to A B. Draw a curve through the points where these lines intersect each other, and it will be an ellipse. In the diagram to which this demonstration refers, only one quar- ter of the ellipse is lettered, but the process described in relation to that must be carried round the circles, as is shown in the dotted and other lines. PROBLEM X. To describe an Ellipse by Means of a Carpenter's Square, or a piece of notched Lath. Having drawn two lines to represent the diameters of the ellipse required, fasten the square so that the internal angle or meeting of the blade and stock shall be at the centre of the ellipse. Then take a piece of wood or a lath, and cut it to the length of half the longest diameter, and from one end cut out a piece equal to half the shortest diameter, and there will then be a piece remaining at one end equal to the difference of the half of the two diameters. Place this project- ing piece of the lath in such a manner that it may rest against the square, on the edge which corresponds to the two diameters ; then, turning it round horizontally, the two ends of the projection will slide along the two internal edges of the square, and if a pencil be fixed at the other end of the lath, it will describe one quarter of an ellipse. The square must then be moved for the successive quarters of the ellipse, and the whole figure will thus be easily formed. This method of forming an ellipse is a good substitute for the usual plan, and the figure thus produced is more accurate than that made by passing a pencil round a string moving upon two pins or nails fixed in the foci, for the string is apt to stretch, and the pencil cannot be guided with the accuracy required. There are many other methods of drawing ellipses, or more prop- erly ovals, but we can only notice two of those in common use. 1. By ordinates, or lines drawn perpendicular to the axis. Having formed the two diameters, divide the axis, or larger diameter, into any number of equal parts, and erect lines perpendicular to the several points. Next draw a semicircle, and divide its diameter into the like number of equal parts; that is, if the larger diameter or axis of the intended ellipse be divided into twenty equal parts, then the 118 PRACTICAL GEOMETKY. semicircle must be divided into the like number. As the diameter of the semicircle is equal to the shorter diameter of the ellipse, or con- jugate axis, perpendiculars maybe raised from these divisions of the diameter, or the semicircle, till they meet the circumference ; and the different perpendiculars, which are called ordinates, may be erected like perpendiculars, on the axis of ellipse. Joining the sev- eral points together, the ellipse is described; and the more accurately the perpendiculars are formed the more exact will be the ellipse. 2. By intersecting arches. Take any point in the axis, and with a radius equal to the distance of that point from one extremity of the axis, and with one of the foci as a centre, describe an arc ; then with the distance of the assumed point in the axis from the other end of it, and with the other focus as a centre, describe another arc intersect- ing the former, and the point of intersection will be a point in the ellipse. By assuming any number of points in the axis, any number of points on the curve may be found, and these united will give the ellipse. This process is founded on the property of the ellipse ; that if any two lines are drawn from the foci to any point in the curve, the length of these lines added together will be a constant quantity, that is, always the same in the same ellipse. PROBLEM XI. To find the Centre and the two Axes of an Ellipse. Let A B c D be an ellipse, it is required to find its centre. Draw FIG. 9. any two lines, as E F and G H, parallel and equal to each other. Bi- sect these lines as in the points i and K, and bisect IK as in L, From L, as a centre, draw a circle cutting the ellipse in four points, 1, 2, 3, 4. Now L is the centre of the ellipse. But join the points 1, 3, and 2, 4; and bisect these lines as in M and N. Draw the line M N, and produce it to A and B, and it will be the transverse axis. Draw c D through L, and perpendicular to AB, and it will be the conjugate or shorter axis. PRACTICAL GEOMETRY. 119 PROBLEM XII. To draw aflat Arch by the intersection of Lines, having the Open- ing and Spring or Rise given. Let A D B be the opening, and c D its spring or rise. In the mid- FIG. 10. die of A B, at D, erect a perpendicular D E, equal to twice c D, its rise ; and from E draw E A and E B, and divide A E and B E into any number or equal parts, as a, b, c, and 1, 2, 3. Join B a, 3 c, 2 b } and 1 A, and it will form the arch required. The more parts A E and B E are divided into, the greater will be the accuracy of the curve. Many curves may be made in the same manner, according to the position of the lines A E and E B ; and if instead of two lines drawn from A and B, meeting in E, a perpendicular be erected at the same points, and two lines be then drawn from the ends of these perpendic- ulars meeting in an angle, and these lines be divided into any num- ber of equal parts, the points of the adjacent lines may be joined, and a curve will beJbrmed resembling a golhic arch. The demonstration already given R therefore very useful to the workman, as he may vary the form of the curve by altering the position of the lines, either with respect to the angles which they make with each other, or their proportional lengths. PROBLEM XIII. To find the Form or Curvature of a raking Moulding that shall unite correctly with a level one. Let A B c D be part of the level moulding, which we will here FIG. 11. suppose to be an ovolo, or quarter round ; A and c, the points where the raking moulding takes its rise on the angle ; F c G, the angle the 120 PRACTICAL GEOMETRY. raking moulding makes with the horizontal one. Draw c F at the given angle, and from A draw A E parallel to it ; continue B A to H, and from c make c H perpendicular to A H. Divide c H into any number of equal parts, as 1, 2, 3, and draw lines parallel to H A, as 1 a, 2 6, 3 c ; and then in any part of the raking moulding, as i, draw i K perpendicular to E A, and divide i K into the same number of equal parts H c is divided into ; and draw 1 a, 2 b, 3 c, parallel to E A. Then transfer the distances la, 26, 3 c, and a curve drawn through these points will be the form of the curve required for the raking moulding We have here shown the method to be employed for an ovolo ; but it is just the same for any other formed moulding, as a cavetto, semi- recta, &c. It may be worthy remark, that, after the moulding is worked, and the mitre is cut in the mitre-box for the level moulding, the raking moulding must be cut, either by the means of a wedge formed to the required angle of the rake, or a box made to correspond to that angle: and if this be accurately done, the mitre will be true, and the moulding in all its members correspond to the level moulding. The plane in which the raking moulding is situated is square to that of the level one. This is always the case in a pediment, the mould- ings of which correspond with the return. PROBLEM XIV. To find the Form or Curvature of the Return in an open or broken Pediment. Let A B c be the angle which the pediment makes with the cor- FIG. 12. nice, and let the form and size of the moulding be as in the last pro- blem, and as shown at D A B H. From D drop a perpendicular on c B, and draw D E perpendicular to D c, or parallel to c B; and let D E be equal to E i (Fig. 11). Then from E draw E F, parallel to D A, and divide E F into the same number of parts as i K (Fie of the diameter of a sphere, multiplied by .5236,- equals its Solid contents. 22. The height of any spherical segment or zone multiplied by the diam- eter of the sphere of which it is a part, and by 3.1416, equals the area or convex surface of the segment; or, 23. The height of the segment, multiplied by the circumference of the sphere of which it is a part, equals the area. 24. The solidity of any spherical segment is equal to three times the square of the radius of its base, plus the square of its height, and multiplied by its height and by 5236. 25. The solidity of a spherical zone equals the sum of the squares of the radii of its two ends, and one-third the square of hs height, multiplied by the height, and by 1.5708. 26. The capacity of a cylinder, 1 foot in diameter and 1 foot in length, equals 5875 of a United States gallon. 27. The capacity of a cylinder 1 inchf in diameter and 1 foot in length, equals .0408 of a Un:led States gallon. 28. The capacity of a cylinder, 1 inch in diameter and 1 inch in length, equals .0034 of a United States gallon. 29. The capacity of a sphere 1 foot in diameter equals 3.9156 United States gallons. 30. The capacity of a sphere 1 inch in diameter equals .002165 of a United Slates gallon : hence, 31. The capacity of any other cylinder in United. Stales gallons is ob- tained by multiplying the square of ils diameter by its length, or the capaci- ty of any other sphere by the cube of ils diameter, and by the number of United States gallons contained as above in ihe unity of its measurement. OF THE SQUARE, RECTANGLE, CDBE, &C. 1. The side of a square equals the square root of us area. 2. The area of a square equals ihe square of one of its sides. 3. The diagonal of a square equals ihe square root of twice the square of its side. 4. The side of a square is equal to the square root of half ihe square of its diagonal. 5. The side of a square equal to the diagonal of a given square contains double the area of the given square. 6. The area of a rectangle equals its length multiplied by ils breadth. 7- The lengih of a reclangle equals the area divided by the breadth 5 or, the breadth equals the area divided*by the length. 8. .The side or end of a rectangle equals the square roolof ihe sum of ihe diagonal and opposite side to that required, multiplied by their difference. 124 EPITOME OF MENSURATION. 9. The diagonal in a rectangle equals the square root of the sum of the squares of the base and perpendicular. 10. The solidity of a cube equals the area of one of its sides multiplied by the length or breadth of one of its sides. 11. The length or breadth of a side of a cube equals the cube root of its solidity. 12. The capacity of a 12-inch cube equals 7-4784 United States gallons. SURFACES AND SOLIDITIES OP THE REGULAR BODIES, EACH OF WHOSE BOUNDARY LINES IS 1. No. of sides. Names. Surfaces. Solids. 4 Tetrahedron 1.7321 0.1179 6 Hexahedron 6. 1. 8 Octahedron 3.4641 0.4714 12 Dodecahedron 20.6458 7.6631 20 Icosahedron 8.6603 2.1817 The tabular surface multiplied by the square of one of the boundary lines equals the surface required ; or, The tabular solidity multiplied by the cube of one of the boundary lines equals the solidity required. OF TRIANGLES, POLYGONS, &C. 1. The complement of an angle is its defect from a right angle. 2. The supplement of an angle is its defect from two right angles. 3. The sine, tangent, and secant of an angle, are the cosine, cotangent, and cosecant of the complement of that angle. 4. The hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle being made radii, its sides become the sines of the opposite angles, or the cosines of the adjacent angles. 5. The three angles of every triangle are equal to two right angles : hence the oblique angles of a right-angled triangle are each others comple- ments. 6. The sum of the squares of the two given sides 01 a right-angled trian- gle is equal to the square of the hypotenuse. 7. The difference between the squares of the hypotenuse and given side of a right-angled triangle is equal to the square of the required side. 8. The area of a triangle equals half the product of the base multiplied by the perpendicular height ; or, 9. The area of a triangle equals half the product of the two sides and the natural sine of the contained angle. 10. The side of any regular polygon multiplied by its apothem or perpen- dicular, and by the number of its sides, equals twice the area. EPITOME OF MENSURATION. 125 TABLE OF THE AREAS OF REGULAR POLYGONS EACH OF WHOSE SIDES IS UNITY. Name of Polygon. No of Sides Apothem or Perpend'lar. Area when Side is Unity Interior Angle. Central Angle. Triangle 3 0.2887 0.4330 60 0' 120 0' Square 4 0.5 1. 90 90 Pentagon 5 0.6882 1.7205 108 72 Hexagon 6 0.8660 2.5981 120 60 Heptagon 7 1.0386 3.6339 128 34f 51 25^ Octagon 8 1.2071 4.8284 135 45 Nonagon 9 1.3737 6.1818 140 40 Decagon 10 1.5388 7.6942 144 36 Undecagon 11 1.7028 9.3656 147 16/j 32 43j? T Dodecagon 12 1.8660 11.1962 150 30 The tabular area of the corresponding polygon multiplied by the square of the side of the given polygon equals the area of the given polygon. OF ELLIPSES, CONES, FRUSTUMS, &0. 1. The square root of half the sum of the squares of the two diameters of an ellipse multiplied by 3.1416 equals its circumference. 2. The product of the two axes of an ellipse multiplied by .7854 equals its area. 3. The curve surface of a cone is equal to half the product of the circum- ference of its base multiplied by its slant side, to which, if the area of the base be added, the sum is the whole surface. 4. The solidity of a cone equals one third of the product of its base mul- tiplied by its altitude or height. 5. The squares of the diameters of the two ends of the frustum of a cone added to the product of the two diameters, and that sum multiplied by its height and by .2618, equals its solidity. INSTRUMENTAL ARITHMETIC, OR UTILITY OF THE SLIDE RULE. THE slide rule is an instrument by which the greater portion of operations in arithmetic and mensuration may be advantageously performed, provided the lines of division and gauge- points be made properly correct, and their several values familiarly understood. The lines of division are distinguished by the letters A B c D ; A B and c being each divided alike, and containing what is termed a double radius, 11* 126 UTILITY OF THE SLIDE RULE. or double series of logarithmic numbers, each series being supposed to be divided into 1000 equal parts, and distributed along the radius in the fol- lowing manner : From 1 to 2 contains 301 of those parts, being the log. of 2. 3 477 " 3. 4 602 " 4. 5 699 ' 5. 6 778 " 6. 7 845 " 7- 8 903 " 8. 9 954 " 9. 1000 being the whole number. The line D on the improved rules consists of only a single radius ; and although of larger radius, the logarithmic series is the same, and disposed of along the line in a similar proportion, forming exactly a line of square roots to the numbers on the lines B c. NUMERATION. Numeration teaches us to estimate or properly value the numbers and divisions on the rule in an arithmetical form. Their values are all entirely governed by the value set upon the first figure, and being decimally reckoned, advance tenfold from the commence- ment to the termination of each radius : thus, suppose 1 at the joint be one, the 1 in the middle of the rule is ten, and 1 at the end, one hundred : again, suppose 1 at the joint ten, 1 in the middle is 100, and 1 or 10 at the end is 1000, Sic., the intermediate divisions on which complete the whole system oi'its notation. TO MULTIPLY NUMBERS BY THE RULE. Set 1 on B opposite to the multiplier on A 5 and against the number to be multiplied on B is the product on A. Multiply 6 by 4. Set 1 on B to 4 on A ; and against 6 on B is 24 on A. The slide thus set. against 7 on B is 28 on A. 8 32 9 36 10 40 12 48 15 60 25 100 ' &.c. TO DIVIDE NUMBERS UPON THE RULE. Set the divisor on B to 1. on A ; and against the number to be divided on B is the quotient on A. Divide 63 by 3. Set 3 on B to 1 on A : and against 63 on B is 21 on A. UTILITY OF THE SLIDE RULE. 127 PROPORTION, OR RULE OF THREE DIRECT RULE. Set the first term on B to the second on A j and against the third upon B is the fourth upon A. 1. If 4 yards of cloth cost 38 cents, what will 30 yards cost at the same rate? Set 4 on B to 38 on A 5 and against 30 on B is 283 cents on A. 2. Suppose I pay 31 dollars 50 cents for 3 cwt. of copper, at what rate is that per ton ? 1 ton = 20 not. Set 3 upon B to 31.5 upon A3 and against 20 upon B is 210 upon A. RULE OF THREE INVERSE. RULE. Invert the slide, and the operation is the same as direct propor- tion. 1. I know that six men are capable of performing a certain given por- tion of work in eight days, but I want the same performed in three j how many men must there be employed 1 Set 6 upon c to 8 upon A ; and against 3 upon c is 16 upon A. 2. The lever of a safety-valve is 20 inches in length, and 5 inches between the fixed end and centre of the valve; what weight must there be placed on the end of the lever to equipoise a force or pressure of 40 Ibs. tending to raise the valve ? Set 5 upon c to 40 upon A ; and against 20 upon c is 10 upon A. 3. If 8| yards of cloth, 1 yard in width, be a sufficient quantity, how much will be required of that which is only 7-8ths in width, to effect the same purpose ? Set 1.5 upon c to 8.75 upon A ; and against .875 upon c is 15 yards upon A. SQUARE AND CUBE ROOTS OF NUMBERS. On the engineer's rule, when the lines c and D are equal at both ends, C is a table of squares, and D a table of roots, as Squares 1 4 9 16 25 36 49 64 81 on c. Roots 1234 5 6 7 8 9onD. To find the geometrical mean proportion between two numbers. Set one of the numbers upon c to the same number upon D ; and against the other number upon c is the mean number or side of an equal square upon D. Required the mean proportion between 20 and 45. Set 20 upon c to 20 upon D ; and against 45 upon c is 30 upon D. To cube any number, set the number upon c to 1 or 10 upon D ; and against the same number up in D is the cube number upon c. 128 UTILITY OF THE SLIDE RULE. Required the cube of 4. Set 4 upon c to 1 or 10 upon D ; and against 4 upon D is 64 upon c. To extract the cube root of any number, invert the slide, and set the number upon B to 1 or 10 upon D ; and where two numbers of equal value coincide on the lines B D, is the root of the given number. Required the cube root of 64. Set 64 upon B to 1 or 10 upon D ; and against 4 upon B is 4 upon D, or root of the given number. On the common rule, when 1 in the middle of the line c is set opposite to 10 on D, then c is a table of squares, and D a table of roots. To cube any number by this rule, set the number upon c to 10 upcn D and against the same number upon D is the cube upon c. MENSURATION OF SURFACE. 1. Squares, Rectangles, fyc. RULE. When the length is given in feet and the breadth in inches, set the breadlh on B to 12 on A ; and against the length on A is the content in square feet on B. If the dimensions are all inches, set the breadth on B to 144 upon A ; and against the length upon A is the number of square feet on B. Required the content of a board 15 inches broad and 14 feet long. Set 15 upon B to 12 upon A ; and against 14 upon A is 17.5 square feet on B. 2. Circles, Polygons, fyc. RULE. Set .7854 upon c to 1 or 10 upon D ; then will the lines c and D be a table of areas and diameters. Areas 3,14 7.06 12.56 19.63 28.27 38.48 50.26 63.61 upon c: Diam. 23456789 upon D. In the common rule, set .7854 on c to 10 on D ; then c is a line or table of areas, and D of diameters, as before. Set 7 upon B to 22 upon A ; then B and A form or become a table of di- ameters and circumferences of circles. Cir. 3.14 6 28 9.42 12.56 15.7 18.85 22 25.13 28.27 upon A. Dia. 123 4 56 78 9 upon B. Poh/gons from 3 to 12 sides. Set the gauge-point upon c to 1 or 10 upon D ; and against the length of one side upon i is the area upon c. Sides 3567 8 9 10 11 12 Gauge-points .433 1.7 2.6 3.63 4.82 6.18 7.69 9.37 11.17 Required the area of an equilateral triangle, each side 12 inches in length. Set .433 upon c to 1 upon D 5 and against 12 upon D are 62.5 square inches upon c. UTILITY OF THE SLIDE RULE. 129 TABLE OP GAUGE-POINTS FOR THE ENGINEER'S RULE. Names. F, F,K. F, I, I. 1,1,1. F, I. ,. , i. Cubic inches 578 83 1728 106 1273 105 121 Cubic feet 1 144 I 1833 22 121 33 Imp. Gallons Water in Ibs. 163 16 231 23 277 ! 276 294 293 353 352 306 305 529 528 Gold 814 1175 141 149 178 155 269 Silver ' 15 216 261 276 334 286 5 Mercury ' Brass ' 118 193 169 177 203 333 216 354 258 424 225 369 389 637 Copper ' Lead 18 141 26 203 319 243 331 253 397 31 345 27 596 465 Wrot iron ' 207 297 357 338 453 394 682 Cast iron " 222 32 384 407 489 424 733 Tin " 219 315 378 401 481 419 728 Steel " 202 292 352 372 448 385 671 Coal " 127 183 22 33 28 242 42 Marble " 591 85 102 116 13 113 195 Freestone " 632 915 11 1162 14 141 21 FOR THE COMMON SLIDE RULE. Names. F,I. i, i. F. j Cubic inches 36 518 624 660 799 625 113 Cubic feet 625 9 108 114 138 119 206 Water in Ibs. 10 144 174 184 22 191 329 Gold ' 507 735 88 96 118 939 180 Silver ' 938 136 157 173 208 173 354 Mercury ' 738 122 127 132 162 141 242 Brass 12 174 207 221 265 23 397 Copper 112 163 196 207 247 214 371 Lead 880 126 152 162 194 169 289 Wrot iron 129 186 222 235 283 247 423 Cast iron 139 2 241 254 3)4 I 265 458 Tin 137 135 235 25 300 261 454 Steel 136 183 22 233 278 239 418 Coal 795 114 138 146 176 151 262 Marble 370 53 637 725 81 72 121 Freestone 394 57 69 728 873 755 132 MENSURATION OF SOLIDITY AND CAPACITY. General Rule. Set the length upon B to the gauge point upon A ; and against the side of the square, or diameter on D, are the cubic contents, or weight in Ibs. on c. 1. Required the cubic contents of a tree 30 feet..;!! length, and 10 inches quarter girt. Set 30 upon B to 144 (the gauge-point) upon A ; and against 10 upon D is 20.75 feet upon c. 130 UTILITY OF THE SLIDE RULE. 2. In a cylinder 9 inches in length, and 7 inches diameter, how many cubic inches ? Set 9 upon B to 1273 (the gauge-point) upon A ; and against 7 on D is 3-16 inches on c. 3. What is the weight of a bar of cast iron 3 in. square, and 6 ft. long ? Set 6 upon B to 32 (the gauge-point) upon A ; and against 3 upon D is 168 pounds upon c. By the common ride. 4. Required the weight of a cylinder of wrought iron 10 inches long, and 5^ diameter. Set 10 upon B to 283 (the gauge-point) upon A ; and against 5^ upon fi is 66.65 pounds on c. 5. What is the weight of a dry rope 25 yards long, and 4 inches circum- ference ? Set 25 upon B to 47 (the gauge-point) upon A j and against 4 on D is 53 16 pounds on c. 6. What is the weight of a short-linked chain 30 yards in length, and 6-16ths of an inch in diameter? Set 30 upon B to 52 (the gauge-point) upon A 5 and against 6 on D is 129.5 pounds on c. POWER OF STEAM ENGINES. Condensing Engines. RULE. Set 3.5 on c to 10 on D ; then D is a line of diameters for cylinders, and c the corresponding number of horses' power ; thus, H. Pr. 3 4568 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50 on c. C. D. 10 in. 10| 12 13| 154 17 18| 21 24 26| 29 33| 37| on D. The same is effected on the common rule by setting 5 on c to 12 on D. Non-condensing Engines. RULE. Set the pressure of steam in pounds per square inch on B to 4 upon A ; and against the cylinder's diameter on D is the number of horses' power upon c. Required the power of an engine, when the cylinder is 20 inches diameter and steam 30 pounds per square inch. Set 30 on B to 4 on A ; and against 20 on D is 30 horses' power on c. The same is effected on the common rule by setting the force of the steam on B to 250 on A. OF ENGINE BOILERS. How many superficial feet are contained in a boiler 23 feet in length and S^ feet in width ? Set 1 on B to 23 on A ; and against 5.5 upon B is 126.5 square feet upon A. If 5 square feet of boiler surface be sufficient for each horse-power, how many horses' power of engine is the boiler equal to ? Set 5 upon B to 126.5 upon A ; and against 1 upon B is 25.5 upon A. RULES AND TABLES FOR ARTIFICERS AND ENGINEERS. 132 MEASUREMENT OF BRICKLAYERS* WORK. ARTIFICERS' RULES AND TABLES FOR COMPUTING THE WORK OF BRICKLAYERS, WELL DIG- GERS, MASONS, CARPENTERS AND JOINERS, SLATERS, PLAS- TERERS, PAINTERS, GLAZIERS, PAVERS, AND PLUMBERS. MEASUREMENT OF BRICKLAYERS' WORK. Brickwork is estimated at the rate of a number of bricks in thickness, estimat- ing a brick at 4 inches thick. The dimensions of a building are usually taken by measuring half round on the outside, and half round on the inside ; the sum of these two gives the compass of the wall, to be multiplied by the height, for the content of the materials. Chimneys are by some measured as if they were solid, deducting only the vacuity from the hearth to the mantel, on account of the trouble of them. And by others they are girt or measured round for their breadth, and the height of the story is their height, taking the depth of the jambs for their thickness. And in this case, no deduction is made for the vacuity from the floor to the mantel- tree, because of the gathering of the breast and wings, to make room for the hearth in the next story. To measure the chimney shafts, which appear above the building, gird them about with aline for the breadth, to multiply by their height. And account their thickness half a brick more than it really is, in consideration of the plastering and scaffolding. All windows, doors, &c., are to be deducted out of the contents of the walls in which they are placed. But this deduction is made only with regard ip materials ; for-the whole measure is taken for workmanship, and that all outside measure too, namely, measuring quite round the outside of the building, being in consideration of the trouble of the returns or angles. There are also some other allowances, such as double meas- ure for feathered gable ends, &c. EXAMPLE. The end wall of a house is 28 feet long, and 37 feet high to the eaves: 15 feet high is four bricks or 16 inches thick, other 12 feet is three bricks or 12 inches thick, and the remaining 10 feet is two bricks or 8 inches thick; above which is a triangular gable 12 feet high and one brick or 4 inches in thickness. What number of bricks are there in the said wall? Ans, 25,620. thickness. 28 X 15 = 420 x 4 = 1680 contents of 1st story. 28 x 12 = 336 X 3 = 1003 " " 2d " 28X10 = 280X2= 560 " " 3d " 12-5-2= 6x2ri = l68Xl = 168 " " gable. 3416 square feet area of whole wall. 7 bricks to square foot. By the table SOOOsuprfi. ft. = 22,500 bricks, 400 " " = 3,000 " Answer, 25,620 bricks. 10 " " = 75 6 " " = 45 " 3416 " " = 25,620 bricks Jt Table by which to ascertain the number of Bricks necessary to construct any Piece of Building, from a four-inch Wall to twtnty-four inches in Thickness. The utility of the Table (on next page) can be seen by the following Ex- ample. Required the number of bricks to build a wall of 12 inches thickness, and containing an area of 6,437 square feet. Square feet 1000 22,500 bricks See table. X 6 6 6000= 135.000 NOTE. 7J bricks. 400 = 9,000 equal one superficial foot. 30 = 675 7 = 158 6,437= 144,833 bricks. MEASUREMENT OF BRICKWORK, WELLS & CISTERNS. 133 Superficial feel of Wall. Numbet of Ericks to Thicknem of 4-inch | 8-inch. | 12-inch. | 16-Inch. 20-inch. 24. inch. 1 8 15 23 30 38 45 2 15 30 45 60 75 90 3 23 45 68 90 113 135 4 30 60 90 120 150 180 5 38 75 113 150 188 225 6 45 90 135 180 225 270 7 53 105 158 210 263 315 8 60 120 180 240 300 360 9 68 135 203 270 338 405 10 75 150 225 300 375 450 20 150 300 450 600 750 900 30 2-25 450 675 900 1125 1350 40 300 COO 900 1200 1500 1800 50 375 750 1125 1500 1875 2250 60 450 900 1350 1800 2250 2700 70 525 1050 1575 2100 2625 3150 80 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 3600 90 675 1350 2025 2700 3375 4050 100 750 1500 2250 3000 3750 4500 200 1500 3000 4500 6000 7500 9000 300 2250 4500 6750 9000 11250 13500 400 3000 6000 9000 12000 15000 18000 500 3750 7500 11250 15000 18750 22500 600 4500 9000 1U500 18000 22500 27000 700 5250 10500 15750 21000 26250 31500 800 6000 12000 18000 24000 30000 36000 900 6750 13500 20250 27000 33750 40500 1000 7500 15000 22.500 30000 37500 45000 MEASUREMENT OF WELLS AND CISTERNS. There are two methods of estimating the value of excavating. It may be done by allowing so much a day for every man's work, or so much per cubic foot, or yard, for all that is excavated. Well Digging. Suppose a Well is 40 feet deep, and 5 feet in diameter, required the number of cubic feet, or yards? 5 X 5 = 25 X .7854 = 19.635 X 40 = 7S3.4 cubic feet. Suppose a well .o be 4 feet 9 inches diameter, and 16 feet from the bottom to the surface of the water ; how many gallons are therein contained? 4.752 x 16.5 X 5.875 = 2187.152 gallons. Again, suppose the well's diameter the same, and its entire depth 35 feet; re- quired the quantity in cubic yards of material excavated in its formation. 4.75* X 35 X -02909 = 22.972 cubic yards. A cylindrical piece of lead is required 7J inches diameter, and 168 Ibs. in weight; what must be its length in inches? 7.5* X -3223 = 18, and 168 -=- 18 = 9.3 inches. Digging for Foundations, fyc. To find the cubical quantity in a trench, or an excavated area, the length, width, and depth must be multiplied together. These are usually given in feet, and therefore, to reduce the amount into cubic yards it must be divided by 27. Suppose a trench is 40 feet long, 3 feet wide, and 3 feet deep, required the number of cubic feet, or yards ? 40 X 3 = 120 X 3 =360 feet -f- 27 = 13J yards. 24 cubic feet of sand, 17 ditto clay, 18 ditto earth, equal one ton. 1 cubic yard of earth or gravel, before digging, will occupy about 1J cubic yards when dug. MEASUREMENT OF MASONS' WORK. To masonry belong all sorts of stone-work ; and the measure made use of is a foot, either superficial or solid. Walls, columns, blocks of stone or marble, &c., are measured by the cubic 12 134 MEASUREMENT OF MASONS* & CARPENTERS' WORK. foot ; and pavements, slabs, chimney-pieces, &c., by the superficial or square foot. Cubic or solid measure is used for the materials, and square measure for the workmanship. In the solid measure, the true length, breadth and thickness, are taken, and multiplied continually together. In the superficial, there must be taken the length and breadth of every part of the projection, which is seen with- out the general upright face of the building. EXAMPLE. In a chimney-piece, suppose the length of the mantel and slab each 4 feet 6 inches ; breadth of both together 3 feet 2 inches ; lenmh of each jamb 4 feet 4 inches ; breadth of both together 1 foot 9 inches. Required the superficial content. Ans. 21 feet 10 inches. 4 ft. 6 in. X 3 ft. 2 in. = 14 ft. 3 in. 7 21 , 10 - , 4" 4 if X 1" 9 " = 7" 7" \ Jllt Rubble Walls (unhewn stone) are commonly measured by the perch, which is 16i feet long, 1 foot deep, and 1 fool thick, equivalent to 24J cubic feel. 25 cu- bic feet is sometimes allowed to the perch, in measuring stone before it is laid, and 22 after it is laid in the -wall. This species of work is of two kinds, coursed and uncoursed ; in ihe former the stones are gauged and dressed by the hammer, and the masonry laid in horizontal courses, but nol necessarily confined. to the same height. The uncoursed rubble wall is formed by laying ihe stones in the wall as they come to hand, withoul any previous gauging or working. 27 cubic feet of mortar require for its preparation, 9 bushels of lime and 1 cubic fool of sand. Lime and sand lessen about one-third in bulk when made into mortar ; like- wise cement and sand. Lime, or cement and sand, lo make mortar, require as much water as is equal to one-third of their bulk. . All sandstones ought to be placed on their natural beds ; from inattention to this circumstance, the slones often split off at the joints, and the position of the lamina much sooner admits of the destructive action of air and water. The heaviest stones are most suited for docks and harbors, breakwaters to bridges, &c. Granite is the most durable species of stone yet known for the purposes of building. It varies in weight according to quality ; the heaviest is the most durable. MEASUREMENT OF CARPENTERS' AND JOINERS' WORK. To this branch belongs all the wood work of a house, such as flooring, parti- tioning, roofing, &c. Large and plain articles are usually measured by the square foot or yard, &c., but enriched mouldings, and some other articles, are often esli- tnaied by running or lineal measures, and some ihings are rated by the piece. All joints, girders, and in fact all the parts of naked flooring, are measured by the cube, and their quantities are found by multiplying ihe length by the breadth, and the product by the depth. The same rule appplies to the measurement of all the limbers of a roof, and also the framed timbers used in the construction of partitions. Flooring, that is to say, the boards which cover ihe naked flooring, is meas- ured by ihe square. The dimensions are laken from \vall to wall, and the pro- duct is divided by 100, which gives ihe number of squares ; bul deductions must be made for staircases and chimneys. In measuring of joists, it is to be observed, that only one of their dimensions is the same with thai of the floor ; for the other exceeds the length of ihe room by the thickness ol-the wall, and one-lhird of the same, because each end is let into the wall about iwo-ihirds of its thickness. No deductions are made for hearths, on account of the additional trouble and .wasle of materials. Partitions are measured from wall to wall for one dimension, and from floor to floor, as far as they extend, for ihe other. No deduction is made for door- ways, on account of the trouble of framing them. In measuring of joiners' work, the string is made to ply close to every part of the work over which it passes. The measure for centering for CELLARS is found by making a string pass over the surface of the arch for the breadth, and taking the length of the cellar for MEASUREMENT OF CARPENTERS* & JOINERS* WORK. 135 the length ; but in groin centering, it is usual to allow double measure, on ac- count of their extraordinary trouble. In roofing, the length of the house in the inside, together with two-thirds of the thickness of one gable, is to lie considered as the length i and the breadlh is equal to douhle the lenglWof a string which is stretched from the ridge down the rafter, and along the eaves-board, till it meets with the top of the wall. For staircases, take the breadth of all the steps, by making a line ply close overlhem, from the top to the bottom, and multiply the length of this line by the length of a step, for the whole area. By the length of a step is meant the length of the front and the returns at the two ends ; and by the breadlh, is to be under- stood the girth of its two outer surfaces, or the tread and riser. For the balustrade, take the whole length of the upper part of the handrail, and girt over its end till it meet the top of the newel post, for the lengih ; and twice the length of the baluster upon the landing, with the girth of the hand- rail fur the breadth. For wainscoting, take the compass of the room for the length : and the height from the floor to the ceiling, making the string ply close into all the mouldings for the breadlh. Out of this must be made deductions for windows, doors, and chimneys, &c., but workmanship is counted for the whole, on acco'uat of the extraordinary troBble. For doors, it is usual to allow for their thickness, by adding it to both dimen- sions of length and breadth, and then to multiply them together for the area. If the door be paneled on both sides, take double its measure for the workman- ship ; but if the one side only be paneled, take the area and its half for the workmanship. For the surrounding architrave, gird it about the outermost parts for its length ; and measure over it, as far as it can be seen when the door is open, for the breadlh. Window-shutters, bases, ifc., are measured in the same manner. In the measuring of roofing for workmanship alone, holes for chimney-shafts and sky-lights are generally deducted. But in measuring for work and male- rials, they commonly measure in all sky-lights, lutheran- lights, and holes for the chimney-shafts, on account of their trouble and waste of materials. The doors and shutters, being worked on both sides, are reckoned work and half work. Hemlock and Pine Shingles are generally 18 inches long, and of the average width of 4 inches. When nailed to the roof 6 inches are generally left out to the weather, and 6 shingles are therefore required to a square foot. Cedar and Cypress Shingles are generally 20 inches long, and 6 inches wide, and therefore a less number are required fora "square." On account of waste and defects,. 1000 shingles should be allowed to a square. Two 4- penny nails are allowed to each shingle, equal to 1200 to a square. The weight of a square of partitioning may be estimated at from 1500 to 2000 Ibs.; a square of single-joisted flooring, at from 1200 to 2000 Ibs.; a square of framed flooring, at from 2700 to 4500 Ibs; a square of deafening,at about 1500 Ibs. 100 superficial feet make one square of boarding, flooring, &c. In selecting Timber, avoid spongy heart, porous grain, and dead knots; choose the brightest in color, and where the strong red grain appears to rise on the surface. The Carpenter will find in the " Business Man's Assistant " TABLES giving the solid contents of Timber and Logs ; the square feet in Scantling from 2.2 to IS.lfi in- ches ; the square feet in Boards and Planks ; the contents of Logs in standard Board measure ; the strength and weight of Iron Cylinders, Trusses, Plates. Cast Iron for Beams, and Hoop Iron. Number of American Iron Machine Cut Nails, in a pound, (by count.) Size. Number. Size. Number. Size. Number. 3 penny . . 408 6 penny . . 156 12 penny ... 52 4 " . . . 275 8 " , . . 100 20 " . ... 32 5 " . . 227 10 . . . 66 30 " . ... 25 136 MEASUREMENT OF SLATERS* WORK. SASH TABLE. Size and Prices of Sashes, Shutters, $c. Cincinnati, Ohio. Size of Lights. 1, Size of Sash for 12 light Windows. "X Q, . gxx e; WCOM Ifli c g 2 * <>-Si 0, v Price of Window Frames. Width. Length. Box. Common. Inches. In. feet. in. feet. in. cts. $ cts. $ cts. $ cts. 8 by 10 li 2 4 3 10 4 1 374 2 00 1 20 8 by 10 1| 2 4 3 10 5 1 624 2 00 1 20 9 by 12 n 2 74 4 64 5 1 624 2 50 ] 30 9 by 12 if 2 74 4 64 6 1 75 2 50 1 30 10 by 12 n 2 104 4 64 5 1 624 2 50 1 30 10 by 12 if ? 104 4 64 6 1 75 2 50 1 30 10 by 14 if 2 104 5 24 7 2 124 2 75 1 40 10 by 15 if 2 104 5 64 71 2 25 2 75 1 40 10 by 16 if 2 10J 5 10| 8 2 374 3 20 1 50 11 by 15 if 3 2 5 64 8 2 374 3 20 1 50 11 by 16 if 3 2 5 104 84 2 50 3 35 1 60 11 by 17 if 3 2 6 24 84 2 624 3 50 1 70 12 by 16 if 3 5 5 104 84 2 624 3 75 1 80 12 by 18 if 3 5 6 64 9 2 874 4 00 1 90 12 by 20 M 3 5 7 24 10 3 124 4 25 2 124 12 by 22 if 3 5 7 104 11 3 374 4 50 2 30 12 by 24 if 3 5 8 64 12 3 624 4 75 2 50 Sash 1 1-2 or 1 3-4 inches thick, add 1 1-2 cents per liaht, to 1 3-8 inch prices ; for Plough- ing and Boring sash, add 1-2 cent per light j all 1 3-8 sash are made with hook rails. Venitian Shutters, 1 1-2 or 1 3-4 inches thick, add 50 cents per pair to 1 3-8 inch prices. Shutters are made 1 1-4 inches longer than sash. Pivot or Boiling Shutters, extra price. MEASUREMENT OF SLATERS' WORK. In these article.s, the content of a roof is found by multiplying the length of the ridge by the girth over from eaves to eaves ; making allowance in this girth for the double row of slates at the bottom, or for how much one row of slates is laid over another. When the roof is of a> true pitch, that is, forming a right angle at lop, then the breadth of the building with its half added, is the girlh over both sides. In angles formed m a roof, running from the ridge to the eaves, when the angle bends inwards, it is called a valley ; but when outwards, it is called a hip. It is not usual to make deductions for chimney-shafts, sky-lights or other openings. SLATES. [From the Quarries of Rutland County, Vermont. ~\ 3 inch Cover. 2 inch Cover. 3 inch Cover. 2 inch Cover. No. of Slates No. of slates No. of Slates No. of slates Sizes of Slates. to the Square to the square Sizes of Slates. to the Square to the square or 100 Feet. or 100 Feet. or 100 Feet. or 100 Feet. 24 by 16 86 84 18 by 11 1744 1634 24 by 14 93 934 18 by 10 192 180 24 by 12 114 109 18 by 9 213 200 22 by 14 108 H)2i 16 by 12 184 1714 22 by 12 126 120 16 by 10 2214 205| 22 by 10 152 144 16 by 9 246 2284 20 by 14 129 114 16 by 8 277 257 20 by 12 143 133J 14 by 10 262 240 20 by 11 146 1454 14 by 9 293 2664 20 by 10 169^ 160 14 by 8 327 300 18 by 12 160 150 14 by 7 374 343 " Each Slate is 3 inches BOND or COVER. The rule for measuring Slating is, to add one foot for all hips and valleys. No deduction is made for Lutheran windows, skylights or chimneys, except they are of unusual size ; then one half is deducted." PLASTERERS', PAVERS', AND PAINTERS' WORK. 137 IMPORTED SLATES. Names of Slates. Sizes. Number of Super- ficial Feet each M of 1200 will cover. Weight of each M of 1200 Slates. Duchesses. Inches. Inches. 24 by 12 22 " 12 20 " 10 18 " 10 16 " 10 16 " 8 14 " 8 12 " 8 14 " 12 13 " 10 12 " 10 13 " 7 11 " 7 5 ft. by 2 1-2 ft 5 feet by 3 feet. 1100 1000 750 666 2-3 583 1-3 - 466 2-3 400 333 1-3 600 458 1-3 416 2-3 320 5-6 262 1-2 60 cwt. 55 " 40 " 36 ' " 31 " 25 22 " 18 1-2 " 33 " 25 " 23 " 17 1-2 " 14 1-2 " Marchionesses, . . . Countesses, . . . . Viscountesses, . . . do do . do do do Doubles, do. small, . . . School Slates for Blackboards, . . . . MEASUREMENT OF PLASTERERS' WORK. Plasterers' work is of two kinds, namely, ceiling which is plastering upon laths and rendering, which is plastering upon walls, which are measured separately. The contents are estimated either by the foot or yard, or square of 100 feet. Enriched mouldings, &c., are rated by running or lineal measure. One foot extra is allowed for each mitre. One half of the openings, windows, doors, &c., allowed to compensale for trouble of finishing returns at top and sides. Cornices and mouldings, if 12 inches or more in girt, are sometimes estimated by the sq ft. ; if less than 12 inches they are usually measured by the lineal foot. 1 bushel of cement will cover 1 1-7 square yards at 1 inch in thickness, do. do. do. 14 do. do. 3 do. do. do. do. do. 2} do. do. $ dp. dp. 1 bushel of cement and 1 of sand will caver 2J sq. yds. at 1 inch in thickness, do. do. do. do. 3 do. J do. do. do. do. do. do. 4J do. J dp. dp. 1 bushel of cement and 2 of sand will cover 3* square yds. at I inch in thickness, do. do. do. do. 4| do. f do. do. do. do. do. do. 6| do. f do. do. 1 cwt. of mastic and 1 gallon of oil will cover 1J yards at J, or 2 at inch, 1 cubic yard of lime, 2 yards of road or drift sand, and 3 bushels of hair. will cover 75 yards of render and set on brick, and 70 yards on lath, or65 yards plastfr, or remler, 2 coats and set on brick, and 60 yards on lath j floated work will require about the same as 2 coats and set. Lnths are 1| to 1J inches by 4 feet in length, and are usually set |th of an inch apart. A bundle contains 100. 1 bundle of laths and 500 nails cover about 4 yds. MEASUREMENT OF PAVERS' WORK. Pavers' work is done by the square yard. And the content is found by multi- plying the length by the breadth. Grading for paving is charged by the day. MEASUREMENT OF PAINTERS' WORK. Painters' work is computed in square yards. Every part is measured where the color lies ; the measuring line is forced into all the mouldings and corners. 12* 138 PAINTERS', GLAZIERS', AND PLUMBERS' WORK. Cornices, mouldings, narrow skirtings, reveals to doors and windows, and generally all work not more than nine inches wide, are valued by their length. Sash-frames are charged so much each according to their size, and the squares eo much a dozen. Mouldings, cut in, are charged by the foot run, and the work- man always receives an extra price for party-colors. Writing is charged by the inch, and the price given is regulated by the skill and manner in which the work is executed ; the same is true of imitations and marbling. The price of painting varies exceedingly, some colors being more expensive and requiring much more labor than others. In measuring open railing, it is customary to take il as flat work, which pays for the extra labor ; and as the rails are painted on all sides, the two surfaces are taken. It is customary to allow all edges and sinkings. MEASUREMENT OF GLAZIERS' WORK. Glaziers' work is sometimes measured by the sq. ft., sometimes by the piece, oral so much per light ; except where the glass is set in metallic frames, when the charge is by the foot In estimating by the sq. ft., it is customary to include the whole sash. Circular or oval windows are measured as if they were square. TABLE SHOWING THE SIZE AND NUMBER OF LIGHTS TO THE 100 SQUARE FEET. Size. Lights. Size. Lights. Size. Lights. Size. Lights 6 by 8 300 12 by 14 86 14 by 22 47 20 by 20 36 7 by 9 229 12 by 15 80 14 by 24 43 20 by 22 33 8 by 10 180 12 by 16 75 15 by 15 64 20 by 24 30 8 by 11 164 12 by 17 71 15 by 16 60 20 by 25 29 8 by 12 150 12 by 18 67 15 by 18 53 20 by 26 28 9 by 10 160 12 by 19 63 15 by 20 48 20 by 28 26 9 by 11 146 12 by 20 60 15 by 21 46 21 by 27 25 9 by 12 133 12 by 21 57 15 by 22 44 22 by 24 27 9 by 13 123 12 by 22 55 15 by 24 40 22 by 26 25 9 by 14 114 12 by 23 52 16 by 16 56 22 by 28 23 9 by 16 100 12 by 24 50 16 by 17 53 24 by 28 21 10 by 10 144 13 by 14 79 16 by 18 50 24 by 30 20 10 by 12 120 13 by 15 74 16 by 20 45 24 by 32 19 10 by 13 111 13 by 16 69 16 by 21 43 25 by 30 19 10 by 14 103 13 by 17 65 16 by 22 41 26 by 36 15 10 by 15 96 13 by 18 61 16 by 24 38 28 by 34 15 10 by 16 90 13 by 19 58 17 by 17 50 30 by 40 12 10 by 17 85 13 by 20 55 17 by 18 47 31 by 36 13 10 by 18 80 13 by 21 53 17 by 20 42 31 by 40 12 11 by 11 119 13 by 22 50 17 by 22 38 31 by 42 12 11 by 12 109 13 by 24 46 17 by 24 35 32 by 42 10 11 by 13 101 14 bv 14 73 18 by 18 44 32 by 44 10 11 by 14 94 14 by 15 68 18 by 20 40 33 by 45 10 11 by 15 87 14 by 16 64 18 by 22 36 34 by 46 9 11 by 16 82 14 by 17 60 18 by 24 33 30 by 52 9 11 by 17 77 14 by 18 57 19 by 19 40 32 by 56 8 11 by 18 73 14 by 19 54 19 by 20 38 33 by 56 8 12 by 12 100 14 by 20 51 19 by 22 34 36 by 58 7 12 by 13 92 14 by 21 49 19 by 24 32 38 by 58 7 MEASUREMENT OF PLUMBERS' WORK. SIZE & WEIGHT OF LEAD PIPES, ROPES & CHAINS. 139 PATENT IMPROVED LEAD PIPE, SIZES AND WEIGHT PER FOOT. Calibre. Weight per foot. Calibre Weight per foot. Calibre 1 Wei e h ' .per foot. Calibre Weight per foot. Calibre. Weight per foot. Inches. Ibs. ozs. Inches. Ibs. ozs. In hes. Ibs. ozs. Inches. Ibs. ozs. Inches. Ibs. ozs. If 6 $ 1 4 X 1 4 1 4 5 8 1 8 2 11 6 1 4 it 10 ( 2 2 4 \K 2 8 2 5 11 12 i 3 2 8 3 it 6 K 1 ? 13 3 3 8 it 7 (C 1 8 1 4 CI 4 2^-g 11 X 8 ' 1 8 1 8 11 5 3 | 13 10 ' 2 1 12 \y* 3 3 n1 15 II 12 i 2 12 2 3 8 4 -5 18 1C 14 x 12 2 8 it 4 *J3 20 " 1 >i 14 3 a 4 8 ' 5 22 SHEET LEAD Weight of a Square Foot, 2, 3, 3, 4, 4, 5, 6, 7, , 9, 10 Ibs. and upwards. BOSTON LEAD PIPE, SIZES AND WEIGHT PER FOOT. 1-2 Inch. 5-8 Inch. 3-4 Inch. 1 Inch. 11-4 Inch. 11-2 Inch. 1 3-4 Inch. 2 Inch. Ibs. oz. Ibs. | oz. Ibs. oz. Ibs. oz. Ibs. oz. Ibs. oz. #>S. 0*. Ibf. oz. 10 2 12 1 1 1 8 2 4 3 5 3 10 4 12 12 3 1 6 1 12 2 8 1 12 4 3 8 16 1 12 2 2 13 4 4 5 2 7 12 1 4 2 4 2 6 3 3 4 10 1 S 3 2 2 14 3 15 6 1 11 3 14 3 13 1 14 5 2 4 6 4 COMPARATIVE STRENGTH AND WEIGHT OF ROPES AND CHAINS. 3* 4i 15 19 21 1 1 TB" 3 4 If 8 H' 18 22 27 32 37 1 5 1 16f 2 10 3 5 4 3J- 5 2 6 4J- 7 7 8 134- 10 13 16 23 28 36" 39 45 56 60 lin. 43 49 56 63 71 79 87 96 106 10 11 11 13 8 14 18 16 14 18 11 20 8 22 13 24 18 NOTE. It must bn understood and also borne in mind, that, in estimating tha amount of tensile strain to which a body is subjected, the weight of the body itself must also be taken in'to account; for according to its position so may it approximate to us whole weijrht in tending to produce extension within itself; as in the almost constant application of ropes and chains to great depths, con- siderable heights, &c. 140 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS. STRENGTH OF MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION. [From Templeton's Workshop Companion.'] MATERIALS of construction are liable to four different kinds of strain; viz., stretching, crushing, transverse action, and torsion or twisting : the first of which depends upon the body's tenacity alone ; the second, on its resistance to compression ; the third, sn its tenacity and compression com- bined ; and the fourth, on that property by which it opposes any acting force tending to change from a straight line, to that of a spiral direction, the fibres of which the body is composed. In bodies, the power of tenacity and resistance to compression, in the di- rection of their length, is as the cross section of their area multiplied by the results of experiments on similar bodies, as exhibited in the following tables. Table showing the Tenacities, Resistances to Compression, and other Prop- erties of the common Materials of Construction. Names of Bodies. Absolute. Compared with Cast Iron. Tenacity in Ibs. per sq. inch. Resistance to compres- sion in Ibs. per sq. inch. Its strength is Its ex- tensibility is Its stiffness is Ash, 14130 0.23 2.6 0.089 Beech, . 12225 8548 0.15 2.1 0.073 Brass, 17968 10304 0.435 0.9 0.49 Brick, . 275 562 Cast Iron, 134.34 86397 1.000 1.0 1.000 Copper (wrought), . 33000 Elm, . 9720 1033 0.21 2.9 0.073 Fir, or Pine, white, 12346 2028 0.23 2.4 0.1 " Red, . 11800 5375 0.3 2.4 0.1 " " Yellow, 11835 5445 0.25 2.9 0.087 Granite (Aberdeen), 10910 Gun- metal (copper 8, and tin 1). . 35838 0.65 1.25 0.535 Malleable Iron, 56000 1.12 0.86 1.3 Larch, 12240 5568 0.136 2.3 0.0585 Lead, 1824 0.096 25 0.038 Mahogany, Honduras, 11475 8000 024 2.9 0.487 Marble, . 551 6060 Oak, 11880 9504 0.25 2.8 0.093 Rope (1 in. in circum.) 200 Steel, 128000 Stone, Bath, . 478 " Craigleith, , 772 5490 " Dundee, 2661 6630 " Portland, 857 3729 Tin (cast) 4736 0182 0.75 025 Zinc (sheet) 9120 0365 05 0.76 RESISTANCE TO LATERAL PRESSURE, OR TRANSVERSE ACTION. The strength of a square or rectangular beam to resist lateral pressure, acting in a perpendicular direction to its length, is as the breadth and square of the depth, and inversely as the length 3 thus, a beam twice the breadth ELASTICITY AND STRENGTH OF TIMBER. 141 of another, all other circumstances being alike, equal twice the strength of the other ; or twice the depth, equal four times the strength, and twice the length, equal only half the strength, &c., according to the rule. Table of Data, containing the Results of Experiments on the Elasticity and Strength of various Species of Timber, by Mr. Barlow. Species of Value of Value of Species of Value of Value of Timber. s. Timber. E. s. Teak, 174.7 2462 Elm, . 50.64 1013 Poona, 122.26 2221 Pitch pine, 88.68 1632 English Oak, 105. 1672 Red pine, . 133. 1341 Canadian do. 155.5 1766 New England Fir. 158.5 1102 Dantzic do. 86.2 1457 Riga Fir, . 90. 1100 Adriatic do. 70.5 1383 Mar Forest do. 63. 1200 Ash, . 119. 2026 ! Larch, 76. 900 Beech, 98. 1556 Norway Spruce. 105.47 1474 To find the dimensions of a beam capable of sustaining a given weight, with a giv- en degree of deflection, when supported at both ends. RULE. Multiply the weight to be supported in Ibs. by the cube of the length in feet ; divide the product by 32 times the tabular value of E. multiplied into the given deflection in inches ; and the quotient is the breadth multiplied by the cube of the depth in inches. NOTE 1. When the beam is intended to be square, then the fourth root of the quotient is the breadth and depth required. NOTE 2. If the beam is to be cylindrical, multiply the quotient by 1.7, and the fourth root of the product is the diameter. Ex. The distance between the supports of a beam of Riga fir is )6 feet, and the weight it must be capable of sustaining in the middle of its length is 8000 Ibs, with a deflection of not more than | of an inch ; what must be the depth of the beam, supposing the breadth 8 inches? 16 ^ ^000 _ = 15175 *- 8 = V1697 = 12.35 in., the depth. strength of the beam in Ibs. NOTE 1. If the beam be not laid horizontally, the distance between the supports, for Calculation, must be the horizontal distance. NOTE 2. One fourth of the weight obtained by the rule, is the greatest weight that ought to be applied in practice as permanent load. pieces of red pine, ly incnes oy o, wnicn l can lay across tne two walls for the purpose of slinging it at each end, may I with sufficient confidence apply them, so as to effect this object ? 2240X5.5 -f- 2 = 6160 Ibs. to carry at each end. And 18 feet 7 = 11, double each, or 14 and 22, then 14X22 -f- 18 = 17 feet, or 204 inches, effective length of beam. Tabular value of S, red pine, =1341X4X1X<>0 -f- 201 = 15776 Ibs. the abso- lute strength of each piece of timber at that point. 142 STRENGTH OF RECTANGULAR BEAMS. To determine the dimensions of a. rectangular beam capable of supporting a required weight, with a given degree of deflection, when fixed at one end. ROLE. Divide the weight to be supported, in Ibs., by the tabular value of E, mulnplied by the breadth and deflection, both in inches ; and the cube root of the quotient, multiplied by the length in feet, equal the depth required in inches. Ex. A beam of ash is intended to bear a load of 700 Ibs. at its extremity j its length being 5 feet, breadth 4 inches, and the deflection not to exceed J an inch. Tabular value of E = 119X4X- 5 = 238 the divisor ; then 700 -^ 238 = 3, V /2^94~X 5 = 7.25 inches, depth of the beam. To find the absolute strength of a rectangular beam, when fixed at one end, and load' ed at the other RULE Multiply the value of S by the depth of the beam, and by the area of its section, both in inches ; divide the product by the leverage in inches, and the quotient equal the absolute strength ot the beam in Ibs. Ex. A beam of Riga fir, 12 inches by 4 J, and projecting 6J feet from the wall ; what is the greatest weight it will support at the extremity of its length ? Tabular value of S = 1100. 12X4.5 = 54 sectional area. Then, 1100X12X54 -5- 78 = 9138.4 Ibs. When fracture of a beam is produced by vertical pressure, the fibres of the lower section of fracture are separated by extension, whilst at the same time those of the upper portion are destroyed by compression ; hence exists a point in section where neither the one nor the other takes place, and which is distinguished as the point of neutral axis. Therefore, by the law of fracture thus established, and proper data of tenacity and compression given, as in the preceding table, we are enabled to form metal beams of strongest section with the least possible material. Thus, in cast iron, the resistance to compression is nearly as 6J to 1 of tenacity, consequently a beam of cast iron, to be of strongest section, mast be of the following form, and aparabola in the direction ofits length, the quantity otmatenal in the bottom flange being about 6j times that of the upper. But such is not the case with beams of tim- ber ; for although the tenacity of timber be on an average twice that of its resistance to compression, its flexibility is so great, that any considerable length of beam, where columns cannot be situated to its support, requires to be strengthened or trussed by iron rods, as in the following manner. And these applications ofprinciple not only tend to diminish deflection, but the required purpose is also more effectively attained, and that by lighter pieces of timber. To ascertain the absolute strength of a cast iron beam of the preceding form, or that of strongest section. Rtn.K. Multiply the sectional area of the bottom flange in inches by the depth of the beam in inches, and divide the product by the distance between the sup- ports, also in inches ; and 514 times the quotient equal the absolute strength of the beam in cwts. The strongest form in which any given quantity of matter can be disposed is that of a hollow cylinder; and it has been demonstrated that the maximum of strength is obtained in cast iron, when the thickness of the annulus, or ring, amounts to one-fifth of the cylinder's external diameter ; the relative strength of a solid to that of a hollow cylinder being as the diameters of their sections. (See Tables.) WEIGHT CAST IRON BEAMS WILL SUSTAIN. 143 A Table showing the Weight or Pressure a beam of Cast Iron, 1 inch in breadth, will sustain, with out destroying its elastic force, when it is sup- ported at each end, and loaded in the middle of its length, and also the deflection in the middle which that weight will produce. By Mr. Hodgkinson, Manchester. Length. G feet. 7 feet. 8 feet. 9 feet. 10 feet. Depth Weight Defl. Weight Defl. Weight Defl. Weight Defl. Weight Defl. in in. in IBs. in in- in Ibs. in in. in li)s. in in. in Ibs. in in. in Ibs. in in 3 1278 .24 1089 .33 954 .42 855 .54 765 .66 3* 1739 .205 1482 .28 1298 .365 1164 .46 1041 .57 4 2272 .18 1936 .245 1700 .32 1520 .405 1360 .5 44 2875 .16 2450 .217 2146 .284 1924 36 1721 .443 5 3560 .144 3050 .196 2650 .256 2375 .32 2125 .4 6 5112 .12 4356 .163 3816 .213 3420 .27 3060 .33 7 6958 .103 5929 .14 5194 .183 4655 .23 4165 .29 8 9088 .09 7744 .123 6784 .16 6080 203 5440 .25 9 9801 .109 8586 .142 7695 .18 6885 .22 10 12100 .098 10600 .128 9500 .162 8500 .2 11 12826 .117 11495 .15 10285 .182 12 15264 .107 13680 .135 12240 .17 13 16100 .125 14400 .154 14 18600 .115 16700 .143 12 feet. 14 feet. 16 feet. 18 feet. '20 feet. 6 2548 48 2184 .65 1912 .85 1699 1.08 1530 1.34 7 3471 .41 2975 .58 2603 .73 2314 .93 2082 1.14 8 4532 .36 3884 .49 3396 .64 3020 .81 2720 1.00 9 5733 .32 4914 .44 4302 .57 3825 .72 3438 .89 10 7083 .28 6071 .39 5312 .51 4722 .64 4250 .8 11 8570 .26 7346 .36 6428 .47 5714 .59 5142 .73 12 10192 .24 8736 .33 7648 .43 6796 .54 6120 .67 13 11971 .22 10260 .31 8978 .39 7980 .49 7182 .61 14 13883 .21 11900 .28 10412 .36 9255 .46 8330 .57 15 15937 .19 13660 .26 11952 .34 10624 .43 9562 .53 16 18128 .18 15536 .24 13584 .32 12080 .40 10880 .5 17 20500 .17 17500 .23 15353 .30 13647 .38 12282 .47 18 22932 .16 19656 .21 17208 .28 15700 .36 13752 .44 NOTE. This Table shows the greatest weight that ever ought to be laid upon abeam for permanent load ; and, if there be any liability to jerks, &c., ample allowance must be made ; also, the weight of the beam itself must be included. (See Tables of Cast Iron.) To find the weight of a cast iron beam of given dimensions. RULE. Multiply the sectional area in inches by the length in feet, and by 3.2, the product equal the weight in Ibs. Ex. Required the weight of a uniform rectangular beam of cast iron, 16 feet in length, 11 inches in breadth, and 1-| inch in thickness. 11 X 1-5 X 16 X 3.2 = 844.8 Ibs. RESISTANCE OF BODIES TO FLEXURE BY VERTICAL PRESSURE. When a piece of timber is employed as a column or support, its tendency to yielding by compression is different according to the proportion between its length and area of its cross section; and supposing the form that of a cylinder whose length is less than seven or eight times its diameter, it is impossible to bend it by any force applied longitudinally, as it will be destroyed by splitting before that bending can take place ; but when the length exceeds this, the col- umn will bend under a certain load, and be ultimately destroyed by a similar 144 ELASTICITY OF TOESION. kind of action to that which has place in the transverse strain. Columns of cast iron and of other bodies are also similarly circumstanced. When the length of a cast iron column with flat ends equals about thirty times its diameter, fracture will be produced wholly by bending of the material. When of less length, fracture takes place partly by crushing and partly by bending. But, when the column is enlarged in the middle of its length from one and a half to twice its diameter at the ends, by being cast hollow, the strength is greater by one-seventh than in a solid column containing the same quantity of material. To determine the dimensions of a. support or column to bear, without sensible curva- ture, a given pressure in the direction of its axis. RULE. Multiply the pressure to be supported in Ibs. by the square of the col- umn's length in feet, and divide the product by twenty times the tabular value of E ; and the quotient will be equal to the breadth multiplied by the cube of the* least thickness, both being expressed in inches. NOTE 1. When the pillar or support is a square, its side will be the fourth root of the quotient. NOTE 2.- If the pillar or column be a cylinder, multiply the tabular value of E by 12, and the fourth root of the quotient equal the diameter. Ex. 1. What shonld be the least dimensions of an oak support, to bear a weight of 2210 Ibs, without sensible flexure, its breadth being 3 inches, and its Iengtb.5 feet? Tabular value of E = 105, ! = 2.05 inches. Ex. 2 Required the side of a square piece of Riga fir, 9 feet in length, to bear a permanent weight of 6000 Ibs. Tabular value of E = 96, - >/ 92 o,. xx7S~ = 4 V253 = 4 inches nearly. **> X " ELASTICITY OF TORSION, OR RESISTANCE OF BODIES TO TWISTING. The angle of flexure by torsion is as the lengih and extensibility of the body- directly and inversely as the diameter; hence, the length of a bar or shaft being given, the power, and the leverage the power acts with, being known, and also the number of degrees of torsion that will not affect the action of the machine, to determine the diameter in cast iron with a given angle of flexure. RULE. Multiply the power in Ibs. by the length of the shaft in feet, and by the leverage in feet ; divide the product by fifty-five times the number of de.grees in the angle of torsion ; and the fourth root of the quotient equal the shaft's diame- ter in inches. Ex. Required the diameters fora series of shafts 35 feet in length, and to transmit a power equal to 1245 Ibs., acting at the circumference ot a wheel 2J feet radius, so that the twist of the shafts on the application of the po\rer may not exceed one degree. 3215X35X 2 - 5 - = V19S1 = 6.67 inches in diameter. To determine the side of a square shaft to resist torsion with a given flexure. RULE. Multiply the power in pounds by the leverage it acts with in feet, and also by the length of the shaft in feet; divide tins product by 92.5 times ihe angle of flexure in degrees, and the square root of the quotient equals the area of the shaft in inches. Ex. Suppose the length of a shaft to be 12 feet, and to be driven by a power equal to 700 Ibs., acting at 1 foot from the centre of the shaft required the area of cross section, so that it may not exceed 1 degree of flexure. 700 V 1 X 12 - ~~ = V90.8 .i 9.53 inches. Relative strength of Sadies to resist Torsion, Lead being 1. Tin ................. 1.411 Gun Metal ......... 5.011 English Iron ...... 10.1 Copper ............. 4.3 Cast Iron .......... 9.0 Blistered Steel ..... 166 Yellow Brass ....... 4.6 II Swedish Iron ...... 9.5 II Shear Steel ........ 17.0 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS GRIER, AND OTHERS. 145 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS. [From Grier's Mechanic's Calculator, ^-c.] BAR OF IIION. The average breaking weight of a Bar of Wrought Iron, 1 inch square, is 25 tons ; its elasticity is destroyed, however, by about two- fifths of that weight, or 10 tons. It is extended, within the limits ot its elas- ticity, .000096, or one-tenthousandth part of an inch for every ton of strain per square inch of sectional area. Hence, the greatest constant load should never exceed one-fifth of it's breaking weight, or 5 tons for every square inch of sectional area. The lateral strength of wrought iron, as compared with cast iron, is as 14 to 9. Mr. Barlow finds that wrought iron bars, 3 inches deep, 1 1-2 inches thick, and 33 inches between the supports, will carry 4 1-2 tons. BRIDGES. The greatest extraneous load on a square foot is about 120 pounds. FLOORS. The least load on a square foot is about 160 pounds. ROOFS. Covered with slate, on a square foot, 51 1-2 pounds. BEAMS. When a beam is supported in the middle and loaded at each end, it will bear the same weight as when supported at both ends and load- ed in the middle ; that is, each end will bear half the weight. Cast Iron Beams should not be loaded to more than one-fifth of their ultimate strength. The strength of similar beams varies inversely as their lengths ; that is, if a bea*m 10 feet long will support 1000 pounds, a similar beam 20 feet long would support only 500 pounds. A beam supported at one end will sustain only one-fourth part the weight which it would if supported at both ends. When a beam is fixed at both ends, and loaded in the middle, it will bear one-half more than it will when loose at both ends. When the beam is load- ed uniformly throughout it will bear double. When the beam is fixed at both ends, and loaded uniformly, it will bear triple the weight. In any beam standing obliquely, or in a sloping direction, its strength or strain will be equal to that of a beam of the same breadth, thickness, and material, but only of the length of the horizontal distance between the points of support. In the construction of beams, it is necessary that their form should be such that they will be equally strong throughout. If abeam be fixed at one end, and loaded at the other, and the breadth uniform throughout its length, then, that the beam may be equally strong throughout, its form must be that of a parabola. This form is generally used in the beams of steam engines. When a beam is regularly diminished towards the points that are least strained, so that all the sections are similar figures, whether it be supported at each end and loaded in the middle, or supported in the middle and load- ed at each end, the outline should be a cubic parabola. When a beam is supported at both ends, and is of the same breadth throughout, then, if the load be uniformly distributed throughout the length of the beam, the line bounding the compressed side should be a semi-ellipse. The same form should be made use of for the rails of a wagon-way, where they have to resist the pressure of a load rolling over them. Similar plates of the same thickness, either supported at the ends or all round, will carry the same weight either uniformly distributed or laid on similar points, whatever be.their extent. 13 146 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS GRIER. The lateral strength of any beam, or bar of viood : stone, metal, &.C., is tn proportion to its breadth multiplied by its depth 2 . In square beams the lateral strengths are in proportion to the cubes of the sides, and in general of like-sided beams as the cubes of the similar sides of the section. The lateral strength of any beam or bar, one end being fixed in the wall and the other projecting, is inversely as the distance of the weight from the section acted upon ; and the strain upon any section is directly as the dis- tance of the weight from that section. The absolute strength of ropes or bars, pulled lengthwise, is in proportion to the squares of their diameters. All cylindrical or prismatic rods are equally strong in every part, if they are equally thick, but if not they will break where the thickness is least. The strength of a tube, or hollow cylinder, is to the strength of a solid one as the difference between the fourth powers of the exterior and interior diameters of tho tube, divided by the exterior diameter, is to the cube of the diameter of a solid cylinder, the quantity of matter in each being the game. Hence, from this it will be found, that a hollow cylinder is one-half stronger than a solid one having the same weight of material. The strength of a column to resist being crushed is directly as the square of the diameter, provided it is not so long as to have a chance of bending. This is true in metals or stone, but in timber the proportion is rather greater than the square. MODELS PROPORTIONED TO MACHINES. The relation of models to machines, as to strength, deserves the particu lar attention of the mechanic. A model may be perfectly proportioned in all its parts as a model, yet the machine, if constructed in the same proper-, tion, will not be sufficiently strong in every part; hence, particular attention should be paid to the kind of strain the different parts are exposed to ; and from the statements which follow, the proper dimensions of the structure may be determined. If the strain to draw asunder in the model be 1, and if the structure is 8 times larger than the model, then the stress in the structure will be 8 3 equa 1 612. If the structure is 6 times as large as the model, then the stress 01. the structure will be 6 s equal 216, and so on ; therefore, the structure will be much less firm than the model ; and this the more, as the structure is cube times greater than the model. If we wish to determine the greatest size we ean make a machine of which we have a model, we have, The greatest weight which the beam of the model can bear, divided by the weight which it actually sustains equal a quotient which, when multi- plied by the size of the beam in the model, will give the greatest possible size of the same beam in the structure. Ex. If a beam in the model be 7 inches long, and bear a weight of 4 Ibs. but is capable of bearing a weight of 26 Ibs. ; what is the greatest length which we can make the corresponding beam in the structure ? Here 26 -r- 4 = 6-5, therefore, 6-5x7= 45-5 inches. The strength to resist crushing, increases from a model to a structure in proportion to their size, but, as above, the strain increases as the cubes; wherefore, in this case, also, the model will be stronger than the machine, and the greatest size of the structure will be found by employing the square root of the quotient in the last rule, instead of the quotient itself; thus, If the greatest weight which the column in a model can bear is 3 cwt., and if it actually bears 28 Ibs., then, if the column be 18 inches high, we have V/(-^ ) = 3-464 ; wherefore 3-464 X 18 = 62-352 inches, the length of the column in the structure. STRENGTH OF MATERIALS ADCOCK. 147 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS. [From Adcock's Engineer.] List of metals, arranged according to their strength. Steel, wrought- iron, cast-iron, platinum, silver, copper, brass, gold, tin, bismuth, zinc, anti- mony, lead. According to Tredgold's and Duleau's experiments, a piece of the best bar-iron 1 square inch across the end would bear a weight of about 77,373 Ibs., while a similar piece of cast-iron would be torn asunder by a weight of from 16,243 to 19,464 Ibs. Thin iron wires, arranged parallel to each other, and presenting a surface at their extremity of 1 square inch, will carry a mean weight of 126,340 Ibs. List of woods, arranged according to their strength. Oak, alder, lime, box, pine (sylv.), ash, elm, yellow pine, fir. A piece of well-dried pine wood, presenting a section of 1 square inch, ia able, according to Eytelwein, to support a weight of from 15,6?6 Ibs. to 20,408 Ibs., whilst a similar piece of oak will carry as much as 25,850 Ibs. Hempen cords, twisted, will support the following weights to the square inch of their section} i-inch to 1 inch thick, 8,746 Ibs.; 1 to 3 inches thick, 6,800 Ibs.; 3 to 5 incnes thick, 5,345 Ibs.; 5 to 7 inches thick, 4,860 Ibs. Tredgold gives the following rule for finding the weight in Ibs. which a hempen rope will be capable of supporting : Multiply the square of the circumference in inches by 200, and the product will be the quantity sought. In the practical application of these measures of absolute strength, that of metals should be reckoned at one-half, and that of woods and cords at one-third of their estimated value. In a parallelopipedon of uniform thickness, supported on two points and loaded in the middle, the lateral strength is directly as the product of the breadth into the square of the depth, and inversely as the length. Let W represent the lateral strength of any material, estimated by the weight, b the breadth, and d the depth of its end, and / the distance between the points of support; then VV = fd-b-i- I. If the parallelopipedon be fastened only at one end in a horizontal posi- tion, and the load be applied at the opposite end, W = fd?b -f- 4/. It is to be observed that the three dimensions, 6, d, and /, are to be taken in the same measure, and that b be so great that no lateral curvature arise from the weight; fin each formula represents the lateral strength, which varies in different materials, and which must be learnt experimentally. A beam having a rectangular end, whose breadth is two or three times greater than the breadth of another beam, has a power of suspension re- spectively two or three times greater than it ; if the end be two or three times deeper than the end of the other, the suspension power of that which has the greater depth exceeds the suspension power of the other, four or nine times ; if its length be two or three times greater than the length of another beam, its power of suspension will be or 1-3 respectively that of the other ; provided that in each case the mode of suspension, the position of the weight, and other circumstances be similar. Hence it follows that a beam, one of whose sides tapers, has a greater power of suspension if placed on the slant than on the broad side, and that the powers of suspen- sion in both cases are in the ratio of their sides ; so, for instance, a beam, one of whose sides is double the width of the other, will carry twice as much if placed on the narrow side, as it would if laid on the wide one. In a piece of round timber (a cylinder) the power of suspension is in proportion to the diameters cubed, and inversely as the length; thus a beam with a diameter two or three times longer than that of another, will carry a weight 8 or 27 times heavier respectively than that whose diameter is unity, the mode of fastening and loading it being similar in both cases. 148 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS ADCOCK. The lateral strength of square timber is to that of a tree whence it is hewn as 10 : 17 nearly. A considerable advantage is frequently secured by using 1 hollow cylinders instead of solid ones, whicn, with an equal expenditure of materials, have far greater strength, provided only that the solid part of the cylinder be of a sufficient thickness, and that the workmanship be good ; especially that in cast metal beams the thickness be uniform, and the metal free from flaws. According to Eytelwein, such hollow cylinders are to solid ones of equal weight of metal as 1.212 : 1, when the inner semi-diameter is to the outer as 1 : 2 ; according to Tredgold as 17 : 10, when the two semi-diame- ters are to each other as 15 : 25, and as 2 : 1, when they are to each other as 7:10. A method of increasing the suspensive power of timber supported at both ends, is, to saw down from J to J of its depth, and forcibly drive in a wedge ofjnetal or hard wood, until the timber is slightly raised at the mid- dle out of the horizontal line. By experiment it was found that the suspen- sive power of a beam thus cut 1-3 of its depth was increased l-19th, when cut i it was increased l-29th, and when cut 3-4th through it was increased l-87th. The force required to crush a body increases as the section of the body increases ; and this quantity being constant, the resistance of the body diminishes as the height increases. According to Eytelwein's experiments, the strength of celumns or tim- bers of rectangular form in resisting compression is, as 1. The cube of their thickness (the lesser dimension of their section). 2. As the breadth (the greater dimension of their section). 3. inversely as the square of their length. Cohesive power of Bars of Metal one inch square, in Tons. Iron. Swedish bar 29.20 Do., Russian bar 26.70 Do., English bar 25.00 Steel, cast 59.93 Do., blistered 59.43 Do., sheer 56.97 Copper, wrought . . . 15.08 Gun metal 16.23 Copper, cast 8.51 Brass, cast, yellow . . . 8.01 Iron, cast 7-87 Tin, cast 2.11 RELATIVE STRENGTH OF CAST AND MALLEABLE IRON. It has been found, in the course of the experiments made by Mr. Hodg- kinson and Mr. Fairbairn, that the average strain that cast iron will bear in the way of tension, before breaking, is about seven tons and a half per square inch ; the weakest, in the course of 16 trials on various descriptions, bearing 6 tons, and the strongest 9 3-4 tons. The experiments of Telford and Brown show that malleable iron will bear, on an average, 27 tons ; the weakest bearing 2i, and the strongest 29 tons. On approaching the break- ing point, cast iron may snap in an instant, without any previous symptom, while wrought iron begins to stretch, with half its breaking weight, and so continues to stretch till it breaks. The experiments of Hodgkinson and Fairbairn show also that cast iron is capable of sustaining compression to the extent of nearly 50 tons on the square inch ; the weakest bearing 36^ tons, and the strongest 60 tons. In this respect, malleable iron is much in- ferior to cast iron. With 12 tons on the square inch it yields, contracts in length, and expands laterally j though it will bear 27 tons, or more, without actual fracture. Rcnnie states that cast iron may be crushed with a weight of 93,000 Ibs., and brick with one of 562 Ibs. on the square inch. STRENGTH OF BEAMS. 149 X Tabular No. = Breaking weight, tons. STRENGTH OF BEAMS. [From Lowndes' Engineer's Hand-book, Liverpool, I860.] SOLID, RECTANGULAR, AND ROUND : TO FIND THEIR STRENGTH. Square and rectangular. (Depth ins.) 2 X Thickness ins. Length, ft. Round. (Diameter ins.) 3 . ,.. , X 1 abular No. = Breaking weight, tons. Length in ft. Hollow. (Outside dia. ins.) 3 (Inside dia. ins.) '- X Tabular No. = Breaking weight Length, ft. tons. Thickness not exceeding < 1 inch for iron. 3 ins. for wood. 2 ins. for iron. 6 ins.. for wood. 3 ins. for iron. 12 ins. for wood. Square and Rectangular. Cast and Wrought Iron 1 85 7 Teak and greenheart 36 32 26 Pitch pine, and Cana- dian oak .... 25 22 18 Fir, red pine, and Eng- lish oak .... 18 16 13 Round. Cast and Wrought Iron 8 68 56 Teak and greenheart . 28 25 2 Fir and English oak . 14 125 1 To find the Breaking Weight in Ibs. use the Tabular No. below. Thickness not exceeding J 1 inch for iron. 3 ins. for wood. 2 ins. for iron. 6 ins. for wood. 3 ins. for iron. 12 ins. for wood. Square and Rectangular. Iron 2240 1900 1570 Teak 800 710 570 Fir and oak .... 400 355 285 13* 150 BEAMS CAST IRON FLANGED. Round. Iron 1800 1570 1260 Teak 640 570 460 Fir and oak .... 320 285 230 Though wrought and cast iron are represented in these rules as of equal strength, it should be observed that while a cast iron bar 1 inch X 1 inch X 1 foot inch long, of average quality, will break with one ton, a similar bar of wrought iron only loses its elasticity, and deflects l-16th of an inch, yet as it can only carry a further weight by destroying its shape and increasing the deflection, it is best to calculate on the above basis : A wrought iron bar 1 in. X 1 in. X 1 ft. in. lone deflects 1-8 " It " - - - n GJl It 1-16 with 1 ton. 1-8 2 1-2 The above rule gives the weight that will break the beam if put on the middle. If the weight is laid equally all over, it would require double the weight to break it. A beam should not be loaded with more than 1-3 of the breaking weight in any case, and as a general rule not with more than 1-4, for purposes of machinery not with more than 1-6 to 1-10 depending on circumstances. To find the proper size for any given purpose. Rectangular. Weight X Length ft. SET i sr^ X 3 or 4 or 6, &c. according to circumstances = Tabular No. B D 2 ins. Round. V/ Weight X Length, ft, V STTT sr 5 : X 3 or 4 or 6, &c. according to Tabular No. = diam. ins. circumstances CAST IRON WITH FEATHERS OR FLANGES : TO FIND THEIR STRENGTH. Sec. area, bottom flange ins. X depth ins. . . . . , A-? X 2 = Breaking weight, tons. Length in feet. If the metal exceeds 1 inch in thickness deduct l-8th. If above 2 inches deduct l-4th. This description of beam is of the strongest form, when the sectional area of the bottom flange is six times that of the top flange. In designing this description of beam, the bottom flange may be from 1-2 to 1 1-2 the depth of beam; the top flange from 1-4 to 1-3 the width of the bottom one, and 2-3 to 1-2 the thickness of it; the feather being made at the top a little thicker than the top flange, increasing to the bottom to nearly the thickness of the bottom flange ; in this way avoiding any sud- den variation in the thickness and saving weight ; many engineers, however, prefer keeping the same thickness throughout in every part. The verti- cal brackets for stiffening the girder should not be made straight, but hol- lowed out something like the sketch, as thus they are much less liable to crack, and all the corners should be well filled in. In most cases it is necessary that the beam should be of uniform STRENGTH OF BEAMS. 151 depth throughout ; it will, however, save weight, without diminishing the strength of the beam, if the width of the bottom flange be reduced very considerably towards the ends ; 1-2 of the width of the middle being quite sufficient; care being taken to maintain a sufficient surface for bearing, if the beam has to be carried on a wall, Fig. 1. Fig. 2. WROUGHT IRON BEAM3. Girders. The sketch shows a very strong form for this description of girder, when rolled solid. The top flange being condensed and square is j ^^ |*J in a good form to resist compression ; g^^^^*^^.-^-^*........ J ~.' the bottom flange has a wider surface |T M to rest on, and the middle rib is light ; an experimental beam of this description 8 ins. deep and 11 feet long re- quiring 5 tons to break it. The top flange should have a sectional area 1 1-2 times that of the bottom. When thus proportioned : Sec. area top flange, ins- X depth ins. n .. ' ' , - X 5 = Breaking weight in tons. Length feet. This is an inferior shape. Fig. 4. In such a beam the top flange should have an area 1 3-4 that of the bottom flange. When thus proportioned : Sec, area top flange ins. X depth ins. . , . Length feet. weight, tons. Beams of the above forms, made of plates and of L iron, are of equal strength with the above ; care being taken to make the bottom flange of double plates, with joint plates over the butts, allowing a little extra area in the bottom to compensate for the rivet holes, though this is not necessary if they are rivetted up by steam. 152 STRENGTH OF BEAMS. Ftg. 5. WROUGHT IRON BEAMS. Hollow Girders. The sketch represents the form for hollow girders combining the greatest strength with the least weight, the top being in the best form for resisting compression. The proportion of the bottom sectional area to that of the top should be as 11 to 12, or 4-5 ; and the sides should be well stiffened with angle iron, to keep them from buckling ; the sectional area of the top and bot- tom may be reduced at the extremities to 1-3 of the area at the middle, without diminishing the strength of the beam. When thus proportioned : Section, area top, ins. X depth ins. Length feet, weight, tons. An experimental beam of this form, 75 feet long between supports, 4 feet 6 inches deep, with 6 cells at the top, about 6 inches square each, with a sectional area 24 sq. ins., the sides stiffened with 1 1-2 L irons, 2 feet apart, required 86 tons to break it. Fig. 6. In the plain hollow girder the top should have a sectional area 1 3-4 that of the bottom. Thus proportioned : Section, area top, ins. X depth ins. , . i H ? X 4 = Breaking weight Length feet. tons. X 5 = Breaking To find the strength of a round girder. Sec. area, ins. X dia. ins. . . . , A . , . = Breaking weight, tons. Length feet. To find the strength of any beam. If the top flange is the weakest, find the compressive breaking strain in tons per square inch due toils shape, thickness, and length. (See Columns.) If the bottom is the weakest, find the tensional breaking strain of the material in tons per square inch. Then, weaker fTange x breakin g strain > tons P er in - x de P th of beam ft< x 4 Length between supports, feet. = Breaking weight, tons. This rule will be found useful, either to confirm the results obtained from the previous rules, or to find the strength of any beams of irregular shape not included in them. The mode of ascertaining the compression and tension on the top and bottom flanges of beams is sufficiently simple. Take the case of a beam, 20 feet long, 2 feet deep, with a weight of 20 tons on the middle} the force counteracting this weight will be 10 tons on SOLID COLUMNS. 153 each end; the force of compression at the top in the middle of the beam, and that of tension at the bottom, taking the central weight as the fulcrum, will be just in proportion to the leverage; in this case, as 10 to 2, or 5 to 1. The force of 10 tons applied to the end will thus result in a force of 50 tons of compression and tension on the flanges in the middle of the beam. Or in a simple form, Weight, tons X length, feet - = Strain on top and bottom flanges, tons. Depth, feet X 4 The ultimate compressive strength of boiler plate iron may be taken at 16 tons per square inch, the tensile strength at 20 tons per square inch; and this is the reason why, in all wrought iron beams, the top requires to be the strongest. But as in cast iron the compressive strength is about 48 tons, while the tensile strength is only about 7 tons per square inch, the bottom flange in cast iron girders requires to be much the strongest. The fullest information on this subject, and the experiments in detail, will be found in Mr. Eaton Hodgkinson's experiments on the strength of cast iron beams, and in Mr. Edwin Clark's work on the Britannia and Con- way tubular bridges. SOLID COLUMNS. Fail by crushing with length under - - - Principally by crushing from ----.. Partly by crushing, partly by bending, from. Altogether by bending above - - - - ----- 5 diameters- - - - 5 to 15 - - - 15 to 25 ' " 25 " Cast iron of average quality is crushed with - - 49 tons per square inch. Wrought iron of average quality is crushed with 16 " " Wrought iron is permanently injured with - - - 12 " " Oak wrought is crushed with ------- 4 " " '"' Deal wrought is crushed with ------- 2 " " " The comparative strength of different columns, of different lengths, will be seen very clearly from the following table derived from experiments by Mr. Hodgkinson : Wrought Iron Bars. Proportion of Length to Thickness. Gave way with Square. Length. ins. ft. ins. * IX 1 u 7 to! 21-7 tons per sq. inch It I 3 15 to 1 15-4 a 2 6 30 to 1 113 ii 5 60 to 1 7-5 < 7 6 90 to 1 4-3 ixi 5 120 tol 25 " 7 6 180 to 1 1- To find the strength of any wrought Iron column with square ends. Area of column sq. inches x tons per inch corresponding to proportion of length, as per table above = Breaking weight, tons. 154 STRENGTH OF COLUMNS. If the ends are rounded, divide the final result by 3 to find the breaking weight. In columns of oblong section, the narrowest side must always be taken in calculating the proportion of height to width. To find the strength of round columns exceeding 25 diameters in length. Mr. Hodgkinson's rule. (Diameter, ins.) 3 - 6 (Length, ft.) 1 - 7 X Tabular No. = Breaking weight, tons. Square Ends. Rounded or Moveable Ends. Wrought iron ----- 77 44 26 15 r * L- 4-5 1 7 RpH rfpal 3-3 1-2 A column should not be loaded with more than 1-3 of the breaking weight in any case, and as a general rule, not with more than 1-4 ; for purposes o machinery not with more than 1-6 to 1-10, according to circumstances. Tables of Powers for the Diameters and Lengths of Columns. Diameter. 3-6 Power. Diameter. 36 Power. 1 in. 1- 7 in. 1102-4 4 2-23 1251- i 4-3 I 1413-3 i 75 1 1590-3 2 12-1 8 1782-9 | 18-5 4 1991-7 I 27- 2217-7 1 38-16 i 2461-7 3 522 9 2724-4 69-63 1 3006-85 I 90-9 1 3309-8 1 116-55 i 3634-3 4 147- 10 398107 1 182-9 22468 4 43512 4745-5 i 272-96 1 5165- 5 328-3 11 56107 i 391-36 -j 6083-4 i : 462-71 | 6584-3 | ! 543-01 1 7114-4 6 63291 12 7674-5 i 733-11 | 844-28 4 967-15 Length. 1-7 Power. 1 1- 2 325 3 6-47 4 10 556 5 15-426 6 21-031 7 27-332 8 34-297 9 41-9 10 50-119 11 58-934 12 68-329 13 78289 14 88-8 15 9985 16 111-43 17 123-53 18 136-13 19 149-24 20 162-84 21 176-92 22 191-48 23 206-51 24 222- HOLLOW COLUMNS. 155 HOLLOW COLUMNS. Hollow columns fail principally by crushing, provided the length does not exceed 25 diameters; indeed, the length does not appear to affect the strength much till it exceeds 50 diameters. The comparative strength of different forms and of different thicknesses will appear so distinctly from the experiments below, made by Mr. Hodg- kinson, that no difficulty will be found in ascertaining the strength due to any size or form of column that may be required. Square Columns of Plate Iron Rivetted Columns \Qft. in. long. Size. Thick- ness. Proportion of Thickness to Width. Proportion of Length to Width. Break'g weight Tons per sq. in. of section. 4 in. X 4 in. 03 _1 30 to 1 4-9 " 06 F6" '* 8-6 1 wV " 10- 2 2TT " 12- 8 in. X 8;in. 06 i-kis 15 to 1 6- " 14 ~SV 11 9- u 22 A " 11-5 " 25 THT <( 12- Column Sfeet inches long. 18 X 18 ! 5 Tj 1 ^- practically 5-4 to 1 13-6 Column Wfeet inches long, with Cells. 8 in. X 8 in. 06 jjg. of width of cells 15 to 1 8-6 To find the strength of any Hollow Wrought Iron Column. o . Tons per inch, corresponding to the proportions of lns- x length and thickness to width as per tables Breaking weight, tons. Columns of Oblong Section. The strength of these may be ascertained by the same rule as that of square columns. The smallest width being taken in calculating the pro- portion of height to width, while the longest side must be taken into consid- eration in calculating the proportion of thickness to width. Column 10 feet inches long. Size. Thick- ness. Proportion of Thickness 10 greatest Width. Proportion of Length to least Width. Actual Breaking Weight Tons per sq. in. of Section. 8 in. X4in. 06 "snnr 30 to 1 6-78 156 STRENGTH OF COLUMNS. CRANE. PUMP. Round Columns of Plate Iron Rivelted. Columns 10 ft. in. Ions. Same Columns Reduced in Length. Dia- meter. Thick- ness. Proportion of thick- ness to Diameter. Proportion of length to Diameter. Breaking Weight. Tons per sq. inch. Brc-iking Weights. Tons per square inch. 5 ft. in. long. "2 ft. C in. long. 1* 1 TV SOtol 6-5 13-9 5-8 2 1 sV 60 to 1 10-35 14-8 16-5 2 1 A 48tol 13'3 15-6 16-3 2 24 TT 48 to 1 9-6 15-6 16- 2* 21 TV 48 to 1 9-9 IS- 17' 3 15 A 40tol 12-36 IS- ' 16-5 4 15 30tol 12-34 13- 6 1 i 20tol 15- 17- 18-6 6 13 X 20 tol 18-6 It would seem from this that a thickness of 1-48, or 1-4 inch in thickness for every foot in diameter is a good proportion for this kind of column. It will be seen from these experiments, that it is the proportion of thick- ness to the width of cell which regulates the strength within certain limits of height. And that a thickness of 1-30 or 1-8 inch for every 4 inches in width will give the highest result practicable for square columns. CRANE. The strains on the principal parts can be ascertained with great ease in the following manner the strength being proportioned accordingly. To find the strain on the post. Weight suspended, tons x Projection, feet u iT e '3 ? r = Strain on top of post, tons. Height of post above ground, feet The post can then be calculated as a beam, twice as long as this height from ground, with twice the weight on the middle. [See Beams.] COLD WATER PUMP. Usually 1-4 of cylinder diameter when the stroke is 1-2 that of piston. 1-3 1-4 Tojind the proper size, under any circumstances, capable of supplying twice the quantity ordinarily used for injection. Cub, ft. water per hour used in cylinder in form of steam _ Stroke of pump, ft. X strokes peFHhnlte^ ~ Area of P um P in square feet. VELOCITY OF FANS. 157 FAN. Case should be strong and heavy. Bearings long. Blades and arms as light and well balanced as possible. Good proportions Inlet = i diameter of fan, Blades = | diameter of fan each way, Outlet = area of blades. The area of tuyeres is most advantageous when made area of blades density of blast, oz. per sq. inch, and it should not exceed double this size. VELOCITY OF FANS. The best Velocity of Circumference for different Densitiet. Velocity of Circumference. Feet per Second. Density of Blast. Oz. per inch. 170 3 180 4 195 5 205 6 215 7 A speed of 180 to 200 feet per second, giving a density of 4 or 5 oz., is very suitable for smithy fires. 250 to 300 feet per second is a proper .speed for cupolas. A fan 4 feet inch diameter, blade 1 foot inch square, will sup- ply 40 fires with 1| tuyeres at a density of 4 oz. To find the Horse Power required for any fan, Let D = density of blast in oz. per inch. A = area of discharge at tuyeres in square inches. V = velocity of circumference in feet per second. V 2 X D X A Then 1UU " = Effective Horse Power required. 963 To find the density to be attained with any given fan. Let D = diameter of fan in feet. Then \ 4 / = Density of blast in oz. per inch. 120 X d. Or the density may be found by comparison with the following table : 14 158 FRICTION. CENTRIFUGAL FORCE. Velocity of Circumference. Feet per Second. Area of Nozzles. Density of Blast. Oz. per inch. 150 Twice area of blades 1 150 Equal ditto 2 150 1-2 ditto 3 170 1-4 ditto 4 200 1-2 ditto 4 200 1-6 ditto 6 220 1-3 ditto 6 To find the quantity of air that will be delivered by any Fan, the density being known. Total area nozzles, sq. ft. X velocity, ft. per minute corresponding to density (as per table) = Air delivered, cubic ft. per minute. Density. Oz. per Sq. Inch. Velocity. Feet per Minute. Density. Lbs. per Sq. Inch Velocity. Feet per Minute. 1 5,000 1 20,000 2 7,000 1* 24,500 3 8,600 2 28,300 4 10,000 2i 31,600 5 11,000 3 44,640 6 12,250 4 40,000 7 13,200 6 49,000 8 14,150 8 56.600 9 15,000 10 63,200 10 15800 12 69,280 11 16,500 15 78,000 12 17,300 20 89,400 FRICTION. From Mr. Rennie's Experiments. The friction of metal on metal, without unguents, May be taken at 1-6 of the weight up to 40 Ibs. per sq. in. 100 " 800 " 500 " 1-10 of the weight. 1-13 " 800 Ibs. per inch forces out the oil. Friction of journals under ordinary circumstances 1-30 of weight. " well oiled, sometimes only 1-60 " 1-5 Brass on cast iron 1-4 " Wrought on cast iron 1-3 " With tallow at " olive oil at CENTRIFUGAL FORCE. (Revolutions per min.) 2 X dia. in ft. X weight in terms of weight. 5870 = Centrifugal force PEDESTAL, BRACKET. TEMPERING. 159 PEDESTAL BRACKET. PEDESTAL. Good proportions. Thickness of cover -4 of diameter of bearing, of sole plate *3 " " Diameter of bolts -25 " " if 2. " " -18 " " if there are 4. Distance between bolts twice diameter of bearing. BRACKET. Solid. Metal round brass equal to 1-2 diameter of bearing. General thickness web, &.c. equal to 1-4 diameter of bearing. With feathers. Width at lightest equal to diameter of bearing. Thickness equal to 1-6 " " TEMPERING. The article after being completed, is hardened by being heated gradually to a bright red, and then plunged into cold water; it is then tempered by being warmed gradually and equably, either over a fire, or on a piece of heated metal till of the color corresponding to the purpose for which it is required, as per table below, when it is again plunged into water. Corresponding Temperature. A very pale straw . 430 Lancets ) Straw ... 450* Razors $ Darker straw - - 470 Penknives ) All kinds of wood tools Yellow - 490 Scissors $ Screw taps. Brown yellow - 500 1 Hatchets, Chipping Chisels, Slightly tinged purple 520 > Saws. Purple - 530 } All kinds of percussive tools. Dark purple - - 550^ > c . Blue - - - 570" \ S P rm S 3 ' Dark blue - - 600"? Soft for saws. To Temper by the Thermometer. Put the articles to be tempered into a vessel containing a sufficient quantity to cover them, of Oil or Tallow ; Sand; or a mixture of 8 parts bismuth, 5 of lead, and 3 of tin, the whole to be brought up to, and kept up at the heat corresponding to the hardness required, by means of a suitable thermometer, tilt heated equally throughout; the articles are then withdrawn and plunged into cold water. If no thermometer is available, it may be observed that oil or tallow begins to smoke at 430 a or straw color, and that it takes fire on a light being presented, and goes out when the light is withdrawn, at 570 or blue. CASE HARDENING. Put the articles requiring (o be hardened, after being finished but not polished, into an iron box in layers with animal carbon, that is, 160 HEAT. SOLDERING. BORING AND TURNING. horns, hoofs, skins, or leather, partly burned so as to be capable of being reduced to powder, taking care that every part of the iron is completely surrounded ; make the box tight with a lute of sand and clay in equal parts, put the whole into the fire, and keep it at a light red heat for half an hour to two hours, according to the depth of har- dened surface required, then empty the contents of the box into water, care being taken that any articles liable to buckle be put in separately and carefully, end in first. Cast iron may be case hardened as follows : Bring to a red heat, and roll it in a mixture of powdered prussiate of potash, saltpetre and sal-ammoniac in equal parts, then plunge, it into a bath containing 2 oz. prussiate of potash, and 4 oz. sal-aimno- niac per gallon of water. HEAT. EFFECTS OF HEAT AT CERTAIN TEMPERATURES. GRIER. Tin and Bismuth, equal parts, melt at 283 degrees, Fahrenheit ; tin melts at 442 ; polished steel acquires straw color at 460 ; bismuth melts at 476 ; sulphur burns, at 560; oil of turpentine boils at 560; polished steel acquires deep blue color at 580 ; lead melts at 594 ; lin- seed oil boils at 600; quicksilver boils at 660 ; zinc melts at 700; iron, bright red in the dark at 752 ; iron, red-hot in twilight at 884; red heat fully visible in daylight at 1077 ; brass melts at 3807 ; copper melts at 4587 ; silver melts at 4717 ; gold melts at 5237 ; welding heat of iron, from 12777 ; welding heat of iron, to 13427 ; greatest heat of smith's forge 17327; cast iron begins to melt at 17977; cast iron thoroughly melted at 20577. SOLDERING. The solder for joints requires to be of some metal more fusible than that of the substances to be joined. For Copper, usual solder 6 to 8 parts brass to 1 of zinc ; 1 of tin sometimes added. A still stronger solder, 3 parts brass, 1 of zinc. To prepare this .solder. Melt the brass in a crucible, when melted add in the zinc, and cover over for 2 or 3 minutes till the combination is effected, then pour it out, over a bundle of twigs, into a vessel of water, or into a mould composed of a number of little channels, so that the solder may be in long strips convenient for use. Brass filings alone will answer very well. To braze with this solder. Scrape the surfaces perfectly clean, and secure the flange or joint carefully ; cover the surfaces to be brazed with borax powder moistened ; apply the solder, and melt it in with the flame of a clear coke fire from ;i smith's hearth ; partic- ular care being taken not to burn the copper. BORING AND TURNING. BRASS CASTINGS. 161 Iron and brass are soldered with spelter, which is brass and zinc in equal parts ; the process being performed in a manner similar to the above. For ironwork, however, sometimes rather differently ; the articles are fixed in their position, and the solder applied, a covering of loam is then put over all to exclude the air, the work thus prepared is then put into the fire a sufficient time to melt the solder in. BORING AND TURNING. The best speed for boring cast iron is about 7| feet per minute. For drilling about 10 or 11 feet per minute is a good speed for the circumference of the tool. For a 1 inch drill 40 revolutions = 11 feet per minute, other sizes in proportion For turning, the proper speed for the circumference is about 15 feet per minute. BRASS. * COMPOSITIONS OF BRASS. Watch-makers brass Copper. Tin. Zinc. IP 1 2 2 3 4 4 6 tc 9 ' irt 7 lp; 1 1 1 1 rt 2 parts 1 " 1 " 1 " Speculum metal Bell metal Light castings and small bearings . . . Ditto a little harder .... Heavy castings Gun metal The addition of a little lead makes the metal more easily wrought, and is advantageous when the work is not intended for exposure to heat. BRASS CASTING. As it is often useful to engineers, especially abroad, to be able to cast brass, a slight description of the process may not be out of place. The ordinary furnace used is of very simple construction. After lighting the fire, put the pot intended for use bottom upwards over it, so as to warm gradually through. As soon as the fire is burned well through, put the pot into its place, resting the bottom on a fire brick to keep it off the bars, and filling round with lumps of coke to steady it; then put in the copper, either blocks cut up into pieces of convenient size, or if this is not to be had, sheet copper doubled up ; as the metal sinks down add more copper or old brass till the pot is nearly full of melted metal ; now add the tin, and when tins is melted and mixed, put in a piece or two of zinc; if this begins to flare add the rest of the zinc in, stir it well in, lift the pot ou at 14* 162 BRASS CASTINGS. WEIGHT OF ROPE. once, skim the rubbish off the top, and pour into the mould. If, however, it does not flare up, put a little coal on to excite the fire, and cover over till it comes to a proper heat. As soon as the zinc begins to flare, add in the rest, and take the pot off the fire. If old brass alone is melted down no tin is required, but a small quantity of zinc. If part copper and part brass, add tin and zinc in proportion to the new copper, with a little extra zinc for the brass. As soon as the boxes are run, it is the usual custom to open them at once, and to sprinkle the castings with water from the rose of a watering can, this has the effect of making them softer than they would otherwise be ; the boxes are then emptied, and fresh moulds made while fresh metal is being melted. When the casting is completed, draw the bearer forward, and let the bars all drop, so that the furnace can be effectually cleared from the clinkers, and put the pot among the ashes to cool gradually. The moulding boxes may be of hard wood, well secured at the corners, either by dovetailing or by strong nails and iron corner plates, with guides to keep the boxes fair with one another. A few cross bars in the top box help to carry the sand. Fresh green sand, the same as used for iron founding, mixed with a small quantity of coal dust, about one-twelfth part, should be silted over the patterns on all sides to the thickness of about an inch, the box then filled up with old sand, and properly rammed up, and well pricked to let the air and gas escape, then remove the patterns, and dust over the mould with a little charcoal powder from a bag, or with a little flour, cover over the box again, and the mould is ready for pouring. For long articles, spindles, bars, &c., make a good airhole at the opposite end from where the metal is poured, incline the box slightly, and pour the metal at the lower end ; for flat, thin and straggling ar- ticles it is necessary to have two or more pouring holes, and to fill them all at the same time. The pots generally used are the Stourbridge clay pots, and black lead pots, both kinds being made of various sizes up to 60 Ibs. ; the former are less durable, but much cheaper than the latter, they re- quire to be carefully hardenpd by gradual exposure to the fire. Clay pots are made of 2 parts raw Stourbridge clay to 1 of gas coke pulverized ; well mixed up together with water, dried gently, and slightly baked in a kiln. Black lead pots of 2 parts graphite, and 1 of fireclay, mixed with water, baked slightly in a kiln, but not completely until required for use. The pots are made on a wood mould, the shape and size of the in- side of the pot, the clay being plastered round it to the thickness desired. ROPE. To find the breaking Weight of an ordinary Tarred Hemp Rope. (Circumference, ins.) 2 -j- 5 = Breaking weight, tons. A rope should not be loaded with more than 1-3 its breaking weight. WEIGHT OF ROPE. WEIGHT OF CASTINGS. 163 To find Weight of Rope or Tarred Cordage. (Circumference ins.) 2 X Length, ft. -5- 24 = Weight, Ibs. Or, (Circumference ins.) 2 -5- 4 = Weight, Ibs. per fathom. To find Weight of Tarred Hawser or Manilla Rope. (Circumference ins.) 2 -5- 5 = Weight, Ibs. per fathom. To find Weight of Hawser-Laid Manilla. (Circumference ins.) 2 -f- 6 = Weight, Ibs. per fathom. WEIGHT. To find the Weight of any Casting. Width in | ins. X Thickness in ins., or vice versa, -f- 10 X Length, ft. = Weight, Ibs. cast iron. For instance ; to find the weight of a casting 3^ ins. X l ins. X 2 ft. 6 ins. long. 13 x 9 -f- 10 = 11-7 X 2-5 == 29-25 Ibs. This rule is very useful, and can easily be remembered in the fol- lowing form. Width in ins. X Thickness in ins. or vice versa, cut offl figure for decimal, the result is Ibs. per foot of length. For wrought iron add l-20th to the result; for lead add 1-2 ; for brass add l-7th; for copper add l-5th. To find the Weight from the Areas. Area, sq. ins. X Length, ft. X 3 1-7 = Weight, Ibs. cast iron. Multiplier for Cast iron 3-156 or 3 1-7. " Wrought iron 3-312 or 3 1-3. " Lead 4-854 " Brass 3644 Copper 3-87 Or, Area, sq. ins. X 10 = Ibs. per yard for wrought iron. To find the Weight in cwts. Area, sq. ins. X Length, ft. -4- 31-9 = Weight, cwts. cast iron. For wrought iron, divide by 33.6. WEIGHT OF BOILER PLATES. Thickness, ins. Weight, Ibs. per sq. ft. TV 2-5 i 5 A 7-5 i 10 TV 12-5 I 15 A 17-5 I 20 o 25 30 * 35 1 40 For cast iron deduct l-20th. 164 CONTINUOUS CIRCULAR MOTION. To find Weight of Boiler Plates in cwts. Area sq. ft. No. corresponding to thickness in table below. = Weight, cwts. Thickness. Divisor. Thickness. Divisor. Thickness. Divisor. In. In. In 1 22-4 I 7-5 f 4-48 A 15- TV 6-3 3-73 i 11-2 * 5-6 i 3-2 TV 9- A 5- i 2-8 CONTINUOUS CIRCULAR MOTION. IN mechanics, circular motion is transmitted by means of wheels, drums, or pulleys; and accordingly as the driving and driven are of equal or unequal diameters, so are equal or unequal velocities pro- duced. Hence the principle on which the following rules are founded. 1. When time is not taken into Account. RULE. Divide the greater diameter, or number of teeth, by the lesser diameter or number of teeth ; and the quotient is the number of revolutions the lesser will make, for one of the greater. EXAMPLE. How many revolutions will a pinion of 20 teeth make, for 1 of a wheel with 125 ? 125 H- 20 = 6.25 or 6| revolutions. To find the number of revolutions of the last, to one of the first, in a train of wheels and pinions. RULE, Divide the product of all the teeth in the driving by the product of all the teeth in the driven ; and the quotient equal the ratio of velocity required. EXAMPLE 1. Required the ratio of velocity of the last, to 1 of the first, in the following 1 train of wheels and pinions ; viz., pinions driving the first of which contains 10 teeth, the second 15, and third 18. Wheels driven first, 15 teeth, second, 25, and third, 32. 10 X 15 X 18 ~ 57j = -225 of a revolution the wheel will make to one of the lo X ^o X o^ pinion. EXAMPLE 2. A wheel of 42 teeth giving motion to one of 12, on which shaft is a pulley of 21 inches diameter driving one of 6 ; required the number of revolutions of the last pulley to one of the first wheel. 42 x 21 = 12.25 or 12.J revolutions. \L X o NOTE. Where increase or decrease of velocity is required to be communi- cated by wheel-work, it has been demonstrated that the number of teeth on each pinion should not be less than 1 to 6 of its wheel, unless there be some other im- portant reason for a higher ratio. CONTINUOUS CIRCULAR MOTION. 165 2. When Time mu.it be regarded. RULE. Multiply the diameter or number of teeth in the driver, by its velocity in any given time, and divide the product by the re- quired velocity of the driven; the quotient equal the number of teeth or diameter of the driven, to produce the velocity required. EXAMPLE 1. If a wheel, containing 84 teeth, makes 20 revolu- tions per minute, how many must another contain, to work in contact, and make 60 revolutions in the same time ? 84 X 20 -f- 60 = 28 teeth. EXAMPLE 2. From a shaft making 45 revolutions per minute, and with a pinion 9 inches diameter at the pitch line, I wish to trans- mit motion at 15 revolutions per minute ; what, at the pitch line, must be the diameter of the wheel ? 45 X 9 -f- 15 = 27 inches. EXAMPLE 3. Required the diameter of a pulley to make 16 rev- olutions in the same time as one of 24 inches making 36. 24 X 36 -f- 16 = 54 inches. The distance between the centres and velocities of two wheels being given, to find their proper diameters. RULE. Divide the greatest velocity by the least; the quotient is the ratio of diameter the wheels must hear to each other. Hence, divide the distance between the centres by the ratio -f- 1 ; the quotient equal the radius of the smaller wheel; and subtract the radius thus obtained from the distance between the centres; the re- mainder equal the radius of the other. EXAMPLE. The distance of two shafts from centre to centre is 50 inches, and the velocity of the one 25 revolutions per minute, the other is to make 80 in the same time ; the proper diameters of the wheels at the pitch lines are required. 80 -H 25 = 3.2, ratio of velocity, and 50 -*- 3.2 + 1 = 11.9 the radius of the smaller wheel; then 50 11.9 = 38.1, radius of larger; their diame- ters are 11.9 X 2 = 23.8 and 38.1 X 2 = 76.2 inches. To obtain or diminish an accumulated velocity by means of wheels, pinions, or wheels, pinions, and pulleys, it is necessary that a propor- tional ratio of velocity should exist, and which is thus attained : mul- tiply the given and required velocities together; and the square root of the product is the mean or proportionate velocity. EXAMPLE. Let the given velocity of a wheel containing 54 teeth equal 16 revolutions per minute, and the given diameter of an inter- mediate pulley equal 25 inches, to obtain a velocity of 81 revolutions in a machine ; required the number of teeth in the intermediate wheel and diameter of the last pulley. VSl X 16 36 mean velocity. 54 X 16 -T- 36 = 24 teeth and 25 x 36 -r- 81 = 11.1 inches, diam. of pulley. 1GG CONTINUOUS CIRCULAR MOTION. To determine the proportion of wheels for screw-cutting by a Lathe. In a lathe properly adapted, screws to any degree of pitch, or number of threads in a given length, may be cut by means of a lead- ing screw of any given pitch, accompanied with change wheels and pinions; coarse pitches being effected generally by means of one wheel and one pinion with a carrier, or intermediate wheel, which cause no variation or change of motion to take place. Hence the following RULE. Divide the number of threads in a given length of the screw which is to be cut, by the number of threads in the same length of the leading screw attached to the lathe ; and the quotient is the ratio that the wheel on the end of the screw must bear to that on the end of the lathe spindle. EXAMPLE. Let it be required to cut a screw with 5 threads in an inch, the leading screw being of ^ inch pitch, or containing 2 threads in an inch ; what must be the ratio of wheels applied ? 5 -5- 2 = 2.5, the ratio they must bear to each other. Then suppose a pinion of 40 teeth be fixed upon for the spindle, 40 x 2.5 = 100 teeth for the wheel on the end of the screw. But screws of a greater degree of fineness than about 8 threads in an inch are more conveniently cut by an additional wheel and pinion, because of the proper degree of velocity being more effectively at- tained ; and these, on account of revolving upon a stud, are commonly designated the stud-wheels, or stud-wheel and pinion ; but the mode of calculation and ratio of screw are the same as in the preceding rule. Hence, all that is further necessary is to fix upon any 3 wheels at pleasure, as those for the spindle and stud-wheels; then multiply the number of teeth in the spindle-wheel by the ratio of the screw, and by the number of teeth in that wheel or pinion which is in contact with the wheel on the end of the screw; divide the product by the stud-wheel in contact with the spindle-wheel; and the quotient is the number of teeth required in the wheel on the end of the lead- ing screw. EXAMPLE. - Suppose a screw is required to be cut containing 25 threads in an inch, and the leading screw, as before, having two threads in an inch, and that a wheel of 60 teeth is fixed upon for the end of the spindle, 20 for the pinion in contact with the screw-wheel, and 100 for that in contact with the wheel on the end of the spindle; required the number of teeth in the wheel for the end of the leading ecrcw. fiO x 12.5 x 20 25 -f- 2 = 12,5, and = 150 tneth. Or suppose the spindle and screw-wheels to be those fixed upon, also any one of the stud-wheels, to find the number of teeth in the Other. 60 x 12.5 60 x 12.5 x 20 = 20 teetl) ' or - -- - = 10 leeth - CONTINUOUS CIRCULAR MOTION. 167 Table of Change Wheels for Screw-cutting ; the leading Screw being 4 inch pitch, or containing 2 threads in an inch. Numb, of Number of Number of g teeth in .2 teeth in .S teeth in o T3 "S -; ^3 t-4 1 i 1 J3> H ajz t 1 ' s| || j < o u a S g o o 3 || S !f i o >n "" _i -3 a ? 8* T3 is 8 B $> 'S. to '3. S.I .5 bo i-, m 'S. S.S S bo .0 O J3 S S 0)<~ f, rt CJ ~v -~ . 'B. (O W -5 l-s '31 || 2-5 ^ o II K '3 g fc.5 j j fc.S ,31 $ st jl fcl 3* t si J^ 1 80 40 84 40 55 20 60 19 50 95 20 100 1* 80 50 84 90 85 20 90 194 80 120 20 130 14 80 60 8| 60 70 20 75 20 60 100 20 120 11 80 70 94 90 90 20 95 20^ 40 90 20 90 2 80 90 91 40 60 20 65 21 80 120 20 140 2 80 90 10 60 75 20 80 22 60 110 20 120 24 80 100 104 50 70 20 75 224 80 120 20 150 2| 80 110 11 60 55 20 120 22| 80 130 20 140 3 80 120 12 90 90 20 120 23| 40 95 20 100 H 80 130 12i| 60 85 20 90 24 65 120 20 130 34 80 140 13 90 90 20 130 25 60 100 20 150 3ii 80 150 134 60 90 20 90 254 30 85 20 90 4 40 80 13| 80 100 20 110 26 70 130 20 140 4 40 85 14 90 90 20 140 27 40 90 20 120 44 40 90 14^ 60 90 20 95 274 40 100 20 110 4| 40 95 15 90 90 20 150 28 75 140 20 150 5 40 100 16 60 80 20 120 284 30 90 20 95 54 40 110 16* 80 100 20 130 30 70 140 20 150 6 40 120 164 80 110 20 120 32 30 80 20 120 64 40 130 17 45 85 20 90 33 40 110 20 120 7 40 140 174 80 100 20 140 34 30 85 20 120 74 40 150 18 40 60 20 120 35 60 140 20 150 8 30 120 ISf 80 100 20 150 36 30 90 20 120 Table by which to determine the Number of Teeth, or Pitch of Small Wheels, by what is commonly called the Manchester Principle. Diametral Pitch. Circular Pitch. Diametral Pitch. Circular Pitch. 3 1.047 9 .349 4 .785 10 .314 5 .623 12 .262 6 .524 14 .224 7 .449 16 .196 8 .393 20 .157 168 WHEELS AND GUDGEONS. EXAMPLE 1. Required the number of teeth that a wheel of 16 inches diameter will contain of a 10 pitch. 16 X 10 = 160 teeth, and the circular pitch = .314 inch. EXAMPLE 2. What must be the diameter of a wheel for a 9 pitch of 126 teeth ? 126 -r- 9 = 14 inches diameter, circular pitch .349 inch. NOTE. The pitch U reckoned on the diameter of the wheel instead of the cir- cumference, and designated wheels of 8 pitch, 12 pitch, &c. Strength of the Teeth of Cast Iron Wheels at a given Velocity. Pitch of teeth in inches. Thickness of teeth in inches. Brradth of teeth in inches. Strength of teeth in horse -power at 3 feet per second. 4 feet per second. feet per second. 8 feet per second. 3.99 1.9 7.6 20.57 27.43 41.14 54.85 3.78 1.8 7.2 17.49 23.32 34.98 46.64 3.57 1.7 6.8 14.73 19.65 29.46 39.28 3.36 1.6 6.4 12.28 16.38 24.56 3274 3.15 1.5 6. 10.12 13.50 20.24 26.98 2.94 1.4 5.6 8.22 10.97 16.44 21.92 2.73 1.3 5.2 6.58 8.78 13.16 17.54 2.52 1.2 4.8 5.18 6.91 10.36 13.81 231 1.1 4.4 3.99 5.32 7.98 10.64 2.1 1.0 4. 3.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 .89 .9 3.6 2.18 2.91 436 5.81 .68 .8 3.2 1.53 2.04 .06 3.08 .47 .7 2.8 1.027 1.37 2.04 2.72 .26 .6 2.4 .64 .86 1.38 1.84 .05 .5 2. .375 .50 .75 1.00 WHEELS AND GUDGEONS. To find size of Teeth necessary to transmit a given Horse Power. (Tredgold.) Horse power X 240 Diameter of wheel, ft. X Revs, per min. = Strength of tooth. / Strength Strength V =5 = Pitch, ins. -j = Breadth, ins. Breadth, ins. (Pitch, ins.) 2 The above rule will be found very suitable for a speed of circum- ference of about 240 feet per minute. For speeds above, add to 240 half the difference, for speeds below, deduct half the difference, be- tween 240 and the actual speed, the result being a suitable multiplier. For instance ; at 300 ft. per minute, 60 being the difference, 240 -f- 30 = 270 multiplier. At 160 ft. per minute, 80 being the difference, 240 40 = 200 multiplier. WATER. 169 The reason being, that with higher spe.eds, the friction, wear, and liability to shocks is increased, at lower speeds decreased, and the teetli may advantageously be proportioned accordingly. To find the Horse Power that any Wheel will transmit. (Pitch, in.) 2 X Breadth, ins. X Diameter ft. X Revs, per minute Appropriate No. according to speed, as above. = Horse Power. To find the multiplying number for any Wheel. (Pitch, ins.) 2 X Breadth, ins. X Diameter ft. X Revs, per minute Horse Power = Multiplying No. as above. To find the size of Teeth to carry a given load in Ibs. Load, Ibs. ~ 1120 = Breaking strength of teeth. Load, Ibs. -f- 280 = Strength for very low speeds, and for steady work; being 4 times the breaking strength. Load, Ibs. -=- 140 = Strength for ordinary purposes of machinery ; being 8 times the breaking strength. Load, Ibs. -H 100 = Strength for high speeds, and irregular work ; or when the teeth are exposed to shocks. As before, Strength ./~StrengtiT~ /n-. i .,= Breadth, ins. V ,, -- = Pitch, ins. (Pitch, ins.) 2 Breadth, ins. WATER. To find the quantity of Water that will be discharged through an orifice, or pipe, in the side or bottom of a Vessel. Area of orifice, sq. in. xP- corr s P ond l& to height of surface above orifice, as per table = Cubic feet discharged per minute. Height of Surface above Orifice. Multiplier. Height of Surface above OriBce. Multiplier. Height of Surface above Orifice. Multiplier. 1 2-25 Ft. 18 9-5 Ft. 40 14-2 2 3-2 20 10- 45 15-1 4 4-5 22 10-5 50 16- 6 5-44 24 11- 60 17-4 8 64 26 11-5 70 18-8 10 71 28 12- 80 20-1 12 7-8 30 12-3 90 21-3 14 84' 32 12-7 100 22-5 16 9- 35 13-3 15 170 WATER. To find the size of hole necessary to discharge' a given quantity of Water under a given head. Cubic ft. water discharged T: -. u . , . . . . = Area of orifice, so. in. o. corresponding to height, as per table To find the height necessary to discharge a given quantity through a given orifice. Cubic ft. water discharged = No. corresp. to height, as per table. Area orifice, sq. inches. The velocity of Water issuing from an orifice in the side or bottom of a vessel being ascertained to be as follows : ^Height ft. surface above orifice X 5-4 = \ Velocity of water, ft. { per second. ^Height ft. X Area orifice, ft. X 324 = j Cubic ^^^^ PCr ./Height ft. X Area orifice, ins. X 2-2 = Do. Do. It may be observed, that the above rules represent the actual quantities that will be delivered through a hole cut in the plate ; if a short pipe be attached, the quantity will be increased, the greatest delivery with a straight pipe being attained with a length equal to 4 diameters, and being 1-3 more than the delivery through the plain hole ; the quantity gradually decreasing as the length of pipe is in- creased, till, with a length e'qual to 60 diameters the discharge again equals the discharge through the plain orifice. If a taper pipe be attached the delivery will be still greater, being l times the deliv- ery through the plain orifice ; and it is probable that if a pipe with curved decreasing taper were to be tried, the delivery through it would be equal to the theoretical discharge, which is about 1-65 the actual discharge through a plain hole. To find the quantity of Water that will run through any orifice, the top of which is level with the surface ofivater as over a sluice or dam. /Height, ft. from water surface to bot- ? .. Area of water ) ., nig ' totn of orifice or top of dam $ passage, sq. ft. ) = Cub. ft. discharged per minute. Or, Two-thirds Area of water passage, sq. ins. X No. corresponding to height as per table, = Cub. ft. discharged per minute. To find the time in which a Vessel will empty itself through a given orifice. "/Height ft. surfaee above orifice X Area water surface, sq. ins. Area orifice, sq. in. X 3-7 = Time required, seconds. The above rules are founded on Bank's experiments. MECHANICAL TABLES FOR THE USE OF OPERATIVE SMITHS, MILLWRIGHTS, AND ENGINEERS 172 DIAMETERS AND CIRCUMFERENCES OF CIRCLES. MECHANICAL TABLES FOR THE USE OF OPERATIVE SMITHS, MILLWRIGHTS, AND ENGINEERS. The following Tables, originally dedicated to ' the National Asso- ciation of the Forgers of Iron Work,' England, by JAMES Fo- DEIT, will be found extremely useful to Smiths, generally, and are accompanied by Practical Examples. TEMPLETON. DIAMETERS AND CIRCUMFERENCES OF CIRCLES. Diam. Circ. Diam. .Circ. Diam. Circ. Diam Circ. Diam Circ. In. Ft. In. In. Ft. In Ft. In. Ft. In Ft. In Ft. In Ft. In Ft. In. 1 3} 54 1 54 10 2 7| 1 2| 3 9J 1 61 4 114 U 34 Bf 1 5 1 2J 3 9^ 1 7 4 11| u 3J 51 1 6 10| 2 7| 1 2g 3 91 If 4| 51 1 6f o 104 2 8^ 1 21 3 lO^ 1 7i 5 li 4| 6 1 6| lOf 2 8J 1 21 3 10 1 7^ 5 Of if 5 10 2 8J 1 3 3 11 1 ?! 5 0| 1| 5fi 81 1 ^ lOf 2 9f 1 7i 5 14 1| 51 i 1 7| 10| 2 91 1 3| 3 114 1 7| 5 l| 2 o 64 6| 1 8 o 101 2 10J 1 3^ 3 111 1 7| 5 2 84 1 8f 11 2 10^ 1 3f 4 04 1 7 5 2| 2J 6| 6| 1 8| 1 34 4 0| 1 8 5 2| 24 7 6 1 9J 11J 2 101 1 8| 4 1 2| 7f l 1 94 o 114 2 11^ 1 31 4 1} 1 8J 5 3J 2i 71 7 1 91 llf 2 Hi 1 31 4 11 1 84 5 3f 2 I 8} o 114 3 1 4 4 24 1 8| 5 4 2| 8| l 1 lOf 11| 3 1 Si 5 4f 21 9 7J 1 10| lia 3 01 1 4J 4 2f 1 8| 5 4| 3 9| 71 1 11J 111 3 14 1 44 4 3 1 81 5 5i rl 1 Hi 1 3 if 1 4f 4 31 1 81 5 54 31 9| 7* 1 ill 1 44 4 31 1 9 5 51 34 10J 7| 2 04 1 OJ 3 2 1 4| 4 4 3 104 7* 2 0| 1 04 3 2| 1 41 4 4i 1 9} 5 6| 3i o 105 8 IS 1 Of 3 21 1 41 4 5 1 94 5 61 3f llf 1 Oi 3 34 1 5 4 5f 1 9| 5 7J 31 11| 8J 2 14 i of 3 3| 1 9 5 7| 31 1 OJ 84 2 11 1 0| 3 4 1 5J 4 5| 1 9| 5 8 4 1 Oh 81 2 24 1 01 3 4| 1 54 4 6J 1 91 5 8| 84 2 2| 1 1 3 41 1 51 4 6i 1 91 5 8| 4J 1 01 if 2 3 1 5| 4 61 1 10 5 9 41 1 14 8| 2 3| 1 11 3 5J 1 5| 4 7J 41 1 If 81 2 31 1 14 3 5| 1 51 4 71 1 10J 5 94 4* 1 2J 9 2 44 1 If 3 6 1 51 4 SJ 1 104 5 91 4 I 1 24 1 1* 3 61 1 6 4 8i 1 101 5 104 4f 1 21 9J 2 4| 1 15 3 61 i io| 5 10* 41 1 34 94 2 5 1 li 3 7J 1 6} 4 81 1 104 5 11 5 1 3| 9| 2 51 ] 11! 3 7A 1 64 4 94 1 lOf 5 llf 94 2 5| 1 2 3 71 I 61 4 9| 1 101 5 ll| 5| 1 4 91 2 6J 1 6i 4 10 1 11 6 04 64 1 4| 9| 2 6ft 1 2J 3 8| 1 6| 4 10| 53 1 41 91 2 7 1 24 3 8i| 1 61 4 101 i iij 6 DIAMETERS AND CIRCUMFERENCES OF CIRCLES. 173 Diain. Circ. Diam. Circ. Diam. Circ. Diam. Circ. Diam Circ. Ft. In. Ft. In. Ft. In. Ft. in. Ft. In. Ft. In. Ft. In. Ft. In. Ft. hi. Ft In 1 Hi 6 1 2 41 7 6$ 2 lOf 8 llf 3 4 10 5f 3 9* n 10; 1 llf 6 1| 2 5 7 7 2 10j 9 Of 3 9 11 11; 1 Hi 6 if 2 10$ 9 01 3 41 10 6 3 91 11 111 1 llf 6 21 2 5A 7 7$ 2 103 9 li 3 4| 10 6| 3 91 12 1 111 6 24 2 5| 7 7| 2 101 9 14 3 4| 10 61 3 10 12 Oj 1 111 6 3 2 5| 7 8j 2 11 9 1| 3 44 10 71 2 6 3f 2 54 7 8$ 3 4$ 10 7* 3 1012 0^ 2 01 6 3| 2 54 2 5| 7 9 7 9| 2 111 2 111 9 2| 9 2$ 3 41 3 41 10 8 10 8| 3 I0|!l2 1* 3 10| i 12 Ij 2 Oi 6 41 2 51 7 91 2 11| 9 3 3 5 10 81 3 10* 12 2 2 Of 6 44 2 6 7 10| 2 111 9 34 3 10$ 12 2| 2 04 6 4| 2 11$ 9 31 3 5 10 9A 3 10| 12 2^ 2 Of 6 6| 2 61 7 104 2 ll| 9 4| 3 6i 10 94 3 10112 3- 2 01 6 53 2 el 7 II 8 2 Hi 9 4 3 5| 10 9| 3 11 12 3| 2 6 61 2 4 7 111 3 9 5 3 54 10 10} 2 1 6 64 2 el 7 111 3 5* 10 10| 3 11^ 12 4 2 6* 8 0| 3 OA 9 5f 3 5110 Hi 3 ll| 12 4j 2 1J 6 6| 2 ef 8 04 3 0| 9 5* 3 5110 111 3 11|12 4\ 2 li 6 li 2 6| 8 01 3 Of 9 6i 3 6 10 111 3 11412 5J 2 If 6 7$ 2 7 8 If 3 OA 9 6f 3 111 12 53 2 14 6 8 3 04 9 7 3 6i 11 0| 3 Ill!l2 6 2 If 6 8& 2 7i 8 11 3 0| 9 7| 3 6| 11 04 3 11112 6| 2 l| 6 8f 2 74 8 2| 3 0| 9 71 3 6f!ll 1J 4 12 6| 2 If 6 9i 2 7| 8 a 3 1 9 8^ 3 6* il 14 2 2 8 6 9$ 2 74 8 21 3 6$ 11 11 4 0^ 12 7J 2 74 8 3 3 li 9 8$ 3 61 11 H 4 O|l2 7^ 2 21 6 10 2 7 8 3| 3 1J 9 9 3 61 11 2$ 4 Of 12 1\ 2 2.1 6 10| 2 71 8 4i 3 If 9 9f 3 7 11 3 4 0412 8] 2 2| 6 101 2 8 8 44 3 li 9 9| 4 0412 8| 2 24 6 114 3 14 9 10| 3 7A 11 3f 4 0| 12 9J 2 2* 6 llf 2 8i 8 4| 3 1| 9 104 3 7| 11 3| 4 01 12 95 2 21 7 2 8i 8 5j 3 11 9 101 3 7f 11 44 4 1 12 9^ 2 25 7 Of 2 8| 8 5f 3 2 8 9 ll| 3 74 11 4| 2 3 B 7 0| 2 84 8 6 3 7$ 11 5 4 Iil2 10^ 2 84 8 64 3 2i 9 111 3 71 11 5| 4 1J12 10{ 2 3i 7 11 2 8 8 61 3 2^10 Oi 3 7| 11 51 4 If 12 11 2 3J 7 14 2 81 8 7i 3 2| 10 0| 3 8 11 6 4 14 12 ll/ 2 3| 7 2 2 9 8 7$ 3 2J 10 01 4 if 12 11^ 2 34 7 2| 3 24 10 ll 3 8A 11 64 4 if 13 OJ 2Q5. 8 7 21 2 94 8 8 3 2| 10 14 3 84 11 7 4 1J13 0^ 2 31 7 3* 2 9} 8 81 :; -2~ 10 2| 3 8| 11 7| 4 2 13 1 2 3 7 34 2 9| 8 81 3 3 S 10 24 3 84 11 7| 2 .4 8 7 31 2 94 8 9| 3 SJ 11 si 4 2^13 14 2 94 8 9| 3 3110 2| 3 8} H 8A 4 24 13 1^ 2 4A 7 4 2 9| 8 10 3 34 10 3| 3 8111 81 4 2|13 2J 2 4l 7 4| 2 91 8 lOf 3 3 10 3| 3 8 11 94 4 24 13 2| 2 4| 7 5A 2 10 8 101 3 3| 10 4 4 2| 13 3 2 44 7 5| 3 34 10 44 3 9| 11 91 4 21 13 3| 2 4|i 7 51 2 10* 8 lU 3 3| 10 4| 3 Mjll 10^ 4 21 13 3? 2 4| 7 64 2 10| 8 11$ 3 3|10 5^ 8 9| 11 104 4 3 13 4j 15* 174 DIAMETERS AND CIRCUMFERENCES OF CIRCLES. Diam. Circ. Diam. Circ. Diam. Circ. Diam. Circ. Diam. Circ. Ft. In. Ft. 4 3 13 4 3413 4 3|13 4 3413 4 3413 ">! 20 3 20 Sf 20 3| n : <20 44 5 s 20 44 G 20 5 6' 20 64 20 5: (-^ 20 6 6-3. 20 6i f20 7 6? 20 7 61 20 7 DIAMETERS AND CIRCUMFERENCES OF CIRCLES. 175 Diam Circ. Diam Circ. Diam Circ. Diam Circ. Diam Cire. Ft. In Ft. In Ft. In Ft. In Ft. In Ft. In Ft. In. Ft. In Ft. In Ft. In. 6 7 20 8^ 7 0422 If 7 61 23 7 H 7 11425 04 8 54 26 6 7 Of 22 Ij, 7 6423 74 7 llf 25 1 8 5| 26 6f 6 71 20 84 7 04 22 2; 7 6f23 71 8 25 14 8 5.J 26 6| 6 -,1 20 81 7 01 ;22 2f 7 64 23 8 ; 8 5| 26 74 6 7f 20 94 7 1 22 3 7 6f|23 84 8 Of 25 If 8 54 26 74 6 74!20_ 9:j 7 64 23 9 8 04 25 2| 8 51 26 8" 6 7f|20 10J 7 1* 22 3j 7 6| 23 9f 8 Of 25 2| 8 6 26 8f 6 1\ 20 104 7 li 22 3'i 7 7 23 9] 8 04 25 31 6 71 6 8 20 101 20 11. -j 7 J| 22 4J 22 4J 7 7 * 23 104 8 Of ! 25 34 8 04 25 3f 8 6126 8| 8 6426 9*. 7 ]4 22 5 7 74 23 10^ 8 0125 44 S 6f 26 94 6 8i 20 llf 7 if 22 5f 7 7f 23 11" 8 1 25 4| 8 64 ; 26 10 6 84 21 7 1122 5.1 7 7.J23 llf 8 6f 26 10* 6 8f 21 04 7 2 22 61 7 74 23 llf 8 1125 5 8 6|!26 101 6 84 21 01 7 7:1 24 01 8 14 25 54 8 6126 Hi 6 84 21 14 7 21 22 64 7 7| 24 OJ 8 If 25 5f 8 7 26 114 6 8*| 21 U 7 24 22 61 7 8 24 1 8 H 25 64 6 81 21 2 7 2f;22 74 S 14 25 6| 8 7^ 26 11^ 6 9 21 2| 7 2A 22 74 7 8^24 If 8 if 25 7 8 74 27 Oj 7 24-22 81 7 8424 14 8 11 25 7f 8 7f 27 03 6 92l 21 7 2|!22 84 7 8f24 21 8 2 25 7| 8 74 27 U 6 94 6 9f 21 34 21 34 7 21 7 3 22 81 22 94 7 84 7 8f 24 24 24 2f 8 21 25 84 8 7|27 ll 8 7427 11 6 94 21 4 7 84 24 3f 8 24 25 8| 8 7f 27 2l 6 9| 21 4f 7 31 22 94 7 8f 24 34 8 2f 25 9 27 2| 6 94 21 44 7 s| 22 10 7 9 24 4| 8 24 25 9f 6 91 21 51 22 lOf 8 2f 25 9| 8 8* 27 3 6 10 21 54 7 34 22 101 7 924 44 8 2425 10A 8 84 27 3^ 7 3422 111 7 9424 41 8 2f25 104 8 8f 27 31 6 10J. 21 6 7 3 22 114 7 9f 24 54 8 3 25 11 8 84 27 4| 6 io 21 6f 7 3123 0" 8 84 27 44 6 10| 21 64 7 4 23 Of - -H-- -ft 8 3125 llf 8 i 27 5 6 104 21 71 7 94 24 64 8 3425 114 8 81 ! 27 5 6 10421 74 7 4i, 23 04 7 91 24 61 8 3f 26 01 8 9 27 51 6 10| 21 7f 7 4| 23 U 7 10 24 7| 8 34 26 0| 6 10121 84 7 4f 23 l| S 3f 26 01 8 9J 27 6} 6 II 8 21 8| 7 4 23 2 7 10J-24 74 8 34126 If 8 94;27 6l 7 44 23 2f 7 104I24 8 8 3^26 ll 8 9f 27 7' 6 11121 9i 7 4 23 24 7 lOf 24 8f 8 4 26 21 8 9|; 27 73. 6 ll|21 94 7 41 23 31 7 10424 81 8 94 27 7| 6 llf 21 91 7 5 8 23 34 7 10f24 94 8 426 2^8 9f: 27 8A 6 H| 21 104 7 104 24 94 8 4i 26 21 8 9f 27 8| 6 114 21 10| 7 51 23 3| 7 10*24 10 8 4f 26 34 8 10 27 9 6 ll| 21 11 7 5423 4 7 11 24 10| 8 4426 34 6 111 21 114 7 5f 23 43 8 4426 44 8 10127 9f 7 O 8 21 111 7 54 23 51 7 11124 10t 8 4 26 4i'8 10427 9| 7 5| 23 54 7 11424 lU 8 4126 41'8 lOf 27 101 7 22 04 7 5,f 23 51 7 llf 24 111 8 5 '26 5f'8 10427 10| 7 0| 22 Of 7 5123 b'i 7 HA 25 8 10427 101 7 0||22 l" 7 6 23 6fj7 llf 25 Of 8 5126 5| 8 10427 ll| 176 DIAMETERS AND CIRCUMFERENCES OF CIRCLES. Diam. Cue. Dia. Circ. Diam. Circ. Diam. Circ. Diam. Circ. Ft. In. Ft. In. F. I. Ft. In Ft. In. 'Ft. In Ft. In. Ft. Iii Ft. In. Ft. In 8 101 27 115 9 44 29 5 9 10 30 Wl 10 3^ 32 31 10 91 33 9| 8 11 28 9 4 9 44 29 5| 29 5.^ 9 101 30 11 10 3f 32 4| 10 3j|32 4i 10 9^ 10 9f 33 10 33 lOj 811* 28 Oi 9 4| 29 6} 9 10|30 11| 10 31 32 5 ? 10 9| 33 10s 8 114 8 llf 28 01 28 ll 9 41 9 5 29 6) 29 7 9 lOf 30 ll| 9 10^31 0^ 10 4 32 51 10 9 10 9 33 11, 33 113 8 ll 28 If 9 10431 0^ 10 41 32 51 10 91 34 8 114 28 2 9 51 29 7| 9 10^31 1 10 4| 32 6- 10 10 34 0| 8 111 28 2i 9 5|!29 71 9 10131 1 10 4f 32 6| 8 III 28 21 9 54 29 8J 9 11 31 ll 10 4^,32 7 10 10 34 0| 9 28 3JJ 9 5l 29 83 10 4f 32 7 10 104 34 1 9 5f 29 81 9 111 31 24 10 4| {2 7| 10 lOf 34 1^ 9 01 9 04 28 3* 28 4 9 54 9 51 29 9J 29 9| 9 ll|31 24 9 llf 31 3 10 4| 10 5 32 8* 32 8j 10 ioi 10 104 34 \\ 34 2| 9 Of 28 4| 9 8 29 lOjl 9 Hi 31 3f 10 10| 34 2< 9 28 44 9 114 31 33 10 51 32 9 10 10 34 3^ 9 Of 28 5i 9 6 29 10J 9 111 31 44 10 5} 32 9f 10 11 34 3l 9 OJ 28 5| 9 64 29 10'' 9 111 31 4^ 10 5f 32 9| 9 0| 28 6 9 6| 29 11J 10 5|i32 10' 10 111 34 33 9 1 28 6| 9 iA 29 ll| 10 31 4| 10 5f 32 10| 10 11J 34 4;j 9 64 30 10 31 5| 10 5| 32 11 10 111 34 4| 9 11 28 6| 9 6-J 30 10 04 31 5| 10 5^ 32 llf 10 ll| 34 5 9 14 28 7| 9 6| 30 0\ 10 Of 31 6J 10 6 32 iq 10 114 34 51 9 1| 28 74 9 7 30 1J 10 O.i 31 6| 10 11| 34 5\ 9 1^ 28 8 10 Of 31 61 10 6 33 OJ 10 11J 34 6-j 9 If 28 8| 9 7| 30 1| 10 03 31 7^ 10 6^ 33 01 11 34 6| 9 14 28 84 9 74 30 2 10 01 31 7| 10 6f 33 1 9 11 28 91 9 7| 30 2| 10 1 31 8^ 10 6i 33 If 11 34 7 9 2 28 9J'9 7J 30 21 10 6| 33 1| 11 0^ 34 7| 9 74 30 3| i 15 10| 415 114 H6 |JI6 Of 180 CIRCUMFERENCES FOR ANGLED IRON HOOPS. CIRCUMFERENCES FOR ANGLED IRON HOOPS. ANGLE INSIDE. 118 9$ CIRCUMFERENCES FOR ANGLED IRON HOOPS. 181 OBSERVATIONS ON TABLE CONTAINING THE CIRCUMFERENCES FOI ANGLED IRON HOOPS. ANGLE OUTSIDE. As this Table will be useful to those smiths who chiefly work angled iron, it will be necessary to remark, that the observation made on Tables relating to the Diameters and Circumferences of Circles, respecting adding the thickness of the iron to the diameter, must be attended to in this, with this difference, the breadth of the angle must be added to the diameter. Example. Suppose a hoop is wanted to be made of 2^ inch angled iron, whose diameter inside must be 12 inches. Here the 2 inches must be add- ed to the 12 inches, which raises the number to 1 foot 2J inches. Looking into the Table, I find the circumference, or length of iron requisite for the hoop, is 3 feet 6 inches. OBSERVATIONS ON TABLE CONTAINING THE CIRCUMFERENCES FOR ANGLED IRON HOOPS. ANGLE INSIDE. The observations respecting this Table are the reverse to those on the preceding one, viz. the breadth of the angle must be taken from the diam- eter, for this reason, that the diameter is taken from outside to outside of the ring. Suppose a ring is to be made of angled iron, whose diameter outside is to be 12 inches, the breadth of the angle 2 inches; then, by taking 2^ inches from 12 inches, we have left 9 inches. Looking into the Table in the col- umn of diameters, I find in the circumference column, opposite 9^ inches, 2 feet 8 inches, which is the length of iron necessary for the ring. It has been already observed, that between angled and plain iron a con- siderable difference exists with regard to the proportion of the circumference to the diameter : this is owing to the angle or flange on one side of the bar, and when the iron is formea into a hoop : it contracts more or less, as the angle or flange may be inside or outside of the hoop. From repeated ex periments on this subject, I have ascertained that the proportions of the diameters to the circumferences are as follows: For the angle inside as 1 : 3-4248, and for the angle outside the hoop, as 1 : 2-9312 : : Diam : Circ'f. Problem. To find the circumference of an ellipse, or an oval hoop or ring. Rule. Add the length of the two axes together, and multiply the sum by 1-5708 for the circumference ; or as it may be used in the Table of Circum- ferences, take half the sum of the axes as a diameter, with the breadth ol the iron added, and enter the Table of Circumferences where it will be found. Ex. Required the circumference of an elliptical hoop, whose axes are 18^ and 13 inches, the thickness of the iron being 2 inches. 18 J -f 13 = 31 i -=- 2 = 15 J + 2 = 18 J inches the diameter. Entering into the Table of Diameter with 18 inches, the circumference will be found to be 4 feet 9 inches. In constructing elliptical hoops of angled iron, with the angle outside, reference must be made to the Tables for hoops of angled iron ; the opera- tion will be similar to the above example. But in hoops where the angle is inside, the thickness of the iron must be taken from half the sum of the axes. Note. It must be observed, that in the examples given in the Observa- tions on Table relating to the Diameters and Circumferences of Circles, and also on hoops formed of angled iron, that those ^circumferences are nothing more than the ends of the iron meeting together; therefore, every smith must allow for the thickening of the ends of the metal previous to scarving the same in order to weld it 16 182 SHIP AND RAILROAD SPIKES, AND HORSE SHOES. SHIP AND RAILROAD SPIKES. NUMBER OF IRON SPIKES PER 100 POUNDS. Manufactured by PHILIP C. PAGE, Mass., and Sold by PAGE, BRIGGS & BABBITT, Boston. g 2 o ' * 2. ^ a r= ?> 3 u S g i! S s 08 03 .M d-^^! rtw ^A a 3 S S < a s -^ 3 O. <5 of C_ J5 _S Mo. SE Si c. eo S c, -, a a. o si 8_- -a s 02 7 Sf M 1 Sf M S S" D.S -S B. s 2 ; c.^.S & *~ JS . 0,^2 . -^ C3 'jj 4> 00 55 K ^ ( B "> c O n en .3 53 .S w .5 CQ .S size No. size No. size No. size No. size No. size No. size No. in 100 in 100 in 100 HI 100 in 1 in 1 in 1 inc Ibs. inc. Ibs. inc. Ibs. inc. Ibs. inc. Ibs. inc. Ibs. inc. Ibs. 3 1900 3 1000 4 540 5 340 6 220 8 140 10 80 34 1580 34 960 44 500 54 310 64 200 9 120 15 60 4 1320 4 800 5 460 6 300 7 190 10 110 i 1220 4* 600 54 420 64 280 74 180 1] 100 5 1020 5 680 6 400 7 260 8 170 __ 6 520 64 320 74 240 84 160 8 j 220 9 150 10 140 Rail Road Spikes 9-16ths square 54 inches 160 per 100 pounds. Rail Road Spikes 1-2 inch ' 54 " 200 per 100 pounds. BURDEN'S PATENT SPIKES AND HORSE SHOES. Manufactured at the Troy Iron and Nail Factory, Troy, New YorJi. Boat Spikes. Ship Spikes. Hook Head. > j Horse Shoes. Size in inches. No. in 100 Ibs. Size in inches. No. in 100 Ibs. Size in inches. No. in 100 Ibs. Size in inches. No. in 100 Ibs. 3 1750 4 800 4 X| 555 1 84 34 1468 44 650 44X7-16 414 2 75 4 1257 5 437 5 X4 252 3 65 44 920 54 430 54x4 241 4 56 5 720 6 420 54X9-16 187 5 39 54 630 64 377 6 X9-16 172 6 497 7 275 6 Xf 138 64 478 74 250 7 X9-16 140 7 362 8 174 8 Xf 110 74 337 84 163 8 295 9 155 84 290 10 115 9 210 10 198 COPPERS, TUBING, CAST IRON AND STEEL. 183 COPPERS. Dimensions and Weight from 1 to 208 Gallons. Inches lag to brim. Gallons. Weight in pounds. Inches lag to brim. Gallons. Weight in pounds. Inches lag to brim. Gallons. Weight pounds. l| 1 14 24 15 224 294 29 434 12| 2 3 244 16 24 30 30 45 14 3 44 25 17 254 32 36 54 154 4 6 254 18 27 34 43 644 164 5 74 26 19 284 35 48 72 m 6 9 264 20 30 36 53 794 is4 7 104 26| 21 314 37 58 87 194 8 12 27 22 33 38 63 944 20| 9 134 27| 23 344 39 67 1004 21 10 15 274 24 36 40 71 1064 214 11 164- 27| 25 374 45 104 156 22 12 18 28 26 39 50 146 219 224 13 194 284 27 404 55 208 312 234 14 21 29 28 42 COPPER TUBING. Weight of the usual Thickness. When the inside diameter, is 4 of an inch, 3 ozs. ; f do., 5 ozs. ; 4 do 6 ozs. ; | do., 8 ozs. ; J do., 10 ozs. per foot. BRASS, COPPER, STEEL AND LEAD. Weight of a Foot. BRASS. COPPER. STEEL. LEAD. Diam'ter and Side of Sq're. Weight Round. Weight of Square. Weight of Round. Weight of Square. Weight of Round. Weight of Square. Weight of Round. Weight of Square. Inches. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. * .17 .22 .19 .24 .17 .21 | .39 .50 .42 .54 .38 .48 h .70 .90 .75 .96 .67 .85 1.10 1.40 1.17 1.50 1.04 1.33 | 1.59 2.02 1.69 2.16 1.50 1.91 I 2.16 2.75 2.31 2,94 2.05 2.61 2.83 3.60 3.02 3.84 2.67 3.40 3.87 4.93 ll 3.58 4.56 3.82 4.86 3.38 4.34 4.90 6.25 U 4.42 5.63 4.71 6. 4.18 5.32 6.06 7.71 IS 5.35 6.81 5.71 7.27 5.06 6.44 7.33 9.33 14 6.36 8.10 6.79 8.65 6.02 7.67 8.72 11.11 H 7.47 9.51 7.94 10.15 7.07 9. 10.24 13.04 H 8.66 11.03 9.21 11.77 8.20 10.14 11 87 15.12 H 9.95 12.66 10.61 13.52 9.41 11.98 13.63 17.36 2 11.32 14.41 12.08 15.38 10.71 13.63 15.51 19.75 2J 12.78 16.27 13.64 17.36 12.05 15.80 17.51 22.29 24 14.32 18.24 15.29 19.47 13.51 17.20 19.63 25. 2f 15.96 20.32 17.03 21.69 1505 19.17 21.80 27.80 24 17.68 22.53 18.87 24.03 16.68 21.21 24.24 30.86 2| 19.50 24.83 20.81 26.50 18.39 23.41 26.72 34.02 2| 21.40 27.25 22.84 29.08 20.18 25.70 29.33 37.34 2J 23.39 29.78 24.92 31.79 22.06 28.10 32.05 40.81 8 25.47 32.43 27.18 34.61 24.23 30.60 34.90 44.44 184 WEIGHT OF CAST IRON & IRON AND BRASS BALLS. CAST IRON. Weight of a Foot in Length of Flat Cast Iron. Width of Iron. Thick, l-4th inch. Thick, Thick, 3-8ths inch 1-2 inch. Thick, 5-Sths inch Thick, 3-4ths inch. Thick, 7-8ths inch. Thick, 1 inch. Inches. Founds. Founds. Pounds. Founds. Pounds. Pounds. Founds. 2 1-56 2-34 3-12 3-90 4-68 5-46 6-25 H 1-75 2-63 3-51 4-39 5-27 6-15 7-03 24 1-95 2-92 3-90 4-88 5-85 6-83 7-81 2\ 2-14 3-22 4-29 5-37 6-44 7-51 8-59 3 2-34 3-51 4-68 5-85 7-03 8-20 9-37 H 2-53 3-80 5-07 6-34 7-61 8-88 10-15 34 273 4-10 5-46 6-83 8-20 9-57 10-93 3| 2-93 4-39 5-85 7-32 8-78 10-25 11-71 4 3-12 4-68 6-25 7-81 9-37 10-93 12-50 44 3-32 4-97 6-64 8-30 9-96 11-62 13-28 44 3-51 527 7-03 8-78 1054 12-30 14-06 41 3-71 5-56 7-42 9-27 11-13 12-98 14-84 5 3-90 5-86 7-81 9-76 11 71 13-67 15-62 5i 4-10 6-15 8-20 10-25 12-30 14-35 16-40 4 4-29 6-44 8-59 10-74 12-89 15-03 17-18 5| 4-49 6-73 8-98 11-23 13-46 15-72 17-96 6 4-68 7-03 9-37 1171 14-06 16-40 18-75 CAST IRON. Weight of a Superficial Foot from \ to 2 inches thicK. Size. Weight. Size. Weight. Size. Weight. Size. Weight. Size. Weight. Ins. Pounds. Ins. Pounds. Ins. Pounds. Ins. Pounds. Ins. Pounds. 9.37 $ 23.43 1 37.50 18 51.56 H 65.62 | 14.06 I 28.12 1| 42.18 U 56.25 Ij 70.31 4 18.75 i 32.81 H 46.87 it 60.93 2 75 CAST IRON, COPPER, BRASS, AND LEAD BALLS. Weight of Cast Iron, Copper, Brass, and Lead Balls, from 1 inch to 12 inches in Diameter. 1 Q a 5% | 8 1 M 1 H s ii u | o fi 1 Ins. pounds. pounds. pounds. pounds. Inches. pounds. pounds. pounds. pounds. 1 136 166 158 214 7 46-76 57-1 54-5 73-7 14 46 562 537 727 74 57-52 70-0 67-11 90-0 2 1-09 1-3 1-25 1-7 8 69-81 85-2 81-4 110-1 24 2-13 2-60 2-50 3-35 84 83-73 102-3 100-0 132-3 3 3-68 4-5 4-3 5-8 9 99.4 121-3 1159 156-7 34 5-S4 7-14 6-82 9-23 94 116-9 143-0 136-4 184-7 4 8-72 10-7 10-2 138 10 136-35 166-4 159-0 2150 44 12-42 15-25 14-5 19-6 104 J 57-84 193-0 184-0 250-0 5 17-04 20-8 19-9 26-9 11 181-48 221-8 211-8 286-7 54 22-68 27-74 26-47 36-0 H4 207-37 253-5 242-0 327-7 6 29-45 35-9 34-3 46-4 12 235-62 288-1 275-0 372:3 64 37-44 45-76 43-67 5913 WEIGHT OF ROUND AND SQUARE CAST IRON. 185 CAST IRON. Weight of a Foot in Length of Square and Round. SQUAKE. ROUND. Size. Weight. _ || Size. Weight. Size. Weight Size. Weight. Incho-; Square Pounds. \ Inches Square. Founds. Inches Diara. Founds. Inches Diam. Pounds. A 78 45 74-26 i 61 4J 58-32 1 1-22 5 78-12 I 95 5 61-35 I 1-75 5* 82-08 1-38 5J 64-46 % 2-39 5i 86-13 i 187 5i 67-64 1 3-12 N 90-28 1 2-45 5| 70-09 11 3-95 64 94-53 li 310 N 74-24 li 4-88 H 98-87 li 383 5& 77-65 If 5-90 5| 103-32 If 4-64 51 81-14 14 7-03 5 l 107-86 14 5-52 H 84-71 If 8-25 6 112-50 if 6-48 6 88-35 H 9-57 i 122-08 U 7-51 6 i 95-87 15 10-98 H 132-03 i 8-62 6 4 103-69 2 1250 64 142-38 2 9-81 61 111 82 2J 14-11 7 153-12 2J 11-08 7 12026 2i 15-81 74 164-25 24 12-42 T| 129- 2f 1762 74 175-78 2| 13-84 TJ 138-05 24 19-53 7| 187-68 2-i 1533 71 147-41 2| 21-53 8 200- 2| 16-91 8 157-08 2| 23-63 8i 212-56 2| 18-56 8i 167-05 25 25-83 N 225-78 2J 20-28 84 177-10 3 28-12 8} 239-25 3 22-08 81 187-91 3i 30-51 9 253-12 3J 23-96 9 198-79 3i 33- 9* 267-38 a 25-92 9i 210- 3| 35-59 94 282- 3| 27-95 94 221-50 34 38-28 9| 297-07 H 30-06 91 233-31 3| 41-06 10 312-50 3| 32-25 10 245-43 3| 4394 104 328-32 3| 3451 104 257-86 36 46-92 10 344-53 35 3685 104 270-59 4 50- 101 361-13 4 39-27 io| 283-63 4J 53-14 11 378-12 4| 4176 11 296-97 *i 56-44 114 395-50 4i 44-27 i 310-63 59-81 "4 413-28 4| 46-97 114 324-59 44 63-28 11| 431-44 4i 49-70 ill 338-85 4| 66-84 12 450- 4| 52-50 12 35343 41 70-50 41 55-37 STEEL. Weight of a Foot in Length of Flat. Size. Thick, 1-4 inch. Shick, 3-8ths. Thick, 1-2 inch. Thick, I, . 5-Sths. ;! 8lze ' Thick, 1-4 inch. Thick, S-8ths. Thick, ]-2inch. Thick, 5-8th>. Inches pounds. pound-. pounds. pounds. Inches. pounds. pounds. pounds. poundf. 1 852 1-27 1-70 2.13 i| 2i 2 13 3-20 4-26- 5-32 li 958 143 1-91 2-39 jj 21 234 3-51 4-68 5-85 U 1-06 1-59 213 2-6 6 } 3 2-55 383 5 11 6-39 If 1-17 1-75 234 2-92 | 3i 2-77 4-15 553 6-92 14 127 1-91 2-55 3-19 34 2-98 4-47 5-98 7-45 U 1-49 223 2-98 3-72 31 3-19 4-79 6-38 7-98 2 1-70 2-55 3-40 4-26 4 .3-40 5-10 6-80 8-52 2i 191 2-87 3-83 4-79 16* 186 PARALLEL, AND TAPER ANGLE IRON. WEIGHTS OF ROLLED IRON Per lineal foot, in pounds and decimal parts, of sections of Parallel Angle Taper Angle, Parallel T, Taper T, and Sank Iron and Rails. Table I. PARALLEL ANGLE IRON, OF EQ.UAL SIDES. Length of sides. A B, in inches. Uniform thickness throughout. Weight of one lineal foot. in. in. 3 8-0 2| 70 2* 575 24 5-16ths 4-5 2 i full 3-75 H 4 3-0 lj 4 25 if No. 6 wire guage 1-75 u 8 1-5 8 9 1 25 i 10 1-0 i 10 875 1 11 625 11 563 I 12 5 Table II. PARALLEL ANGLE IROH, OF UNEQUAL SIDES. L'gth of side A in inches. L'gth of side B in inches. Uniform thickness throughout. Weight of 1 lineal foot in. in. in. 3* 5 a 9-75 3 5 | S-75 3 4 5-16ths 7-5 24 4 5-16ths 6-75 24 4 4 5-75 2 4 4 5-5 2i 3 4 4-75 2 2* 4 3-375 li 2 4 2-875 li 2 3-16ths 2-25 Table III. TAPER ANGLE IRON, OF EQUAL SIDES L'gth of sides AA, in inches. Thickness of edges at B. Thickness of root at c. Weight of 1 lineal foot. in. tft. in. 4 h 14-0 3 k I 10-375 21 7-16ths 9-16ths 8-25 2i f h 6-5 24 5-16ths,full 7-16ths 5-0 2 4 full 5-16ths full 3-875 It 4 5-16ths 3-25 li 4 bare 5-16th, bare 2625 A ** WEIGHT OF PARALLEL AND TAPER T IRON. 187 WEIGHTS OF PARALLEL AND TAPER T IRON. Table IV. ~ PARALLEL J IKON, OF UNEQUAL WIDTH AND DEPTH. Width of top table A. Total depth B. Uniform thickness top table c Uniform thickness of rib D. Weight of one lineal foot. in. in. in. in. 5 6 i h 15-75 44 34 i 9-16ths 13-25 4 3 a. a. 8-875 81 3 I 8-25 34 4 i | 125 2* 3 1 4 7-0 24 2 5-16ths full 4-5 2 li 5-16ths 5-16ths 4-0 H 2 I i 3-125 li 2 i 4 2-875 14 1* i * 2-375 1 14 3-16ths 3-16ths 1-5 1 i 3-16ths 3-16ths 1 125 Table V. PARALLEL T IRON, OF EQUAL DEPTH AND WIDTH. Width of top ta- ble, and total depth A, A. Uniform thickness throughout Weight of one lineal foot. in. in. 6 i 5 7-16ths 13-75 4 | 9-75 34 3 8-5 3 s. 7-5 2i 5-16ths 4625 24 5-16ths 4-5 2 5-16ths 3-75 If i 3-0 li i 2-25 U k 1-75 i 3-16ths 1-0 i 1 725 | 625 Table VL TAPER Width of top table A Total depth B. Thickness of top table at root c. Thickness of top table at edges D. Uniform thicknes of rib E. Weight of one lin. foot. in. in. in. in. in. 3 S| k 5 7-16ths 8-0 3 a| 7-16ths f h 8-0 2 3 7-16ths 5-16ths 5-16th<= 5-25 ** 24 i h 4 full 6-5 2 1* full 5-16ths 1 3-5 2 U 5-16ths i i 2-875 188 WEIGHT OF IRON SASHES AND RAILS. WEIGHT OF SASHES AND RAILS. Table VII. SASH IRON. Total depth A. Depth of re- bate B. Width at edge c. greatest width D. Weight of one lineal foot. in. in. in. 2 1 No. 9 w. guage 5-8ths 1-75 1| I 7 9-16ths 1-625 U 1 6 9-16ths 1-25 If 10 9-l6ths 1-125 11 10 9-16ths 1-0 1 i 4 75 Table VIII, RAILS EQ.UAL TOP AND BOTTOM TABLES. -B- Depth A in inches. Width across top and bottom, BB, in inches. Thickness of rib c. Weight of 1 lin.. foot. in. 5 in. in. i 25-0 4i 2 I 23-33 4i 2i * 21-66 -c Table IX. TEMPORARY RAILS. Top width A. Rib width B. Bed width c. Total depth D. Thickness of bed E. Weight of 1 lin. foot in. li in. in. 8 in. 2 in. 7-16ths 9-0 11 3 2i i 120 3 4 3 I 16-0 2 4 3 17-33 WEIGHT OF FLAT IKON. 189 WEIGHT OP A LINEAL FOOT OF MALLEABLE TANGULAR OR FLAT IRON. From an Eighth of an Inch to Three Inches TJrick. T designates the thickness, B. the breadth. REG- T B. Weight. T B. Weight. T. B. Weight. T B. Weight. in. in Ibs. ozs. in in. Ibs. ozs in. in. Ibs. ozs in in. Jbs. ozs. i i 1.6 | 10| 4 7-3 4 94 7 14-1 i 8| 10 13-8 2-4 11 4 9-0 93 8 1-4 9 11 2.8 4 3-3 114 4 10-7 10 8 4-8 94 11 7-8 * 4-1 Hi 4 12 3 104 8 8-1 94 11 127 | 5-0 113 4 14-0 104 8 11-4 9| 12 1-7 I 5-8 12 4 15-6 10| 8 14-7 10 12 67 \ 6-6 Jl 90. A 101 19 11 fi 14 8-3 J 4 6-6 114 ft \J 9 5-4 1U 3 10| J 1 JL < 1 13 0-6 14 9-9 I 8-3 H4 9 8-7 103 13 56 14 11-6 1 10-0 ii| 9 12 11 13 10-5 2 13-2 | 116 12 9 15 3 H4 13 15-5 24 14-9 1 13-2 114 14 4-5 ~4 24 1 0-6 i 14 1 0-6 1 3 14-9 113 14 94 23 1 2-2 14 1 3-9 1 1 1-3 12 14 14-4 3 1 3-9 H 1 7-2 i 1 3-8 . 34 1 5-5 2 1 10.5 14 1 8-8 4 1 1 10-4 34 1 7-2 24 1 13-8 14 1 138 14 2 1-1 33 1 8-9 24 2 1-2 13 2 2-7 14 2 7-7 4 1 10 5 21 2 4-5 2 2 7-7 11 2 14-3 44 1 12-2 3 2 7-8 24 2 12-7 2 3 4-9 4* 1 13 8 34 2 11 1 24 3 16 24 3 11-6 43 1 15-5 34 2 14-4 23 3 6-6 24 4 2-2 5 2 12 31 3 1-8 3 3 11-6 23 4 8.8 54 2 2-8 4 3 5-1 34 4 0-5 3 4 15 4 54 2 4-5 44 3 8-4 34 4 5-5 34 5 6-1 53 2 6-1 44 3 11-7 33 4 10-5 34 5 12-7 6 2 78 43 3 15-0 4 4 15-4 33 6 3.3 64 2 9-5 5 4 2-4 44 5 4-4 4 6 9-9 64 2 11-1 54 4 5-7 44 5 9-4 44 7 0-6 63 2 12-8 54 4 9-0 43 5 14 3 44 7 7-2 7 2 14-4 53 4 12-3 5 6 3-3 43 7 138 74 3 01 6 4 15-6 54 6 8-3 5 8 4-4 74 3 1-8 64 5 3-0 54 6 13-2 54 8 11-1 73 3 3-4 64 5 6-3 53 7 2-2 54 9 1-7 S 3 51 63 5 96 6 7 7-2 53 9 83 84 3 6-7 7 5 13-0 64 7 12-2 6 9 14-9 84 3 8-4 74 6 0-2 64 8 1-1 64 10 5-6 83 3 10 1 74 6 36 63 8 6-1 64 10 12-2 9 3 11-7 73 6 7-0 7 8 11-1 63 11 2-8 94 3 13 4 8 6 10-2 74 9 0-0 7 11 94 94 3 15-0 84 6 13-5 74 9 5-0 74 12 0-0 9i 4 7 84 7 0-8 73 9 10-0 74 12 6-7 10 4 2-4 8| 7 4-2 8 9 14-9 73 12 133 i4 4 4-0 9 7 7-5 84 10 3-9 8 13 3-9 104 4 5-7 94 7 10-8 84 10 S-9 4 13 10-5 190 WEIGHT OF FLAT IRON. T. designates tne thickness. B. the'breadfh. B. Weight. T B. Weight. T B. Weight. T B. Weight. in. Ifos. ozs. in in. Ibs. ozs in in. Ibs. ozs in in. Ibs. ozs. 84 14 1-2 ft 94 19 10-6 S 10| 26 11-2 1 2 6 10-0 84 14 7-8 91 20 2.9 11 27 5-1 24 7 7-2 9 14 14 4 10 20 11-2 H4 27 15-1 24 8 4.4 94 15 5-0 IW 21 3-4 11 28 9-0 24 9 1-7 94 15 11-7 104 21 11-7 111 29 3-0 3 9 14-7 91 16 23 105 22 4-0 12 29 12-9 34 10 12-2 10 16 8-9 11 22 12 3 , 34 11 9-4 104 16 15-5 H4 23 4-6 H" 11 5 11 34 12 6-7 104 17 6-2 114 23 12-8 2 5 12 7 4 13 3-9 104 17 12 8 111 24 5-1 2 4 6 8-3 44 14 1-2 11 18 3-4 12 24 13-4 24 7 3.9 44 14 14-4 1 14 18 HHi 2! 7 15-5 A a 15 11'7 n4 J9 0-7 ; | 14 3 11-6 ? 8 11.1 *4 5 16 8-9 ni 19 7-3 14 4 5-5 3 4 9 6-7 54 17 6-2 12 19 13-9 2 4 154 4 10 2.2 54 18 3-4 2-1 50.4 33 in i" v K3 19 0-7 14 2 9-4 1 24 y 6 3-3 ? l\f AO O 11 9-4 4 6 19 13-9 i* 3 1-6 2| 6 132 4 4 12 5-0 64 20 11-2 14 3 9-9 3 7 7-2 4 13 0-6 64 21 8-4 2 4 22 34 8 1-1 4 1 13 12-2 64 22 5.7 2 4 4 10-5 34 8 11-1 5 14 7-8 7 23 2-9 2A 5 2-8 31 9 5-0 5 4 15 3-4 74 24 0-2 2f 5 11-0 4 9 14-9 4 15 15-0 74 24 13-4 3 6 3.3 44 10 8-9 5| 16 10-6 74 25 10-6 34 6 11 6 44 11 2-8 6 17 62 8 26 7-9 3d 7 3-9 41 11 12-7 6 4 18 1-8 84 27 5-1 3| 7 12 2 5 12 67 64 18 13 4 84 28 2-4 4 8 4-4 5\ 13 0-6 64 19 8-9 81 28 15 6 44 8 12.7 54 13 10-6 7 20 4-5 9 29 12-9 4i 9 5-0 51 14 4-5 7 4 21 0-1 9.4 30 10-1 44 9 13-3 6 14 14-4 74 21 11.7 94 31 7-4 5 10 5-6 64.J15 8-4 7| 22 7-3 94 32 4-6 54 10 13-8 6 16 2-3 8 23 2.9 10 33 1-9 4 11 6-1 61 16 12-2 |i 23 14-5 i4 33 15-1 51 11 144 7 17 62 8 4 24 10-1 ioi 31 12-4 6 12 6-7 74 18 0-1 3 25 5-7 104 35 9.6 64 12 15-0 74 18 10-0 9 26 1-3 11 36 69 64 13 7-2 71 19 4-0 9 4 26 12 9 114 57 4-1 6| 13 15-5 8 19 13-9 9 4 27 8.5 114 38 1-4 7 14 7-8 84 20 7-8 91 28 4-0 ill 38 14-6 74 15 0.1 84 21 1-8 10 28 15-6 12 39 11-9 74 15 8-4 S| 21 11-7 104 29 11-2 74 16 0-6 9 22 5.7 104 30 6-8 24 8 6-1 8 16 8-9 94 22 15 6 104 31 2-4 24 9 5-0 84 17 12 94 23 9-5 11 81 140 24 10 3-9 84 17 9-5 91 24 3.5 n.S 32 9-6 3 11 2-8 8| 18 1-8 10 24 13-4 H4 33 5-2 -I 12 1-7 9 18 10.0 104 25 7-3 ni 34 0-8 34 13 0-6 94 19 23 10i 26 1-3 12 34 12.4 34 13 15-5 WEIGHT OF FLAT IRON. 191 T. designates the thickness, B. the breadth. T. B. Weight. T. B. Weight. T. B. Weight. T. B. Weight. in. in. Ibs. ozs. n. in. Ibs. ozs. in in. Ibs. ozs. in. in. Ibs. ozs. H 4 14 14 4 H 64 25 14-0 If 81 39 13-5 14114 57 2-1 44 15 13-3 64 26 14-5 9 40 15-7 113 58 5.9 4| 16 12 2 63 27 15-1 94 42 2-0 12 59 9-8 4 17 ll-l 7 28 15-6 94 43 4-2 5 18 10-0 74 30 0-2 91 44 6-4 | 34 17 7-8 54 19 8-9 74 31 0-8 10 45 8-6 34 IS 13-4 54 20 7-8 7| 32 1-3 104 46 10-8 31 20 2-9 51 21 6-8 8 33 1-9 104 47 13-0 4 21 8-4 6 22 5-7 84 34 2-4 101 48 15-2 44 22 ]3-9 64 23 4-6 84 35 3-0 11 50 1-5 44 24 35 64 24 35 81 36 3-6 114 51 3-7 41 25 9-0 61 25 2-4 9 37 4-1 114 52 5-9 5 26 14-5 7 26 1-3 94 38 4-7 111 53 8-1 54 28 4-0 7| 27 0-2 94 39 5-2 12 54 10-3 54 29 9-6 7! 27 15-1 93 40 5-8 53 30 15-1 1 2 n 28 14-0 */5 10 41 6-4 U 3 14 14.4 1/.J 6 32 4-6 8 29 12-9 104 42 6-9 34 16 2-3 64 33 10-2 4 30 H-8 104 43 7-5 34 17 6-2 64 34 15-7 g| 31 10-7 10| 44 C-0 31 18 10-0 63 36 5-2 8| 32 9-6 11 45 8-6 4 19 13-9 7 37 10-7 9 33 8-5 114 46 9-2 44 21 1.8 74 39 0-3 94 34 7-4 114 47 9-7 44 22 5-7 74 40 5-8 I 35 6-3 111 48 10 3 43 23 9-5 71 41 11-3 9| 36 5-2 12 49 10-8 5 24 13.4 8 43 0-9 10 37 4.1 51 9fl 1 .Q 8-L 44 fi-4 104 O 1 * A 38 3-0 n 21 12 8-3 4 54 O JL'o 27 5-1 u -j 84 45 11-9 M>1 39 1-9 3 13 10-6 53 28 9-0 si 47 1-4 103 40 0-8 34 14 12-8 6 29 12-9 9 48 7-0 11 40 15-7 34 15 15-0 64 31 0-8 94 49 12-5 114 41 14 6 33 17 1-2 64 32 4-6 94 51 2-0 Hi 42 13-5 4 18 3-4 63 33 8-5 93 52 7-6 111 43 12-4 44 19 5-6 7 34 12-4 10 53 13-1 12 44 11-4 44 20 7-8 74 36 0-2 104 55 26 43 21 10-1 74 Q7 4.1 1 Ol -..: c.| 14 2 10 5-6 *4 5 1 1 V 1 22 12-3 'a 73 o I *1 A 38 8-0 1 wJJ 10| *J\) O X 57 13-7 21 11 6-1 54 23 14-5 8 39 11-9 11 59 3-2 3 12 6-7 54 25 0-7 84 40 15-7 114 60 8.7 34 13 7-2 5| 26 2-9 84 42 3-6 114 61 14-2 34 14 7-8 6 27 5-1 81 43 7-5 113 63 3-8 31 15 8-4 64 28 7-4 9 44 11 4 12 64 9-3 4 16 8-9 6A i 9Q 0-fi 9A 4*1 1H-9 44 17 9-5 U 2 63 30 11-8 ^4 94 Its to t 47 31 13 34 20 4-5 44 18 10-0 7 31 14-0 9| 48 7-0 33 21 11-7 43 19 10-6 74 33 0-2 10 49 10-8 4 23 2-9 5 20 11-2 74 34 2-4 104 50 14-7 44 24 10-1 54 21 11-7 73 35 4-7 104 52 2-6 44 26 1-3 5A 22 12-3 8 36 6-9 10| 53 6-5 43 ; 27 8-5 53 23 12-8 84 37 9-1 11 54 10-3 5 28 15-6 6 24 13-4 84 38 11-3 114 55 142 54 30 6-8 192 WEIGHT OF FLAT IRON. T. designates the thickness, B. the breadth. T. B. Weight. IT. B. Weight. T. B. Weight. T. B. Weight. in. in. Ibs. ozs. in. in. Ibs. ozs. in. in. Ibs. ozs in. iu. |bs. ozs. If 54 31 14-0 1J 9 55 14-2 2 44 31 10-7 24 si 65 3-2 51 33 5-2 9| 57 7-0 4i{ 33 6-8 9 67 1-0 6 34 12-4 94 58 15-9 5 35 3-0 94 GS 14-9 64 36 3-6 93 60 8-7 54 36 15-2 94 70 12-7 64 37 10-7 10 62 1-6 54 38 11 3 91 72 10-5 61 39 1-9 104 63 10-4 51 40 7-5 10 74 8-3 7 40 9-1 104 65 3-2 6 42 36 104 76 6-1 74 42 0-3 101 66 12-1 6j 43 15-8 io| 78 3-9 74 43 7-5 11 68 4-9 64 45 11 9 101 80 1-7 71 44 14.7 114 69 13-8 61 47 8-1 11 81 15-5 8 46 5-8 111 71 6-6 7 49 4-2 114 83 13-3 84 47 13-0 ll| 72 15 4 74 51 0-4 114 85 11-1 84 49 4-2 12 74 8-3 74 52 12-5 111 87 8-9 Q3 50 11-4 7 : i 54 8-7 12 89 6*7 05 9 52 2-6 2 4 {26 7-9 8 56 4-8 94 53 9-8 44 28 2-4 84 58 1-0 2f 41 37 5-8 94 55 1-0 4-i 29 12-9 84 59 13-1 5 39 5-2 91 56 8-1 41 31 7-4 81 61 9-3 5 * 41 4-7 10 57 15-3 5 33 1-9 9 63 5-4 54 43 4-2 i4 59 6-5 54 34 12-4 94 65 16 6| 45 3-6 104 60 13-7 54 36 6-9 94 66 13 7 6 47 3-1 10j 62 49 5| 38 1-4 91 68 9-9 64 49 2-6 11 63 12-1 6 39 11-9 10 70 6-0 64 51 2-0 114 65 32 64 41 6-4 104 72 2-2 61 53 1-5 114 66 10-4 64 43 0-9 1(>4 73 14-3 7 55 1-0 111 68 1-6 61 44 11-4 101 75 10-5 74 57 0-4 12 69 8-8 7 46 5-8 11 77 66 74 58 15-9 74 Aft 0-3 111 79 2-8 71 60 15-3 11 31 23 46 74 49 10-8 *4 Hi 80 15-0 8 62 14-3 4 24 13-4 75 51 5-3 111 82 11-1 8 J 64 143 44 26 6-2 8 52 15-8 12 84 7-3 84 66 13-7 4 1 9? m i 8J. KM 1A.O * : ; 68 13-2 4 4 41 * 19.1 29 7-9 4 8 4 *J-* IV 56 4-8 24 44 33 85 4 9 70 12-7 5 31 0-8 81 57 15 3 41 35 63 94 72 12-1 54 32 9-6 9 59 9-0 r, :>,7 4-1 94 71 116 54 34 2-4 94 61 4-3 54 39 1-9 91 76 11-1 51 35 11 3 94 62 14-8 54 40 15-7 10 78 10-5 6 37 4-6 91 64 93 51 42 13-5 104 80 10-0 64 38 13-0 10 66 38 a 14 n-4 10A 82 9-4 64 40 5-8 104 67 14-3 6\ 46 9-2 10J 81 8-9 61 41 14-6 104 69 8-8 64 48 7-0 ]] 86 8-4 7 43 7-5 101 71 3-3 61 50 4-8 Hi 88 7-8 74 45 0-3 11 72 13-8 7 52 2-6 Hi 90 7-3 74 71 46 9-2 48 2-0 114 114 74 83 76 2-8 1\ 54 0-4 74 55 14-2 11:1 12 92 6-8 94 6-2 8 49 10-8 ill 77 13-3 71 57 120 84 51 3-7 12 79 7-8 8 59 98 24 5 11 6-4 8A (59 12-T 84 61 7-6 KJ 43 7.5 2 81 > I ~ -J 54 5-4 2* 44 29 14 5 84 63 5-4 ' \ 54: 45 8.6 WEIGHT OF FLAT IRON. 193 T designates the thickness, B. the breadth. T. B. Weight. r B. Weight. T. B. "Weight. T. B. Wrisrht. in. in. Ibs ozs. in in. Ibs. ozs. in. in. Ibs. ozs. in. in. Ibs. ozs. 24 47 9-7 7 60 13-7 25 84 77 6-6 21 10j 97 9-6 ti 49 108 -.3 0-5 8j 79 11 1 10.J 99 15 7 64 51 12-0 7i 65 3-2 9 81 15-5 103 102 5-7 64 53 13 1 73 67 6-0 94 84 39 11 104 11-8 55 14 2 8 69 8-8 N 86 8-4 H4 107 1-9 7 57 15 3 84 71 11-6 N - 12 - 114 109 8-0 60 0-4 62 1-6 84 73 14-3 83 76 11 10 i4 91 1-2 93 5-7 113 12 111 14-1 114 4-2 t)4 2-7 9 78 3-9 104 95 10-1 B 66 3-8 9 I 80 6-7 *"4 10} 97 14-5 1 6 59 9S Bd <>S 4-J N 82 9-4 11 100 30 64 62 16 70 6-0 M 1'J-L' 114 102 7.4 64 64 9-3 8 72 72 10 86 15-0 114 104 11-8 6| 67 1-0 10* 89 1-8 11| 107 0-3 7 69 8-8 !S 76 94 It! 91 4-6 12 109 4-7 fl 72 0-5 N 7S 10-5 93 7-3 74 74 8-3 SO 11-6 11 95 10-1 21 51 54 12-0 73 77 0-0 10 vj 12-S 11-i 97 12-9 6 57 21 8 7i 7-8 I'M 84 13-9 111 99 157 64 59 8-2 84 81 15-5 id A 86 15-0 111 102 2-4 64 61 14-2 84 84 73 89 0-1 12 104 5-2 63 64 4-3 i 1 1 91 1-2 7 tili 10-1 v| K-1 Hi 93 24 23 54 50 1 5 WI Aw 4 69 0-5 94 oy o / 91 14 5 nj 95 35 53 52 5-9 74 71 6-6 94 94 6-2 11; !>7 I'ti 6 54 10 3 73 73 12 7 93 96 14-0 12 99 57 64 el 56 14-8 RQ Q.O 8 Bl 76 2S fro Q.O 10 1 f\ I 99 5-7 mi > s N 54 4-> 10-3 *>5 63 .>.' o & 61 7-6 | ts a y 80 15.0 104 10A 1.5. a 104 5.2 U 47 1S-0 7 63 12-1 83 83 5-0 103 106 13.0 in ivs 74 66 0-5 9 85 11 1 11 109 4.7 t> 52 26 7A <- 4 *- 12 114 111 12.4 "/ 54 5-4 ro 9-4 94 90 7-3 114 114 4.2 6* 56 8-1 8 72 13-S 9i 92 13 4 113 116 11.9 6} 5S 10-!) 84 75 2-2 10 95 3-5 12 119 3.7 OBSERVATIONS ON TABLE OF FLAT IRON. The weights horo ijivcn are in pounds, ounces, and decimal parts, nvoir- ilupiv; ; ;iml u \vill l>o soon, on insportiny tho. Tahlo. that tho first numbers in each pasje arc those which apply to 'nut iron, and that the breadth in- !>y j of an inch. The last numbers in each papo show tin of a sijuaro toot; according to the rospoctive thickness of each bar. Honco. tin- \\oii;'l)t at any length of a bar of rectangular iron may be ascertained gimply. as follows : Ride. Multiply the tabular weight, according to the thickness and breadth, by the number of loot in the bar, the product will be tne weight required. K.ramplf In a bar of iron whose thickness is '_'} indies, the bro.idt.li f>4 inches, and the length IS feet, wh.it is the weight thereof !. In the Table for '2 \ inches Hark, and opposite 64 inches, stand 4S Ibs. 7 ozs.; being the wwrfat of one lineal foot. Multiply this number by 18 feet, and we h.i\e as follows ; 48 Ibs. 7 ozs. X IS = 871 Ibs. 14 ozs. 194 ELASTICITY OF STEAM. ELASTIC FORCE OF STEAM. Table of the Elastic Force of Steam, and corresponding Tempera- ture of the Water with which it is in Contact. Pressure in pounds per sq. in. Elastic force in Inches of Mercury. Temper- ature Fahren't. Volume of) Steam Pressure in compared 1 pounds with Vol. per sq. in. of Water. Elastic force in Inches of Mercury. Temper- ature Fahren't. Volume of Steam compared with Vol of Water' 14.7 30.00 212.0 1700 63 123.5-2 299.2 449 15 30.60 212.8 1069 64 130.56 300.3 443 16 32.64 216.3 1573 65 13260 301.3 437 17 34.68 219.6 1488 66 134.64 302.4 431 18 36.72 222.7 1411 67 130.03 303.4 425 19 33.76 225.6 1343 68 138.72 304.4 419 20 40.80 223.5 1281 69 140.76 305.4 414 21 4284 231.2 1225 70 142.80 306.4 408 22 44.38 233.8 1174 71 144.84 307.4 403 23 46.92 236.3 1127 72 146.38 308.4 398 24 48.96 233.7 IOS'4 73 148.92 309.3 393 25 51JOO 241.0 1044 74 150.96 310.3 388 26 53.04 243.3 1007 75 153.02 311.2 383 27 55.03 245.5 973 76 155.06 312.2 379 28 57.12 247.6 941 77 157.10 313.1 374 29 59.16 249.6 911 78 159.14 314.0 370 30 61.21 251.6 883 79 161.18 314.9 366 31 63.24 2536 857 80 163.22 3158 362 32 65.28 255.5 333 81 165.26 316.7 353 3.3 67.32 257.3 S10 82 167.30- 317.6 354 34 69.36 259.1 783 83 169.34 318.4 350 35 71.40 2609 767 84 171.33 319.3 346 36 73.44 262.6 748 85 173.42 320.1 342 37 75.48 264.3 729 86 175.46 321.0 339 33 77.52 265.9 712 87 177.50 321.3 335 39 79.5G 207.5 695 83 179.54 322.6 332 40 81.60 269.1 679 89 181.53 323.5 323 41 83.64 270.6 661 90 133.62 324.3 325 42 85.63 272.1 649 91 195.66 325.1 322 43 87.72 273.6 635 92 137.70 3-25.9 319 44 89.76 275.0 622 93 189.74 326.7 316 45 91.80 276.4 610 94 191.78 327.5 313 46 93.84 277.8 598 95 193.82 328.2 310 47 95.88 279.2 536 9i 195.86 329.0 307 48 97.92 230.5 575 97 107.90 329.3 304 49 99.96 281.9 564 98 199.92 330.5 301 50 102.00 283.2 554 99 201.96 331.3 298 51 104.04 284.4 544 100 204.01 332.0 295 52 106.03 285.7 534 110 224.40 339.2 271 53 108.12 2869 525 120 244.82 345.8 251 54 110.16 2S8.1 516 130 265.23 352.1 233 55 112.20 289.3 503 140 285.61 357.9 218 56 J 14.21 290.5 500 150 306.03 303.4 205 57 116.23 291.7 492 160 326.42 303.7 193 58 118.32 292.9 4*4 170 346.80 373.6 183 59 120.36 2942 477 180 367.25 378.4 174 60 132.40 295.6 170 190 387.61 382.9 166 61 124.44 296.9 463 200 403.04 337.3 158 62 126.43 298.1 456 Water holding impurilies in solution tends to retard its attaining the aeriform state, and so impairs the amount of its elastic force at an equal temperature. Common water ) boiling point, 212" F. ( elastic force, 30 inches. Sea water ( at 212 "\ 23.05 " Common water ) boiling point, 216" F. j 32.5 Seawater J at 216 "1 24.6 " PROPERTIES OF STEAM. 195 PRODUCTION AND PROPERTIES OF STEAM. When water in a vessel is subjected to the action of fire, it readily im- bibes the heat or fluid principle of which the fire is the immediate cause, and sooner or later, according to the intensity of the heat, attains a tempe- rature of 212 Fahrenheit. If at this point of temperature the water be not enclosed, but exposed to atmospheric pressure, ebullition wil 1 take place, and steam or vapor will ascend through the water, carrying with it the superabundant heat, or that which the water cannot under such circum- stances of pressure absorb, to be retained and to indicate a higher tempera- ture. Water., in attaining the aeriform state, is thus uniformly confined to the same laws under every degree of pressure ; but as the pressure is augmented, so is the indicated temperature proportionately elevated : hence the various densities of steam, and corresponding degrees of elastic force. The preceding Table is peculiarly adapted for estimating the power of steam engines on the condensing principle, because in such the effective force of the steam is the difference between the total force and the resisting vapour retained in the condenser. The following Table is more adapted for estimating the effects of non-condensing engines, as, in such, the atmo- spheric pressure is'not generally taken into account, engines of this principle being supposed to work in a medium ; or, the atmospheric pressure on the boiler, to cause a greater density of steam, is equal to the resisting atmo- sphere which the effluent steam has to contend with on leaving the cylinder. Table of the Elastic Force of Steam, the Pressure of the Atmosphere not being included. Elastic Force in Temperature in degrees of Fuhr. Volume of Steam Water being 1, Cubic in. of Water in a cubic foot of Steam. Atmosphere. Ibs. square inch. inch, of Mer. 1.19 2.5 5.15 220 1496 1.14 1.22 3 6.18 222 1453 1.18 1.29 4 8.24 225 1366 . 1.25 1.36 5 10.3 228 1232 1.33 1.70 10 20.6 240 1044 1.64 2.04 15 30.9 251 8S3 1-93 2.38 20 412 2GO 767 2.23 2.72 25 51.5 268 678 2.52 3.06 30 61.8 275 609 2.81 3.40 35 72.1 282 553 3.09 3.74 40 82.4 288 506 3.38 4.08 45 92.7 294 463 3.66 4.42 50 103.0 299 435 3.93 4.76 55 113.3 304 407 4.20 5.10 60 123.6 309 382 4.48 Steam, independent of the heat indicated by an immersed thermometer, also contains heat that cannot be measured by any instrument at present known, and, in consequence of which, is termed latent orjconcealed heat ; the only positive proof we have of its existence being that of incontestable re- sults or effects produced on various bodies. Thus, if one part by weight of steam at 212 be mixed with nine parts of water at 62, the result is water at 178'6 ; therefore, each of the nine parts of water has received from the steam 116'6 of heat, and consequently the steam has diffused or given out 116.6 X 9 = 1049-4 33.4 = 1016 of heat which it must have contained. Again, it is ascertained by experiment, that if one gallon of water be trans- formed into steam at 212, and that steam allowed to mix with water at 52, the whole will be raised to the boiling point, or 212. From these and other experiments, it is ascertained that the latent heat in steam varies from 940" 196 CONSUMPTION OF COAL. to 1044, the ratio of accumulation advancing from 212, as the steam be- comes more dense and of greater elastic force j hence the severity of a scald by steam to that by boiling water. The rules formed By experimenters as corresponding with the results of their experiments on the elastic force of steam at given temperatures vary, but approximate so closely that the following rule, because of being simple, may in practice be taken in preference to any other. Rule. To the temperature of the steam in degrees of Fahrenheit, add 100, divide the sum by 177, and the 6th power of the quotient equals the force iu inches of mercury. Ex. Required the force of steam corresponding to a temperature of 312. 312 + 100 -f- 177 = 2.327 6 = 159 inches of mercury. But the Table is much better adapted to practical purposes, as the vari- ous results or effects are obtained simply by inspection. CONSUMPTION OF COAL. TABLE for finding the CONSUMPTION of COAL per Hourin Steamers either Paddle or Screw (the same Screw being used throughout,) at any Rate of Speed, the Consumption for a particular Rate being known. (At a given Amount of Coal, the Engineer may determine the most pru- dent Rate of Engine for reaching next coaling Port.) Engineer's and Contractor's Pocket Book, London. Speed. Consumption of CoaL Speed. Consumption of CoaL Explanation. 3 .216 9 5.83 31-2 .343 91-2 6.86 The speed for the consump- 4 .512 10 8.00 tion of a unit of coal is sup- 4 1-2 .729 10 1-2 9.26 posed here to be 5, which may 5 1.000 11 10.65 be 5 miles or knots, or 5 times 51-2 1.331 11 1-2 12.15 any number of miles or knots ; 6 1.728 12 13.82 then if 5 of such number of 61-2 2.197 121-2 15.61 miles require 1 unit of eoal 7 2744 13 1758 per hour, 9 of such units will, 71-2 3.375 131-2 19.68 by the table, require 5.83 units 8 4.096 14 2195 of coal, and 3 of them .216 8 1-2 4.910 : units of coal. It will be evident that this Table is calculated on the principle that the horse power varies very nearly as the cube of the speed ; the enormous in- crease of consumption at increased velocities is in fact a little greater thart that shown by the Table. The advantages indicated above to be obtained at low velocities are evidently independent of those obtained at those velocities by using the steam expansively. EVAPORATIVE POWER OF COAL AND RESULTS OF COKING. Under the authority of an Act of the American Congress, approved Sept. 11, 1841, an extensive series of experiments was conducted by Prof. John- son upon the evaporative power of several kinds of coal. The number of samples tried was 41, including 9 anthracites from Pennsylvania; 12 free- burning or semi-bituminous coals; 11 bituminous from Virginia; 6 foreign bituminous coals, viz. 1 from Sydney, .Nova Scotia, sent by the Cunard Coal Mining Company; 1 of Pictou Coal, sent by the same; 1 of Scotch; 1 of Newcastle ; 1 of Liverpool ; and 1 of Pictou. From one to six trials were EVAPORATIVE POWER OF COAL. 197 made on each sample, the average quantity used per trial being 978 Ibs. The experiments occupied 144. days, during each of which continuous obser- vations were made during 12 or 14 hours. The coals were burnt under a steam boiler, fitted with apparatus for com- plete regulation, the supply of water and coals being determined both by weight and measure. The standard adopted to measure the heating power of each kind of conl was the weight of water which a given weight of each evaporated from the temperature of 212 Fahr. The following Table gives the results of five comparisons in each of which that coal which ranks the highest is stated as 1000, and the others in deci- mal parts of the integer. Comparison Comparison Comparison Comparison Comparison 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Ba L 11 .S | |j.S 1 a o s 3 3 |S ?! Is p,j 1 S sj CM | 1 a Kinds of Coal. 2J3 ii ja C 3 g^ 3s 22 _ 1 ^| || S^g. iK 3 2 !?"! =2 PH ~ 2 < ll "^ 1 III sg ll "" il Anthracites : Atkinson and ) Templeman's ) 1070 1.000 566.2 1.000 7.96 .633 0.99 .505 5.1 .725 52.92 Beaver Mea- ) dow (No. 5). J 9.88 .923 556.1 .982 6.74 .748 2.42 2.07 6.12 .060 56.19 Bituminous and free burning : Newcastle . 8.66 .809 439.6 .776 5.68 .887 0.84 .595 10.7 .346 50.82 Pietou . . . 8.49 .792 417.9 .738 12.06 .418 0.85 .588 3.7 1.000 49.25 Liverpool 7.84 .733 375.4 .663 5.04 1.000 0.86 .581 111 .333 47.88 Caunelton, (In) 7.34 .686 348.8 .616 5.12 .984 0.50 1.000 6.4 .578 47.65 Scotch . . 6.95 .649 353.8 .625 10.10 .499 0.96 .521 5.7 .649 51.05 Dry pine wood. 4.69 .436 98.6 1 .175 0.307 16.417 The same report states some results of coke-burning, from which it ap- pears that by burning in uncovered heaps, and only covering up the ignited mass when flame ceases to be emitted (as in many of the iron works of Great Britain, France, &c.), the loss in weight at Plymouth has been found to be 17 per cent. ; at Penn-y-darran, 20 per cent. ; and at Dowlais Cwhere it may be presumed the abundance of coal admits of an uneconomical man- agement), 34 per cent. By coking in stacks, or well covered heaps of coal from 10 to 15 ft. diameter, as followed in Staffordshire, highly bituminous coals lose from 50 to 55 pr. ct. weight, and those of a drier nature from 35 to 40. By coking in close ovens, a coal which, in an uncovered heap, yields only 45 to 50 per cent., yields 69 per cent. In the close oven the gain in bulk is from 22 to SJ3 per cent. ; and while highly bituminous coals yield only 40 to 45 per cent, in open heaps, and actually lose in bulk, they yield in close ovens from 65 to 66 per cent., and gain in bulk. By coking in gas retorts, the Deane Coal of Cumberland gains nearly 30 per cent, in bulk, and loses in weight 25 per cent. Carlisle coal nearly the same. Cannel and Cardiff coals gain 30 per cent, in bulk, and lose 36.5 in weight. Bewick's Wallsend loses 30, and Russell's Wallsend, 30.7 per cent, by the same process. 17* 198 POWER OF STEAM. POWER OF STEAM. Mr. Tredgold gives the following Table, which will show how the power of the steam as it issues from the boiler, is distributed. IS A NON-CONDENSING ENGINE. Let the pressure on the boiler be 10.000 Force required to produce motion of the steam in the cylinder will be O.OH9 Loss by cooling in the cylinder and pipes 0.100 Loss by friciion of Jjie piston and waste 2.000 Force required to expel the steam into the atmosphere 0.069 Force expended in opening the valves, and friction of the various parts 0.622 Loss by the steam being cut off before the end ofihe stroke 1.000 Amount of deductions 3.920 Effective pressure 6.080 IN A CONDENSING ENGINE. Let the pressure on the boiler be .1 10.000 Force required to produce motion of the steam in the cylinder 0.070 Loss by cooling in the cylinder and pipes 0.160 Loss by friction of the piston and waste 1-250 Force required to expel the steam through the passages 0.070 Force required to open and close the valves, raise the injection water, and overcome the friction of the axes 0.630 Loss by the steam being cut off before the end of the stroke 1.000 Power required to work the air pump 0.500 Amount of deductions 3.680 Effective pressure 6.320 If we now suppose a cylinder whose diameter is 24 inches, the area of this cylinder and consequently the area of the piston in square inches, will be, 24 2 X .7854 = 452.39 Let us also make the supposition that steam is admitted into the cylinder of such power as exerts an effective pressure on the piston of 12 Ibs. to the square inch ; therefore, 452.39X12 = 5*28.68 Ibs., the whole force with which the piston is pressed. If we now suppose that the length of the stroke is five feet, and the engine makes 44 single or 22 double strokes in a minute, then the piston will move through a space of 22 X 5 X 2 = 220 feet in a minute ; the power of the engine being equivalent to a weight of 5428 Ibs. raised through 220 feet in a minute. This is the most certain measure of the power of a steam engine. It is usual, however, to estimate the effect as equivalent to the power of so many horses. This method, however simple and natural it may appear, is yet, from differences of opinion as to the power of a horse, not very accurate ; and its employment in calculation can only be accounted for on the ground, that when steam engines were first employed to drive machinery, they were substituted instead of horses ; and it became thus necessary to estimate what size of a steam engine would give a power equal to so many horses. There are various opinions as to the power of a horse. According to Smeaton, a horse will raise 22,916 Ibs. one foot high in a minute. Desagu- liers makes the number 27,500 ; and Watt makes it larger still, that is, 33,000. There is reason to believe that even this number is too small, and that we may add at least 11,000 to it, which gives 44,000 Ibs* raised one foot high per minute. Grier. RULES AND TABLES FOR GAUGING, ULLAGING, &c. GAUGING OF CASKS. 201 GAUGING OF CASKS. In taking the dimensions of a Cask it must he carefully observed : 1st, That the bung-hole be in the middle of the cask ; 2d, That the bung-stave, and the stave opposite to the bung-hole, are both regular and even within; 3d, That the heads of the Cask are equal, and truly circular; if so, the distance between the inside of the chime to the outside of the opposite stave will be the head diameter within the Cask, very near. RULE. Take, in inches, the inside diameters of a Cask at the Head and the Bung, and also the Length ; subtract the head -diameter from the bung-diameter, and note the difference. If the measure of the Cask is taken outside, with callipers, from head to head, then a deduction must be made of from 1 to 2 inches for the thickness of the heads, according to the size of the Cask. 1 If the staves of the Cask, between the bung and the head, are considerably curved, (the shape of a Pipe), multiply the difference between the bung and head, by .7. 2 If the staves be of a medium curve, (the shape of a Molasses Hogshead), multiply the difference by .65. 3. JJ the staves curve very little, (less than a Molasses Hogs- head), multiply the difference by .6. 4. If the staves are nearly straight, (almost a Cylinder), mul- tiply the difference by .55. 5. Add the product, in each case, to the head-diameter ; the sum will be a mean diameter, and thus the Cask is reduced to a cylinder. 6. Multiply the mean diameter by itself, and then by the length, and multiply if for Wine gallons, by .0034. The difference of dividing by 294 (the usual method), and multiplying by .0034 (the most ex- peditious method), is less than 500ths of a gallon in 100 gallons. EXAMPLE. Supposing the Head-Diameter of a Cask to be 24 inches, the Bung- Diameter 32 inches, and the Length of Cask 40 inches; What is the content in Wine Gallons ? 1st variety. Bung-Diameter, 32 brought up 876.16 Head-Diameter, 24 Length, 40 Difference, ~~8 35046.40 Multiplier, .7 .0034 5^6 14018560 Head-Diam., 24 10513920 multiply 29.6 119.157760 by 29.6 carry up Square, 876.16 Jlns. 119 galls. 1 pint. To obtain the contents of a similar Cask in Ale Gallons, multiply 35046.40 by .002785, and we get 97.6042, (or 97 gallons 5 pints.) 202 GAUGING OF CASKS. GAUGING OF CASKS IN IMPERIAL (BRITISH) GALLONS. AND ALSO IN UNITED STATES GALLONS. Having ascertained the, variety of the Cask, and its interior dimen- sions, the following Table will facilitate the calculation of its capacity. Table of the Capacities of Casks, whose Bung Diameters and Lengths are 1 or Unity. II. 1st Var. 2d Var. 3d Var. ! 4th Var. H. 1st Var. 2d Var. 3d Var. 4th Var. ."so .0021244 .0020300 .0017704 .0016523 ~?76 .0024337 .0024120 .0022343 70022071 .51 .0021340 .0020433 .0017847 .0016713 .77 .0024482 0024282- .0022560 .0022310 .52 .0021437 .0020567 .0017993 .0016905 .78 .0021628 .0021445 .0022780 .0022551 .53 .0021536 .0020702 .0018141 .0017098 .79 .0024777 .0024610 .0023002 .0022794 .54 .0021637 .0020&38 .0018293 .0017294 .80 .0021927 .0024776 .0023227 .0023038 .55 .0021740 .0020975 .0018447 .0017491 .81 .0025079 .0021942 .0023455 .0023285 .56 .0021845 .0021114 .0018604 .0017690 .82 .0025233 .0025110 .0023086 .0023533 .57 .0021951 .0021253 .0018764 .0017891 .83 .00253SS .0025279 .0023920 .0023783 .53 .0022060 .0021394 .0018927 .0018094 .84 .0025546 .0025449 .0024156 .0024035 .59 .0022170 .0021536 .0019093 .0018299 .85 .0025706 .0025621 .0024396 .0024289 .GO .0022233 .0021679 .0019261 .0018506 .86 .0025S67 .0025793 .0024638 .0021515 .61 .00-22397 ,0021823 .0019433 .0018715 .87 .0026030 .0025907 .0024583 .0024803 .62 .0022513 .0021968 .0019607 .0018925 .88 .0026196 .0020141 .0025131 .0025063 .63 .0022631 .0022114 .0019784 .0019138 .89 .0026363 .0026317 .0025381 .0025324 .61 .0022751 .0022262 .0019964 .0019352 .90 .0026532 .0020194 .0025035 .0025588 .65 .0022373 .0022410 .0020147 .0019568 .91 .0020703 .0026672 0025891 .0025853 .66 .0022997 .0022560 .0020332 .0019786 .92 .0026875 .0020851 0026150 .0021)120 .67 .0023122 .0022711 .0020521 .0020006 .93 .0027050 .0027032 0026412 .0026389 .63 .0023250 .0022863 ' .0020712 .0020228 .94 .0027227 .0027213 ' 0026677 .0026660 .69 .0023379 .002:3016 .0020906 .0020452 .95 .0027405 .0027396 .0026945 .0026933 .70 .0023510 .0023170 .0021103:. 0020078 .96 .0027585 .0027579 .0027215 .0027208 .71 .0023043 .0023326 .0021302 .0020905 .97 .0007708 .0027764 00274S9 .0027484 .72 .0023778 .0023482.00215051.0021135 .98 .0027952 .0027950 .0027765 .0027763 .73 .0023915 .0023640 .0021710 .0021366 .99 .0028138 .0028137 .0028044' .0028043 .74 .0021054 .0023799, .0021918.0021599 .00 .0028320 0028326 0028326 .0028320 .75 .0024105 .0023959 .0022129 .0021834 1 1 Divide the head by the bung diameter, and opposite the quotient in the column H, and under its proper variety, is the tabular number for unity. Multiply the tabular number by the square of the bung diameter of the given cask, and by its length, the product equals its capacity in Imperial gallons. Required the number of Gallons in a Cask, (1st variety,} 24 inches head diameter, 32 bung diameter, and 40 inches in length ? 32) 24.0 (.75 see Table for tabular No. .0024195 tabular No. for unity. 32 X 32 is 1024 square of bung diam. NOTE. Multiply- ing Imperial gallons by one &. two-tenths (1.2) will convert them into U. S. gallons; and U. S. gallons multiplied by 2.4775680 40 Inches long. 99.1027200 Imperial Gallons. 1.2 1982054400 991027200 833 equal gallons. Imperial 118.92326400 United States Gallons. ULLAGE OF CASKS. 20'3 TO ULLAGE, OR FIND THE CONTENTS IN GALLONS OF A CASK PARTLY FILLED. To find the contents of the occupied part of a lying cask in gallons. RULE. Divide the depth of the liquid, or wet inches, by the bung diameter, and if the quotient is under .5 deduct from the quotient one- fourth of what it is less than .5, and multiply the remainder, by the whole capacity of the cask, this product will be the number of gallons in the cask. But if the quotient exceeds .5, add one-fourth of that excess to the quotient, and multiply the sum, by the whole capacity of the cask, this product will be the number of gallons. EXAMPLE i. Suppose the bung-diameter of a cask, on its bilge, is 32 inches, and the whole contents of the cask 118.80 U. S. standard gallons ; required the ullage of 15 wet inches. 32) 15.00 (.46875 .5 .46875= .03125 -=- 4 = .0078125 .46875 .0078 125 =.4609375 X 118.80 = 54.759375 U. S. Gallons. EXAMPLE ir. Required the ullage of 17 wet inches in a cask of the above capacity ? 32) 17.00 (.53125 .5 = .03125 -f- 4 = .0078125 -f .53125 =.5390625 X 118.80 = 64.040625 U, S. Gallons. PROOF 64-040625 -f 54-759375 = 118-80 gallons. To find the ullage of a filled part of a standing Cask, in* gallons. RULE. Divide the depth of the liquid, or wet inches, by the length of the cask; then, if the quotient is less than .5, deduct from the quotient one-tenth of what it is less than .5 and multiply the re- mainder, by the whole capacity of the cask, this product will be the number of gallons. But if the quotient exceeds .5, add one-tenth of that excess to the quotient, and multiply the sum, by the whole capac- ity of the cask, this product will be the ullage, or contents in U. S. standard gallons. EXAMPLE. Suppose a cask, 40 inches in length, and the capacity 118.80 gallons, as above: required the ullage of 21 wet inches ? 40) 21.000 (.525 .5 = .025 -f- 10 = .0025 + .525 = .5275 X 118.80 = 62.667 U. S. Gallons. NOTE. Formerly the British Wine and Ale Gallon measures were sim- ilar to those now used in the United States and British Colonies. The following Tables exhibit the comparative value between the United States and the present British measures. TJ. S. measure for British (Im.) measure, wine, spirits, &e. galls, qts. pts. gills. 42 galls. = ! tierce, = 34 313 63 = 1 lu>ish. = 52 113 126 =1 pipe, =104 3 1 3 252 =1 tun, =209 312 U. S. measure for British (Im.) measure, ale and beer. galls, qts. pts. gills. 9 calls. = 1 firkin, = 9011 36 =1 barrel, = 36 2 3 54 =1 hogsh. = 54 3 1 1 108 =1 butt, =109 3 3 To convert Imperial Gallons into United States Wine Gallons multiply the im- perial by 1-2. To convert U. S. Gallons into Imperial multiply the U. States Wine gallons by -833. 51 U. S. Ale Gallons equal 60 Imperial Gallons, therefore to convert one into other add or deduct l-60th. 204 PLOUGHING, PLANTING. WEIGHT OF WOOD, &C. PLOUGHING. Table showing the distance Travelled by a horse in Ploughing an Acre of Land; also, the quantity of Land worked in a Day, at the rate of 16 and 18 miles per day of 9 hours. B'dth of Furrow slice. Space travel- led in Plough- ing an Acre. Extent Ploughed per Day. B'dth of Furrow slice Space travel- led in Plough- ing an Acre. Extent Ploughed per Day. Inches. Miles. 18 Miles. 16 Miles. Inches. Miles. IS Miles. 16 Miles. 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1-2 121-2 11 99-10 9 81-4 71-2 11-4 11-2 13-5 14-5 2 2 1-5 21-3 11-8 11-4 11-2 13-5 13-4 19-10 21-10 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 7 61-2 6 1-6 53-4 51-2 51-4 49-10 21-2 23-4 29-10 3 1-10 31-4 3 1-2 31-5 21-4 225 23-5 23-4 a 9-10 3 1-10 31-4 PLANTING. Table showing the number of Plants required for one Acre of Land, from one Foot to Twenty-one Feet distance from Plant to Plant. Feet Distance No. of . Hill?. Feet Distance. No. of Hills. Feet Distance. No. of Hills. Feet Distance. No. of Hills. Feet Distance No. of Hills 1 43,560 4 2,722 7 889 10 436 17 151 1* 19,360 4* 2,151 u 775 10 361 18 135 2 10,890 5 1,742 8 680 12 302 20 108 2* 6,969 5.4 1,440 8J 602 14 223 21 99 3 4,840 6 1,210 9 538 15 193 25 69 3i 3,556 64 1,031 9J 482 16 171 30 48 WEIGHT OF A CORD OF WOOD. Table of the Weight of a Cord of different kinds of Dry Wood, and the comparative value per Cord. A Cord of Hickory, - - 4469 pounds, - - Carbon-- 100 " Maple, - - - 2863 " - - " - - 54 " While Birch, - 2369 " - - " - - 48 " " Beech, - 3236 " - - " - - 65 " Ash, - - 3450 " - - " - - 77 " Pitch Pine, - - 1904 " - - " - - 43 " White Pine, - 1868 " - - " - - 42 " Lombardy Poplar 1774 " - - " - - 40 " White Oak - - 3821 " - - " - - 81 " Yellow Oak, - 2919 " - - " - - 60 " Red Oak, - - 3254 " - - " - - 69 NOTE. Nearly one half of the weight of a growing Oak tree consists of sap. Ordinary Dry Wood contains about one-fourth of its weight in water. CHARCOAL. Oak, Maple, Beech, and Chestnut make the best quality. Be- tween 15 and 17 per cent, of coal can be obtained when the wood is properly burned. A bushel of coal from hard wood weighs between 29 and 31 Ibs., and from from pine between 28 and 30 Ibs. LIST OF USEFUL BOOKS PUBLISHED BY L R. BUTTS & CO. NO. 2 SCHOOL ST., BOSTON. Business Manuals for Business Men and Public Officers, and the, Cheapest Counsellors they can Consult. 1. "The Business Man's Assistant, and Ready Reckoner." A Book comprising ihe best collection of Legal Forms, the Rules of Law which apply to them, and the mode of Executing, with a large number of Practical Tables, READY RECKONERS, the Patent Laws and Forms j Book-keeping, Rates of Postage, &c. 2. " The Trader's Guide, or, Laws of Trade" in relation to Notes, Receipt*, Releases, Bills, Drafis, Sales, Warranties, Contracts, Trustee Process, Limitations. The Laws regulating ihe Collection of Debts in all ihe States. Offsets, Tenders, Replevin, Protests. Mechanic's Lien Laws. Legal Rights of Women, &c. 3. " The Landlord's and Tenant's Assistant, or, Laws of Ten- ancy " in relation to Hiring, Leasing and Letting Houses and Lands , Forms of Leases, Assignments, and Special Covenants. The Laws respecting Trespass of Cattle, Ease- ments, Highways, Division Fences, Party Wall*, Running Water, Nuisances, ic. The Three preceding Books are bound in One Volume (" THE BUSINESS MAN'S ADVISES ' ; )-392 pages muslin $ 1.00- 4. " The Merchant's Assistant and Carrier's and' Insurer's Guide." This Book should be in the possession of every person who is engaged in In- suring, Consigning or Transporting Goods, or traveling by Railroad or Steamer. 5. " The Sequel to the Business Man's Law Library" con- tains Directions and Forms for the Execution and Acknowledgment of Deeds and other Instruments, to be used or recorded in other States; the Liabilities and Duties of Execu- tors, Administrators, Guardians, Parents, Children, Minors, General and Limited Part- ners, Principals and Agents ; Law of Wills with Forms, and Administrators', Executors' and Limited Partner's Forms, &c. Rates of Interest in all the States, Law respecting Usury, Obtaining Goods by False Pretence, Cheating, Fraud, &c. The Five preceding Books comprise one Vol. (" THE BUSINESS MAN'S LAW LIBBAEY with SUPPLEMENT ")-674 pages-muslin $2.00-law $2.25. 6. " The Laws of the Sea : Rights of Seamen, Coaster's and Fishermen's Guide, and Master's and Mate's Manual," and the Emigrant Passenger's Guide. No Seaman should be without this book. The Six preceding Books comprise one Vol. (" THE UNITED STATES BUSI- NESS MAN'S LAW CABINET,")-800 pages-muslin $2.25-law $2.50. The above Six Books are also sold separately Price 40 cents. 7. "The Merchant's and Shipmaster's Manual and Ship- builder's and Sailmaker's Assistant" (abridged and altered from the Merchant's and Me- chanic's Assistant) contains the Seaman's and Merchant's Expeditious Measurer, show- ing ihe contents of Packages and Casks according to their lengths, breadths and depihs. The Shipbuilder's Expeditious Measurer, showing at one view the Tonnage of C200 Ves- sels according to their lengths, breadths and depths. Rules for Coppering Vessels, and for ascertaining the numberof Sheets required forany sized Vessel. Size and Weight per Fathom of Cables, Cordage, Manilla, &c. Size and Weight of Chains and Anchors pro- portioned to Tonnage. Freight Tables. Rules for Slowing Goods. 122 Commercial Forms and Tables. Art of Sailmaking, or Rules for Cutting, Making and Repairing Sails. Rules with Examples for Keeping Books and Ship's Accounts, &c. &c. . Price $L50. 8." The Art of Sailmaking," (separate) - - Price $0.75. 9. "The Tinman's Manual and Builder's and Mechanic's Handbook." This work contains 50 Diagrams and Patterns, and Rules, Tables, Receipts, Compositions and Varnishes, for Tinmen, Builders, Mechanics, Engineers, Masons, Millwrights, Smiths, and all other persons engaged in the Mechanic Arts, Price $1.00. Any book in the List will be sent by mail (free of postage) to any place in the United States on receipt of the price annexed. I. K. BUTTS & CO., PUBLISHERS, BOSTON, Maes. dj 8 ' Agents are wanted to sell all the Books in the within List. The Publishers would give notice that they send no Books on sale, and have no Agents for whose contracts they are responsible. UCSB LIBRARY University of California ,n?2V THERN REG| ONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1388 Return this material to the library from which it was borrowed. MAY 1 20M A 000618784 3